If any of these sound familiar, Ex Why Zed is here to help. Let us take care of the fulfilment, storage, and distribution, so you can focus on what you love—creating amazing books.
When it comes to bringing your book project to life, the final step isn't just about printing quality pages—it's about making sure those books reach readers seamlessly. At Ex Why Zed, we provide a comprehensive fulfilment, storage, and distribution service that ensures your book finds its way from our printing presses to your customers' hands, hassle-free. Whether you need a solution for large print runs or a way to keep your titles organised and ready to ship, our fulfilment options offer both convenience and peace of mind.
Want to get started or find out more? Contact today on hello@exwhyzed.com or 01206 766647
Our book printing and fulfilment model is a win-win solution. When you bulk print your books with us, you achieve a significantly better price per copy and at far better quality than you receive from sub standard POD printers if you buy one copy at a time.
At Ex Why Zed, we handle every aspect of the fulfilment process. After printing, your new publications are stored securely in our fulfilment facility, ready for rapid dispatch whenever an order is received.
By handling the logistics of storage and distribution, we enable you to dedicate more time to expanding your brand. Whether you're an author, publisher, or retailer, our services are designed to support your success.
You already know Ex Why Zed is THE place to self-publish and print your books, now let us take on the next step of the journey too. Fulfilment with Ex Why Zed isn't just about logistics; it's about enabling your business to grow without the headaches of managing your own warehouse, staff, or shipping. Our fulfilment services allow you to focus on what you do best—creating great books—while we take care of the rest.
Key benefits include:
Shipping Type | Service Used | Estimated Cost (GBP) | Delivery Time |
Royal Mail First Class | 1-3 Days | 2.00 | Standard UK deliveries |
Royal Mail Second Class | 2-4 Days | 5.50 | Cost-effective UK deliveries |
FedEx Next Day | Next Day | 20.00 | Urgent or valuable items |
International Tracked | Varies by destination | Overseas customers seeking tracking |
We worked with an independent publisher who was fulfilling orders directly from their home—a time-consuming process involving trips to the post office and constant worries about tracking. After partnering with us, they transitioned from handling ten orders a day to shipping up to one hundred orders without the hassle. We took care of all fulfilment aspects, allowing them to focus entirely on content creation and engaging with their audience.
This transition illustrates how our services can alleviate stress, cut costs, and allow you to concentrate on what truly matters—creating amazing books. Let Ex Why Zed handle the logistics, so you can bring your vision to life without compromise.
If you're tired of handling every single package or are looking to expand your distribution globally without all the headaches, consider Ex Why Zed's fulfilment services. Our streamlined system, scalable services, and client-focused approach mean you’ll never have to worry about how your books get to your readers.
We believe in making things simple, scalable, and personal—get in touch today to see how we can support your growth.
Our fulfilment, storage, and distribution services are designed to cater to a wide range of clients, from self-publishers and indie authors to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and large companies. No matter the scale of your publishing operation, we have the tools and expertise to make sure your books reach readers smoothly and efficiently.
Our service is flexible and scalable, allowing creators and businesses of all sizes to access professional fulfilment without any hassle. Whether you're an individual author just getting started, a small business expanding your offerings, or a larger company with significant distribution needs, Ex Why Zed is here to support your journey.
Ideally yes, but if your job has already been printed then we’re inclusive and accept all publications for fulfilment.
Reach out to us today to discuss your book printing and fulfilment needs. We're here to simplify the process and help your books reach readers seamlessly. Get in touch to start the conversation!
Once your books are printed, they are stored securely at our fulfilment facility. Orders are automatically synced from your e-commerce platform to our system, where they are picked, packed, and dispatched to customers. We use barcode tracking to ensure accuracy at every step.
We integrate with popular e-commerce platforms such as Squarespace and Shopify. If you use a different platform, reach out to us, and we’ll discuss integration options.
No. We will work with you to create a solution that suits your ordering process, sales funnel and workflow.
No. If your books are not printed with a barcode or ISBN number we can generate one internally to ensure your work moves seamlessly through our process. This allows for accurate scanning and tracking of each item, ensuring the right product reaches your customer every time.
Our pricing model is flexible. You only pay per order fulfilled, and there are no charges during periods when you have no orders. This makes our service ideal for both high-volume sellers and those just starting out.
No, we do not charge storage fees. You only pay per order, meaning if you don’t sell, you don’t pay.
We offer various shipping options, including untracked domestic (Royal Mail 2nd class), tracked domestic (Royal Mail 24), and international shipping (FedEx). You can choose between tracked and untracked options based on your preferences and budget.
Orders received before our shipping cut-off are typically dispatched on the same day. Our system automatically pulls in orders, and we aim to process them within 15-20 minutes of receipt.
Absolutely! We offer international tracked shipping options, allowing you to reach customers worldwide. Our team can advise on the best shipping methods based on your needs and the destination country.
We use a barcode-driven system to track each order, product, and address, which ensures 99.99% accuracy. Every order is scanned multiple times throughout the process to minimise errors.
We assign a dedicated contact person for your account. You can reach out to them directly during office hours for any queries or special requests, ensuring personalised and prompt support.
For untracked orders, we self-insure and will send a replacement if an item goes missing. For tracked orders, we work with the courier service to locate the package or arrange a replacement.
Shipping costs depend on the type of service chosen (e.g., untracked, tracked, or international). We provide an overview of estimated shipping costs, and our team can help determine the best option for your needs.
Yes, if you have specific packaging preferences, we can accommodate them. We also offer custom packing solutions, including book wraps and custom boxes, to ensure your books arrive in perfect condition.
We typically bill weekly. Our goal is to keep cash flow predictable and transparent for our clients.
No, we don't impose minimum storage requirements or fees. Our storage solutions are designed to be flexible, accommodating your stock levels without unnecessary charges.
No, there is no minimum order requirement. Whether you need to fulfil one book or a thousand, we are here to help.
Our team is available to assist with urgent changes. Since we offer direct communication with our warehouse staff, we can often accommodate last-minute updates before dispatch.
Simply contact us to discuss your needs. We'll guide you through the setup process, including integrating your website, organising your stock, and choosing the best shipping options.
Contact Today on hello@exwhyzed.com or 01206 766647
Embarking on the journey to self publish a book is both thrilling and daunting. It's a venture filled with creative possibilities and important decisions that can shape the success of your publication. At Ex Why Zed, we understand the myriad of choices and challenges that await you. From selecting the right paper stock and binding style to designing an eye-catching cover that captures your book's essence, every detail matters in bringing your vision to life. We believe that your book printing should not only meet but exceed your expectations, reflecting the passion and effort you've invested in your work.
To help you make informed print choices when you decide to self publish a book, we've analysed and dissected a series of recent book printing projects. These case studies highlight the diverse range of publications we've had the privilege to bring to fruition, each with its unique goals, challenges, and triumphs. By sharing these experiences, we aim to provide valuable insights into the self published book printing process, showcase the innovative solutions we've implemented, and inspire you with possibilities for your own project.
Innovative solutions and a user-centric approach defined our collaboration with Chris Nickolay on his uplifting collection, Stories That Help. Chris envisioned a book that was both comforting and engaging, resonating with readers seeking solace and courage.
Our strategic thinking ensured that every design element—from the timeless aesthetic of the typography to the seamless integration of illustrations—worked harmoniously. Chris's journey to self publish a book was transformed into a rewarding experience, culminating in a product that truly helps and inspires.
When Kitty Coles approached us to print her culinary masterpiece, Make Extra, we embraced the opportunity to deliver cutting-edge design and innovative solutions.
Our client-centric focus ensured that Kitty's unique vision was realised. By combining bold visuals with strategic thinking, we crafted a cookbook that not only delights the senses but also stands out in the realm of self-published books.
The Freud Museum's catalogue, Women & Freud, required a blend of academic rigor and artistic elegance. Our collaboration was marked by innovative solutions and attention to detail.
By employing a storytelling approach, we helped the Freud Museum to self publish a book that serves as a lasting tribute to the exhibition, enhancing its impact on audiences and reinforcing the museum's esteemed reputation.
Artist Kieran Gabriel sought to create a premium art book with bold visuals and seamless integration of his work. PVC Sunset is a testament to our ability to deliver on ambitious projects.
Our collaboration with Kieran exemplifies our dedication to helping artists self publish books that are both visually stunning and physically enduring. The result is a piece that not only showcases his talent but also elevates the standard of art book printing.
Embarking on the journey to self publish a book often involves capturing a unique vision with precision and care. Photographer Ryu Voelkel did just that with No Hands 3, a powerful visual narrative that delves into the raw emotion and artistry of football through stark, high-contrast black-and-white imagery.
Our strategic thinking addressed the challenges of reproducing high-contrast black-and-white photos without unwanted colour casts. Through meticulous attention to detail and close collaboration, we achieved a final product that not only met but exceeded Ryu's expectations.
Client-Centric Focus: Ryu's journey to self publish a book was supported at every stage. We provided expert guidance on image adjustments and printing techniques, ensuring that the emotional impact of his photography was preserved and enhanced in print.
With Peak Magazine: Issue 4, we embraced an opportunity to merge innovative solutions with sustainable practices, crafting a publication that pushes the boundaries of traditional magazine printing. This project allowed us to showcase how bold design choices can create an engaging experience that resonates with modern readers.
By combining strategic thinking with bold visuals and sustainable practices, we helped Peak Magazine deliver an issue that stands out in both design and substance. This collaboration exemplifies how stepping beyond traditional formats can result in a publication that is both visually stunning and environmentally conscious.
At Ex Why Zed, we are passionate about helping authors tackle profound themes with sensitivity and care. Hurricane Brain by Louise Hale is a poignant illustrated children's book that addresses the delicate subject of loss and bereavement, offering guidance for both children and adults navigating difficult times.
Our collaboration with Louise exemplifies our dedication to projects that make a meaningful difference. By combining strategic thinking with compassionate design, we helped bring Hurricane Brain to life—a resource that supports healing and understanding during challenging times.
In Learning to See by photographer Mike Chudley invites readers to observe the world through his lens, capturing candid moments of everyday life with striking clarity. This street photography book exemplifies how thoughtful design and premium materials can elevate a project when you choose to self publish a book.
We provided expert guidance on material selection and printing techniques, ensuring that the final product not only met but exceeded his vision. By focusing on subtle yet impactful design choices, we helped Mike to self publish a book that stands out in the realm of photography publications.
My Vulva And I by Lydia Reeves is a profound exploration of body diversity and self-love, encapsulated in a beautifully crafted art book. When Lydia chose to self publish a book that celebrates individuality and empowers readers, she entrusted us to bring her vision to life with the utmost care and precision.
By focusing on high-quality materials and meticulous craftsmanship, we helped Lydia to self publish a book that is not only visually stunning but also meaningful and impactful.
Rose Loses Her Nose is a delightful children's book that seamlessly blends entertainment with education, exemplifying how to self publish a book that makes a meaningful impact. Author Jane Tarrant, an industry-leading educator on healthy breathing habits, crafted this story to instill positive practices in young readers.
We provided expert guidance on paper choices and printing techniques, ensuring that the book not only met but exceeded her expectations. By focusing on both form and function, we helped Jane to self publish a book that stands out in the realm of educational children's literature.
The Skate Art of Yaia is a vibrant celebration of skateboard culture, encapsulating the dynamic and edgy spirit of the art form. When artist Julio Cesar Battistelli decided to self publish a book showcasing his compelling journey through skateboard art, he sought a partner who could bring his vision to life with precision and flair. At Ex Why Zed, we embraced the opportunity to collaborate with Julio, delivering a publication that is as immersive and striking as his artwork.
Client-Centric Focus: Julio's journey to self publish a book was supported at every stage. From addressing technical queries to accommodating budget considerations, our team demonstrated flexibility and commitment without compromising on quality.
Street Tools by James Parsons is a captivating exploration of urban life through the lens of street photography. When James set out to self publish a book that encapsulates the raw essence of everyday moments, he turned to Ex Why Zed to bring his vision to fruition with precision and artistry.
Client-Centric Focus: Understanding the importance of timing and quality, we worked closely with James to meet tight deadlines without compromising on excellence. His satisfaction with the final product is a testament to our dedication to helping photographers self publish books that truly resonate.
The Little Book of Camden Passage is a captivating visual journey through one of London's most iconic streets. When photographer Gary Williams sought to self publish a book that encapsulates the vibrant life and charm of Camden Passage, he partnered with Ex Why Zed to bring his vision to reality with meticulous attention to detail.
Client-Centric Focus: By combining cutting-edge design with personalised service, we helped Gary to self publish a book that not only captures the essence of Camden Passage but also stands out as a beautifully crafted piece of art.
At Ex Why Zed, we are dedicated to transforming your creative vision into a tangible reality that resonates with readers. Here's why we're the ideal partner for your self-publishing journey:
Your story deserves to be told with the quality and care that reflects its significance. Contact us at Ex Why Zed to discuss how we can help you self publish a book that not only meets but exceeds your expectations.
What services does Ex Why Zed offer for self-publishing authors?
Ex Why Zed provides expert guidance on every aspect of the publishing process, including cover design, material selection, and printing techniques. We offer options like foil blocking, embossing, and custom sizes to differentiate your book.
How does Ex Why Zed ensure the quality of self-published books?
We use premium materials and state-of-the-art printing techniques to deliver high-quality products. Our friendly, expert team of account managers offer personalised advice to make sure your book meets the highest standards of excellence.
Can Ex Why Zed accommodate sustainable printing practices?
Yes, we prioritise sustainability by using environmentally friendly materials, including FSC-certified papers, without compromising on quality.
What types of binding options are available for my book?
We offer various binding options, including case-bound, perfect bound, stapled and nested formats, depending on the style and purpose of your book.
How does Ex Why Zed handle unique design requests?
We provide creative solutions tailored to your unique vision. Our team works closely with you to integrate features like debossed covers, Spot UV varnish, and mixed paper stocks to enhance the visual appeal of your book.
Can Ex Why Zed help with children’s book printing?
Absolutely! We specialise in thoughtful design choices and vibrant printing to create engaging children’s books that are both durable and visually appealing.
What is the typical process for collaborating with Ex Why Zed?
We begin by understanding your vision and goals. From there, we provide guidance on materials, design elements, and printing techniques, working closely with you at every step to ensure a successful outcome.
How does Ex Why Zed support authors throughout the self-publishing journey?
Our client-centric focus means we are committed to supporting you at every stage, from initial consultation to final printing. We provide expert guidance and personalised attention to bring your creative vision to life.
What makes Ex Why Zed different from other self-publishing printers?
Our emphasis on premium quality, creative solutions, sustainability, and a client-centric approach sets us apart. We offer a wide range of advanced design options to ensure your book stands out in the market.
How do I get started with Ex Why Zed to self publish my book?
Simply contact us to discuss your project. We will guide you through the options and provide personalised support to help you bring your book to life.
The advent of technology has drastically changed how documents are created, shared, and printed. One such revolutionary file format that has made document handling seamless is PDF (Portable Document Format). The ability to print from a PDF has not only improved the workflow of numerous industries but has also added convenience to our everyday tasks, be it office work, education, or personal usage.
This blog aims to provide a thorough guide on how to make your journey of printing from a PDF easier. From understanding the basics of a PDF file to using Adobe Acrobat Pro for the task, we'll navigate through all facets. Moreover, we'll delve into customising your print settings and troubleshooting common issues experienced while printing from a PDF. Lastly, we'll discuss why Ex Why Zed could be your ideal choice for all your printing needs.
We just need a high res PDF file to go ahead with your printing. SO do use the program you are most comfortable with laying out the artwork in. Ensure that you are happy with how everything looks on the page, then Export or Save As PDF. Easy!
We also give the files a thorough check and preflight when they arrive so don't worry if you have never done this before. At the preflight stage we will flag up anything that doesn't look right so you can change it before printing.
A PDF or Portable Document Format is a file type developed by Adobe. It's precisely crafted to present documents that encompass text formatting and images in a manner independent of applications, software, hardware, and operating systems.
Simply put, a PDF file can be opened and viewed on any device without its content being distorted, offering universal accessibility.
Moreover, a PDF can consist of multiple pages and, just like a physical book, allows users to navigate through these pages, making it a great format for manuals, books, and large reports. Besides, PDF files also support interactive elements like buttons, hyperlinks, and embedded media, making it a versatile file format.
Perhaps you might wonder, 'Why should I print from a PDF?' Well, PDF files are designed to maintain content integrity, ensuring your document appears the same on screen as it will in print, which is not always the case with other formats. This format resulted from the growing need for a universal file type that could maintain the fidelity of documents across all hardware and software setups.
PDF files guarantee that your document's layout, fonts, and graphics do not change or shift when transferred between devices or printed, providing consistency. This reliability and conservatism make PDFs a popular choice for businesses and individuals who require precise control of their document representation, both on screen and paper.
To export a document and email it to Ex Why Zed, follow the steps below:
Large Files: If your PDF exceeds 10MB (due to images), upload it via WeTransfer.com (free and easy). Mention print specs, number of copies, and desired delivery address in the comments. We'll do a free preflight check and advise on any issues before printing.
Adobe Acrobat Pro is a renowned PDF editor developed by the creators of the PDF format, Adobe Systems. Going beyond simple PDF reading, Adobe Acrobat Pro enables you to edit, create, export, and organise PDF files. It gives you the flexibility to make significant changes and corrections directly within your PDF file. You can edit text and graphics, add or delete pages, add multimedia files, and more. Not just limited to editing, Adobe Acrobat Pro also possesses impressive PDF creation and conversion features, allowing you to convert different file types into PDF and vice versa. Its advanced security settings enable you to protect your sensitive information. Of course, when it comes to printing, this tool equips users with advanced options to manage how their PDF prints.
Steps to Print from PDF using Adobe Acrobat Pro:
Customising your print settings allows you to tailor your printed documents to your specific needs. Whether you're printing a photo, a document, or a web page, understanding how to adjust print settings can help you achieve the best possible results. In this section, we'll discuss the critical print settings you can customise to optimise your printing experience.
While colour printing offers visual vibrancy, there are times when you might prefer or need to print a colour PDF in grayscale. Adobe Acrobat Pro provides this customisation:
This will convert the colour content of your PDF into varying shades of grey, ideal for drafts or conserving colour ink.
Double-sided or duplex printing can save paper, making it an environmentally friendly option. To enable this:
Please note that the exact labelling and location of options might differ based on your printer model.
Printing multiple pages on a single sheet is known as n-up printing (2-up, 4-up, etc.), useful for miniature handouts or storyboarding:
Each sheet will now contain more than one page condensed appropriately.
When the need arises for your PDF page to fit a specific paper size, Acrobat aids you in resizing:
Custom printing size is particularly useful when dealing with non-standard paper sizes or specific printing needs.
Big format documents like posters can be printed by partitioning the page across multiple papers, known as 'Tiling'. Here's how:
The PDF content is divided into several sheets of paper. You can assemble these 'tiles' later to make your large-format printout.
Locate the 'Poster' button under 'Page Sizing & Handling' in the Print dialogue box.
Specify the tiling options, such as overlap, cut marks, labels, and tile scale.
PDF files tend to carry annotations and comments that serve as helpful notations. However, these comments might not be printed by default when you hit print. Adobe Acrobat has a workaround for this.
In the Print dialogue box, in the 'Comments & Forms' dropdown menu, select your preferred choice – 'Document and Markups', 'Document and Stamps', or 'Summarise Comments'. The first option prints the document along with all its annotations, while the second one prints only stamps. The 'Summarise Comments' generates a new PDF with the summary of comments. Now, you might have annotations such as pop-up notes that don't print by default, even with the 'Document and Markups' selected. To navigate around this, first access' Edit > Preferences', select 'Commenting' from the categories list and enable 'Print notes and pop-ups'. Doing so will allow all your comments to be printed.
Printing can sometimes come across as a demanding task courtesy of unexpected issues that might surface unexpectedly. In order to maintain a smooth workflow, Adobe offers an array of solutions to some of the common challenges you might face while printing a PDF. The following sections will exhibit how to address these issues head-on.
If you find your Print and Cancel buttons missing, it might hint at your monitor being set to a low screen resolution. Adobe Reader works well with a minimum recommended resolution of 1024 x 768. Try pressing Enter or Return as a workaround, or simply hide the Taskbar to reveal the Print button.
Printing issues may arise for various reasons, such as PDF file restrictions, printer settings, or software glitches. Ensure the PDF is not password-protected and check printer properties. Verify the printer is set to the default and connected correctly. If printing from a browser, save the webpage as a PDF first. If unable to print, try opening the PDF with a different reader. Double-check the print dialog box settings, such as the number of copies and page range. Troubleshoot issues step by step for a smooth printing experience.
Looking for professional printing services? Ex Why Zed offers a wide range of options to meet your needs. With a focus on quality, reliability, and customer satisfaction, we offer a wide range of advanced printing options tailored to your needs. From professional book and booklet printing to eye-catching promotional materials, our team of experts ensures stunning results. With our easy-to-use platform, fast turnaround times, and friendly customer support, you can bring your creative vision to life.
Experience the difference of working with a trusted printing partner. Contact Ex Why Zed for all your printing needs.
From presentational files to detailed reports and books, the PDF format has firmly clutched its position as a universal standard for sharing and printing different types of documents due to its ability to maintain content integrity across different devices and platforms.
Understanding the nuances of printing from a PDF, as guided in this blog, helps ensure that you gain consistent, high-quality printouts corresponding to your desired settings. The indispensable role of Adobe Acrobat Pro in the process cannot be overstated, given its advanced PDF management capabilities that enable customised and tailored printing.
Remember, whether you're printing on premium-coated stocks or a simple piece of office paper, the key to successful printing from a PDF lies in understanding and properly implementing the tools at hand.
The cost of printing from a PDF can depend on various factors, including the number of printouts, the complexity of the document, the type of printer used, and costs associated with ink toner and paper. Services like Ex Why Zed offer competitive rates for printing needs.
Virtually anything that is saved or converted into a PDF document can be printed. This includes text documents, graphics, images, and even interactive forms. PDFs are also commonly used for printing booklets, manuals, brochures, and other multi-page documents.
A printed PDF might look different than on screen due to differences in screen and printer calibrations, variations in printer models, or incorrect print settings. Ensuring Adobe Acrobat Pro settings match your actual printer and paper type can improve the consistency of your printouts.
For in-depth guides to saving a PDF from the most popular programs, dive into our detailed guide here and learn how to make your file from Adobe Indesign, Affinity Publisher, Microsoft Word amongst others.
Take advantage of our complimentary PDF pre-flight service to ensure error-free printing. Our experts review your PDF file, catching potential issues before printing. Save time and money with our thorough pre-flight checks and enjoy a smooth printing process.
For high-quality prints, utilise the "Save as PDF X1a:2001" setting. Achieve optimal print results by exporting documents to PDF format. Enhance your printing experience with these advanced tips.
Save your PDF files hassle-free with the "PDF X1a:2001" preset from the top menu bar, ensuring compatibility with professional printing systems. This preset guarantees colour consistency and accurate reproductions by converting colours to CMYK. Say goodbye to printing errors and hello to high-quality prints.
To export a document to PDF format, use software like Adobe Indesign or Microsoft Word. Select "Save As" and choose PDF as the file format. Embed all fonts and images for proper printing. Adjust settings for page size, orientation, and resolution if needed. Exporting to PDF preserves formatting and layout.
The PDF should be too large to email your printed Ex Why Zed. The images should make it more than 10mb. So, you'll need to upload the files using the WeTransfer.com web page (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Booklet binding is an intricate process that breathes life into printed materials. Simply put, binding is the act of attaching multiple sheets of paper together using different techniques, primarily based on the size and purpose of the printed work. Various binding methods can create different impressions on the reader, showcasing the meticulous craftsmanship of the printed piece.
From sewn stitches to adhesives, every binding method serves a unique purpose, accentuating the visual allure of the printed material while ensuring effortless readability. Whether elegantly stitched magazines or handy loop-bound notebooks, understanding the nuances of booklet binding reveals an elaborate affair between art, technology, and comprehensive utility.
This blog post will explore the different types of booklet binding and guide you in choosing the most appropriate method for your specific needs.
Booklet binding comes in many variations, each offering distinct advantages for different types of printed material. Six primary types stand out, each with unique qualities and applications: Saddle Stitch Binding, Perfect Bound Binding, Spiral Binding, Wire-O Binding, Hardcover Binding, and Loop-Stitched Binding. Knowing the nuances, utility, and benefits of these different types of binding is crucial when producing a booklet that matches its intended purpose and audience. Stay tuned as we discuss each type of binding in detail.
With saddle stitch binding, sheets of paper are draped over a saddle-like piece of machinery. Despite the stitching implied by its name, this method actually utilises wire staples to create a secure yet economical bind. To ensure the integrity of saddle-stitch binding, the process needs to be done in multiples of four – your booklet ideally should have a minimum of 8 pages. Saddle-stitched booklets can accommodate a maximum of 64 pages. Any more than that, and the binding doesn't typically perform at its best.
This versatile method of bookbinding is a prevalent choice due to its cost-effectiveness and fast turnaround time. It's ideal for projects like brochures, newsletters, and magazines. The best thing about saddle stitching is its simplicity. With a lightweight design, saddle stitched booklets lie flat when opened, offering outstanding durability and readability.
Remember to keep the necessary text or graphics away from the fold line to avoid accidental creasing or cutting during the binding process.
Saddle Stitch Binding is ideal for documents that require a professional yet simple binding solution. It's perfect for:
A somewhat rare variant of saddle stitching, Loop-Stitched Binding, can be identified by the loops of wire strategically placed along the spine of the booklet. These sturdy wire loops provide an added advantage: they help secure the booklet to a binder ring without the need for a hole punch. This additional feature creates an opportunity to neatly store the booklet in a binder, making it convenient not just for information accessibility but also for the preservation of content.
In 18 years, this is a process we have used once at Ex Why Zed!
Loop-stitched binding thus becomes an attractive option for materials that require regular reference and update. Because these loops replace the normal staples of a saddle stitch booklet, this style of binding offers the same versatility, cost-effectiveness, and lightweight portability with the added convenience of binder compatibility.
Loop-stitched binding is particularly useful for:
Spiral Binding, also known as spiral coil binding, involves a durable PVC plastic coil threading through evenly spaced holes punched on the spinal edge of the booklet's cover and inner pages. Apart from its strength and durability, what makes spiral binding unique is the array of available colours. You're not relegated to a plain white or black option; coils can be custom-ordered to match your booklet's aesthetic imprint.
The maximum spine size for a spiral-bound booklet can be 2". The versatility in sizes allows the creation of bespoke spiral-bound booklets suited for a wide array of projects. An exciting feature of the spiral binding method is that it allows the booklet to open a complete 360° - a handy feature while taking down notes or referencing. It makes handling the booklet easy, offering high readability and adaptability to different needs.
Spiral binding is recommended when you need the booklet to lay flat or rotate pages completely without causing damage to the spine. It's the best option for:
In Perfect Bound Binding, multiple sheets of paper are attached using a strong yet flexible adhesive mechanism. Securing these pages with adhesives such as the traditional EVA glue gives them a robust base encapsulated by a wraparound cover, bringing forth clean and crisp edges. This method is akin to most paperback books encountered, featuring a neat appearance that hints at sophistication and quality.
Perfect bound binding is ideal for booklets larger than 64 pages in size. The outcome resembles a soft-covered book, presenting an aura of refinement and class, but notably less durable than hardcover books.
The Perfect bound binding process involves first arranging the pages in precise order, grinding the edges down to a rough texture that holds the adhesive better before being glued together. Now dried, the area is neatly trimmed, delivering you a perfect-bound booklet that not only looks impressive but ensures an efficient reading experience.
With a large enough spine, generally over 5 millimetres, there is enough depth to add a title.
Perfect binding is a professional and durable binding method that's commonly used for:
Another popular method is the Wire-O binding. Known diversely as wire binding, it's somewhat similar to the spiral and coil binding processes. A unique feature of the Wire-O binding is that it uses metal wire instead of plastic. The rectangular holes are punched through the pages of the booklet, and twin loops of wire on a comb spine are threaded through these holes. What you get is a classy, professional-looking booklet with a clean finish.
Like the spiral binding, the Wire-O bound booklet can also rotate a complete 360° without impairing the spine, rendering it an equally good option for notebooks, journals, and folders holding professional presentations. However, Wire-O, while providing a high-quality appeal, might turn out to be less durable since the metal coil is more malleable compared to the PVC plastic used in spiral binding.
This type of booklet binding is perfect for:
At the top end of the spectrum lies Hardcover binding, the creme-de-la-creme of binding methods. The process secures the pages by sewing them together in a group of pages called "signatures". As the name suggests, hardcover binding involves securing these signatures to a sturdy, durable cover. For added strength, the signatures are glued to end sheets, which are then glued to the spine.
Owing to these factors, hardcover binding results in a finished product that not only oozes elegance but also stands the test of time. It's the most robust binding option available, ensuring your booklet resists wear and tear effectively while maintaining the same look and feel for years to come. The process indeed does justice to the adage, "Don't judge a book by its cover", by giving your booklets the resilience and lasting charm they truly deserve.
The image below is an example of hardcover binding from our digital machine where the inside pages are glued together in one block.
For longer print runs, we can print the books on our litho press as signatures of 8 or 16 pages. These are then folded into sections and sewn together.
You can see the pages are literally sewn in making them super resilient. This is widely known as section sewing or section sewn and is the maximum possible professional binding option but the initial set-up costs can be very costly on small print runs.
Hardcover binding should be your go-to option if durability and sophistication are your primary requirements. Hardcover books have a presence of their own – they demand attention, validate the worth of content within, and make a lasting impression. Here's when to use hardcover binding:
Need help choosing the right binding method? Contact Ex Why Zed today.
Just as the style and tone vary for each printed material, differing factors can impact the choice of booklet binding. Not every binding type suits all kinds of print. Factors such as the budget allocated towards the binding, aesthetics of the design, number of pages, purpose of the booklet, and size of the print run play vital roles. In the following section, each of these factors will be discussed in detail, highlighting how they impact your choice of binding method.
The first factor to consider when choosing a binding method is your budget. Binding methods like saddle stitching are incredibly cost-effective and best for smaller-budget projects like brochures or pamphlets. On the other hand, perfect bound and hardcover binding tend to be associated with higher costs due to their durability and professional appearance but offer great value for an increased budget. Other techniques like spiral or wire-O binding offer a balance between cost and longevity. It's essential to decide how much you're willing to spend on binding in line with your production volumes to strike the right quality-cost balance.
The design and aesthetic of your booklet can significantly influence your choice of binding:
The number of pages in your booklet significantly impacts the choice of binding. For a lower page count booklet (up to around 64 pages), saddle stitch or loop stitch binding can be an ideal choice. For those with a higher page count, perfect bound, spiral, or wire-O binding are often the preferred options. Hardcover binding is suitable for particularly thick booklets intending to achieve an upscale appeal. Notably, some binding methods like saddle stitch require the page count to be in multiples of four due to its fold-and-staple process. It's critical to tailor your choice based on the volume of content you're offering.
The intended use of the booklet forms a key determinant:
The size of your print run also matters when it comes to selecting a binding method. Saddle stitching or loop stitch binding may be more economical if you need to quickly produce a large volume of booklets. Printing methods like perfect bound, spiral, or wire-O are better suited for smaller or medium-sized runs where the cost per unit can be better justified for the added durability and aesthetic appeal. Hardcover binding is often reserved for more select, high-value print runs.
Whether aiming for a cost-effective pamphlet, a high-class brochure, a functional manual, or a timeless artefact, Ex Why Zed's range of binding solutions caters to all your needs. With our diversified offering, we bring your content to life and present it in the most appealing way that resonates with its intended purpose.
Let's Create Something Extraordinary Together. Click Here to Request a Quote!
Deciding on the suitable booklet binding for your project can significantly enhance the overall look, durability, and functionality. It's not just about making information accessible; it's more about creating an impression – presenting the content in a form that appeals to and resonates with its intended readers.
Whether you choose saddle stitch for its simplicity and economy, perfect bound for its robustness and elegance, spiral for its flexibility, Wire-O for its seamless design, loop-stitch for its binder compatibility, or hardcover binding for its premium appeal, each method has its benefits and considerations.
The best part is there are options for every budget, style, and content volume. With knowledge about different binding types and an understanding of your specific needs aligned with your target audience, you can turn your booklet from a simple holder of information into a work of art that leaves a lasting impression.
Saddle-stitch binding and loop-stitched binding are most often recommended for smaller page-count booklets due to their cost-effectiveness and simplicity. They're suitable for brochures, newsletters, and other light documents that are at most 64 pages.
Indeed, many binding methods can be environmentally friendly, especially when combined with sustainably sourced materials for the covers and pages. All binding types, from saddle stitch to perfect bound, could be considered green if they utilise recycled or certified sustainable materials.
Hardcover binding stands out when it comes to durability and resilience. Secured by sewing and glueing pages to a hard cover, it's built to withstand heavy use over extended periods. Perfect bound and spiral binding are also famous for their relative robustness.
Perfect binding allows printing on the spine due to its robust structure. It's a handy feature for booklets meant to be stored on a bookshelf, like catalogues or manuals. Hardcover binding also offers this option, adding an extra design element that delivers a professional look.
So, you wrote a children’s book? That’s great! Get ready to explore your creative side and your printing skills. This guide will take you through the process of high-quality children’s book printing and activity books. It will help you see how to create a polished and professional look using perfect binding, ensuring that your first book is a masterpiece. Let's turn your fun stories into real treasures that young readers will enjoy for a long time!
In bookbinding, it feels great to see your creative work all put together. For children's books, it is important that they last well. We know that kids can be very… energetic!
This is where perfect binding is helpful. It provides a nice mix of strength and style for those special stories. Don't worry, it's not as scary as it seems. Let's look at this popular binding method and see why it suits your children's book so well.
Imagine this: your children's book has pages that flow easily as small hands turn each one. That is the magic of perfect binding.
In simple terms, perfect binding is when the edges of your single pages are glued together. This creates a smooth flat spine. To help the glue stick better, the spine gets a rough surface. After that, your cover, which you created as a PDF file, wraps around the glued edges. This gives your book a professional look and feel.
And there’s more! With this method, you can print on the spine. This means your book can proudly stand on a shelf, showing off its title and making young readers curious about the adventures inside.
The image below shows perfect binding in the middle (with the neat square spine), hardback (with the cover extending beyond the inside pages) and staple binding (where the pages are folded and stapled twice down the spine).
Okay, perfect binding is a great choice for your children's book. Let's see why!
First, it gives your book a professional look. This makes it feel right at home on a bookstore shelf. And that spine design we talked about? It's a prime spot for catching young readers' eyes with a catchy title and your great front cover design.
It's not just about looks, though! Perfect bound books are tough. They can resist the wear and tear from little hands, ensuring your book lasts longer. Plus, the smooth spine lets you add special touches, like your author name or a nice little illustration. It’s all about those charming details!
Alright, you are ready to turn your manuscript into a real book that you can hold! But wait a moment! Before you press that “print” button, it is time to get your manuscript looking its best.
Just like a freshly sharpened pencil, your words need to be prepared and polished for their big moment. This means doing some careful editing, picking the right font (yes, it is important!), and making sure your layout is as interesting as your story. Think of it as getting your manuscript ready to impress!
Remember those red pens your teachers used? It’s time to channel your inner grammar expert. Go through your manuscript carefully to fix grammar, spelling, and punctuation. A misplaced comma may seem small, but even minor errors can confuse a young reader. We want them to stay focused on the story!
Next, make sure you have enough content for a great book. Children’s books need a good mix of words and pictures. Check if your story has enough to fill the pages. If not, think about adding fun elements like coloring pages, puzzles, or activities.
Finally, get a fresh pair of eyes (or even two) to read your work. Those tricky mistakes can hide well. Having someone else look at your writing helps you catch any remaining errors before they end up in print forever.
Choosing the right font is not just about how it looks. It is also about how easy it is to read. This is important, especially for kids who are just starting to read. Pick clear and simple fonts that match the style of your story.
Once you pick the perfect font, think about the layout of your pages. Try different layouts. Make sure there is good space around the text and that illustrations have enough room, paying attention to trim lines. Remember, the total page count can change your binding options. If you have too many pages, you might need perfect binding, but I will talk about that later.
Also, think about colors! Bright and fun pictures are great, but save your files in CMYK colour mode. This way, the colors will look right when printed. We want those colours to really stand out!
Get ready to tap into your creative side! Designing a children’s book is where fun stories spring to life with bright colors, interesting characters, and lots of imagination.
Before you begin drawing talking animals and exciting adventures, keep in mind that your design should look good and be enjoyable for kids. You want your pictures to bring joy and excitement to young readers!
First, illustration quality is really important. Don’t use grainy images. Make sure your pictures are high-resolution and ready to print. Also, remember those CMYK colour settings? They help you get bright and true colours that pop on the page.
Next, let’s think about engagement! Who is your audience? Are you making a book for toddlers, preschoolers, or older kids? Each group has different likes and ways they pay attention, so adjust your illustrations for them.
Lastly, be creative! Think about adding fun, interactive parts to your illustrations. You can include hidden objects, flaps to lift, or textures to feel. Reading should be exciting and involve different senses!
Think of your cover as a friendly face that welcomes young readers. It is the first thing they will see, so make it special! A great cover design is important to catch their attention among many other books.
Don't forget the chances with the spine and front cover designs. Use these spots wisely! Create a title that is catchy and shows some of the adventure inside. Consider the colours, fonts, and pictures that will attract your readers.
The back cover is important too! It is your chance to grab those readers with a fun blurb, a playful drawing, or a sneak peek at some characters they will meet in the book.
It's time to chat about paper! Not the kind we fold into paper airplanes (though that was fun!). We're exploring paper stocks and how your choices can change your book's look and feel. The type of paper you pick can really change everything.
From the nice shine of gloss paper to the natural feel of uncoated paper, each option has something special to offer.
First, let’s talk about paper stocks for the interior pages. Think of this as the character of your paper. Do you want a classic and smooth touch? If so, silk paper stocks might be just right for you! If your book has a more natural theme, uncoated paper could be a better match. And we can’t ignore glossy pages, which are great for bright colours and a touch of luxury.
Next, there is paper weight, which shows how thick your pages are. This choice affects both how strong your book is and how it feels in a reader's hands. Heavier paper weight shows quality and strength. On the other hand, lighter paper weight may work well for thicker books (like those amazing long stories!).
Keep in mind that picking the right paper stock and paper weight can improve your print quality. It also helps to make the lovely illustrations shine, making your children's book a pleasure to hold and look at!
Now that you’ve chosen the perfect paper, it's time to add the finishing touches– literally. Print finishes, like matte or gloss, are like adding a magical coating to your book’s cover, enhancing its visual appeal and durability.
Let's break it down:
Feature | Matte | Gloss |
Look | Smooth, elegant, non-reflective finish, sophisticated look | Shiny, eye-catching, vibrant, reflects light, can make colours appear more vivid |
Feel | Soft, velvety texture | Smooth, sleek texture |
Practicality | Resistant to fingerprints and smudges, ideal for books with more text | Susceptible to fingerprints and smudges, great for showcasing photography or illustrations with bold colours and details |
Ultimately, the choice is yours! Whether you opt for the understated elegance of matte or the dazzling shine of gloss, choosing the right finish is like putting the cherry on top of a delicious print sundae!
Take a deep breath in and let it out. You have put a lot of effort into this book. Now, it's time to give it to the printing experts. There’s no need to set up a printing press at home—unless that is something you really want to do!
However, choosing the right printer and understanding the printing process can be challenging. Don’t worry! With some help, you will soon be able to hold your nicely printed children’s book in your hands.
Start by doing your research. Look for good printers in the United Kingdom that focus on children’s books. Check their websites and read reviews. Don’t hesitate to ask their customer services teams if you have questions.
Many printers now have easy online printing systems. You can easily upload your files, choose your print specifications, and even see a preview of your book before it prints. It is a big help!
Make sure to talk clearly with your printer. Give them all the files they need, like the cover file, the inner file pages, and the spine file as part of your cover file if you choose perfect binding. Check your proofs carefully before you say it is okay to print. Clear communication is important for a smooth and easy printing experience!
Let's discuss money! Budgeting may not be the most exciting part of making children's books, but it's very important. It helps keep your project on track.
First, ask different printers for quotes. Remember, prices can change based on things like how many pages you have, the type of paper, finishing touches, and how many books you want. Also, include extra costs, like shipping - those books won't get to you on their own!
It's smart to add some extra money to your budget for surprises. Life can be full of unexpected turns. With careful planning and some math, you can finish your book without spending too much.
In conclusion, when you print a perfect bound childrens book, it does needs care and creativity. Choosing the right paper and fun illustrations are important steps. Each part helps create the final product. By learning about the perfect binding process and working well with printers, you can make your ideas come true. A good cover and interesting content can help your children's book shine. So, enjoy the adventure of creating a book that will amaze young readers and inspire their imaginations. Get ready to print a children's book that has a professional look and feels full of charm and creativity!
The time it takes for perfect binding can change based on the printer and the size of your single order. Usually, you should expect it to take a few days to a couple of weeks. Keep this in mind when you plan your project timeline.
Yes, many online printers focus on short runs of printing. They offer perfect bound books in small amounts. This is great for authors who want to try things out or make custom size books for special events.
Let us begin with guiding you through the children's book printing sizes, layout and paper choices you can choose for your project. We try not to restrict you in any way apart from what the physical impossibilities are. Our ethos at Ex Why Zed is “The answer is Yes, now what is the question?”.
So impressive! Everything worked brilliantly with Ex Why Zed. From now on they will always be my chosen printer. I can’t see how anyone could improve on them!
Waldemar Januszczak. Self-Publisher, Art Critic and TV Producer.
Portrait Stapled Booklet
(also known as wire stitched and saddle stitched)
• Choose any size from A6 (148x105mm) up to a massive A3 (420x297mm).
• Pricing Hack>>> There is a price break at A4 (297x210mm). Any size larger than A4 is in the next bracket up and has to be printed on our B2 press. So if you are going for a small print run, say under 100 copies, then A3 can be expensive per copy.
Portrait Perfect Bound
• Choose any size from A6 to A4.
• You need an absolute minimum or 32 pages to make the spine thick enough to glue.
Portrait Hardcover (Case Bound, Hardback)
• Choose any size from A6 to A4.
• You need an absolute minimum of 28 pages inside pages, plus the front cover, back cover and you also have the option of printing the 3 'end paper' sides at the front and back of the book too.
Check out our quick video on the process of making a hardback book to learn where the endpapers are positioned.
Square Staple Bound (wire stitched)
• Choose any size from 148x148mm up to 297x297mm.
• Pricing Hack>>> There is a price break at 210x210mm and any square larger than 210mm is in the next price bracket up.
Square Perfect Bound
• Choose any size from 148x148mm up to 297x297mm.
• Again, there is a price break at 210x210mm.
Square Hardcover (Case Bound, Hardback)
• Choose any size from 148x148mm to 294x294mm and once again, there is a price break at 210x210mm.
Landscape Staple Bound (wire stitched)
• Choose any size from A5 (148mm high x 210mm wide) up to A4 (210mm high x 297mm wide)
• Pricing Hack. There is a price break at A5 (297x210mm) so if you are printing a smaller number of copies (under 100) then A4 Landscape can be expensive per copy.
Landscape Perfect Bound
• Choose any size from A5 to A4.
Landscape Hardcover (Case Bound, Hardback)
• Choose any size from A5 to A4.
Start a conversation on hello@exwhyzed.com or 01206 766647
Lets get you some help to move your project forward. (Or do continue reading this page for stacks more information)
Portrait children's books are an excellent choice for combining vibrant illustrations, educational content, and storytelling. The versatility of portrait formats allows for both standard and custom sizing, offering flexibility to meet different design goals. A5-sized books (210×148mm) remain a popular option due to their compact nature and cost-effective printing. This size strikes a perfect balance between portability and readability, making it ideal for young readers.
However, custom-sized portrait books open up new possibilities for creative expression. For instance, "What Football Job Can You Do?" by Emma Juhasz, printed in a handy 198x129mm format, demonstrates how a smaller, pocket-sized book can be engaging and interactive, perfect for children to carry around. "Tales of Great Cities London" uses a slightly shorter height (180mm) to create a compact yet informative book, utilising infographic-style designs to present historical facts in an accessible way.
Larger custom portrait sizes, like "Vlad and the Great Fire of London" (280x216mm), provide a more expansive canvas for detailed illustrations and in-depth storytelling. This larger format allows for immersive visual experiences, which is particularly effective for books that blend history with narrative, making events like the Great Fire of London more engaging for young readers. Similarly, "Hurricane Brain" (270x210mm) takes advantage of a slightly smaller, but still substantial, portrait format, offering enough space for intricate artwork while remaining easy to handle. These varied custom sizes allow designers and authors to tailor their books precisely to the content, providing a unique reading experience that stands out from standard formats.
The A5 dimensions are 210×148mm. The page size is plenty large enough for your content to be legible and this is a cost-effective and standard size for precision print.
Alternatively, you could make the publication more unique by shaving a few of millimetres off the height to make it 180mm high and 148mm wide which they have done here on Tales of Great Cities London. This is a superb example of infographic printing enabling youngsters to learn and expand their knowledge through reading a larger book.
Emma Juhasz's What Football Job Can You Do? is an innovative book and more than a collection of facts. It's a fun, interactive journey filled with illustrations, games, and fascinating insights about football. It's an educational tool that keeps children engaged while nurturing their passion for the beautiful game. The custom children's book size of 198x129mm is a handy pocket book companion.
Ask your graphic designer to come up with a bespoke size and we can print all custom options so if you did want to go for something off-kilter that is fine.
Square children's books offer a visually appealing and balanced format, ideal for creating immersive and engaging experiences for young readers. The square shape provides a perfect canvas for designers to experiment with layouts, allowing illustrations and text to be evenly distributed across the page. This versatility makes square books suitable for both narrative-driven stories and educational content.
Larger square books, such as "Wim's Ice Odyssey" (216x216mm) and "Helping Earth" (210x210mm), showcase how this format can be used effectively to deliver vivid illustrations and educational themes. "Wim's Ice Odyssey" takes advantage of its larger size to present detailed, expansive artwork, which helps immerse readers in the story's adventures. Similarly, "Helping Earth" uses the square layout to integrate informative text with vibrant illustrations, making complex environmental topics accessible and engaging for children.
The smaller, compact square books like "Wednesday's Child" emphasise a more intimate storytelling approach, where the balanced design and concentrated visuals create a focused and cohesive reading experience. Designers should consider the overall balance of content on each page, adapting the space to enhance the storytelling or educational narrative. Square books offer a unique edge over other styles by combining visual appeal with functional design, ensuring that each page captivates and maintains the reader's attention.
The Little Bee books shown here are 148x153mm (so slightly off-square). You can see the series, each with a similar styling and the same size to breed familiarity and consistency throughout the set.
Pouch’s Magical Worry Cheeks, shown below, is 210x210mm. Gloss Lamination on the front cover and uncoated inside pages make for a nice contrast – the bright colours on the front cover and the more tactile feel of the interior.
Rodney Matthews book is a reprint of a publication first published in the late 70s
(You can still buy a copy on Amazon).
Rodney opted for an imposing 240x240mm square size in hardback. This gives you a huge double-page spread of 480x240mm. We can even print as large as 295x295mm on square hardback and soft back, perfect bound or wire stitched children’s book. These options create a super impressive finished piece.
Landscape children's books are an excellent choice for designs that benefit from a wider format, such as books with panoramic illustrations, educational layouts, or interactive storytelling. The A5 landscape size (210×148mm) is a compact yet spacious format, providing a great balance between portability and readability. An example of this is "Flo The Fish," which uses the A5 landscape format to bring a fun, vibrant underwater world to life, making the content engaging and easy for young readers to follow.
Custom landscape sizes allow for even greater creativity. "Not A Drop in the Ocean," with dimensions of 203x254mm, utilises the broader canvas to integrate illustrations and text seamlessly, making it perfect for educational stories that require more visual space. Larger formats, like the A4 (210x297mm) landscape hardback "Radio Jones," offer even more room for detailed artwork and in-depth storytelling, creating an immersive experience for readers.
Additionally, the flexibility to print between A5 and A4 or go for custom sizes like the US Letter (216x279mm) or Wild Tribe Heroes’ 210x272mm option, opens up a myriad of possibilities. Designers can experiment with layouts that are wide and visually rich, ensuring that each book stands out on the shelf. The landscape orientation's unique appeal lies in its ability to showcase artwork and diagrams that stretch across the pages, making it ideal for educational books, illustrated stories, and visually captivating narratives.
The A5 dimensions are 210×148mm. The page size is plenty large enough for your content to be legible and this is a cost-effective and standard size for precision print.
A reminder that you choose any custom size between A5 and A4. This flexibility opens up a myriad of possible options to tailor your book to a unique aesthetic that captures the buyer's attention and lends itself perfectly to the size of your text and illustrations. The Wild Tribe Heroes book here is 210x272mm.
Another option for a custom children's book size is 216x279mm which equates to the US Letter favourite of 8.5x11".
Diving further into the square book format, we take a look at Monster Tea Party and Troll's Amazing Day...Aren't the titles of kid's story books just the best! Both are 210x210mm but Monster is hardback and Troll's is soft back, perfect bound.
There is no right or wrong answer about which binding method and cover style to choose. It could be argued that you can charge a higher cover price for the hardback, but in turn, it is also more expensive to print.
On the softback, the book has a trim size of 210x210mm. On the the hardback, there is a 3mm overhang on each side of the cover, so the inside pages are 210mm but the actual book ends up being around 216x216mm making it slightly more imposing.
Here is a short video discussing the 3 possibilities of saddle stitched (stapled), perfect bound and case bound (hardback). The page count does affect which options are available.
There are three main binding methods to choose from when printing a children’s book: saddle stitched, perfect bound, and case bound. The best option for you will depend on the page count and the overall aesthetic you’re hoping to achieve.
Saddle stitched is the most cost-effective binding method and is a good option for books with a lower page count. A wire stitched book will lay completely flat, which is ideal for showcasing double-page spreads and illustrations. If you're considering an A3-sized booklet, keep in mind that there's a price increase at the A4 threshold due to the larger printing press required.
Perfect bound gives a more professional look than saddle stitched, and is the standard binding method for books with 40 pages or more. One thing to consider with perfect bound books is that you will lose 2-3mm in the spine gutter, which can slightly impact the visibility of double-page illustrations.
Case bound, also known as hardback, is the most expensive binding method, but it also produces the most durable and visually impressive book. Hardback books can command a higher cover price. You will need a minimum of 28 pages for a hardback book, plus the front and back covers, and optional endpapers. A hardback book will also be slightly larger than the specified trim size due to the cover overhang. For example, a 210 x 210mm book will actually be around 216 x 216 mm.
For a landscape book, you can go for any size from A5 up to and including A4. You can again, opt for a bespoke size such as 8 x 10 or 10 x 8, which are standard children’s book sizes. Taking a little bit off the height or width makes it more eye-catching for the reader and visually stimulating rather than the standard A size. A wire stitched kids book means the pages can be opened completely flat so you get the full benefit of the double-page spread for your spectacular illustrations and storytelling. On perfect bound storybooks, you do lose 2-3mm in the spine gutter so it is not possible to press the pages completely flat but this is the go-to and professional looking method of binding for 40 pages or more.
There is slightly more scope on a portrait stapled booklet. You can choose any book page size from A6 (148x105mm) right up to A3 booklet printing (420mm high x 297mm wide). However, there is a price point cut off when you reach A4. Anything larger than A4, up to and including A3 has to be printed onto our B2 press which has higher setup costs. In turn, though, your storybook will be a hugely impressive size and can be sold for a higher cover price...although parents might need big muscles to lift it at bedtime!
For portrait perfect bound kid's book, then our size options are all sizes from A6 to A4 portrait.
A6 makes nice neat postcard size, smaller books that fit in your pocket. Think Postcard Size - that is A6. This can be sold for a lower cover price so might make for an instinctive purchase for potential readers at art fairs, in gift shops or when visiting your online store.
If you have refined down the many options and chosen what would work for your next book. Jump on our Printed Project Builder, let us know the print spec and one of our friendly team will be back asap with a quote and an email packed full of information.
We understand if this is your first book printing project then all the options can be a little daunting. Would it help if we sent you out a paper sample pack so you can see and feel the different options?
Or maybe some video help would let you visually work out which options would best suit your artwork and project. Our 1-2 minute showcase snippet videos on YouTube are ideal for this. We list the print spec, flick through a previous book printing project and you will immediately be able to decide if that style will work for your book.
The image depicts a bright, cohesive series of children’s books that exude charm and playfulness. Launching a new range of children's books like this involves more than just storytelling; it's about creating a visual identity that young readers and parents can instantly recognise. The use of consistent design elements, such as a unified colour palette, similar typography, and a recurring style of illustration, ensures that each title feels like a part of a larger collection. This helps build brand loyalty, making it easier for children (and parents) to spot and collect every book in the series. The designs in this series, with characters like Joey, Roary, and Emy, are vibrant and friendly, inviting kids to join their adventures while parents appreciate the polished, high-quality print.
Here in ‘Oi Who Are You Calling Rubbish’ we have a full colour cover with matt lamination to give the books more longevity and black print on uncoated pages inside. Black line art which the children can spend time lovingly colouring in.
Paper does prefer to be laid flat and when you start folding paper in half to get the cover of your book, it will immediately start to crack. When it’s flat it is perfect, but when folded the fibres of the paper crack and this produces a white line and scuffed ink along the fold. The paper roughens up and it doesn’t look great.
So, we recommend laminating the front cover of books to prevent this happened. This lamination acts as a protective film over the front cover to stop it cracking meaning it arrives in pristine condition for the reader. You can choose from matt, gloss, anti-scuff or soft-touch.
Gloss lamination gives your colours real punch and vibrancy. Matt lamination is slightly more subdued with a smooth and professional-looking surface. Anti-scuff is used very rarely. Soft-Touch Lamination is probably more suited to corporate brochures with a velvet feel than it is to children’s books. We would suggest you go for matt or gloss on your new book.
The difference is subtle (at least on our photo 🙂 with "I'll Just Be Me!" having a slightly shinier gloss lamination while the 'Eddie' book behind has matt lamination for a more subtle, less intrusive finish.
Premium finishes are the extra flourishes and premium extras you can add to the book cover making it really stand out. We offer a number of these and printing with gold foil isn’t the limit anymore – foiling comes in a range of up to 200 colours. You could also consider gloss spot UV varnish to a logo, title or vector illustration. How about embossing or debossing of the book title so it jumps towards the reader?
Our Print Journey is a great place to start. Depending on where you are up to, we have provided extensive guides at each stage.
Once the design is completed and you are ready to print your children's book, get in touch with us and we’ll come back to you asap with a range of print quotes. You might not be a printing expert yet, but we will change that with our advice, setup guides and inspirational portfolio. Your artwork would look great on paper and the printing of a book journey is both full of learning and ultimately exciting at Ex Why Zed. Pdf to book printing is what we are print experts at, aiming to give you a pureprint reproduction of your artwork with our book design services. We offer digital printing for small runs and we are also litho printers for run lengths of 700 copies or more where that method becomes more friendly on your budget.
Well done on getting your artwork ready for print! Now go ahead and upload the file/s using WeTransfer.com
It is super easy, free and you don’t need an account. Add hello@exwhyzed.com in the 'Email to' box. In the message area, tell us your print spec, number of copies you would like to print and the best address for delivery. We then get a download link with your files, simple as that!
Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. If you have any questions do get in touch on hello@exwhyzed.com or call on 01206 76667 and we look forward to helping you transform your ideas into print!
A Video Guide on the Winning Solutions>>>
To watch our action packed, hour long video guide on Children’s Book printing then grab your drink of choice and a notepad >>>
When it comes to deciding whether to work in inches or millimetres for designing a children's book, there are a few factors to consider. According to expert book designers, millimetres tend to be the preferred unit of measurement due to their precision and accuracy. Millimetres offer a greater level of detail and control in terms of layout and sizing, which is especially important when designing for a younger audience. Additionally, many printing companies use millimetres as their standard unit of measurement, making it easier to communicate and collaborate with them throughout the printing process. Ultimately, the choice between inches and millimetres comes down to personal preference and familiarity with the units, but for those looking for a more precise and streamlined approach to book design, millimetres may be the way to go.
We do have a steady stream of keen authors who arrive in our inbox with comments like:
"I have published a book with Amazon KDP and was also looking into signing up with IngramSpark. However my proof copy from both was not the quality I expected so am just looking at alternative options." Sue, self-published author.
"I am currently getting supplied through Amazon KDP. I have my first few events coming up where I am hoping to sell some and would like to step away from Amazon where the quality is questionable and inconsistent. Your prices seem very reasonable and I am keen to look into this further!" Sam, self-published author.
At Ex Why Zed we have the top of the range HP Indigo and Heidelberg litho presses so what comes off our machines will be the best your work can possibly look in print. We have over 250 happy reviews on Reviews.io, know the idiosyncrasies to look for in children's book structure and our friendly, expert team will help you on your Print Journey from day 1 until the books arrive.
We have complied a series of super helpful articles on finding a designer to work with you on the children's book structure. We understand file set-up and graphic design can be quite technical so the following insightful pages will help you research and approach a designer to artwork and layout your book.
Finding a Book Designer on Fiverr.
Finding a Book Designer on PeoplePerHour.
Top 10 Agencies to Design Your Book.
We've even done the heavy lifting on the design brief too so just copy and paste one of these in on an email to a few designers you like.
Design Brief for Children's Book Structure, Artwork and Layout.
Design Brief for Children's Book Illustration.
You're welcome 🙂
Here are 10 ideas to ensure your children's book get maximum exposure on social media:
And there you have it! Ten sparkling ideas to make sure your children's book is the talk of the social media town. Good luck! ? Read more, on our article 10 Ideas to Promote Your Children’s Book on Social Media.
If you’re targeting a young age group, like babies and toddlers age 0>3, you should rely heavily on pictures, rather than text.
While there are many factors that influence the cost of printing, page count is one of the biggest.
Over 250.76 million (yes, million!) children's books were sold in 2022. This compared with 201.9m in 2021 and 184.2m in 2020. So the market is growing and your new book would look great on the shelves too! (Sales figures from wordsrated.com)
The largest selling children's book of all time is The Little Prince by Antoine de Saint-Exupéry (published in 1943) is the best-selling children's book of all time, selling over 200 million copies. A quick look around on Google shows that it has been published many times in all manner of styles and iterations. Here are a few of the exquisite cover designs.
Once the design is completed and you are ready to print get in touch with us and we'll come back to you asap with a range of print quotes. You might not be a printing expert yet, but we will change that with our advice, setup guides and inspirational portfolio. Your artwork would look great on paper and the printing of a book journey is both full of learning and ultimately exciting at Ex Why Zed. Pdf to book printing is what we are print experts at, aiming to give you a pure print reproduction of your artwork. We offer digital printing for small runs and we are also litho printers for run lengths of 700 copies or more where that method becomes more friendly on your budget.
Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. If you have any questions do get in touch on hello@exwhyzed.com or call on 01206 76667 and we look forward to helping you transform your ideas into print!
To watch our full action packed, hour long guide on Children's book printing then here is the magical link you will need:
We either print your work in black ink throughout or in full colour where we use (four colour) CMYK inks to make up the millions of possible colours within the gamut. Full colour is going to give you far more impact for your images so they jump out at the reader. Black ink printing is cheaper because we are only using one ‘colour’. One example where you might want to print in black ink is for a colouring book. Colouring books are an increasingly simple way of illustrators getting their already completed artwork out there and bringing in some more money.
If you are looking to print a book featuring images that appear black & white or monochrome on screen but are actually in full colour then this is a crucial video for you to watch, absorb and act on.
Battle of printing black and white video.
It can be extremely hard to effectively print black-and-white images in digital print. Thankfully, this isn't our first rodeo so in the video below we take a deep dive into how to get around this and why it is so difficult. This is an issue that you will encounter at every printer but at Ex Why Zed we are keen to point it out and help before going ahead.
Are you trying to figure out different ways to enhance your next book cover? Well, a book cover does far more than serve as a protective jacket for your book. In many ways, it is the gateway to your story, the first page that a reader turns.
As author Holly Lisle rightly said, "Your book's cover is not its face. It is its handshake. It is the first message about itself your book sends to the reader." Thus, we have come up with a guide for you to grasp all the proven strategies to create engaging, interest-generating book cover templates.
Through this piece, we will explore the crucial role of the book cover and provide ten distinctive book cover design ideas that will set your work apart from others.
A good book cover design is crucial for making a solid first impression on your target readers. The distinct style can either draw in potential readers or deter them from exploring further. An effective book cover captures the story, offers a glimpse of the narrative, and connects emotionally with readers, making it crucial for commercial success. Let’s uncover more about it in the following sections.
Making a powerful first impression is essential in the world of book publishing. When a potential reader is browsing through hundreds of options in a bookstore or online, they'll be naturally drawn to books that visually appeal to them at first glance, especially those with good book design and cover design.
If your book cover captures their attention and evokes curiosity, they're more likely to pick it up and explore further. Conversely, a poorly designed cover may get overlooked entirely - regardless of how engaging the content might be.
The power of first impressions hinges on our psychological tendency to form instant judgments. According to research, an impression is formed within 50 milliseconds. This all-important first impression can be instrumental in a potential reader's buying decision.
A compelling book cover isn't just visually appealing; it should also signal to potential readers what to expect from the book, effectively attracting the right readers and audience. This involves understanding your target audience's interests, preferences, and reading habits.
For instance, a great book cover might appeal to a thriller reader who enjoys shadowy imagery, bold typography, and dark colour schemes. In contrast, a romance reader might prefer softer hues, romantic imagery, and elegant fonts.
Capturing the essence of your book and resonating with your target readership's expectations is critical. A discrepancy between the cover design and the book's content could attract the wrong readers and disappoint those who would enjoy your book.
Designing a stellar book cover is part art, part science. Not only does it require an excellent aesthetic eye and an interesting play in design, but it should also conform to genre conventions, including different genres, to appeal to its target audience.
So, if you're searching for eye-catching book cover ideas, these ten versatile concepts can be your ultimate guide.
First on our list are minimalist graphic design approaches, which have gained popularity in recent years. Minimalist design cuts out the noise and zeroes in on the core message by focusing on simple, uncluttered designs with a restricted colour palette and essential typographic elements. The simplicity and sophistication of minimalism in designs can lend a modern and elegant feel to your book cover.
This book cover design style is especially prevalent for hardback books. Material and linen covers are not printable so lend themselves to having strong typography foiled to the book cover.
The minimalist design of these book covers leverages bold typography, solid colour schemes, and minimal graphics to convey a powerful and elegant aesthetic. The absence of clutter allows each element to stand out, making the design eye-catching without overwhelming the viewer. For example, the book titled "IN BOHEMIA" uses a bright yellow cover with striking red typography, creating a contrast that is both bold and sophisticated. "Brit Gritain" features a black cover with gothic-style lettering, evoking a sense of classic or alternative culture, while "No Hands" employs a vivid pink background with a small, subtle circular graphic, hinting at a focal theme without revealing too much.
Next up is bold typography, a design choice emphasising words' power. With this approach, the bold typography on these book covers makes a striking visual impact by letting the text take centre stage. Each cover uses strong, oversized fonts to ensure the title captures the viewer's attention immediately.
For example, "Camden Passage" employs a vibrant red background with large yellow text, creating a vivid contrast that is impossible to ignore. The "Season Annual" cover features a reflective gold typeface on a dark navy backdrop, utilising both shine and simplicity to draw in the viewer. Meanwhile, "Aesthete" opts for a minimalist white cover with the word in elegant red, balancing boldness with sophistication. This approach ensures the books' titles remain the focal point, making a statement without needing elaborate graphics.
Creative illustrations breathe life into new book covers with their unique sense of style and story. These book covers effectively use illustration to engage the viewer's imagination, hinting at the narrative or theme within. Each cover employs a unique illustrative style, ranging from whimsical line art to abstract patterns, creating an emotional and visual connection with potential readers.
For instance, "Space Story" uses curving, space-themed illustrations that evoke a sense of movement and cosmic exploration, while "Moving Out" features a simple yet playful depiction of two figures pulling apart, illustrating a dynamic human story. "Man Over Board" opts for a more abstract, expressive design, leaving interpretation open and inviting curiosity. Together, these covers show how illustrations can be tailored to convey different moods, genres, and stories.
Back covers don't get as much love as their frontal compatriots, so lets include a photo here to give them some love!
Conceptual artwork incorporates symbolic imagery or abstract designs to signify deeper meanings or themes in the book. These cover designs can often be multi-layered, provoking thought and curiosity among readers.
Here’s the book that summarises key points for designing or selecting a conceptual cover:
Photographic elements can bring an air of realism to your book cover, showing people, places, or objects that closely relate to your book's content. The arrangement and treatment of these elements can add intrigue and appeal to the hardcover book design.
These book covers use photography to instantly evoke a sense of place, mood, or activity, making the content more relatable and engaging. Each cover presents a carefully chosen image that captures a moment or setting relevant to the book's subject. "Baby Let's Cruise" features a photograph of classic cars, suggesting a theme of travel, nostalgia, and culture. "006 U.S.A. California" uses a serene image of palm trees against a sunset, evoking a laid-back, atmospheric feel synonymous with California's lifestyle. "Fifteen Minutes from Home" shows a climber on a rock face, bringing an adventurous, action-oriented element to the cover. The combination of photography with clean, minimalist typography ensures the images remain the focal point, providing a direct visual cue to the book’s theme.
Retro and vintage styles bring a sense of nostalgia and old-world charm to the book covers. They replicate design elements from a bygone era, making books stand out with their unique aesthetic appeal.
These book covers masterfully channel retro and vintage aesthetics, each evoking a sense of nostalgia and timelessness. "Happy Days in Pixieland" uses vibrant colours, cartoonish characters, and playful fonts reminiscent of classic children's books, instantly transporting readers to a whimsical, fairy-tale world. "21 Remarkable People" presents a more classical, painterly cover, with a portrait that feels straight out of a Renaissance or Baroque painting, offering a sophisticated and artful touch. The third book, with its depiction of a traditional village scene, captures a nostalgic, almost pastoral charm, drawing from historical European artwork. Each cover’s design elements, including typeface, colour palette, and imagery, echo the styles of different eras, making them visually distinct and rich with character.
Abstract patterns allow you to play with shapes, lines, and colours to create eye-catching designs. Abstract designs can be versatile, interpreting and subtly representing complex themes and emotions, which literal representations might fail to do.
Abstract patterns are used to craft designs that are visually striking yet open to interpretation, allowing readers to draw their own connections to the book’s content. Each cover plays with geometric shapes, lines, and minimalist forms, creating a sense of movement, rhythm, or texture. For instance, the yellow cover for "ksa" features a network of intricate lines and dots, suggesting structure and connection, ideal for a subject related to architecture. "BA Sculpture & Environmental Art" uses soft, scattered curves and dashes, evoking a sense of fluidity and creative exploration. The green and red covers each employ white line art, with the former mimicking bent pipe-like shapes and the latter featuring contour-like waves, adding depth and suggesting layered meanings. Together, these covers show how abstract designs can be both playful and sophisticated, hinting at themes without directly depicting them.
Using collage and mixed media techniques provides book covers with rich texture and depth. It involves combining various materials and mediums—photographic elements, illustrations, textures, and typefaces—to create a layered and dynamic visual landscape.
These book covers leverage the collage and mixed media style to create a chaotic yet cohesive visual experience that draws in the viewer with its rich textures and playful compositions. "Je M'appelle Waled" uses a mix of photographic elements, stickers, and emojis, giving it a personal, zine-like aesthetic that feels raw and expressive. The middle cover, "The Zords A-Z Lookbook," features a chaotic yet vibrant assemblage of ripped paper, graffiti, and bold typography, which captures a sense of urban culture and artistic rebellion. The third cover, "Worldie," combines photographs, cut-outs, and typography to create a yearbook-like feel, brimming with cultural references and layered imagery. Together, these covers show how mixed media can be used to convey multiple messages, themes, and emotions, making each cover a piece of art in itself.
Using different shades, tones, and tints within a specific colour palette, monochromatic colour schemes can create a compelling and eye-catching book cover design. Additionally, balancing the design with a neutral colour to prevent it from becoming overwhelming.
These book covers demonstrate the power of monochromatic palettes, using different shades of grey to evoke mood and atmosphere. "Intrepid" features a black-and-white photograph of two surfers, bringing a sense of simplicity and focus to the subject, with subtle gradients adding depth to the image. "The Beautifully Mundane: Cornwall" also uses a grayscale image of a caravan, evoking a sense of nostalgia and quiet reflection, making the ordinary appear intriguing. "Opera In The Dark" captures a moody lighthouse scene, with dark, cloudy skies creating a dramatic effect that pairs beautifully with the monochrome aesthetic. Each cover utilizes various shades, tones, and tints within a single colour palette, proving how monochromatic schemes can be versatile, setting the tone of the book effectively without overwhelming the design.
Hand-drawn elements lend a personal and unique touch to book covers. Be it intricate doodles, whimsical illustrations, or handwritten typography, this style provides a distinct charm, making your book cover feel special and one-of-a-kind. The hand-drawn elements on these book covers convey a sense of authenticity, creativity, and warmth.
Each cover utilises this approach to create a design that feels personal and engaging. "Stories That Help" uses playful, doodle-like illustrations and colourful, hand-lettered typography, evoking a sense of support and positivity. "Cunning Folk" features intricate, hand-drawn patterns of plants and foliage, setting a mystical and earthy tone that hints at the themes of folklore and magic. Lastly, "Places We Play: Charlotte" mimics a hand-drawn football pitch, adding a touch of simplicity and nostalgia, reminiscent of sketching on a notepad. These covers show how hand-drawn elements can make a book feel approachable and unique, inviting readers into a more intimate and crafted experience.
ExWhyZed is a creative print company run by people who love their work. We embrace the process and d genuinely get excited when we see a well designed book land in our inbox.
We offer helpful resources, subject matter cover design ideas, and friendly advice from the beginning. You’ll talk to experts who know your project and can assist everyone, from beginners to experienced designers.
Which stage you at on our Print Journey?
A great book cover is a crucial marketing asset that can significantly influence your book's success. It forms the critical first impression and is essential in attracting the right audience.
Whether you favour minimalist designs, bold typography, abstract patterns, or retro styles, the key is to create a cover that is visually striking, emotionally evocative, and aligned with your book's genre and content.
Lastly, remember, the cover is not just an adornment for your book; it's a powerful communication tool. You may create it all by yourself or just hire top cover designers like ExWhyZed for your next cover art!
Consider elements like typography, imagery, and layout cohesion to format a book cover effectively. Strive for a visually appealing design that encapsulates the essence of the book's great cover. For precise execution, use professional tools such as Adobe InDesign, Affinity Publisher, Photoshop or Canva....hey, even Word or Publisher! All we need to print your book is a PDF file so do use the program you are most used to and comfortable with.
Creating an eye-catching book cover combines engaging visuals, clear and readable typography, and a thoughtful colour scheme. The design should reflect the book's theme, have perfect title text, a great logo, emotionally resonate with the target audience, and stand out in a sea of other books in the same genre.
A successful cover design includes a compelling image or illustration, engaging typography featuring the book's title and author's name, a harmonious colour scheme, and a design that convincingly portrays the book's theme or mood. It should also be visually appealing, contextually relevant, and resonate with the target audience.
The answer depends on your design skill level and budget. Creating your custom book cover can offer complete creative control if you have design skills. If not, hiring a professional designer ensures a polished and visually compelling cover that meets industry standards and attracts readers.
A book cover is crucial in attracting readers, whether they look at the back cover or the front cover. It provides potential readers with their first impression of your book and can significantly influence their decision to explore it further. Hence, a high-quality, captivating book cover is pivotal in piquing interest and boosting book sales.
Well, we say go right ahead! In a world where first impressions matter, a book cover is like the Tinder profile of the literary world—it's got one shot to grab your attention, and if it doesn’t swipe you off your feet, it's back to the shelf. A brilliantly designed cover can capture the soul of the book, hinting at the mysteries within, the characters you’ll fall in love with, or the whimsical adventures you’re about to embark on. So yes, judge away! After all, those monochrome moods, playful collages, and bold typographies didn’t spend hours in design just to be ignored.
But let’s not get carried away—there’s always a little more to the story. A great cover can entice, intrigue, and set the mood, but it’s not a replacement for the rich, delicious prose that lies beneath. Think of it as the gourmet appetiser that whets your appetite for the full feast. So, while judging a book by its cover might make for a delightful start, don’t forget to read past the introduction. Trust us, it’ll be worth it!
When it comes to tight deadlines, rush orders, and last-minute printing, Ex Why Zed is here to help.
If you have a project that is being sent to print today, great, let us provide you with a quote for a fast turnaround, high quality solution.
Chat to us on 01206 766647, hello@exwhyzed.com or through the Live Chat box on our website.
We will get your work back to you when you need it at a good price point.
• Your usual go-to printer has let you down and just cannot do the turnaround or print specification you need.
• You fell for the maxims of a cheap online printer (don't worry you're not the only one 🙂 but the printing they sent is shocking quality and need a quick replacement.
• There is an important business meeting coming up and you just discovered the business cards are running dry.
Going to print today need not be stressful when you turn to us. Our decades of expertise in the printing industry gives us unparalleled experience in providing the best end product, even with a quick turnaround time. Thanks for stopping by and welcome to Ex Why Zed.
You are in a hurry and need book and booklet printing? No problem, Ex Why Zed are your UK express printing experts. We are aware of the fast-paced nature of life thus our dedicated creative team always works to provide quick solutions and respond to your needs and demands. We offer express printing and delivery at a price within your budget.
Just give us a call, email or make your print choices on our Printed Project Builder. Within a few minutes, our friendly Account Managers will be at your service helping you have all your material printed and delivered in just a few days. It is just that simple!
At Ex Why Zed, we use environmentally friendly printing materials and products. If you need just a few copies of your next project, maybe for a student project, design pitch or Companies House submission, we can do that as well. From brochures to postcards, children’s books to zines, artist books and catalogues, you can get everything printed today at cost-effective prices.
We look forward to transforming your idea into print!
In the highly competitive world of literature and publishing, not all authors immediately unlock the doors of major publishing houses. But that hasn't stopped hundreds of talented writers from bypassing the gatekeepers and reaching their audiences directly. Thanks to the advent of digital platforms and self-publishing tools, the publishing industry's landscape has dramatically transformed.
Self-publishing has unearthed a wealth of unrecognised talents, giving way to a new wave of best-selling authors and chart-topping books that significantly impacted popular culture.
This article lists ten of the most successful self-published book printing examples that defied odds, broke barriers, and redefined success in the book world. It will also outline the factors that contributed to the growth and success of self-publishing. So, let's dive in!
Technology and the internet have transformed self-publishing, allowing many to become most successful self published authors and bypass traditional gatekeepers like agents and editors. Once considered "vanity publishing," it now rivals traditional publishing, with many self-published books achieving impressive sales.
Factors driving this shift include advancements in print-on-demand technology, the popularity of ebooks and audiobooks, and streamlined platforms like Ex Why Zed who are a great alternative to traditional publishing houses. Authors enjoy greater creative control, faster time-to-market, and higher royalties, enabling niche genres and experimental works to find success and a large readership.
The path to successful self-publishing isn't just about bypassing traditional publishing houses or leveraging online platforms. It requires an interplay of several critical factors, which are as follows:
Now, let's delve into the stories of ten authors who took the self-publishing route to create best-selling masterpieces. As we revisit their journeys to becoming the most successful indie authors, from writing each word with hope and determination to witnessing their creations become global sensations, we affirm that every book holds a universe within.
A standout in the self-publishing realm is "The Martian" by Andy Weir. Weir's journey from a computer programmer to a best-selling author showcases the power of perseverance and ingenuity. The gripping tale of survival on Mars captivated readers globally.
Weir's meticulous research, scientific accuracy, and relatable main character, Mark Watney, drew in audiences across diverse demographics. "The Martian" depicts how a compelling narrative, coupled with strategic marketing, can propel a self-published book to unprecedented success.
Fifty Shades of Grey by E.L. James swiftly captivated readers worldwide, emerging from self-publishing origins to bestseller fame. The unconventional romance stirred both controversy and intrigue, showcasing the power of self-promotion and word-of-mouth in today's literary landscape.
E.L. James took the publishing world by storm, paving the way for self-published authors to break into the mainstream market with daring narratives. In an industry dominated by traditional publisher routes, Fifty Shades of Grey's success stands as a testament to the changing dynamics of modern publishing.
Hugh Howey's "Wool" captivates readers with its dystopian setting and gripping narrative. The book gained momentum as one of the most successful KDP books, proving the power of independent authors in the literary world.
Howey's success story echoes the rise of self-publishing giants like Amanda Hocking and Mark Dawson, who took their careers into their own hands and reached the top of Amazon charts. "Wool" showcases how NLP can transform authors from unknown to acclaimed within the competitive publishing industry.
The Celestine Prophecy by James Redfield took the publishing world by storm with its unique spiritual insights and captivating narrative. Redfield's journey from self-publishing to becoming a New York Times bestseller is a testament to the impact of compelling storytelling.
The book's ability to engage readers on a deep level and explore profound philosophical themes resonated with a wide audience, propelling it to remarkable success in the literary world.
Robert Kiyosaki's "Rich Dad Poor Dad" revolutionised financial literature, challenging conventional beliefs about money management. Kiyosaki's straightforward approach and unique perspective on wealth accumulation have resonated with readers worldwide.
Through his engaging narrative, he emphasises the importance of financial education and investing in oneself. "Rich Dad Poor Dad" remains a timeless classic, offering practical wisdom for achieving financial success and freedom.
This poignant story by Lisa Genova delves into the heartbreaking reality of early-onset Alzheimer's disease. Genova's background in neuroscience brings a unique depth to the narrative, portraying the challenges the protagonist, Alice Howland, faces.
"Still Alice" captivates readers with its authenticity and emotional resonance, shedding light on the impact of this neurodegenerative condition on individuals and their loved ones. Genova's storytelling prowess in capturing the complexities of memory and identity sets this self-published work apart.
"The Shack" by William P. Young delves into deep emotional themes, presenting a thought-provoking story that resonates with readers. Young's ability to intertwine spirituality with human struggles creates a profound narrative that captivates audiences.
The book invites readers to explore profound questions about life, faith, and forgiveness through innovative storytelling and relatable characters. Young's unique approach to storytelling and the raw emotions portrayed in "The Shack" has contributed significantly to its success in self-publishing.
Released in 2002, Steven Pressfield's "The War of Art" delves into the concept of overcoming creative resistance. Pressfield's insightful exploration resonates with many aspiring writers and artists. By addressing the internal battles creators face, he offers practical strategies to conquer self-doubt and procrastination.
Drawing parallels to Sun Tzu's "The Art of War," Pressfield's book has garnered a strong following within the creative community, empowering individuals to pursue their artistic endeavours with renewed vigour and determination.
Irma Rombauer's "The Joy of Cooking" stands out among self-published books. Its enduring success lies in its resonance with aspiring chefs and seasoned cooks alike. Rombauer's meticulous approach to recipes and culinary guidance has garnered a devoted following.
By infusing practicality and passion into her work, she has carved a niche for herself in the culinary world and inspired a generation of home cooks to explore their culinary prowess. Her book remains a timeless masterpiece in the world of self-publishing.
Legends: Fifteen Tales of Sword and Sorcery, a collaboration by multiple authors, captivates readers with its diverse narratives and mythical adventures. This anthology showcases the creativity and artistry of various writers, offering a rich tapestry of epic tales that transport readers to fantastical realms filled with magic and heroism.
Each story within this collection brings a unique perspective to the genre, satisfying readers' cravings for adventure and imagination. Legends is a true testament to the power of collaboration in creating captivating and immersive storytelling experiences.
Now that we have gone through the ten successful self-published books and read about their authors let’s explore a few points that made these books popular.
With compelling narratives and fresh viewpoints, these self-published books captivate readers with their unique storytelling. From the gripping survival tale in "The Martian" to the provocative romance of "Fifty Shades of Grey," each book offers something distinct that resonates with audiences.
The innovative plots and engaging characters set these works apart, showcasing the creativity and originality of self-published authors in the literary world. These stories prove that success in publishing is not solely reserved for traditional avenues, inspiring aspiring writers to explore self-publishing as a viable route to sharing their tales.
Effective marketing and promotion play pivotal roles in achieving success in self-publishing. Utilising platforms like Amazon Kindle Direct Publishing or engaging with readers through social media can significantly boost visibility. Many successful authors have leveraged strategies to reach larger audiences, such as book signings, virtual events, and influencer collaborations.
Crafting a compelling online presence and utilising email marketing to build a loyal readership base is crucial to promoting self-published books. Implementing targeted marketing campaigns and staying engaged with your audience are also key elements.
While you do self published book printing, know that a solid reader engagement and loyal following is paramount for successful self-published authors. Interacting with readers through book signings, social media, and newsletters creates a personal connection. Engage in discussions, respond to comments, and seek feedback to foster a dedicated reader base.
Additionally, offering exclusive content or behind-the-scenes insights can further deepen the bond with your audience. Utilise tools like email marketing to keep followers informed of new releases and maintain their interest. Cultivating this relationship can turn readers into fans and advocates of your work.
Ex Why Zed is a creative print company run by people who love their work. We offer helpful resources, excellent ideas on professionally printing your self-published book, and friendly advice from the beginning. When you get in touch with us, you’ll talk to experts who know your project and can assist everyone, from beginners to experienced designers.
In the ever-evolving publishing landscape, self-published authors continue to make an indelible mark. These success stories exemplify the power of perseverance, creativity, and strategic marketing.
Aspiring writers can find inspiration in these pioneers by embracing new ideas, practising their skills consistently, and using the digital world for publishing. The future of publishing is full of opportunities for those willing to take them. With hard work and a clear vision, anyone can create their own path to success, proving that the power to achieve it is in their hands.
By self-publishing, authors retain creative control, earn higher royalties, and can publish at their own pace. They are also free to choose marketing strategies and reach a global audience directly.
Authors can effectively promote their self-published books to reach a wider audience by leveraging social media platforms, collaborating with book bloggers for reviews, utilising book promotion websites, and attending book fairs and events.
Engaging storytelling and effective marketing are essential for self-publishing success. Building reader engagement, unique perspectives, and a solid promotional strategy are crucial. These factors propel self-published books toward success in a competitive market.
Self-publishing can lead to varying earnings based on book sales, pricing, and royalties. Successful self-published authors have earned from a few thousand to millions. To maximise profits, a solid marketing strategy is essential.
Self-published authors turn their books into best sellers by crafting compelling narratives, employing effective marketing strategies, and engaging with their audience. Understanding readers' preferences and market trends also plays a crucial role in achieving success.
Children's books usher young minds into the spellbinding world of letters and words. When we think about these books, colourful illustrations and creative characters often flood our minds. While the narrative plays a pivotal role, the book cover makes the first impression.
However, the art of crafting these covers requires understanding the psyche of young readers, an insightful usage of colours, typography, visual elements, and lots of creativity. This blog will thus explore the art of creating charming children's book covers, highlighting ten enchanting examples, especially in self-publishing.
Book covers are more than just decorative jackets for books. They act as silent salespersons, delivering the initial pitch to potential readers. The cover design plays an even more crucial role in children's books. Children are naturally drawn towards colours and visually striking images.
From classic tales to modern narratives, each book cover unravels a visual treat, and we must admit it is no easy feat to capture the essence of the tale it holds within, charming its young readers to pick it up and start reading.
Simply put, a visually delightful cover is the inviting doorway into the enchanting world the book promises to unveil.
While several elements add to the charm of a children's book cover, four components stand out, mainly due to their visual appeal and direct impact on a child’s attention. These include colour, typography, illustration style, and composition.
Let's dive into these elements and how they contribute to creating visually compelling children’s book covers.
Colour is the most captivating visual element on a book cover. It instantly attracts a child and can set the mood for the story inside. However, choosing colours for a children's book cover requires careful thought over random splashes of bright hues.
Typography is more than just picking a font for the book title. It plays a significant role in creating an emotional connection with the readers and delivering the book's message.
Illustrations serve as windows into the story world, stirring curiosity in young readers. The illustrated design style can make kids book cover stand out on a bookstore shelf.
Great book cover composition involves organising visual elements pleasingly and cohesively. A practical children’s book size and layout keeps the book cover balanced and enticing.
Having studied the significant visual elements that make a good children’s book cover, let’s explore some excellent examples from children's literature.
This timeless classic by Maurice Sendak stands out with its whimsical illustration style. The cover art features a wild thing, a monstrous yet friendly creature, instantly capturing young readers’ curiosity.
Furthermore, the use of pastels lends a soft appeal, perfect for this imaginative bedtime tale. We see the perfect blend of warm and cool tones, adding depth to the beautiful illustration.
Next, the hand-written, black-coloured font has been smartly positioned over the light background, ensuring clear visibility.
Eric Carle's charming cover for "The Very Hungry Caterpillar" is a visual treat. A bright green caterpillar with a vivid red face peers out from a hole chewed in fruit, enticing young readers with the promise of the transformative journey within.
The title, written in simple, bold, white letters, stands against the richly coloured background.
All in all, this legendary cover beautifully showcases the impact of striking colour contrast and straightforward typography.
The cover of "The Tale of Peter Rabbit" plays a significant part in its enduring popularity. The central character, the mischievous yet adorable Peter Rabbit, is placed in a vivid garden setting—an inviting visual cue for readers.
The illustrator uses harmonious colours for a calming effect. Despite the chaotic garden scene, the use of analogous colours keeps the design balanced.
Additionally, the antique font style enhances the cover's vintage charm.
A classic tale for many generations, "Goodnight Moon" offers an enchanting cover. The comforting room scene in bold, solid colours establishes the cosy bedtime story within the pages.
The book title, neatly nestled in a frame at the top, is such a contrast against the vividly coloured backdrop that it ensures easy readability.
Even though the cover has no character, the warm and inviting image stays memorable in young minds.
Bright and enticing, "The Smart Cookie" sports an engaging cover that instantly draws young readers. A pleasant cookie, the titular character, pops out against the semi-muted background.
The choice of pastels softens the overall look while still keeping it lively. The bubble-shaped font in contrasting red plays up the playful vibe of the book, hinting at a story filled with kindness and fun.
Even without picking it up, one can tell that the book is bound to be packed with fun and laughter.
Dr. Seuss's legendary children's book, "One Fish, Two Fish, Red Fish, Blue Fish," features a memorable cover with its signature rhyming text and whimsical illustrations in a beautiful book format.
The usage of standard colours from the colour wheel resonates well with young kids—important attributes in timeless book covers.
The unusual characters in exaggerated proportions hint at the romp of a ride awaiting the reader, while the contrasting black font ensures optimal visibility.
It is hard to ignore the appeal of dinosaurs, and adding the element of empathy crafted "Tiny T. Rex and the Impossible Hug" into a lovable cover.
In eye-catching yellow, the quirky typography complements the comical and endearing image of a miniature Tyrannosaurus Rex.
Pastel colours create a soothing backdrop, softening the ferocious dinosaur image usually associated with T-Rex, making it cute and relatable to kids.
The hint of adventure is vivid on the cover of "The Lightning Thief", the first book in the Percy Jackson series.
The skewed scene on the cover and darker colours signify danger and conflict, tugging at older children's natural curiosity towards mysterious realms. The electric blue font colour enhances the "lightning" imagery while offering an excellent contrast to the dusky background.
This cover effectively caters to its audience of adolescent readers fascinated by action-packed stories.
Aimed at older kids, "A Long Walk to Water" blends an artful balance of drama and realism.
The use of darker colours and the silhouette of the protagonist indicate the intense narrative within.
The title in bold white balances perfectly against the water imagery in the background. The cover subtly hints at the hardships and triumphs that await the reader in this riveting tale.
"The Boy at the Back of the Class" catches the reader's eye with its strategic use of colour contrast.
The bright red backpack stands out against the cool blue backdrop. The addition of small doodle-like drawings invites younger readers into the world of the story.
The arrangement of these elements contributes to a captivating cover that piques the reader's interest in the boy mentioned in the title.
Once your story for the children book is over, give us the task of handling the rest. At ExWhyZed, we design brilliant templates for kids' books. Our best book covers have everything that you will require to stand out from the rest.
From simple design to vivid colours, we can ensure your picture book attracts kids alike. We also look after all your other publishing needs, so contact us today to learn more about us and to collaborate!
In the end, we would like to mention that to create a successful children's book cover, it's essential to blend art and storytelling. A good cover uses bright colours, fun fonts, and appealing illustrations to attract young readers and caregivers.
The best covers also focus on the reader, considering what kids can understand, what interests them, and how they feel. This thoughtful design makes the cover more than just a protective layer; it becomes part of the story itself.
A visually compelling children's book cover combines striking colours, legible and engaging typography, and captivating illustration styles. It also maintains a practical layout and composition.
Colour choices are guided by the target audience's age and the book's theme. Younger kids are drawn towards primary colours. For older children, softer hues or sophisticated shades may be appealing. The colour wheel is handy for creating harmonious or contrasting colour palettes.
Avoid using complicated fonts, clashing colours, and overcrowded illustrations. Irrelevant images, inappropriate language, and small print sizes can confuse and alienate young readers. The cover should be simple, readable, relevant to the story, and age-appropriate.
If you don't want to connect with a graphic designer and instead wish to design your own book cover for self publishing, then gain inspiration from successful designs. Understand your target audience's preferences, choose engaging visuals that relate to your story, and use a user-friendly graphic design tool. Remember to maintain a balance between all design elements.
Some suggested designs include "Where the Wild Things Are," "The Very Hungry Caterpillar," and "The Tale of Peter Rabbit." These designs effectively combine compelling visuals, age-appropriate typography, and layouts to create visually appealing book covers that resonate with their target readers.
Just as we form an opinion about a stranger by their appearance, our perception of a book is heavily influenced by its cover design, especially in the context of independent self publishing. A good old proverb may caution us not to judge a book by its cover, but the reality is that a compelling cover does matter. The book cover design acts as the marketing front for the manuscript content inside. It beckons potential readers with vivid colours, subconscious symbolic cues, and creative typography.
This blog presents some of the generation's most awe-inspiring book covers. From timeless classics like "The Great Gatsby" and "1984" to modern sensational works like "The Hunger Games" and "The Fault in Our Stars," we explore how these best book covers invite readers into their narratives even before flipping open the first page.
A book cover impacts readers by setting expectations, conveying themes, and attracting attention. It serves as the first impression of a book, influencing readers' interest and perception even before they delve into the content.
First impressions are vital in a world full of choices. A unique book cover is essential for grabbing readers' attention on crowded shelves or online platforms like Amazon and Goodreads. Elements like the colour scheme, typography, graphic elements, and layout create this crucial first impression, influencing the reader's curiosity and interest.
Book cover designs create emotional connections through colour psychology, cultural symbols, and visual metaphors. For example, children's book covers use vibrant colours and whimsical illustrations to evoke joy and wonder. A well-designed cover can connect the viewer to the book before reading it, acting as a silent yet influential salesperson.
The book covers act as a visual translation of the narrative within a book. They distil the story, characters, and themes into a powerful image. A science fiction novel may use futuristic imagery, sleek typography, and cool tones to hint at exploration and discovery. A historical fiction novel might use vintage fonts and sepia tones to indicate its time period and setting. The cover design offers the first glimpse into the world created by the author, enticing the reader to dive into the memoir-like experience.
Each book in this list boasts its unique voice, luring readers with its mesmerising tales. These narratives warrant equally captivating covers that appropriately depict the book's soul, often bursting with amazing colours. Stay tuned as we dig into the magic of exceptional book cover design and showcase many of the best book covers. These 20 scintillating covers have encapsulated each book's essence within their creative expanse, charming readers and standing out in the archives of literary history.
Francis Cugat's luminous cover for F. Scott Fitzgerald's The Great Gatsby perfectly embodies the decadence of the Jazz Age described in the novel.
This timeless cover is a shining beacon of the era, enveloping viewers with an inherent sense of longing and disillusionment.
Alt text: The book cover for Douglas Adams's "The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy" perfectly captures the whimsy and quirkiness of this beloved science fiction comedy.
With its simple yet striking visual elements, this iconic cover transports us effortlessly into Adams's peculiar galaxy, promising readers an entertaining journey through his unique literary universe.
The book cover for Harper Lee's "To Kill a Mockingbird" is thought-provoking, adorned with elements carefully chosen to reflect its themes.
This cover, as simple as it may appear, speaks volumes about the poignant narrative contained within the pages of this classic novel.
Published in 1949, George Orwell's "1984" boasts a cover design that captures the essence of the novel's dystopian themes. The iconic cover features a striking image of a watchful Big Brother, symbolising the omnipresent surveillance within the narrative. The bold typography and subdued colour palette evoke a sense of oppression and control, perfectly aligning with the book's cautionary tale of totalitarianism. This cover stands the test of time, remaining a classic example of how cover design can encapsulate the core message of a book.
J.R.R. Tolkien's epic fantasy saga, "The Lord of the Rings," boasts some of the most iconic and recognisable book covers in literary history. The cover designs beautifully capture the essence of the magical world of Middle-earth, with intricate illustrations and typography that transport readers into a realm of adventure and heroism. The use of vivid colours, intricate details, and symbolic imagery on the covers perfectly encapsulates this beloved fantasy masterpiece's grand scope and enduring appeal.
Holden Caulfield's angsty journey in "The Catcher in the Rye" is encapsulated on its cover with a blend of simplicity and depth. The cover's minimalistic design with a solitary figure captures the essence of the protagonist's isolated worldview. The red accent symbolises Holden's inner turmoil, creating a visually striking contrast. Incorporating NLP terms like the colour scheme, simple image, and depiction, the book cover resonates with readers, offering a glimpse into the profound themes explored within the pages.
"Pride and Prejudice" features a cover that has been redesigned numerous times to appeal to contemporary readers. The iconic silhouette of Elizabeth Bennet and Mr. Darcy has become a classic in book cover design. The use of negative space and elegant typography captures the essence of the novel's romantic and social themes. The cover art often blends traditional elements with a modern twist, making it a favourite among readers.
A mesmerising book cover, "The Shining," captivates with its eerie design. The cover features a striking visual of an isolated hotel set against a snowy backdrop, evoking a sense of foreboding. Negative space and bold typography enhance the ominous tone, perfectly mirroring the book's chilling narrative. With its stark imagery and subtle details, this cover design effectively conveys the psychological thriller genre, making it a standout in the realm of best book covers.
Exploring the best book covers wouldn't be complete without mentioning the Harry Potter series. These covers, with their stunning cover design and captivating illustrations, have become iconic in the book world. Each cover perfectly captures the essence of the corresponding novel, drawing readers into the magical world of Hogwarts and its inhabitants. From the bold choices in the colour palette to the intricate typography, the Harry Potter covers are a perfect example of how cover art can enhance the reader's experience and bring the story to life.
In "The Hunger Games," the best book covers play a crucial role in capturing the essence of the dystopian world created by Suzanne Collins. The cover design instantly grabs the reader's attention, featuring the iconic Mockingjay symbol and a striking colour scheme. The image of the bird in flames, set against a backdrop of darkness, perfectly conveys the theme of rebellion, survival, and important issues in a society plagued by oppression. This cover art is a prime example of how book covers can evoke emotions and set the tone for the gripping narrative within.
"The Alchemist" by Paulo Coelho boasts a mystical and captivating cover design that perfectly mirrors the essence of the story. The rich colours and intricate details tap into the book's spiritual and adventurous themes, making it a standout in any collection. The cover art seamlessly blends elements of typography and illustration, creating an enchanting visual appeal that draws readers in at first glance. The exquisite design of "The Alchemist" cover truly captures the essence of the novel's profound journey.
Larsson's "The Girl with the Dragon Tattoo" showcases a striking cover design. Using a dark colour scheme combined with a simple yet intriguing image of a dragon tattoo creates a modern and captivating feel. The cover's bold choice of colours and graphic elements, reminiscent of a movie poster, immediately grabs the reader's attention. It cleverly incorporates negative space and geometric shapes, making it a standout among book covers. Overall, it's a perfect example of how cover design can enhance the reading experience.
Andy Weir's "The Martian" features a striking cover design that resonates with its theme of survival on Mars. The red planet as the backdrop, juxtaposed with the astronaut silhouette, captures the essence of isolation and determination. The minimalist yet captivating design reflects the intense storyline of the protagonist stranded in space. The choice of colours and imagery perfectly sets the tone for the thrilling narrative that awaits readers. This cover exemplifies how visual elements can enhance the reader's perception of the story.
The cover design of "The Fault in Our Stars " captures the essence of the emotional journey portrayed in the book. Using a simple image of a swing set against a starry backdrop beautifully conveys the theme of love and loss. The colour scheme of blues and whites evokes a sense of both hope and sadness, reflecting the poignant story within. This cover is a perfect example of how a book cover can encapsulate the core of the book's narrative in a visually compelling way.
Margaret Atwood's The Handmaid's Tale boasts a haunting cover design that aligns perfectly with the dystopian narrative. The cover's use of negative space and bold choice of colours, like the iconic red robe, evoke a sense of oppression and urgency. The simplistic yet powerful imagery of a woman's silhouette against a red backdrop encapsulates the book's core themes. This cover art stands out as a prime example of how design can encapsulate the essence of a story with striking visuals.
"The Goldfinch" by Donna Tartt features a cover design that captivates with its intricate artwork. The cover showcases a gorgeous book cover art that draws inspiration from classic book covers. The depiction of a delicate and detailed goldfinch on a bright yellow background is a perfect example of how a cover can convey the essence of a book. The typography and colour scheme used in this cover art make it stand out as one of the best book covers of all time.
The book cover of "The Life of Pi" is a perfect example of how cover design can capture the essence of a story. With its gorgeous artwork depicting a young man in a boat with a tiger, it instantly draws the reader into the world of adventure and survival. The use of bold colours and intricate details make it one of the best book covers in terms of visual storytelling. This cover art truly reflects the core themes and emotions of the book, creating a lasting impact on anyone who sees it.
The Time Traveler's Wife book cover beautifully captures the essence of the intricate time-travelling love story. With its dreamlike design and subtle colour palette, it intrigues readers with its mysterious allure. The cover art skillfully portrays the central themes of love and the passage of time through its elegant typography and evocative illustration. This cover is a perfect example of how cover design can artfully mirror the book's core, drawing readers into the enchanting world of the novel.
"The Book Thief" by Markus Zusak showcases a unique and captivating book cover design. With its striking illustration of a girl reaching for a falling book against a backdrop of bold colours, this cover art immediately grabs the reader's attention. The use of negative space and typography adds depth to the overall design, making it a perfect example of a cover that reflects the core themes of the book, such as love, loss, and the power of words.
"The Martian Chronicles" is a classic example of a captivating cover design. The cover art perfectly captures the essence of the book, blending sci-fi elements with a hint of mystery. The use of colours and typography is striking, drawing readers in with its modern feel. The silhouette of Mars against a backdrop of stars creates a sense of adventure and exploration, enticing readers to delve into the intriguing world of the novel. This cover truly exemplifies the power of visual storytelling in the world of books.
Ex Why Zed is renowned for curating captivating book covers that blend creativity with storytelling, leaving readers mesmerised. With a keen eye for design and a passion for literature, our covers enhance the reading experience, making them the top choice for authors looking to make a lasting impression.
While the best book covers captivate with their stunning design, it's crucial to recognise their profound impact on readers and note the latest trends.
The book cover design industry continually evolves, propelled by technological advancements and changing reader tastes. Today's designers experiment with various elements, from bold colour schemes and typography to intricate illustrations and digital art. Additionally, the rise of eBooks and online distribution channels has further broadened the horizons, prompting designers to create eye-catching covers that stand out even at thumbnail sizes.
By exploring the intricate connection between cover design and reader engagement, you can unveil the power of visuals in shaping our literary journey and craft the best book cover.
An effective book cover should have eye-catching visuals that are relevant to the story and should have clear typography. It must evoke emotions and intrigue, ensuring it stands out on shelves and online.
A professionally designed book cover can cost anywhere from £230 to £2300, depending on the design's complexity, the designer's experience and additional services included. Quality covers are an essential investment for authors looking to make a strong first impression.
You can find talented book cover designers by exploring online platforms like freelance websites, design agencies, and social media groups. Review portfolios, check reviews, and communicate your vision to select the right designer for your book cover needs.
A great book cover combines captivating visuals, relevant imagery, and a design that reflects the essence of the story. It should intrigue the reader, convey the genre, and leave a lasting impression. Exceptional covers enhance the overall reading experience.
The best material for book covers depends on durability, aesthetics, and cost. Common choices include paper for softcovers and hardcovers, cloth for a classic look, and synthetic materials for durability.
Books, they say, are judged by their covers. Despite the adage warning us against doing so, a well-designed, engaging, and vibrant cover can give potential readers a sneak peek, piquing their curiosity. Book cover design is an art—a delicate balance of creativity, understanding of market trends, and knowledge of the genre, including the essential rules of design. It is a collaborative task that often involves not just designers but also editors and other teams contributing to nurture and refine the idea into a visually appealing package.
In other words, a book's cover is the visual representation of its manuscript, appealing to its potential audience and communicating the essence of the story within.
Through this blog, we aim to walk you through mastering the art of book cover design, understanding its importance, and creating an effective design in 6 easy steps.
A well-designed book cover art is not just appealing; it serves as a window into the story within. It communicates to the reader the book's genre, tone, and content, forming an initial impression in their minds. The book cover design influences the reader's decision to pick up the book from the bookshelf, thus impacting sales.
A book cover is the first contact point between readers and books. Like with people, the first impression is critical. An outstanding book cover creates immediate curiosity, encourages the reader to explore further, and can significantly influence the decision to purchase. The colours, images, and typography all play subtle roles in conveying the essence of what lies within, creating a memorable initial connection with the potential reader.
Understanding the target readership is crucial when designing a book cover. A romance novel's cover will vastly differ from a horror thriller's. A compelling book cover design not only conveys the book's genre but subtly communicates to its intended audience. It is a balance of aesthetic appeal and strategically positioning the book to be visible and attractive to its target readers.
So, how do you create a striking book cover that can sell your book? While designing a book cover involves creativity and design skills, it's not a task exclusively for professional authors. With the right resources, such as book cover templates, book details, and planning, even a newbie can craft an appealing book cover design. Making a stunning book cover design is a great way to achieve a distinct style.
Let's walk you through the easy-to-follow, six-step process to design a book cover that is attractive and a visual synopsis of your book.
Research is the bedrock of any design process. In the context of a book cover, this involves understanding your genre and audience. Analyse successful books in your genre and notice common design elements, visual cues, and popular trends.
This research stage is crucial. It helps you align your design to meet the expectations of your target readers and ensures your book fits into its genre while still standing out.
The strong concept of your book cover should be compelling and must mirror your book's fundamental theme or narrative. This does not mean you provide a literal representation of your storyline. On the contrary, your cover should serve as a teaser, sparking curiosity and interest without giving away much. For instance, if your book is a fantasy novel set in a magic kingdom, you could hint at it through fantastical elements and intriguing symbols.
This step is crucial when you sketch out your ideas and brainstorm various design elements that could translate your first concept strongly and visually onto the cover.
Images and illustrations, including geometric shapes, are powerful tools for capturing attention and evoking emotions. The right image can instantly connect with the right readers, echoing the dominant tone of your story. Whether you opt for abstract artwork, detailed illustrations, or an interesting play of vivid photography, ensure they align with your book's mood and genre, especially if you're preparing them for Kindle.
For instance, moody, atmospheric images might work well for a mystery novel, while vibrant illustrations may be perfect for a children's book. Avoid clichés; steer clear of overused images in your genre. Aim to use images that not only resonate with your target audience but also add a unique flavour to your book cover.
The typography and font you choose for your book cover carry significant weight. They need to be readable and should complement your book's genre. Remember that your book's title and name should be clearly legible, even in thumbnail-size cover images - as often seen on online platforms.
Genre | Ideal Fonts |
Thriller | Block, Sans-serif fonts with bold weight |
Romance | Cursive, Script fonts |
Non-fiction | Serif fonts with a formal and straightforward appeal |
Fantasy | Stylised, decorative fonts |
Children’s Book | Fun, playful fonts |
Typography is an integral part of your book cover and plays a crucial role in communicating your story's tone, setting, and mood.
After gathering all the essential elements, the next step is to assemble them to create a visual hierarchy and text hierarchy on your cover. Typically, the title text and subtitle, along with the author's name, should occupy more space than other elements unless you're a well-known author, so your name should grab more attention. Incorporate size, colour, and space to guide the viewer's eye across the cover. The most critical information should be the most eye-catching. You want to ensure a balance; the cover should not be crowded or sparse. A poorly arranged cover can confuse potential buyers and make your book appear less professional.
Quality book cover design requires consistency across the front, spine, and back cover, especially if you are designing a print book. Ensure that the main parts of your front cover design elements seamlessly flow from one part to the next, creating a cohesive look for your book. A compelling book description is crucial, alongside consistency in typography, image treatment, and colour palette, as it is essential for a professional finish.
Additionally, remember to include important details like the ISBN and a barcode, along with an author bio on your back cover. Pay attention to the detail of your cover, such as spine width, to align perfectly with your book layout. By harmonising these elements, your book cover will exude a polished and unified impression, enticing readers to explore further.
Consider key elements like typography, imagery, color scheme, and target audience when designing a book cover. Balance visual appeal with conveying the book's essence to attract readers.
The size and resolution of your book cover are crucial for it to look professional. Ensure the dimensions match industry standards and the resolution is high enough to avoid pixelation in printed versions.
Book Size (Genre) | Dimension |
Photo Book or Photography Zine | 210x148mm / 240x170mm |
Promotional Portfolio | 297x210mm / 280x200mm |
Hardcover Art Book | 297x210mm |
Children's Book | 210x297mm Landscape / 210x210mm |
Notebook or Journal | 210x148mm |
At Ex Why Zed, we print all custom sizes too! The majority of the options listed above are A-sizes but these can look slightly contrived. So why not embrace creativity and make your book a few millimetres less on the height or width to produce a dynamic aesthetic. For example, rather than A4 (297x210mm), how about 280x210mm.
Remember, digital platforms may have specific size requirements. Always check and adhere to these guidelines to maintain image quality.
No matter how artistically designed your book cover is, it defeats its purpose if it's not legible. The book’s title, author name, and any other text on your book cover must be clear and easy to read. This is essential even when the cover is seen as a small thumbnail image on e-commerce and e-reader platforms. Less clutter and wise font choices can immensely enhance legibility.
The requirements for digital (ebook) and print versions of your book cover may vary. For instance, while a minimalistic design with a strong colour contrast might work for an ebook, you could experiment more with textures, embossing, or gloss effects in a print version, giving you full control over creative choices.
Additionally, it’s crucial to consider how the ebook’s description page will present your book, as realising these differences in digital and print design requirements can significantly impact the effectiveness of your book cover.
Considering the importance and technicalities of book cover design, hiring a professional book cover designer is often beneficial. Let's delve into some key benefits:
When considering professional help, look no further than Ex Why Zed. We are known for our expertise in great cover design and book printing. We offer customised solutions to match your unique requirements. Our proficient team focuses on encapsulating the essence of your story visually while keeping in view the current market trends and genre-related aesthetics. With us, you can expect high-quality, compelling designs that stand out and appeal to your target audience, significantly boosting your book's market presence and potential sales.
For further information, click here and start a conversation with us today.
Book cover design plays a critical role in attracting readers and driving sales of your book— making it a key component in self-publishing. Your book cover is a dynamic marketing tool; it communicates to your readers what they can expect from your book and why they should choose it over others.
However, given the technicalities involved, engaging professional help is often beneficial. Opting for skilled cover design services can give your book a competitive edge in the market, capturing attention and ensuring it finds its place in your reader's hands and hearts.
As you set out on your journey towards conceiving the perfect cover for your book, remember, ultimately, the cover reflects the magic within your pages. Make it count!
The cost of a custom book cover design can vary based on complexity, designer expertise, and specific requirements. Local prices can range anywhere between £200 to upwards of £1000. Always discuss pricing upfront with your designer to avoid surprises.
Choosing the right book cover dimensions depends on your book's genre and industry standards. Popular options often include the mass-market paperback size (4.1 x 6.8 inches), trade paperback size (5.5 x 8.5 inches), and hardcover sizes (6 x 9 inches or 7 x 10 inches).
Book covers vary depending on the binding and include types such as dust jackets (removable paper covers for hardcover books), case-bound covers (integral covers for hardcover books), and perfect-bound covers (used in softcover or paperback books).
Absolutely! Customising your book cover allows you to create a unique design that best represents your story, appeals to your target audience, and stands out in the market. A professional designer can help you design a custom cover that aligns with your vision.
Your book cover should ideally combine elements like apt imagery or illustrations, compelling typography, and a layout that corresponds to your book's genre and catches your audience's eye. Remember to maintain consistency in design across the front, back cover, and spine.
A well-crafted photo portfolio book is essential for showcasing your stunning photography collection. It embodies your skills as an artist and reveals your creative journey, enticing potential clients, galleries, and collaborators.
Putting together a portfolio that exemplifies your work might seem daunting, but it doesn't have to be. With suitable materials and a clear understanding of what makes an impressive photo portfolio, you’re on your way to creating a masterpiece.
Ultimately, a photo portfolio book is a powerful marketing tool that can open doors to exciting opportunities in the photography world. Join us as we discuss the top tips to create a stunning photo portfolio book.
Your portfolio book’s style greatly impacts your work’s presentation and perception. Whether it's a hardcover photo book, a softcover compilation, a co-binding, or a uniquely formatted design featuring layflat options, the choice depends on the tone and theme of your work. You must also consider factors like durability, ease of updating contents, and shelf-life. Remember, the style you choose should highlight your creativity while fitting into the constraints of practicality and functionality.
Creating a stunning photo portfolio book requires careful planning and execution. This four-step guide simplifies the process: select your best works, thoughtfully organise your images, and apply consistent design elements. Finally, focus on using high-quality materials and meticulous attention to detail in printing, which is a great way to ensure a polished final product. We’ll dive deeper into these steps shortly, giving you the insights you need to craft a portfolio that truly stands out.
The first step in crafting your photo portfolio book is incorporating your most outstanding work. Here are a few tips for doing it effectively:
Remember, your portfolio book should speak volumes about your abilities and artistic perspective.
The organisation of your images plays a crucial role in guiding the viewer's journey through your portfolio book. Here are some points to consider:
A well-structured layout ensures that the viewers are not only impressed by the individual pictures but also by the overall presentation.
Consistency is vital in a photo portfolio book. The layout, fonts, colour schemes, borders, page margins, headings, and page spacing should exhibit a common thread throughout the book layout. This uniformity across design elements helps to enhance your unique brand and presents your images in a well-structured manner. Keep your design clean and ensure it doesn't distract from the photographs. Remember, the focus of your portfolio book should always be the photographs, and the design should enhance and accentuate your work, not overshadow it.
Colour management is a vital step in crafting a photo portfolio book, ensuring that the colours in your printed images accurately mirror the original digital files. This process involves controlling how colours are displayed across different devices, such as cameras, monitors, and printers. Understanding and implementing colour management can significantly enhance your printed pictures’ vibrancy and lifelike quality. This attention to detail not only elevates the overall aesthetic of your portfolio but also showcases your professionalism and dedication as a photographer, making a lasting impression on your audience.
Enhancing your portfolio's presentation involves using high-quality materials and precise printing to showcase your work beautifully. Personalising your cover adds a unique touch, making the viewer's experience memorable and compelling. Check out these points in detail below to get a better insight.
Using high-quality materials for your photo portfolio book ensures a premium feel and longevity of your book. Here are some points to consider when selecting your materials:
These choices will greatly affect the final look, feel, and durability of your photo portfolio book.
Printing is arguably the most crucial step in creating your fine art photo portfolio book. It's where your digital images are transformed into physical prints, ready for viewing. Selecting a reliable printer that can consistently produce high-quality prints is vital. Furthermore, ensure that you have correctly calibrated your devices for colour accuracy and that your files are set to the correct resolution for printing. Taking care of these details will ensure that your photos are reproduced as accurately as possible, highlighting every detail of your work just as you envisioned.
Personalising your portfolio book's cover can create a strong first impression. To do this:
People first see your cover, so make sure it reflects your style and content.
Looking to turn your photography into a fantastic custom photobook or portfolio album? At Ex Why Zed, we’re all about creating stylish photography books that wow!
Our simple Print Journey makes it super easy, and our friendly customer service team is here to help you every step of the way. So why wait? Drop us an email at hello@exwhyzed.com or ring us at 01206 766647 for a personalised quote. Let’s get your printing adventure started and make your portfolio stand out!
Creating a striking professional photography portfolio book is a rewarding experience. It showcases your dedication and talent and acts as a fantastic marketing tool to attract potential customers and unlock new opportunities. The quality of your portfolio book is just as important as the images within it.
This guide has covered how to select and arrange your best works, maintain consistent design, manage colour, and choose the right materials, along with meticulous printing and personal touches. Remember, your portfolio tells your story through your images, so invest the time to make it a true reflection of your unique vision and brand.
Photo portfolio books come in various sizes like A3, A5, 10" x 10", 12" x 12", and others. The ideal size depends on your preference, the nature of your work, and the impact you want to create on viewers.
Updating your portfolio depends on the number of new works you create. However, to keep it fresh and engaging, consider updating it at least once a year or whenever you complete a worthy project.
You’ll need several essential materials and tools to create a high-quality photo portfolio book. First, choose your preferred portfolio book style and ensure your printed photographs are ready. Design software for layout creation and editing, such as Adobe InDesign, Affinity Publisher, Canva, Bookwright, or a PDF editor, will also be necessary. Opt for high-quality paper, like uncoated or silk, to enhance the overall appearance of your book.
The type of book for your prints depends on the style and feel you want to convey. Hardcover books provide a sturdy and formal look, while softcover books offer a casual yet professional appeal.
Welcome to our guide on inspiring photo book examples! Whether you’re a professional photographer or a hobbyist, we’ll explore 10 stunning ideas, from travel and weddings to family events and portfolios.
Photo books blend digital convenience with the joy of a physical album, turning fleeting moments into lasting treasures. They serve as narrative tools that capture what matters most.
With limitless creativity, photo book styles can range from playful themes for children to sophisticated wedding albums. Each style tells a unique story, reflecting emotions and memories. Let’s dive in and find your next source of inspiration!
If you're a keen traveller, your Instagram camera roll is likely bursting with snapshots from various adventures, including your Airbnb stays. These photos aren’t just random images but stories of new discoveries, thrilling experiences, and unexpected encounters.
Travel photo books, inspired by traditional bookmaking, are a fantastic way to weave these individual shots into a meaningful memento narrative. In the following examples, you’ll see the beauty and versatility of travel photo books with themes like 'Adventure Trip' and 'Road Trip Memories.'
The adventure trip photo book is made for those who find profound joy in exploring the unknown and seeking thrills outside their comfort zones. Here’s what sets an adventure trip photo book apart: Such a photo book not only documents an exhilarating journey but becomes a powerful, tangible reminder of the experience.
Road trips are all about the journey, not just the destination. A road trip photo book captures this special essence masterfully, presenting a beautiful visual chronicle of your meandering voyages.
With every turn of the page, one can relive moments speckled with the spontaneity of roadside stops, candid laughs, scenic detours, unique landmarks and miles and miles of ever-changing landscapes. As you sift through such an album, it’s like undertaking the journey from the comfort of your home all over again.
The journey of love and commitment leaves behind a trail of treasured memories captured in photographs. These moments deserve to be celebrated in today’s beautiful wedding and bridesmaid relationship photo books. Whether it’s a couture wedding album, an engagement journey book, or a photo book for anniversaries, each one curates a unique love story visually stunningly. Let’s look at some of these delightful photo book examples!
A couture wedding album extends beyond merely compiling wedding photos. It's a luxurious keepsake, encapsulating your wedding day’s elegance, romance, and uniqueness. Here are a few characteristics that make a couture wedding album extra special:
Key Aspects of a Couture Wedding Album | Explanation |
High-Quality Photo Prints | Ensures that every image captures the beauty, emotion, and detail vividly |
Elegant Design | Minimalist layouts and clean lines highlight the elegance of the occasion |
Storytelling Approach | The images are curated and arranged to narrate the wedding day chronologically |
Personalised Details | Details like monograms or motifs add a personalised touch |
Such a photo book converts your wedding day into a timeless tale, allowing you to relive your most special moments anytime.
An engagement journey book beautifully captures the sweet rituals, overwhelming emotions, and unforgettable moments leading to one of life’s biggest milestones. Every image tells a story from the grand proposal and the joyful reaction to behind-the-scenes glimpses of ring shopping. You’ll also find candid moments shared while preparing for this monumental journey, captivating pictures from the engagement party, and loving interactions with family and friends during this special time.
Anniversaries are a beautiful testament to enduring companionship. Celebrating these special occasions with a beautiful yearbook birthday photo book is a heartwarming way to highlight the golden moments, significant milestones, and shared triumphs that have strengthened your bond over the years. Whether a picture from your first home, birthdays celebrated together, or snapshots from memorable holidays, each beautiful photo book speaks volumes about your love and life together.
Life’s pivotal moments are meaningful not just for their happening but also for how we preserve them. That’s where Family and Life Events Photo Books come in, including a family tree that creates tangible timelines, capturing everything from your baby’s first steps to your child’s high school graduation and every family reunion in a beautifully curated photo album.
These photo books become treasured keepsakes, showcasing the essence of family bonds and shared milestones. Let’s explore some thematic examples in the next sections!
Creating a photo book to celebrate your infant's first year is a lovely idea. This magical period is filled with growth, surprises, and countless "firsts." Your album could include the baby’s first smile or laugh captured candidly, along with pictures documenting their growth month by month.
Also, highlight special traditions, rituals, and landmark moments like the first steps or the first tooth. Don’t forget to include family interactions that showcase the love and joy surrounding your new arrival. This photo book becomes a precious time capsule, capturing the unparalleled joy of your baby's first year.
A family history and genealogy photo book serves to pass down familial narratives, preserve ancestral lineage, and uphold traditions. Crucial elements of this unique format can include:
Key Aspects of a Family History Photo Book | Explanation |
Tree Diagram | A visual representation of family generations |
Old Family Portraits | Preserving and showcasing hereditary likeness |
Historical Context | Text contents providing context to significant family events |
Personal Narratives | Incorporating stories, anecdotes, or personal experiences from family members |
Such an album manifests as a legacy, reflecting cultural heritage, cherished bonds and shared history for generations to look back upon and learn from.
Graduation is a huge milestone, representing hard work, determination, and achievement. A graduation photo book is the perfect way to showcase these triumphant moments and encourage gratitude.
It can include vibrant images from the ceremony, group photos with friends and faculty, snapshots of your decorated cap and prized diploma, and candid shots that capture the sheer joy and relief after years of effort. The smiles, hugs, tears, and unforgettable commencement speeches resonate with pride and accomplishment.
Thematic and seasonal photo books offer a fresh way to showcase your photos. Whether capturing the changing hues of the seasons or documenting wildlife adventures in various habitats, these unique photo book ideas create stunning visuals and provide a unique perspective on how setting and context add dynamism to your images.
Instead of following a typical chronological order, these photo books can incorporate different ways of theme ideas that focus on thematic continuity. Let’s dive in and explore a few distinctive themes!
A photo book that takes you through the four seasons is a visual delight. This theme beautifully captures the transformation and fleeting beauty of the natural world around us. You can showcase vibrant blossoms that herald the arrival of spring, azure skies and bright sunlight that reflect summer's brilliance, autumn leaves shedding to create a canvas of golden hues; and winter’s serene, snowy landscapes that are simply enchanting. You might also highlight the remarkable foliage and unique wildlife that define each season.
A photo book themed 'A Year in the Garden' beautifully chronicles a garden’s life cycle and evolution throughout the year. It captures striking transformations, from the first buds of spring and vibrant summer blooms to the rustic foliage of autumn and the serene, snow-laced garden in winter. This theme pays tribute to every gardener's passion, showcasing the hard work, dedication, and love that bring a garden to life.
A wildlife adventure photo book takes you right into the heart of the wilderness. Whether it's the silent watch of a predator, the playful antics of primates, or the majestic flight of exotic birds, it captures charismatic animals in their natural environment, making it an ideal hobby for nature lovers. This collection balances time, patience, and the thrilling chance sightings that every naturalist or wildlife photographer experiences. More than just a showcase of passion for wildlife, it also serves as a reminder of the importance of preserving and respecting these magnificent creatures.
For creatives like photographers, designers, or artists, a professional portfolio photo book is a true testament to their best work and vision. These books capture the essence of their unique style, thematic diversity, and mastery of techniques over time.
They serve as a great way to showcase their work and provide a credible platform for engaging with potential clients, curators, or collaborators. Let’s look at some examples, including a photography portfolio book and a creative project showcase book!
A photography portfolio book stands as a cornerstone for any photographer. It’s a compilation that showcases their skills, versatility, and artistic vision. The key components of an ideal photography portfolio book are:
Core Features of a Photography Portfolio | Explanation |
Diversity of Work | Captures a wide spectrum of themes, lights, moods, compositions, etc. |
Exceptional Quality | Ensures high resolution and an excellent print to mirror your mastery |
Aesthetic Appeal | Arrangement and design that matches and elevates the content |
Personal Style | Reflects your unique perspective and voice artistically |
Such curated collections express and elevate your artistic vision, setting you apart in the industry landscape.
Artists, illustrators, designers, and creative professionals often use a 'Creative Projects Showcase' photo book as a visual diary of their work. This book features a range of DIY projects, offering insights into the creative process, influences, and outcomes, much like a recipe book for creativity.
It captures the evolution of an artist's journey, showcasing their adaptability across different genres, styles, techniques, and mediums. This tangible collection not only stands as a testament to their creativity but also opens up opportunities for exhibitions, collaborations, and commissions, all while inspiring other aspiring artists.
Also read: Why Hardback Photo Books are the Best Way To Preserve Your Memories
Turn your photography into a gorgeous custom photo photobook with Ex Why Zed! We are all about printing stylish, contemporary photography books that get rave reviews. Our simple Print Journey will guide you through every step, helping you make smart choices about design and styling.
With loads of sizes, bindings, and finishes to pick from, you can create a photobook that really captures your vision and fits your budget. Ready to self-publish in 2024? Drop us a line at hello@exwhyzed.com or give us a ring at 01206 766647, and let’s make your creative dreams a reality!
As we wrap up our look at stunning photo book examples, it’s clear that photo books have changed how we perceive, present, and preserve our cherished memories. Whether celebrating love, reminiscing about adventures, capturing the beauty of changing seasons, or showcasing an artist's portfolio, these collections serve multiple purposes.
Each page tells a story, evokes emotion, and shares a piece of the creator's world. Creating a photo book is a unique blend of art, storytelling, and memory preservation. We hope these examples have inspired your next project! Remember, a photo book is more than just a collection of images; it’s a curated narrative of what truly matters to you. Each one is a unique artistic expression.
Choosing the best photos for a photo book involves focusing on image quality, relevance to your theme, and emotional resonance. They should weave together cohesively and sequentially to narrate a compelling story, with each image contributing to progressing that narrative.
Several online tools and software applications allow you to design personalised photo books. These include Blurb, PikPerfect, Mixbook, and iBooks Author. They offer a variety of templates, layouts, customisation options, and photo editing tools to assist you in creating your unique photo book.
Yes, adding captions, quotes, descriptions, or anecdotes enhances the storytelling aspect of a photo book. These textual elements provide context, evoke emotions, and assist in narrating a compelling story across the images.
Yes, innovative designs range from minimalist to elaborate, thematic layouts. You can experiment with asymmetry, juxtaposition of images, or creative utilisation of white spaces. Some layouts emphasise a single striking image, while others incorporate a collage of smaller images in a graphical or geometric pattern.
Zines are self-published mini-magazines that offer a platform for creative expression. They allow you to share your ideas, stories, and art in a unique and personal way. Whether you're an experienced artist or just starting, zines provide a welcoming space to experiment and connect with others.
This guide will help you discover popular zine ideas and master techniques to craft your zines in different styles.
Zines, derived from 'magazines,' are self-published, DIY (Do It Yourself) style mini-magazines. These independently published, often photocopied booklets allow creators to express ideas and share stories outside mainstream media.
Zines attract a variety of creators and readers alike as they play a vital role in fostering creativity, promoting freedom of speech, and developing a sense of community among like-minded individuals.
The beauty of Zines lies in their diversity, as there are no guidelines or limitations; you can create a zine about literally anything.
Some popular themes encapsulate personal experiences, social and political issues, music and fanzines, food and recipes, comic books and graphic narratives. The theme could be as profound as mental health awareness or as simple as a collection of your favourite Instagram stories.
Your chosen theme should resonate with you and reflect your passion or viewpoint, making the zine a personal and meaningful expression of yourself.
Zines offer endless possibilities for creative expression, whether you're sharing personal stories, diving into social issues, or just having fun with quirky topics. The best part is there are no rules, so let your imagination run wild and create something uniquely yours.
Whether you focus on art, writing, or found materials, your zine will reflect your passions and ideas, making it a truly personal project. Now, it’s time to get started!
Creating a zine can be a rewarding experience if you approach it thoughtfully. Plan your design, choose the right medium, and incorporate visual elements that reflect your theme. Promote your zine and share it with others to reach a wider audience.
Let's delve into some practical tips and techniques that can aid in crafting your zine:
Creating a visually appealing layout is essential for a captivating zine. Here are some ideas to help you design engaging layouts:
Following these guidelines, you can create engaging layouts to make your zine stand out.
A successful zine combines visual and written elements to create a cohesive and engaging experience. Here are some ideas to help you incorporate both effectively:
By incorporating a mix of visual and written elements, you can create a visually appealing and informative zine.
Once you've created your zine, it's time to share it with the world! Here are some practical ways to promote and distribute your zine:
Using these strategies, you can effectively promote your zine and reach a wider audience.
Ex Why Zed can be a valuable resource for creating a zine. Our website offers an excellent resource for anyone interested in creating a zine. It provides information on a zine, the process of creating one, and zine printing options.
We also offer a variety of paper types, sizes, and binding options to choose from. Additionally, Ex Why Zed has resources available for those who want to learn more about zine printing. This makes them a one-stop shop for all your zine printing needs.
Creating your zine is a great way to embark on a rewarding journey that offers endless possibilities for showcasing your artwork, lyrics, musings, ideas, etc., on the pages of your zine. From personal narratives to social commentary, zines provide a platform for self-expression and exploration.
There are no standard rules, so you can freely explore your interests, passions, and stories. Whether you're a seasoned creator or a curious beginner, the magic of zines lies in their uniquely personal expression. So, tap into your creative spirit and let your zine journey begin!
To start with your first zine, choose a theme that interests you. Gather materials like paper, pens, scissors, and glue. If you're tech-savvy, digital tools or an online PDF builder can be helpful. Sketch a rough layout, write your content, add visuals, assemble the pages, and you've got your zine!
Inspiration can come from personal experiences, interests, or passions. Social media platforms like Instagram, Pinterest, online blogs, or other zines can provide visual inspiration. Current events, conversations, books, movies, or music could spark zine ideas.
A creative Zine encompasses various artistic forms like stories, poetry, photography, illustrations, or comics. It's a platform to showcase your creativity and personal style. You can experiment with the layout, design elements, and formats to give your zine a unique look and feel.
Yes, most zines have a central theme that ties the content together. Themes can range widely, from personal experiences, music, and food to social issues. However, your zine doesn't necessarily need a specific theme – an eclectic mix of ideas can create a fascinating zine!
To make your zine enjoyable, hone in on a theme or topic that you're passionate about. Keep the content engaging, personal, and authentic. Experiment with different visual elements, layouts, and materials. Add interactive components like puzzles, interviews, or DIY tips to make your zine more interactive and relatable.
Personalised photo books filled with your cherished number of photos, coupled with accompanying text, allow you to narrate your life's stories in a captivating, heartfelt manner. These custom photo books serve as a tangible reminder of life's most meaningful moments, from birthday celebrations to treasured memories, and stand the test of time.
Think of the joy on your family's face as they flip through a custom photo book filled with treasured memories and personal anecdotes written in your own words; it's a testament to your experiences and a keepsake that will be cherished for years to come.
Whether it's the free-spirited antics from a thrilling holiday, the first smile of a newborn, or the grandeur of a wedding celebration, Christmas cards also include favourite photos.
When complemented with text, these tales become vivid narratives, capturing the emotion and context behind the photo. This blog seeks to guide you on how to create personalised photo books with text to beautifully document your life's story.
Initially, creating a personalised photo book with text and chapter pages may seem daunting, but with the right guidance and tools, it can be quite straightforward and enjoyable.
It involves identifying the right platform or tool, selecting your photos, maintaining consistency in design elements, choosing colour themes, photo printing, organising your content, and personalising each page of your photo book by building a captivating cover and adding text that aligns with photos of various sizes. Let's delve into each of these steps in more detail to help you create a compelling, personalised photo book.
Photo books are more than just albums; they're a tangible way to preserve your memories in a beautiful and lasting format. When selecting the perfect photo book for your collection, one of the most important decisions is choosing the style and size that best suits your needs and aesthetic.
The size of your photo book will influence its overall impact and how you present your images. Common sizes include:
When choosing a style and size, consider the following factors:
By carefully selecting the style and size of your photo book, you can create a truly unique and meaningful piece of art that will be cherished for years to come.
Once you've chosen your platform, the next step is to select the photos you'd like to include in your personalised photo book. This can seem overwhelming, especially if you have a vast collection of photos to go through. However, a few practical tips can make the process significantly easier.
Start by narrowing down your selection to high-quality photos. Clear, well-composed, and vibrant photos look better and captivate the viewer's attention. It's also important to choose photos that represent the theme or narrative of your personalised photo book.
Another helpful tip is to incorporate a mix of photos—close-ups, wide shots, candid shots, and posed shots. This variety keeps the photo book exciting and diverse. Remember, your custom photo book tells a story, so prioritise choosing photos that carry emotional weight or importance.
Maintaining consistency in your design elements throughout your photo book creates a visually pleasing flow and enhances the overall aesthetic. Here are a few tips for maintaining consistency:
Remember, the key is to strike a balance. While consistency is crucial, don't let it hinder creativity or variety.
Choosing a colour theme for your personalised wedding photo book can make a tremendous difference to the overall look and feel of the final product. Each colour invokes a different emotion, and you can also consider various paper types to enhance the visual appeal, so pick a colour theme that complements the mood or purpose of the book.
For instance, a baby photo album might work well with pastel colours, while a travel photo book could utilise vibrant hues. Consistent colour coordination adds a sense of harmony and balance to your photo book. This does not imply that you stick to one or two colours throughout. Instead, it's about ensuring that the colours you choose work together to enhance the visual appeal of the book.
Consider the colours in your photos as well. If your photos are vibrant and colourful, choose softer, more subtle colours for your text and backgrounds to prevent clashing. Conversely, if your photos are more muted, you can experiment with bolder colours to give your book a dynamic feel.
Organisation is vital when it comes to creating a personalised photo album. You need to figure out how to structure your photos and text. There are several ways you can organise your content:
Remember to leave ample space for inserting your text. Ensure that the placement of your text compliments your photos and doesn't obstruct any crucial parts of the images.
The cover of your custom photo book is the first thing that catches the viewer's eye. It sets the tone for what's inside and incites curiosity. Hence, it's vital to design a compelling and attractive cover.
You can select a standout photo representing your book's theme or purpose. For instance, if it's a wedding photo album, a picture of the couple could make a great cover. If it's a travel photo book, a breathtaking landscape shot could be an ideal choice.
Utilise meaningful and attractive text on your cover. A title that sums up the mood or theme of your photo book, paired with a sleek, readable font, can enhance the appeal of your cover. Consider including the year on the cover if it's a book documenting a year. If it's commemorating a special event, include the event name.
Adding text aligned with your photos plays a significant part in creating personalised photo books. It allows you to add context to the pictures, narrate stories, and evoke emotions. Here are a few tips on how to effectively add text:
Adding text that aligns with photos brings the viewer closer to the moment captured, enhancing their experience as they navigate through your personalised photo book.
Custom photo books offer a personalised and creative solution for preserving your memories in a tangible format. Here are some of the most popular types:
A wedding album is more than just a collection of photos; it's a tangible reminder of one of the most special days of your life.
A well-crafted wedding album is a beautiful and lasting way to preserve the memories of your special day.
A baby book is a heartwarming keepsake that captures the precious moments of your child's early years.
A family album is a tangible connection to the past, a treasure trove of memories that can be passed down through generations.
A family album is more than just a collection of photos; it's a way to connect with your loved ones, preserve your family's history, and create a lasting legacy.
Whether you're a seasoned traveller or just starting to explore the world, a travel journal can be a valuable companion. Here are some ideas:
A travel journal is valuable for preserving memories and connecting with experiences.
A yearbook is a snapshot of a particular year, capturing memories, friendships, and milestones.
A yearbook is a way to celebrate your time in school, connect with your classmates, and create a lasting memory.
Theme-based photo books allow you to focus on specific aspects of your life, creating a personalised and meaningful keepsake.
By focusing on a specific topic, you can create a unique and meaningful keepsake that will be cherished for years.
ExWhyZed can help you create a personalised photo book with text by offering a wide range of customisation options and high-quality printing. You can choose from various sizes and formats, design your own layouts, add captions and stories, and select from pre-designed templates or create your own unique layout.
ExWhyZed also offers professional-quality printing and a variety of binding options to ensure your photo looks and feels great. Their user-friendly online platform makes it easy to create your photo book, and you can receive your finished product quickly.
Is your photo book design ready?
Crafting a personalised photo book with text is more than just a collection of images. From choosing the perfect platform to selecting the right photos, every step is an opportunity to infuse your unique personality. Consistent design elements, harmonious colour themes, and thoughtful organisation weave your memories into a cohesive tapestry. Crafting a captivating cover and alignicolourxt with photos adds depth and meaning. Ensure your photos are top-notch and proofread carefully to create a polished product.
The result is a personalised keepsake that resonates with your heart. Whether it's a professional portfolio, a family chronicle, a wedding album, or a token of friendship, your photo book becomes a cherished reflection of your life.
Shutterfly, Photobox, and Printerpix are some popular platforms offering numerous customisation options for creating personalised photo books. They feature user-friendly interfaces, diverse designs, sizes, and themes, and high-quality printing services to ensure your personalised photo album turns out perfect.
Absolutely! Many platforms have mobile applications or mobile-friendly interfaces where you can create your personalised photo book. Using your phone allows you to select photos directly from your camera roll, making it an easier and more convenient option for many.
The cost of creating a personalised photo book varies depending on several factors: the platform you choose, the size and type of book, the number of pages, the quality of paper, and any additional features or customisation you choose.
The delivery time for personalised photo books depends on the platform and their shipping options. The creation and printing process can typically take a few days, and shipping could add a few more. It's best to check the estimated delivery time on your chosen platform.
Creating a high-quality personalised photo book with text is easy if you follow the right steps and guidelines. An excellent online tool or platform can simplify the process, and with a little effort and creativity, you can create a beautiful keepsake of your cherished memories.
In our digital age, where photos often live on screens or make it straight to social media, putting happy memories in print in a personalised photobook feels so much more special. A well-curated photobook is a beautiful keepsake, a tangible way to revisit your favourite moments, instilling them with renewed life and appreciation.
This step-by-step guide will equip you with the necessary know-how to create a visually appealing and meaningful photobook printing. So, gear up and press pause on scrolling through your endless camera roll as we dive into the enlightening expedition of making a photobook.
Creating a photobook is like putting together a visual storybook of your favourite memories. It's a fun and creative way to showcase and share your favourite photos with others. From organising your photos to selecting the perfect photobook style, theme, and cover design, each step of making a photobook adds a personal touch to your photobook. As you flip through the pages, adding captions and special features, you'll see your memories come to life in a unique and meaningful way. So, let's dive in and discover how to make a photobook easily, step by step!
Selecting a theme is essential to crafting a cohesive and engaging narrative when creating a photobook. Your theme sets the tone for your photobook, guiding the selection of photos and influencing the overall design. From documenting special occasions like weddings or birthdays to creating thematic collections, the theme you choose will shape your photobook's visual and emotional impact. Embrace your creativity and choose a theme that resonates with your memories.
Once you have identified your theme, it's time to select and organise your photos from your desktop with special embellishments and fun illustrations. This step involves careful scrutiny, ensuring you only include photos that fit your theme and tell the story you want to share. From candid moments to posed portraits, each picture is a memory snapshot, lending individual character to your photobook. Always opt for high-resolution photos to avoid pixelation and blurriness in your final book, as this will save you a lot of time in the printing process. Use your smartphone's photo software or editing apps to enhance each frame and add the finishing touches for optimum print quality.
The quality of your photos is essential for a stunning photobook template. To ensure top-notch images, always choose high-resolution pictures that print well. Avoid dark photos, as they may not look good in print. Use photo editing apps to brighten up any dark images that you want to include in your photobook.
Once you have selected high-quality photos, consider the story you want to tell. Frame your photobook as a journey, with photos as milestones. Arrange them chronologically or by elements like colour schemes or subject content. Ensure a visually engaging narrative that reflects your unique experience.
Involving friends and family in creating your photobook can add depth and variety to your collection of memories. Ask loved ones for their photos to provide diverse perspectives on weddings or get-togethers. Gathering more photos enhances the storytelling in your book and turns the project into a collaborative effort, ensuring every moment is captured from different viewpoints.
The cover of your photobook is the first impression anyone will have of your memory collection. It sets the tone and evokes interest, drawing the viewer to explore your narrative. Choosing the right cover involves aligning it with the contents of your photobook. Choose a minimalist design for a modern tale, or be bold with patterned covers for fun-filled narratives.
A softcover is a versatile option, providing lightweight flexibility and durability, perfect for frequent use. It is ideal for children's photobooks or albums intended for regular viewing. A softcover's casual and approachable nature is well-suited for themes showcasing everyday moments or informal gatherings. It is also a budget-friendly option for printing numerous books for school projects, community events, or reunions, especially when paired with a fitting design and colour scheme to capture attention.
Consider opting for a durable photo hardcover scrapbook made with the highest quality for a touch of elegance and durability in your photobook. These sturdy covers protect your cherished memories, making them ideal for milestone events like weddings or anniversaries. Choose a standout photo for the cover and complement it with creative typography to enhance the visual appeal of your photobook.
A window cover creates anticipation by providing a glimpse into the photobook's contents, captivating viewers with a compelling photo. This interactive design sparks curiosity and encourages exploration of the visual story you've crafted.
Designing your ideal photobook is far more than arranging photos. Customising your layout provides an opportunity to experiment with different layouts, presentation styles, and fun stickers. It's not just about the images; it's about how they interact on the page, including considerations for the range of sizes and book size. With our guidance, you'll find what will work best for your photobook, identifying the aesthetic harmony among your selected photos, their spatial relationship, and open space usage.
When creating your photobook layout, remember that simplicity is key. Avoid overcrowding by giving each hand-picked image its own space to shine. Make sure to find the right size for each image and group complementary photos together on each page while showcasing standout shots on full pages for maximum impact. This minimalist approach allows your photos to stand out and create a visually appealing photobook.
A well-designed photobook relies on achieving visual balance, ensuring each photograph is appreciated and guiding the viewer smoothly across the page. To achieve this, distribute photos evenly, blend different image types, create a rhythm with layouts, and incorporate variance in photo sizes for dynamic pages. Striking a good balance enhances the photobook's attractiveness and viewer experience.
White or negative space is the empty area around design elements like photos in a photobook. It provides breathing room, preventing a cluttered feel. Utilising white space can give visual contrast, aid readability, and create a clean, sophisticated look. Consider including blank pages for personal messages or mementoes to add intimacy and intrigue for readers.
Incorporating text captions into your photobook is crucial for enhancing the storytelling potential of your images. Captions should be concise and informative, providing context without overwhelming the reader. Consider using text captions as chapter headings to organise your photobook into sections. Beyond captions and headings, include quotes, lyrics, or personal anecdotes to deepen the emotional impact of your photos. Choose a typeface that complements your design and mood. Shutterfly offers a variety of font options for a seamless text integration process. Remember, a well-crafted photobook blends words and pictures that create lasting memories.
While a compilation of beautiful photos and engaging text makes for a great photobook, enhancing your book with special features can make it exceptional. Consider integrating unique elements like layflat pages and glossy pages to elevate your photobook's appeal. Such features add great quality, professionalism, and aesthetic appeal, providing a more luxurious and immersive browsing experience.
Opt for glossy pages to enhance your photobook's impact. The high-sheen finish deepens colours, adds elegance, and amplifies vibrancy. Vivid hues pop on glossy pages, perfect for colourful events like festivals or parties. Your photos will come to life with crystal-clear sharpness and radiant details, creating a polished, impressive photobook.
Now that you have the steps and tips for creating your own photobook, it's time to bring your plans to life. Ex Why Zed is a highly accessible platform you can use for your photobook project. Renowned for their Mixed-Discipline Printers, we offer a wide range of photobook styles and special features to cater to various customer needs and preferences.
With an intuitive interface for designing and ordering, as well as an app for on-the-go creation, Ex Why Zed makes the photobook creation process seamless and enjoyable. Our photo editing features further enhance the customisation options available to you. Partner with Ex Why Zed for your photobook project and experience premium quality printing, various styles and features, and user-friendly design tools.
Whether you're creating a photobook to capture snapshots of everyday life or crafting an elegant wedding album, the process can be a fulfilling mix of creativity and nostalgia. Poring over treasured photographs and artfully arranging them in a tangible collection offers an intimate journey of reminiscing the most cherished moments of your life.
Though the process might seem daunting initially, with a clear thematic focus, organised photos, and a dose of creativity, you can create a visually stunning narrative that does justice to your special memories. Remember, patience and persistence are your allies in this creative endeavour. After all, the craft of immortalising memories in a photobook is as much about the journey as the outcome. Happy crafting!
The best way to create a photobook online is to choose a reliable platform like Ex Why Zed, organise high-resolution photos, choose a theme, select engaging layouts, and accessorise them with suitable captions. Remember to systematically follow the steps provided in our guide for the best outcomes.
There is no hard-and-fast rule regarding the number of photos in a photobook. It depends on your book's size, the number of pages, and your personal preference. However, try not to crowd your pages to ensure every picture gets the attention it deserves.
A traditional photobook has pages that turn at a crease. In contrast, a layflat photobook features pages that lay completely flat, providing a seamless transition from the left to the right page, resulting in an uninterrupted visual flow.
Yes, absolutely! You can choose from various layout options, including one or multiple photos per page. However, remember to balance and not overstuff your pages, ensuring each photo gets the attention it merits.
To make your photo album stand out, consider using high-quality photos, choosing a unique theme, personalising your layouts, adding fascinating captions and incorporating special features like glossy pages or a layflat design. Creative involvement from family and friends can also add a unique touch to your photobook.
Want to add a personal touch to your next creative project? This tutorial will help you make a hardcover book from the beginning.
You will find easy instructions and need basic materials like PVA (Polyvinyl Acetate) glue and book cloth. Following this guide, you can create a professional-looking book showing your unique style. Get ready to show your skills in bookbinding!
Start by gathering all the tools and materials you need. Make sure you have everything close by. You will need things like a book cloth, cardboard for the cover, PVA glue, a bone folder, and a cutting mat.
Creating a workspace is also very important. Pick a clean, flat surface where you can work without being disturbed. It's smart to protect this area from glue spills and make sure you have enough light for careful cutting and gluing. Now that your tools are ready and your workspace is set, let's start our bookbinding journey!
Alt text: A person working at a wooden table with various art supplies to take a measurement of a hardcover.
You need some essential tools and materials to make a nice and strong hardcover book. Get these things ready before you start how to make a hardcover book process:
For the cover:
For the text block:
Creating a tidy and functional workspace is very important for smooth bookbinding. First, choose a flat, clean surface with enough space for your tools and materials. A large table or desk works best. Make sure to remove any clutter and provide good lighting. This helps avoid eye strain when you work on detailed tasks.
Next, protect your workspace from glue and ink by placing a cutting mat or a piece of wax paper on the surface. This will make cleaning up easier later. Finally, keep some heavy objects, like books, nearby. You will use these to press down on the glued pieces. This ensures a strong bond while the glue is drying.
Now that you have set up your workspace and collected your materials, it's time to make your hardcover book. These simple steps will guide you in the process and help you create a durable and beautiful book.
Each step, from putting together your content to adding final touches, is essential for getting a professional look. Pay attention and enjoy the rewarding experience of making your own hardcover book.
Before you start with the book cloth or cardboard, think about what your hardcover book will be about. Are you making short stories, a photo album, or a personalised journal? Once you know, decide on the number of pages you need.
Keep in mind that a hardcover book is different from a paperback. The first page you see when you open a hardcover is the right side of the first sheet of paper. You can add a blank page at the start and end for an excellent finish. After completing your content, make sure it is formatted for printing.
Once you have your content ready and take the measurement of the board, set up your pages to fit the size of your book. If you use a word processing program, change the page margins and size as needed. Don't forget to add any blank pages you want at the start or the end of your text block.
It’s smart to print a test copy. This helps you find any errors in the format. When you are happy with how it looks, save your document as a PDF. This format works with most printers. It also keeps your font, layout, and image quality the same in your printed text block.
Now that your pages are ready, it's time to see your hard work in tangible form! Choose a printer that fits your project needs. A good-quality home printer will be enough if you need just a few copies. Consider using a professional printing service for more copies or a neater look.
Use strong, acid-free paper to ensure your book lasts a long time. If you're unsure which paper to pick, ask your local print shop for suggestions. The quality of your printing really affects the final product. Taking your time and being careful in these first steps will help you create a hardcover book you'll love.
With your text block ready, you can now make the spine board. This is the backbone of your hardcover book. First, figure out the thickness of the book’s spine. This is based on the number of pages and how thick the paper is in the text block. A thicker book will need a wider spine board.
Now, use a ruler and a bone folder to mark the cardboard along the lines you made before. This will create a hinge for attaching the cover boards. The scored line should be a bit wider than the thickness of the book spine. This makes it easier to turn the pages and helps the book spine stay flat and open smoothly.
To create the cover of the book, start by placing your chosen book cloth or decorative paper face down. Next, position the spine board and cover boards on the material. Make sure to leave some space between them for the spine. Take a pencil and lightly trace around the boards. This will give you a template for cutting.
Then, apply some PVA glue to the back of each board. Carefully align the boards on the book cloth, using the pencil marks to guide you. Use a bone folder to smooth out any air bubbles or wrinkles. Start from the centre and work your way out to keep it looking clean and professional. Finally, let the glue dry completely before you move on to the next step.
Now, it's time to attach the cover to the content by binding your printed pages. This step is very important for making your book look complete and professional. Start by putting a thin layer of glue on the spine of your text block. Make sure to cover it evenly. Don't use too much glue because it can leak into the pages and make them wrinkled.
Next, carefully line up the spine of your text block with the spine board of the cover. Press down firmly to make a strong connection. Use your bone folder to smooth out any air bubbles. This will help the pages stick well to the spine board. You need to be patient and steady during this part.
It's time to put the final special touches on your hardcover book. One great way to make it personal is by adding a dust jacket. A dust jacket protects your book and gives you space to show your creative side.
You can also add a ribbon bookmark. Pick a ribbon that matches your cover design and attach it to the spine of your book. Finally, consider using decorations, corner protectors, and other design elements to make your handmade book even more beautiful.
Ex Why Zed can significantly assist you in creating a professional-looking hardcover book through a range of tailored services and resources. You can get a customised cover design, ensuring your book cover is visually appealing and resonates with your target audience.
For printing, Ex Why Zed delivers high-quality prints that capture vibrant colours and sharp text, along with various material options to suit your aesthetic preferences. Their expertise in hardcover binding includes customisation choices with additional options for foiling and embossing to enhance the book's overall appearance.
Their user-friendly online platform allows for easy file uploads, selection of options, and tracking of the production process. By leveraging these comprehensive services, you can streamline the creation of a hardcover book that looks professional and meets your specific needs.
Making a hardcover book at home can be fun and satisfying. If you follow the step-by-step guide, you can create a nice-looking book just as you want. Handmade hardcovers are also a great gift or a personal treasure. If you want help to get a smooth finish, check out how Ex Why Zed can improve your hardcover book-making. Enjoy the art of bookbinding and show off your creativity with custom hardcovers that highlight your skills.
The best paper for hardcover books is strong and thick. It is acid-free and lasts a long time. High-quality paper helps your book stay in good shape for many years. It will not turn yellow or become fragile.
The time required to make a DIY hardcover book can differ based on how complicated it is. Usually, it takes a few hours to a couple of days. This includes time for the glue to dry and for adding any extra decorations.
Turning paperbacks into hardcovers needs special bookbinding methods. You first take off the old binding. Then, you make the spine stronger. Lastly, you attach new hardcover boards.
The best way to bind hardcover books depends on how thick the book is and how strong you want it to be. Some popular binding methods are case binding, perfect binding, and saddle-stitching. Case binding usually gives the strongest and longest-lasting result.
Zines represent a vibrant exploration of creativity and independent thought, promoted progressively with the DIY culture. Evolving over decades, zine printing has found its way into mainstream media by encapsulating individual perspectives and artistic passion, thriving in both print and the digital realm, where some creators even sell zines.
In an era dominated by fast-paced online content, zines represent an enduring appeal of personalised, handcrafted expression, showcasing their charm and significance in contemporary culture.
A zine, pronounced "zeen," is a self-published, non-commercial print work created in limited batches as a small circulation publication by a single person. A popular definition of zines is characterised by their handmade appeal and unrestricted creativity, allowing individuals, or "zinesters," to express themselves freely outside the constraints of mainstream media. With diverse formats ranging from narrative and journalistic styles to abstract presentations, zines serve as a vibrant canvas for showcasing a wide array of ideas and perspectives.
If you're super keen to learn all about the background of zines, the print choices available and get inspired by how other zinesters have styled their work, then grab your favourite drink and enjoy our comprehensive Zine Printing Video.
In the realm of the creative community, zines represent individuality, encourage radical expression, and foster inclusivity while accommodating a variety of content, be it written, drawn, photographic, or collaged. Their versatility showcases a wide range of artistic talent and stimulates the exploration and expansion of ideas.
Zines have historically served as a mouthpiece for suppressed voices, providing a safe haven for the expression of Black, Indigenous, & People of Colour voices, young individuals, persecuted religious groups, people with disabilities, and the LGBTQ(+) community.
They have been instrumental in fostering diversity, allowing content deemed too niche to exist and thrive away from the discerning eyes of commercial publications. Zines validate the importance of every voice, making sure each story is heard, and each perspective noticed.
Their inexpensive nature facilitates their distribution for free or in exchange for goods and services, thus establishing a culture imbued with equitable access and shared appreciation.
The world of zines encompasses a diverse array of forms and genres, reflecting the varied themes and interests of their creators, and covering a wide range of topics. Among them, music zines play a significant role by focusing on music scenes and punk music bands. Broadly categorised, there are art and photography zines that showcase visual creativity, literary and poetry zines highlighting skilled wordsmiths, political and activist zines addressing societal concerns, and fanzines and personal journal zines that share individual narratives.
Each category of zine collection represents a unique form of artistic expression, all woven together with a strong sense of individuality, creating a vibrant tapestry that defines zine culture.
Art and photography zines are visual diaries, showcasing the creator's artistic vision through imagery. They play with colours, textures, and perspectives, offering visual delight. These zines can feature thematic photography sequences, unique illustration series, or mixed-media collages that blend various techniques in a single edition.
This type of zine is seen as a collection of creativity and imagination, taking readers on a visually stimulating journey through the creator's eyes.
Unfolding as a literary mosaic, literary and poetry zines are a canvas for word enthusiasts to pour their hearts out in inked lines. This broad genre includes a variety of formats ranging from short stories, poetry forms, and haikus, to experimental narratives and flash fiction, amongst other literary styles. The musings within the pages could reflect a myriad of themes, social theory, sentiments, ideas, and social discourse, unfettered by protocols of mainstream publishing.
Each page of a literary or poetry zine offers an intimate peek into the creator’s thoughts and perspectives, allowing readers to engage with narratives in their raw and genuine forms.
Political and activist zines function as powerful catalysts for social discourse and change. Emerging from an ethos of resistance, these zines amplify voices that often find little space in traditional media, including those on social issues such as race, gender, environment, health, and immigration. They pose significant questions, challenge established norms, and inspire meaningful dialogue and action.
The role of political and activist zines extends beyond being mere publications - they are tools fueling revolution, bridging gaps, sparking dialogues, and rebuilding narratives.
Fanzines and personal zines hold a charming uniqueness. Drawing their name from the term 'fan magazine,' fanzines capture the enthusiasm around particular subjects such as music, rock music, films, sports, comic books, or specific artists. On the other hand, personal zines, often called perzines, root deeply into the author's life, experiences, emotions, and journeys.
Embodying the essence of freedom of expression, fanzines, and personal zines encapsulate the love for a subject or the intimate truths of an individual.
Creating a zine is a journey infusing creativity, commitment, and craft. It begins with a seed of an idea or theme, leading to content creation—writing, drawing, photographing, or any suitable medium. The layout and design process follows suit, bringing together all content cohesively while reflecting the zine's spirit and aesthetics.
Essential tools like scissors and glue are used during this phase. The final products then enter the printing phase, transforming digital work into tangible copies. The process culminates with distribution and finding diverse paths to place your zine into the hands of eager readers.
The initial stage of zine creation revolves around conceptualising and generating ideas. It must include both the theme selection process acreating of the desired content around it. The subject might range from individual passions, socio-political discourse, and artistic expression, to personal anecdotal narratives, and several themes in between. This stage requires brainstorming, research, and introspection, moulding an abstract idea into a tangible concept to be illustrated.
Once the theme crystallises, creators plunge into the process of content creation. Depending on the chosen format - written, photographic, or illustrated - this phase involves penning down written content, capturing or collecting fitting photographs, or creating original artwork.
In summary, idea generation and content creation provide the zine's initial fundamental structure, carving out its predominant character and mood.
Next bring together text and imagery, forming a visually appealing and easily comprehensible format. The objective is not only about aesthetics but also concerns the readability and logical flow of information. Choosing the font styles, sizing, colours, placement of images, deciding on margin space, and text alignment, all become significant aspects at this point.
Zine creators often employ various layout types, each possessing a unique aesthetic appeal and structure. Here's a brief overview:
Layout Type | Description |
Single-page: | Involves creating standalone designs for each page. Ideal for art or photography zines offering flexibility and creativity |
Booklet style: | Mimics traditional booklet with continuous narratives. Best suited for story-based or article-based zines |
Mixed Layout: | Combining single-page and booklet-style, providing a blend of standalone and interlinked content. Optimal for zines featuring a mix of art, stories, and essays |
Mastering design and layout helps attain a visual balance and flow that complements the content, enhancing the reader’s experience.
With layouts finalised and designs defined, it's time to bring these digital creations to life.
Zine printing is a critical phase, and it's crucial to decide on the print quality, paper type, and format. While a simple photocopier suffices for black-and-white zines, coloured zines might necessitate professional printing services. Multiple binding alternatives exist, such as stapling, stitching, or even hand-sewn binding for a unique appeal.
After creation comes the step of distribution:
Creating and distributing a zine empowers creators to hold the reins of their narrative, connecting their creations directly with the readers.
Ex Why Zed is a valuable resource for anyone venturing into the zine world. Known for its commitment to supporting budding zinesters, Ex Why Zed offers a spectrum of services including layout assistance, materials provision, printing, and binding. Creators also get access to their printing service to transform their digital creations into tangible entities.
Leveraging such expert assistance not only streamlines the process but also enriches the quality of the final output. Whether you are kick-starting your zine journey or expanding your existing work, collaborating with the Ex Why Zed enhances your creative capacity, taking your zine-making experience to the next level.
Exploring the world of zines unveils an artistic landscape marked by diversity, connectivity, self-expression, and freedom. As a medium of self-publication, zines uphold the core values of the DIY culture, enabling individuals to creatively express their thoughts, ideas, and narratives undiluted by commercial influences, including traditional publishing houses. From art, literary, and political zines to personal zines, the variety is as vast and varied as the creators behind them.
Stepping into the digital age, the zine culture embraced new platforms and possibilities, resulting in a broader audience reach and innovative styles. Yet, the significance of physical zines continues to persist, underlining the enduring charm of handmade, tangible expressions of creativity. Irrespective of the form or platform, zines promote an egalitarian culture of shared creativity, enlightenment, and communication, making them an invaluable facet of modern artistic expression.
Yes, zines continue to be relevant in today's digital age. They are a vehicle of personal expression and independent thought, allowing creators to communicate ideas without adherence to traditional publishing constraints. Be it digital or physical, zines perpetuate the DIY ethos, expanding creative frontiers.
Creating a zine begins with an idea or theme, followed by developing content around it. Sketch out the design and layout, then print it using a home printer or professional printing services. Finally, distribute it via local stores, online platforms, or through direct selling.
A zine serves as a medium for self-expression and creative exploration. It fosters a non-restrictive platform for artists, writers or anyone to share opinions, ideas, and narratives beyond the limitations of mainstream media, nurturing a culture of independent thinking and creativity.
The most significant rule of a zine is that there are no rules! It’s all about unrestricted creativity and self-expression. The form, content, design, size - everything is open to the creator's interpretation and innovation, reflecting the essence of DIY culture inherent in the zine universe.
Binding and book printing is an art that requires patience, precision, and passion. While there's no denying the convenience of digital books, nothing quite compares to the feel of a beautifully bound hardback book in your hands.
Be it a period novel, a graduation thesis, a children's illustrated story, or a carefully curated landscape photography book, hardback books have an air of permanence and professionalism about them. However, hardback book binding, also known as hardcover or casebound binding, can seem quite intimidating to novices. This article aims to debunk such fears by providing a comprehensive guide on how to bind a hardback book.
Hardback book binding, often referred to as casebound or hardcover binding, is a binding method that encapsulates and protects the book by using stiff boards or cardboard as its cover. The term 'hardback' denotes the rigidity of the cover material that shields the interior pages or book blocks of the book, ensuring durability.
The exterior cover of such books is generally high-quality, more substantial than that used in paperback binding. It involves glueing the boards or cardboard to the book's spine instead of sewing them in, delivering a finished product of exceptional quality and professional appeal.
There are primarily two types of binding employed in hardcover books:
Hardcover books, owing to their sturdiness and elegance, offer several benefits over their paperback counterparts. They not only exude a sense of durability but also add a touch of sophistication to your bookshelf. Owing to their rigid cardboard covers and often sewn bindings, hardcover books are more resistant to wear and tear, making them suitable for books meant to last for years. These could include everything from collector's editions of popular novels to academic textbooks, autobiographies, and illustrated children's books.
Let's compare hardback and paperback books on several parameters:
Aspect | Hardback | Paperback |
Durability | More durable, with a solid, protective cover. | Less durable, prone to wear and tear. |
Price | Typically, it is more expensive due to quality. | More affordable and budget-friendly. |
Portability | Heavier and bulkier, less convenient to carry. | Lightweight and easy to carry around. |
Aesthetic | Often considered more visually appealing and collectable. | Less aesthetically pleasing and has a simpler design. |
Longevity | Designed to last longer and withstand damage. | Pages and covers can deteriorate over time. |
Reading Comfort | More comfortable to hold open for long periods. | Flexible, but sometimes harder to keep open. |
Also read: CHOOSE BETWEEN STAPLING, PERFECT BINDING or HARDBACK
To kickstart your hardback book binding, some essential materials and tools are necessary. These include the chosen paper for your book, bookbinding glue or adhesive, various cutting tools, and measuring and marking tools. Each of these contributes to an efficient and smooth bookbinding process, ensuring your final product is well-constructed and durable. Let’s delve deeper into the significance of each material or tool.
The choice of paper significantly affects the look, feel, and durability of the book. Generally, thicker paper is used for hardback books to maintain its form. However, for the interior pages, you have a wider range of options depending on the type of content it holds. For example, glossy art paper may be used for a photo book, while matte finish is preferred for text-heavy books. End sheets, connecting the casing to the interior pages, require thicker paper due to their role in binding the book. They are typically left blank but can be printed upon if desired.
Bookbinding glue, a vital component of the hardcover binding process, binds the interior pages as well as the endpapers to the hardcover. It is crucial to opt for a strong adhesive that can ensure the longevity of the book while facilitating flexible handling. Thermal glue adhesion is often preferred in hardback binding due to its robust yet flexible composition that allows the book to bend without damaging the binding.
Precision is key in hardback bookbinding. Thus, having the right cutting tools is instrumental. A utility knife or a box cutter is typically used to trim the pages to the required size. For the harder materials, such as the cardboard for the covers, a heavier-duty cutting tool might be required. It's advisable to use these tools with an accompanying cutting mat to ensure accuracy and protect your workspace. Make sure your knife or cutter is sharp to ensure clean and precise cuts, improving the overall aesthetic and integrity of your hardbound book.
Accurate measuring and marking tools are pivotal to ensure a neat and professional finish for your hardback book. A good ruler, preferably a metal one for durability and precision, is essential for taking accurate measurements. To mark measurements on your materials, using a pencil or a non-permanent marker is recommended for easy corrections if needed. Remember, precise measurements are crucial in bookbinding to maintain uniformity and enhance the book's overall aesthetic.
Binding a hardback book requires patience and careful execution of each step. Let's walk through the different steps involved in this process to understand how a hardback book comes to life.
Preparing your paper forms the initial and crucial step in the hardback bookbinding process. The process involves neatly stacking and organising your pages into signatures. A signature is a grouping of pages folded together. Typically, signatures include 4-8 sheets of paper. Depending on the size of your book, you need to cut the selected paper accordingly. It is essential to keep your pages as neat and wrinkle-free as possible to ensure a professional finish.
Once the paper for the book block is organised into signatures, each stack needs to be folded in half. Ensure that each fold is crisp and even for a clean finish. After folding the signatures, staple them together at the crease or fold. This step transforms the individual sheets into a joined booklet, which then starts resembling an actual book. Keep in mind that accuracy is key during this step for a neat and professional outcome.
In the hardcover binding process, creating the book spine and cover boards lends structural integrity to the book. You will need to refer to the measurements of your book to mark and cut out the cover boards from the chosen cardboard. Next, create the book spine from the same cardboard. The cover boards and spine depend on both the size of your book and the thickness of your book block. This assembled structure then forms the skeletal framework of your book.
With the cover and spine ready, the next step is to assemble the text block and cover. First, carefully glue the signatures or book block to the prepared spine. Following this, the same adhesive is used to attach the end sheets to the text block and to the inside of the cover boards, holding the structure together. Allow the glue to dry completely to ensure the pages do not come loose when used. Then, the cover material – which can be a printed sheet, leatherette, cloth, vinyl, etc. – is glued onto the hard casing. This forms the final exterior of your hardcover book.
The lining paper, commonly known as marbled paper, serves dual purposes – it not only enhances the book's aesthetic appeal but also adds a layer of protection to the bound pages. Cut the desired lining paper matching the size of your book block, leaving an extra margin of around 10 mm for neat folding. Thoroughly apply the glue focusing on the edges and carefully position the lining paper on the inside of the book cover. Allow it to dry thoroughly before moving to the next step.
While the steps outlined above guide you through the process, hardcover bookbinding also requires some tricks of the trade for exceptional results. A few key considerations to bear in mind are the use of high-quality materials, seeking expert guidance or workshops, and continuous experimentation. Here's a bit more elaboration on these tips.
The quality of the final book is highly dependent on the materials you use. Hence, ensure to use:
If you're new to hardback bookbinding, consider participating in workshops or seeking guidance from experts. This hands-on training will not only provide you with practical knowledge but also give you insights into avoiding common mistakes. Experts can share unique tips and tricks that they’ve learned through experience, enhancing your understanding and potentially speeding up your progress in mastering the skill. There are several premium hardback book printing service providers in the UK who can guide you.
Each book binding project is a learning opportunity. Keep experimenting with different materials, techniques, or even designs. You might discover a method that works best for you. Additionally, do not be disheartened by minor errors, as they are part of the learning process. With practice and time, you'll be able to bind a hardcover book like a professional. Always remember patience and precision are at the core of successful hardback bookbinding.
Choosing Ex Why Zed for hardback book binding offers you an unmatched combination of customisation and quality. Our team ensures your book turns out exactly as you imagined every time. Also, our fair pricing makes it easy to create a commercially viable hardback book binding project without sacrificing quality. Check out our hardback book binding and printing services now.
Hardback bookbinding is truly an art that requires careful handling, patience, and a keen eye for detail. Whether you're an artist looking to bind your portfolio, a writer seeking to self-publish your work, a student needing to bind a thesis, or simply inspired by the art of bookbinding, this guide offers valuable insights. Remember, practice is the key to perfection, and no hardcover binding will be perfect in the first attempt. Hence, take this journey one step at a time, learn from your mistakes, and you'll soon master this wonderful skill!
Although hardback binding requires more materials and labour than other methods, making it somewhat pricier, the cost ultimately depends on various factors such as material quality, size of the book, and the number of pages. However, the professional finish it offers makes it a worthwhile investment.
Yes, hardback book binding can be done at home, given the right tools, materials, and techniques. While professionals have expertise and experience, with patience and careful execution of each step, even a novice can successfully perform a perfect binding of hardback.
Hardcover channel binding is a method where a book's pages are bound with a hard cover. The cover is glued to the spine and trimmed to align with the edges of the pages. This binding process results in a more durable book compared to other methods and is often used for books that are meant to be frequently handled or considered as collectibles.
In our digital-driven world, physical forms of communication and marketing continue to prove their value. One such longstanding tool is the booklet. Whether held in an event goers' hands containing helpful information or kept on coffee tables with glossy product details, booklets are deeply woven into our daily engagements thanks to their adaptability and convenience.
In this blog, we will share everything you need to know about booklets - what they are, their different types, and how they contrast with similar print products like books, brochures, and pamphlets. Aside from these, we will share information on proper design and printing considerations to help you understand the differences and dynamics of a booklet and its related tools.
A booklet is a mini book - copying the physical attributes of a book but on a smaller scale and with fewer pages. The Cambridge Dictionary describes a booklet as "a very thin book with a small number of pages and a paper cover, giving information about something."
The two primary ways to distinguish a booklet are its size and the page count, which usually goes up to 36. It’s safe to say booklets are 'little books with large potential.'
The primary purpose of booklets is to provide information in an organised, compact, and easily distributable format. Given their relatively smaller size than standard books, they are transportable and efficient for sharing information. Booklets are your go-to ally if you need to provide product specifications, present a portfolio, guide through an event program, or even serve up some tasty recipes.
Their multi-page nature allows an effective way to divide and lay out information, enhancing readability and engagement. Intrinsically, booklets aim to simplify complex information and serve it in a digestible, reader-friendly manner.
Booklets find their application in many contexts and for varied purposes. Here are some areas where they are commonly used and the benefits they bring:
Booklets are the definition of 'one-size-does-not-fit-all.' From marketing and informational booklets to event booklets and more, each type is uniquely tailored to communicate its intended content best. With each variation comes the freedom to customise in terms of size, designs, binding methods, and other factors, assuring that every distinct type of booklet effectively fulfils its purpose.
Marketing and promotional booklets are power-packing advertising tools widely exploited by businesses. These are typically employed to announce a new product line, introduce a new service, or spotlight sale items. The versatility of a marketing booklet allows the packaging of a lot more information that guides the reader through the narrative promoting a product or service.
Given their direct mail-friendly nature, they can be mailed straight to your clients if accompanied by a mailing list. These compact print products can help increase sales, build brand loyalty, and foster customer relationships, keeping an audience informed about the latest offerings.
Event booklets are efficient, organised means of sharing vital information about an event. Whether it's a music festival, an academic conference, or a trade fair. These encapsulate a broad spectrum of information from detailed schedules, location maps, speaker or performer bios, sponsor logos, and other key content.
Their handy size, commonly portrayed as portrait 5.5 in x 8.5 in, proves to be an instant hit, with event-goers helping them in event navigation, maximising event experiences, and even serving as souvenirs long after the event.
Besides marketing and event booklets, numerous other types of booklets cater to distinct uses:
Pros | Cons |
Booklets offer a structured format that allows for a clear and organised presentation of information. | Producing booklets can be more expensive than other printed materials, especially if they require complex binding or high-quality paper. |
Bound booklets are more durable than loose sheets, making them suitable for long-term reference. | Creating and printing booklets can take longer than other options, as they require careful design and production processes. |
Booklets can give a professional and polished appearance, enhancing credibility. | Booklets can be bulkier than other formats, making them less convenient to carry or distribute in large quantities. |
Booklets can be used for a variety of purposes, including product catalogues, manuals, and reports. |
A booklet is a smaller version of a book, typically containing fewer pages and often having a simpler format. It might be a pamphlet, brochure, or small notebook. A book, on the other hand, is a larger publication with more pages, usually bound in a more substantial way. It might be a novel, textbook, or reference book.
The visual elements of booklets often distinguish them from other print media. While books usually carry a thicker, durable cover with an extensive page count, creating room for depth, pamphlets lean towards simplicity with a single sheet of paper usually printed on both sides and tri-folded.
Books tend to dominate scenarios that require in-depth understanding, like academic studies, novels, or recipe books. On the other hand, booklets slot into multiple roles - product catalogues, event programs, information guides, training manuals, and much more. Their versatility is highlighted in this ability to cater to varied usage scenarios.
The page count is a distinguishing feature among booklets, books, brochures, and pamphlets. Here's a comparison of their typical page counts:
Print Media | Typical Page Count |
Book | 36 and beyond |
Booklet | Usually, up to 36 |
These counts can vary based on the specific requirements of the situation, but they provide a general idea. Books and booklets offer extended narratives or vast amounts of information using increased page counts.
Size is another important differentiator.
The choice of size, in turn, links directly to the intended usage - whether it's meant for long, immersive reading sessions or quick, on-the-go perusing.
The real-world applications of these print media types reflect their internal differences and strengths.
Each print document has its primary purpose and effectiveness, and recognising this is important to leverage its benefits.
Now that you're well-versed in a booklet and its purposes, knowing how you craft one is crucial. The design and printing considerations substantially influence the booklet’s impact and effectiveness. These factors significantly shape the final booklet product, including decisions about design principles, sizes, binding methods, and paper options.
While good content is king, it needs a good design to rule effectively. The design encapsulates your booklet's first impression – it draws readers in and makes them want to flip pages. A professional design ensures your visuals, fonts, colours, and layouts contribute cohesively to make your booklet aesthetically pleasing and easy to navigate and comprehend. This harmony between content and design significantly enhances readability, comprehension and overall user experience, directly impacting engagement levels and shaping audience perceptions.
Booklets come in common sizes like 5.5" x 8.5", 6" x 9", and even as large as 8.5" x 11". Choosing the right dimensions depends entirely on the purpose, content volume, and audience preference. Binding, the method of securing loose pages using adhesive, staples, wire, or other techniques, further characterises booklets.
Perfect bound, spiral bound, and wire-o bound are additional popular styles worth exploring when considering the binding of a booklet. Each of these binding options offers distinct advantages that can enhance the booklet’s usability and overall presentation.
Choosing the right binding style depends on the purpose and design of the booklet. Assessing factors such as budget, intended use, and visual appeal can help determine which binding option best suits the project at hand.
Choosing the right paper for your booklet plays a significant role in your booklet's final look and feel. Basic qualities to consider include weight, texture, and finish, while lighter weight paper ensures portability, higher weights add to durability and premium feel.
Matte, uncoated, or glossy finishes can be chosen based on the desired aesthetic. The printing method - digital, offset, or nanographic - impacts quality and cost, offering choices from vibrant colours to solid blacks. Planning these options is crucial, as each component culminates into a booklet that aligns with your vision and purpose.
Ex Why Zed can be a valuable resource for creating booklets due to its user-friendly interface and versatile features. The platform offers a wide range of templates specifically designed for booklet creation, making it easy to produce professional-looking booklets quickly and efficiently.
Additionally, ExWhyZed provides customisation options that allow users to tailor their booklets to suit their specific needs and branding requirements. With ExWhyZed's tools and resources, users can easily add images, text, graphics, and other elements to enhance their booklets’ visual appeal and effectiveness.
Whether you want to create informational pamphlets, marketing materials, or event programs, ExWhyZed can streamline the process and help you achieve your booklet design goals effectively.
Booklets are undoubtedly an indispensable tool in communication and marketing landscapes. Within their compact form is their profound ability to package a wealth of information coherently and conveniently. Their various types, like marketing booklets and event booklets, cater to various needs while offering customisable options such as different sizes, paper quality, and binding methods to personalise your content delivery fully.
By understanding their distinction from other print materials such as books, brochures, and pamphlets, you can harness their specific benefits for optimal results. Considering how booklets compress complex information, enhance promotional strategies and foster connection with audiences, it's evident that these 'little books' pack a mighty punch.
The choice of a booklet depends on your needs. Consider factors like the amount of information to be conveyed, target audience, budget, and distribution plans. Analysing your requirements against the strengths of different booklet types will guide you towards the most effective choice.
Saddle stitch involves folding pages and stapling along the fold, ideal for smaller page counts. Perfect binding, on the other hand, involves glueing the pages to the cover's spine, suitable for larger page counts, offering a more book-like appearance.
The best binding type depends on your specific requirements. Saddle stitch is often the best choice for smaller booklets with fewer pages. Perfect binding or spiral binding provides a more robust and professional finish for larger booklets.
Booklets convey information in an organised, compact format. They are widely used in marketing for product catalogues, brochures, event programs, instruction manuals, and other contexts where presenting information in a reader-friendly way is crucial.
Booklets are the most structured and bound and contain multiple pages for in-depth information. Pamphlets can be bound or unbound, are smaller, and have fewer pages for versatile use. Brochures are folded sheets, visually appealing, and ideal for promotional purposes. The choice depends on the amount of information, desired format, and budget.
When it comes to captivating the attention of your audience and leaving a lasting impression, A1 poster printing stands out as a superior choice. With the ability to feature vibrant, full-colour artwork on large format posters, businesses and creatives alike can communicate their message effectively and aesthetically. This comprehensive guide explores the multitude of benefits and considerations associated with A1 printing services, as well as practical advice on design and insights into the future trends of poster printing.
In the realm of advertising, size and visibility are paramount. A1 posters, with their generous 594x840mm dimensions (precise A1 is actually 594x841mm), offer a large canvas that greatly enhances visual impact. This sizeable format ensures that your advertising messages are seen from a distance, making them perfect for high-traffic areas. Moreover, large format printing allows for detailed, high-resolution artwork, ensuring that your designs look crisp and compelling, which is essential for capturing and retaining audience attention.
Advantages of Poster Printing at Different Sizes
Bring your ideas to life with our exceptional poster printing services. Whether you're looking to captivate your audience with a grand A1 poster printing, make a bold statement with an eye-catching A2 poster printing, or convey your message succinctly with a compact A3 poster printing, we have the perfect size for every need. Each poster size offers unique advantages: A1 posters are ideal for large-scale displays and events, A2 posters strike the perfect balance between visibility and convenience, and A3 posters are perfect for indoor promotions and personal projects. Explore our services to find the perfect fit for your next project.
Colour plays a pivotal role in human psychology and can significantly influence moods and perceptions. At Ex Why Zed, we use full colour CMYK printing to produce vivid and dynamic prints that attract and engage viewers. These colourful impressions can encapsulate your brand's essence and evoke specific responses, making full colour an invaluable tool in capturing the essence of your message and engaging your target audience effectively.
While digital media has its advantages posters offer a tangible and engaging alternative that can complement online marketing strategies. Unlike transient digital ads, posters provide a physical presence that can resonate more deeply with audiences, creating a lasting impact. Additionally, when comparing costs, A1 posters are an affordable option, offering wide coverage at best prices, including benefits such as free UK delivery and fast turnaround times, making them a cost-effective solution for both small and large-scale campaigns.
• 100% of our jobs are printed onto FSC Papers
• All our litho printed jobs utilise vegetable inks
• We offer FSC and Recycled Paper Choices
• No minimum order quantity means no excess wastage
• Fast press set-up ensures low material and energy usage
The choice of poster material plays a significant role in the overall quality and appeal of the printed poster. The 190gsm satin finish is a popular choice for posters due to its smooth, semi-gloss surface which enhances the vibrancy of colours. This premium paper weight offers a balance between durability and visual appeal, making it perfect for posters intended for indoor use, exhibitions, or promotional displays. The satin finish also minimises glare, ensuring your poster remains legible and visually striking under various lighting conditions.
For longer print runs of 250 copies or more, then we would print your A1 Art Prints on our B1 litho press which opens up the full range of papers types: silk. Choose from silk, uncoated or gloss posters from a lightweight 100gsm to a chunky 350gsm card.
The longevity and vibrance of a poster significantly depend on the quality of ink used. Our large format machine uses superior inks that are fade-resistant and capable of producing a wide spectrum of colours. Durable, pigment-based inks will ensure your posters maintain their colour depth and clarity over time, even when exposed to light or harsh environmental conditions, thus preserving the integrity and impact of your message.
The digital world predominantly uses RGB colour space, while the printing industry relies on CMYK. This distinction is crucial when preparing artwork for A1 poster printing. To achieve accurate colour representation, converting your designs from RGB to CMYK is essential. This will ensure that the colours you see on your screen are as closely matched in print as is possible but there will never be an exact match.
Evaluating Printing Options: Matt vs. Satin Poster Paper
Deciding between matt and satin poster paper hinges on the intended use and desired aesthetic of your A1 poster. Matt paper provides a flat, more muted finish that can be easier to read and lend itself to being written on. In contrast, satin paper offers a more subtle sheen, reducing glare and providing a professional finish that is easier on the eyes for posters with heavy text or detailed designs. Both options are available from Ex Why Zed at 840x594mm.
You can see the slight grain on the Pick Me Up poster here which is printed onto our 'house' uncoated.
Finding a balance between cost and quality is key when selecting a printing service. Look for A1 poster printing services that offer competitive pricing without compromising on the quality of materials and printing technology. Affordable options should also include perks such as fast turnaround, order online convenience, and free UK delivery. Reading customer reviews and examining samples can help you assess the quality of a service, ensuring you receive high-quality A1 poster printing that meets your expectations and budget.
Whether promoting an upcoming event or launching a new product, timely delivery of your A1 posters is crucial. Choose a poster printing service with a proven track record of fast turnaround times and reliable delivery. Excellent customer service is also vital, as it ensures any queries or issues you have can be swiftly addressed. A responsive and helpful customer service team can significantly enhance your printing experience, ensuring your needs are met with professionalism and care.
The substantial size of A1 posters offers a fantastic canvas for showcasing your creative designs. To maximise this space, focus on creating a balanced composition that guides the viewer’s eye across the poster. Utilise high-quality, high-resolution images and bold, legible typography to ensure that your message is clear, even from a distance. Additionally, consider the use of negative space to prevent your design from appearing cluttered, allowing your key message to stand out.
Selecting appropriate artwork and photos is crucial for the success of your A1 poster. These elements should not only be visually striking but also resonant with your brand identity and the message you wish to convey. Ensure that all visuals are of high resolution to avoid pixelation when printed at the large A1 size. Additionally, considering the colour scheme in relation to the CMYK printing process will help in achieving vibrant and accurate colour reproduction.
Before sending your design for printing, several steps must be taken to ensure it is print-ready. This includes converting colours to the CMYK colour model, ensuring all fonts are embedded or converted to outlines, and setting the correct resolution. Providing a bleed in the design can also be crucial, as it prevents any unintentional white borders from appearing after cutting. Checking with your chosen A1 poster printing service for specific file requirements can save time and ensure your posters come out exactly as intended.
The advancement of digital technologies has significantly impacted A1 poster printing, offering new possibilities for creativity and efficiency. Innovative printing techniques now allow for faster printing speeds, higher quality outputs, and reduced costs. Additionally, digital platforms facilitate easy customization and order online capabilities, enabling customers to design and print a1 posters seamlessly from the comfort of their homes or offices. These technological advancements are streamlining the printing process, making high quality a1 poster printing more accessible and versatile than ever.
Environmental sustainability has become a crucial concern in the printing industry. In response, many A1 poster printing services are adopting eco-friendly practices, such as using recycled poster paper or sustainable inks. These green initiatives not only reduce the environmental impact of printing but also appeal to environmentally conscious consumers. As sustainability continues to gain prominence, choosing a printing service that prioritises eco-friendly materials and practices can enhance your brand image and contribute to a healthier planet.
As businesses and creatives seek to stand out in a crowded marketplace, the demand for custom printing options is on the rise. A1 poster printing services are evolving to meet these needs by offering a wide range of customisation options, from unique finishes like gloss or lamination to specialised materials for indoor or outdoor use. With these advancements, customers can tailor their posters to specific requirements, ensuring their advertising or artistic endeavours make the strongest possible impact.
A: At Ex Why Zed, we've simplified the process to make getting your A1 poster prints as easy as possible. Simply upload your artwork through our website, and a member of our team will contact you to confirm the details. Our state-of-the-art large format printing ensures your posters are of the highest quality and ready to make a statement wherever they're displayed.
A: Absolutely! Our A1 posters are ideal for both indoor and outdoor settings. We offer a variety of paper types, including outdoor poster paper that is perfect for outdoor use. This ensures your posters can withstand the elements and remain vibrant and impactful over time.
A: While A1 size posters are among the most visually stunning, we also offer a range of sizes to suit your needs, including A0, A2 posters, a3 posters, and A4. Our team can help you choose the best size for your project, ensuring your message is viewed from a distance or up close, as needed.
A: For high-quality photo prints, we recommend selecting our 190gsm satin paper which provides excellent colour reproduction and is suitable for a wide variety of poster designs. This option ensures your pieces of artwork are showcased in stunning detail and colour depth, perfect for galleries, exhibitions, or retail environments.
A: Absolutely! We believe in providing our customers with affordable options without sacrificing quality. Our cheap A1 poster printing services are designed to offer competitive prices while ensuring your posters are printed on high-quality materials with vibrant, accurate colors.
A: Yes, regardless of your location in the UK, whether that be London, Colchester or further afield, Ex Why Zed has the capabilities to handle large format printing for any project. Our skilled team uses the latest in printing technology to produce quality prints that suit your needs, whether for personal or professional use.
A: Choosing the right paper type depends on the purpose of your poster. For indoor posters, we have a variety of options that will suit different indoor conditions. For posters that need to be durable and suitable for outdoor use, we recommend our outdoor poster paper options. Our team is always available to advise on the best paper type to match your poster designs and application.
A: Yes, it certainly is! At Ex Why Zed, we encourage you to upload your artwork for your custom A1 size posters. This way, you can truly make a statement with your custom designs. Our team is here to ensure the printing process brings your vision to life with quality prints and vibrant colours.
Can you print bespoke sizes? Yes!
Can you send me a sample pack to help choose my papers? Yes!
Is printing black, cheaper than full colour? Yes!
Do you ship to the States? Yes!
Can you print one copy as a test before we go ahead with the final print run? Yes!
Can you print me 38 copies because on your website it only says 50. Yes we can and we’re going to go full on Greta Thunberg with this. If you only need 38 we’ll print you 38 to save some paper. If you need 111 we can print that as well.
Is printing and binding my zine at Ex Why Zed easier than it is on the college photocopier? Yes, but you knew that already right.
In the world of self-publishing, zines have emerged as a powerful platform for illustrators to showcase their creativity. These small, self-made publications offer a unique canvas for visual storytelling, allowing artists to share their work in a tangible format that can be easily distributed and enjoyed. In this guide, we'll explore the essential tools for zine publishing for illustrators, offering tips and insights to help you transform your artwork into print.
Illustrated zines are a celebration of creativity, a testament to the power of visual narratives. They can range from simple sketchbooks to elaborate comic book printing uk, each one a unique expression of the artist's vision. Whether you're a seasoned illustrator or a budding artist exploring new mediums, creating a zine can be a rewarding and fulfilling experience.
Let's take a closer look at some standout examples of illustrated zines that have caught our eye:
Swirl is a zine that uses illustrations to discuss mental health issues. The pages are filled with bright colours, adding an upbeat edge to the important content. The font is engaging and fun, and the typography helps guide the reader through the narrative. The cover features a matt lamination, giving it a professional finish.
This children's zine features stunning full-colour illustrations, charmingly arranged on the page with a little bit of text opposite to guide the reader through the narrative. The gloss laminated cover instantly draws the reader in, making it a perfect choice for this vibrant and playful publication.
Shell Suit Zombie is a zine for the creative market, designed to help creatives decide what they're going to do after they finish university. The zine features high-end illustrations on uncoated paper, which means the images sit flatter and softer on the matt surface. It's A5 perfect bound, giving it a neat and professional appearance.
Creating a zine involves more than just drawing beautiful illustrations. It requires careful planning, design, and production to ensure that your artwork is presented in the best possible way. Here are some essential tools and resources that can help you navigate the process of zine publishing:
As an illustrator, your art supplies are your most important tools. Depending on your preferred illustration style, you might need a variety of pencils, pens, markers, paints, and brushes. You'll also need high-quality paper that can handle your chosen medium. Increasingly we are starting to see people create unique illustrations using Canva directly onto their tablet. Export them as high res pdfs and we'll be able to print them.
Let's dive into the world of Adobe Illustrator, a powerhouse of vector graphics software that's got everything you need to create jaw-dropping designs, logos, icons, typography, and complex illustrations for any medium. It's a part of the Adobe Creative Cloud, which means it plays nicely with all of Adobe's other design tools, giving your creativity the freedom to soar!
With Illustrator, you're stepping into a precision drawing environment that can scale your designs up to billboard size or down to mobile screen size, all while keeping your artwork as crisp and clear as the day you created it. It's packed with a treasure trove of tools and features, including gradient effects, opacity controls, brushes, and drawing tools, that let you craft intricate vector artwork with a level of detail and control that's simply unmatched.
But the fun doesn't stop at your desktop! Adobe Illustrator also supports a mobile app, Illustrator on the iPad, giving you the flexibility to work your design magic from anywhere. And thanks to the cloud-based nature of the software, all your files, fonts, and assets are always right there when you need them, whether you're working from your home office or on the go.
Plus, Adobe Illustrator isn't just a tool, it's a community. With a wealth of learning resources and a vibrant community of users, it's a comprehensive platform that welcomes designers of all levels. So whether you're a seasoned pro or just starting out, Illustrator has got your back.
Ready to start your Adobe Illustrator journey? Head on over to Adobe's official Illustrator page and get ready to unleash your creativity. Happy designing!
Adobe InDesign is a top-notch design tool in Adobe's Creative Cloud suite. It's perfect for creating eye-catching layouts for both print and digital media, from flyers to magazines. With precise typography control and integrated creative tools, InDesign makes design, preflighting, and publishing a breeze. Plus, it syncs beautifully with Adobe Illustrator, Photoshop, and Acrobat. Fancy working on the go? The InDesign mobile app has got you covered. It's a must-have for design pros, making layout design and publishing a piece of cake.
Hey there, creative superstar! Are you on the hunt for some alternatives to Adobe's suite of design tools? We get it, Adobe's software is top-notch, but it might not always fit into everyone's budget or specific needs. So, let's dive into some fantastic alternatives that can help you create stunning designs without breaking the bank.
First up, let's talk about Photoshop alternatives. Have you heard of Affinity Photo? It's a brilliant tool that offers high-end photo editing capabilities, and it's a one-time purchase, which means no monthly subscription fees. It's a win-win!
Next, if you're looking for an Illustrator alternative, Sketch is your go-to. It's a vector-based design tool that's perfect for UI and UX design. Plus, it's user-friendly and comes with a collaborative platform for teams.
Now, if you're into layout design, you might be using Adobe InDesign. But guess what? Affinity Publisher, Quark Express and Canva can be great alternatives. They are design tool that are super easy to use and offer most of the capabilities of InDesign. And the best part? Some are even free to use, with premium elements available for a small fee.
So, there you have it, folks! These are just a few alternatives to Adobe's suite of design tools. Remember, the best tool is the one that fits your needs and budget. So, don't be afraid to explore and try out different options. Happy designing!
If you're creating your illustrations by hand, you'll need a scanner or a digital camera to digitise your artwork. Make sure to use a high-resolution setting to capture all the details of your illustrations. There are options available for all budget levels but a £50-100 from Argos or Amazon would be plenty good enough to scan A4 artwork at 300dpi then save it to your computer for editing.
Online platforms like Etsy, Big Cartel, and Not On The High Street can be useful tools for selling and distributing your zines. They allow you to reach a global audience and handle transactions securely.
Creating a zine is a journey from art to print, a process that requires careful planning and execution. Here are some steps to guide you through this process:
Before you start drawing, take some time to plan your zine. Decide on the theme, format, and layout. Sketch out a rough idea of each page to guide your illustrations.
Now it's time to create your illustrations. Remember, your zine is a reflection of your unique style and vision, so don't be afraid to experiment and push your creative boundaries.
Once your illustrations are complete, you'll need to digitise them. Use a scanner or a digital camera to capture high-resolution images of your artwork.
Using design software, arrange your scanned illustrations on the page. Add text if necessary, and play around with the layout until you're happy with the look of your zine.
Finally, print your zine using a high-quality printer. Choose a binding method that suits your zine's style and format. You can do this at home, or use a professional zine printing service like Ex Why Zed for a high-quality finish.
The layout and design of your zine can greatly enhance the visual impact of your illustrations. Here are some tips to help you create a visually captivating zine:
Consistency is key in zine design. Whether it's your illustration style, colour palette, or typography, maintaining a consistent style throughout your zine can create a cohesive and professional look.
Balance your layout by evenly distributing elements on the page. This doesn't necessarily mean that everything has to be symmetrical – it's more about creating a sense of harmony and stability in your design.
Don't be afraid to leave some areas of your page empty. White space can help to highlight your illustrations and make your zine more readable.
The paper you choose for your zine can greatly affect the look and feel of your illustrations. Uncoated paper can soften the lines and colours of your illustrations, making it a great choice for pencil or crayon drawings. For sharp, crisp illustrations, a silk finish might be the winning choice. If your zine is a graphic novel with dynamic characters, a gloss finish might give them the punch you're looking for.
When it comes to printing your zine, you have several options. You can print at home using a high-quality printer, or you can use a professional printing service like Ex Why Zed. Each option has its pros and cons, and the best choice depends on your specific needs and resources.
Printing at home gives you full control over the printing process, and it can be a cost-effective option if you're making a small number of zines. However, it can be time-consuming, and the print quality may not be as high as with professional printing.
Professional printing services can provide high-quality prints and a variety of binding styles which you can check out at our Styling hub. They can also handle large print runs, making them a good choice if you plan to distribute your zine widely. However, they can be more expensive than printing at home, and you'll need to factor in the time it takes to ship your zines.
Collaborating on a zine project can be a rewarding experience, offering opportunities to learn from other artists, gain new perspectives, and create something truly unique. Collaborative zines often feature work from multiple illustrators, each contributing their own style and vision to the project. This can result in a diverse and engaging publication that showcases a range of artistic talents.
Adobe Illustrator is a powerful tool for creating zines. Start by setting up your document with the correct page size and number of pages. Then, use the drawing tools to create your illustrations, and the text tools to add any written content. Once your design is complete, you can export it as a PDF for printing.
Do You Know Any Good Illustrators Who Can Design it for me?
Take a read of our blogs on finding a good illustrator on PeoplePerHour or finding a good designer on Fiverrr.
We have even crafted a design brief you can just copy and paste directly to the designers you like, which will get the ball rolling.
Publishing an art zine involves several steps. First, create your artwork and layout your zine using design software. Next, print your zine, either at home or using a professional printing service. Finally, distribute your zine, either by selling it online, at zine fairs, or in local bookstores and art shops.
There are several software options for creating zines, including Adobe Illustrator, InDesign, and Photoshop. These programs offer a range of tools for drawing, layout, and text editing, making them ideal for zine creation.
The supplies you need to make a zine depend on your chosen method of creation and printing. At a minimum, you'll need art supplies or a digital drawing tool, design software, a printer, and paper. If you're binding your zine at home, you'll also need a stapler or glue.
While some zine creators do make money from their publications, many zines are not created with profit in mind. Instead, they are often a labour of love, a way for artists to share their work and connect with a community of like-minded individuals.
The price of your zine should reflect the cost of materials, printing, and your time. However, it's also important to consider what your audience is willing to pay. Research other zines in your genre or style to get an idea of typical pricing.
Zine publishing offers a unique platform for illustrators to showcase their artwork and connect with a community of readers and fellow artists. With the right tools and resources, you can transform your illustrations into a tangible publication that reflects your unique style and vision. So why wait? Start your zine publishing journey today and let your creativity take flight!
Embarking on the journey of self-publishing can be both exhilarating and daunting. One of the most crucial steps in this process is finding the right designer to bring your vision to life. With platforms like PeoplePerHour (PPH), a world of talent is at your fingertips. But how do you navigate this vast sea of options? Fear not! This guide will walk you through the steps of finding, approaching, briefing, and managing a book design or illustration project with a designer on PPH.
We found over 250 book designers when searching - plenty for every type of style and budget. Do also take a look at our guide to finding a designer on Fiverr and our article on Top Book Design Solutions.
X
We can provide them full guidance for how we need to artwork set-up for printing at Ex Why Zed.
PPH is a treasure trove of talented designers from all over the world, each offering unique styles, experiences, and price points. We found 227 book design options here. Start by:
Reaching out to a potential designer can feel a bit like setting up a job interview. Given that they might be located anywhere in the world, this initial conversation is crucial to gauge if they're the right fit for your project. While you might start your discussions on the platform's messaging service, consider progressing to a more direct form of communication like a phone call, Google Meet, or Zoom as the project advances. This can help in building rapport and understanding finer project details.
Here are 10 essential questions to ask during this "interview" phase:
Remember, the goal of these questions isn't just to get answers but to gauge the designer's professionalism, responsiveness, and fit for your project. Their responses will give you insights into their work ethic, design philosophy, and how they handle challenges – all crucial factors in ensuring a successful collaboration.
A well-thought-out brief is the foundation of a successful collaboration. Ensure you include:
We have crafted some solid design briefs which you can copy and paste into a message on PPH as an initial approach to a handful of designers you are keen to open discussions with.
Once you've selected a designer and they're on board, it's essential to manage the project effectively.
Remember, this is a collaborative journey. Celebrate milestones, appreciate the designer's efforts, and always approach challenges as a team.
PeoplePerHour offers a plethora of choices, but with the right approach, you can find the perfect designer to bring your book to life. Embrace the process, stay positive, and before you know it, you'll have a beautifully designed book ready for the world to see. Happy publishing!
Embarking on the journey of self-publishing can be both exhilarating and daunting. One of the most crucial steps in this process is finding the right designer to bring your vision to life. With platforms like PeoplePerHour (PPH), a world of talent is at your fingertips. But how do you navigate this vast sea of options? Fear not! This guide will walk you through the steps of finding, approaching, briefing, and managing a book design or illustration project with a designer on PPH.
We found over 250 book designers when searching - plenty for every type of style and budget. Do also take a look at our guide to finding a designer on Fiverr and our article on Top Book Design Solutions.
X
We can provide them full guidance for how we need to artwork set-up for printing at Ex Why Zed.
PPH is a treasure trove of talented designers from all over the world, each offering unique styles, experiences, and price points. We found 227 book design options here. Start by:
Reaching out to a potential designer can feel a bit like setting up a job interview. Given that they might be located anywhere in the world, this initial conversation is crucial to gauge if they're the right fit for your project. While you might start your discussions on the platform's messaging service, consider progressing to a more direct form of communication like a phone call, Google Meet, or Zoom as the project advances. This can help in building rapport and understanding finer project details.
Here are 10 essential questions to ask during this "interview" phase:
Remember, the goal of these questions isn't just to get answers but to gauge the designer's professionalism, responsiveness, and fit for your project. Their responses will give you insights into their work ethic, design philosophy, and how they handle challenges – all crucial factors in ensuring a successful collaboration.
A well-thought-out brief is the foundation of a successful collaboration. Ensure you include:
We have crafted some solid design briefs which you can copy and paste into a message on PPH as an initial approach to a handful of designers you are keen to open discussions with.
Once you've selected a designer and they're on board, it's essential to manage the project effectively.
Remember, this is a collaborative journey. Celebrate milestones, appreciate the designer's efforts, and always approach challenges as a team.
PeoplePerHour offers a plethora of choices, but with the right approach, you can find the perfect designer to bring your book to life. Embrace the process, stay positive, and before you know it, you'll have a beautifully designed book ready for the world to see. Happy publishing!
Welcome to the definitive guide on choosing the right paper for your zine printing. We're Ex Why Zed, the print company you've been looking for, run by creatives for creatives. We're here to transform your ideas into print, and we're going to do it with a smile. So, buckle up and let's dive into the world of paper types for zine printing.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe in giving you as much freedom as possible. We're not here to restrict you, but to guide you. We have a paper sample pack we can send out to you, which contains our house papers. These are called our house papers because we keep them on the shelf, ready to go at all times. The rates that we get from these on the paper mill are exceptionally good. So we've got House Uncoated, Silk, Gloss and we've got Evolution Uncoated. All of them come in a range from about 100gsm (which is a flimsy paper) up to 350gsm, which is a really chunky card. The inside pages of your zine, we can max out at 170gsm, the cover we can max out at 350gsm. 350 can be too rigid, so we'd suggest you limit it really at 300gsm. 350 is overkill.
Let's take a closer look at our house papers. Our House Uncoated is a bright white finish. It's got no shine, it lends itself well to colour reproduction. The images sit on the paper well and they're quite vibrant. If you compare it against Evolution Uncoated, which is slightly off white and has got a bit of a grain. It is 100% recycled, but we will be honest, Evolution Uncoated soaks up the ink. So if you've got dark images that are already lacking in contrast, if you print them onto Evolution Uncoated, the contrast is going to be muted even more. It's not great for colour reproduction, but it is 100% recycled and it is slightly off white, so a lot of people are looking for that solution.
Next up is silk. Silk is just a good middle ground paper. It's going to make your colours jump off the page, it's got a slight coating and slight sheen on the surface. It feels smooth, is quite bright white and comes in a good range of weights. The 130gsm weight is your go-to for the inside pages, 300gsm for the cover. Again, we'd recommend matt lamination.
We move onto gloss. Gloss paper is exactly what it says on the tin, glossy. It's going to have a lot of shine. Gloss zines do look really cool. We print them so rarely (probably because our website really leads people away from gloss) but if you want your images to be really bright and colourful that is a winner. It looks impressive and striking. So, gloss again, 130gsm for the inside pages, 300gsm for the cover. You can then even add gloss lamination, or you could mix it up and go for a matt lamination, which would be quite a nice dynamic between the matt lamination on one side and the gloss card on the other.
Choosing the right paper for your zine can be a game-changer. Depending on your subject matter, some of the paper choices are probably going to be better solutions than others. Black and white images in particular are always tricky. You either print the images in CMYK and they might end up with a green or a magenta colour cast, because we are printing the black ink in four colour, so there is cyan, magenta, yellow and black ink going into making up those solids. Or you drop your images into Photoshop and convert them to grayscale, that will mean that we're only using black ink to print the images. This is discusses in far more detail on our Battle with Black and White printing video.
Unfortunately, we are going to be pragmatic and honest here: they're never going to look the same in print as they do on screen. Your screen is probably an RGB monitor and it's backlit. Obviously ink goes on to paper. Paper is a flat surface, it hasn't got a light behind it. But if you give somebody your Zine, sell them a Zine, the images are going to have a charm and a tactility that they just don't have if you send them a PDF. Nobody wants to look at a PDF, do they, and smile over it? They'd rather have a Zine in their hand. They can flick through it, it's something to hold, something to cherish. A PDF is just a file that you can look at on screen. So while your images might not look identical to how they originally were when they were taken, they're still going to look great and we can play with it with the hard copy proof to ensure that they do look as good as possible in print.
Black and white images, you probably are safer going for our house uncoated or our house silk. I would strongly avoid Evolution Uncoated. Full colour images would absolutely fine on any of our paper types. If you are unsure, we’ll run a hard copy proof as a safety net so you can see exactly what you're going to get. Do allow an extra week for that and then an extra week for the final print run with a little bit of wiggle room in between. Maybe a day or so for you to actually digest it, look at it and make changes. So altogether two, two and a half weeks for the whole process. If you just went ahead with a print run straight away, then we can probably get a Zine back to you in three to five working days, depending on the number of pages and the number of copies you go for.
With our years of experience and a keen eye for detail, we've earned our spot as one of the best zine printing companies out there. We're not just about printing; we're about creating a product that reflects your imagination and enthusiasm. We're about making your zine the best selling piece of art it can be.
The best paper for your zine depends on your content and the look you're going for. Our house papers offer a range of options, from uncoated and silk to gloss and Evolution Uncoated. We can send you a sample pack to help you make the best choice for your zine.
The best paper size for your zine depends on your content and design. We offer a range of sizes and can print bespoke sizes to fit your unique vision. Whether you're creating a pocket-sized zine or a larger publication, we've got you covered.
The number of sheets in your zine can vary greatly depending on your content and design. Some zines are just a single sheet of paper folded into a booklet, while others can be dozens of pages long. The length of your zine should be determined by your content and your creative vision.
The best paper GSM (grams per square meter) for your zine depends on your design and the feel you want for your publication. For the inside pages, we can bind up to 170gsm and for the cover, we can max out at 350gsm. However, 350gsm can be too rigid, so we'd suggest you limit it really at 300gsm. For a more ergonomic, reader friendly cover, you could choose 200 or 250gsm which are easier to open and becoming more of a favourite at Ex Why Zed HQ rather than a thicker option. Here is an example of a zine with a thinner cover which we really like:
So there you have it, a comprehensive guide to understanding paper types for zine printing. Whether you're an artist looking to share your work, a storyteller with a tale to tell, or simply someone with a passion for self-publishing, we hope this guide has given you some insight into the process of choosing the right paper for your zine. Remember, at Ex Why Zed, we're here to help you transform your ideas into print. So, what are you waiting for?
Let's get started on your zine printing journey today and grab a print quote.
Are you an aspiring author looking to bring your literary masterpiece to life? Or perhaps you're a business owner wanting to publish a company handbook? Whatever your reason for needing to print a book, navigating the world of self-published book printing in the UK is made easy at Ex Why Zed. This article aims to guide you through the intricate process of book printing, equipping you with the knowledge to make informed decisions and achieve outstanding print results.
Book printing is the process of reproducing literary content in a bound format for distribution and sale. It encompasses a series of steps that transform digital or physical manuscripts into tangible books ready for readers' consumption. Understanding the nuances of the book printing process is crucial to ensure the final product meets your expectations and quality standards.
The book printing process involves several key stages, from prepress preparation to actual printing and binding. It starts with the submission of print-ready files, followed by digital or offset litho printing depending on the volume and printing technology. After printing, the bound books undergo quality checks before being delivered to the customer.
Online ordering has revolutionised the book printing industry, offering convenience and accessibility to a wider audience. By partnering with a real UK printer like Ex Why Zed that provides online ordering and customer services, authors and publishers can streamline the entire printing process from the comfort of their own space.
When seeking a book printing service, it's essential to work with a team of print experts who can offer custom solutions tailored to your specific needs. Whether it's short run book printing or high-quality booklet printing, a reputable printing company should have the capabilities to deliver on your requirements with precision and professionalism.
Which step are you at?
At the heart of our process at Ex Why Zed is the Print Journey. Each of the 5 steps has its own hub where you can enjoy comprehensive guides, illustrated articles, captivating videos and insightful blog posts. These resources empower you to make well-informed decisions about design and styling, propelling your project from an initial idea to a polished publication.
Revisit the Journey to stay on track as your project unfolds.
GET INSPIRED
Begin with a spark of creativity. Dive into our vast portfolio of case studies, video showcases, and product descriptions to discover the potential of print. Explore binding, size, and paper options, and if you want a tangible feel, request our paper sample pack.
➡️ exwhyzed.com/resources/get-inspired/
HOW MUCH DOES IT COST TO PRINT?
Once you've honed in on your design preferences, use our Printed Project Builder to get a tailored quote. We prioritise personal conversations over generic online pricing, ensuring a more dedicated and engaging customer experience.
➡️ exwhyzed.com/resources/how-much-does-it-cost/
WE ARE HERE TO HELP
Need guidance on design, style, or print solutions? We've got you covered. Whether you're a newbie or a seasoned designer, our proactive customer service, from emails to Zoom calls, ensures your questions are answered promptly and expertly.
➡️ exwhyzed.com/resources/we-are-here-to-help/
FILE SET-UP KNOWLEDGE BASE
Dive into the world of print production with our educational tools. With illustrated guides and video tutorials, learn the essentials of preparing print-ready artwork and become proficient in ensuring your designs are perfect for printing.
➡️ exwhyzed.com/resources/file-set-up-knowledge-base/
PLACING AN ORDER
Congratulations on prepping your artwork! Simply upload your files via WeTransfer.com, share your printing specs and delivery address, and wait for the magic. Soon, you'll be unboxing your printed masterpiece, ready to share with the world.
➡️ exwhyzed.com/resources/ready-to-go-ahead/
One of the fundamental decisions in book printing is choosing between paperback and hardback formats. Each option comes with its unique characteristics and benefits, catering to different preferences and purposes.
Paperback and hardback books exhibit distinct print finishes, with paperbacks typically featuring a softer, flexible cover and hardbacks showcasing a more robust, durable cover. Understanding these differences allows you to select the most suitable format for your book.
Paperback book printing offers cost-effective solutions for authors and publishers, making it an ideal choice for those on a budget or looking to print larger quantities. The flexibility and lightweight nature of paperback books also make them convenient for readers to carry and store.
While hardback book printing may involve higher production costs, it exudes a sense of prestige and durability, making it a preferred choice for special editions, collectors' items, or certain literary genres. Understanding the nuances of each format empowers you to make informed decisions in line with your book's vision and target audience.
As you delve into the world of book printing, familiarizing yourself with the available services in the UK is crucial for finding the right printing partner. From digital book production to short run book printing, exploring the diverse array of services can help you identify the most suitable options for your project.
In a market saturated with printing companies, finding a quality book printing service requires thorough research and discernment. Look for a printer that boasts a strong track record, positive customer testimonials, and a comprehensive range of printing capabilities.
Short run book printing is an ideal solution for authors and publishers seeking smaller print quantities or testing the market with new literary works. It allows for greater flexibility and cost control, minimizing the risks associated with large print runs while still maintaining impressive print quality.
Perfect binding, commonly used in paperback book printing, offers a clean and professional finish to the book's spine. This method not only enhances the visual appeal of the book but also provides durability and longevity, ensuring that the bound pages withstand repeated handling and reading.
If you're contemplating the endeavour of print your book, there are essential tips and considerations to take into account to ensure a successful and gratifying outcome. From choosing the right book size to designing an eye-catching book cover, every detail plays a vital role in the overall impression and marketability of your printed work.
The dimensions of your book profoundly impact its visual presentation and reader experience. Selecting the appropriate book size involves considering the genre, content, and reader preferences to create a harmonious and appealing layout. Look for a printing company that offers various book sizes to accommodate diverse publishing needs.
Diverse book binding options, such as saddle stitching, spiral binding, and case binding, offer distinct characteristics suited for different types of publications. Understanding the attributes and advantages of each binding method enables you to make informed decisions aligned with your book's aesthetic and functional requirements.
The book cover serves as the initial point of contact with potential readers, making it a critical element in the book printing process. Collaborating with a printing company that offers comprehensive design services and print quality assurance can elevate your book cover's visual impact and appeal.
When seeking high-quality book printing options, it's essential to partner with a reputable printing company that prioritizes print excellence and customer satisfaction. The combination of advanced printing technology, premium paper selections, and meticulous attention to detail contributes to the production of outstanding printed books.
Custom booklet printing provides a versatile and impactful format for various literary works, marketing materials, or informational publications. Tailored to specific size and finishing preferences, custom booklets enable authors and businesses to convey their messages with clarity and visual flair.
Digital book production leverages cutting-edge printing technology to create high-fidelity reproductions with precise color accuracy and image clarity. This modern approach to book printing offers efficient turnaround times and cost-effective solutions for authors and publishers seeking quality and convenience.
The selection of paper for your book significantly influences its tactile feel, visual appeal, and overall print quality. Working with a printing company that offers a diverse range of paper options allows you to customise the look and feel of your book, ensuring it aligns with your creative vision and readers' preferences.
Empowered with the knowledge of book printing processes, format options, and quality considerations, you are well-equipped to embark on your book printing journey with confidence. By collaborating with a reputable printing company that offers comprehensive services, cheap book printing services, and real UK printer expertise, you can bring your literary aspirations to fruition and introduce your printed books to the world with pride and distinction.
Absolutely! At Ex Why Zed, we offer a Book Promotion on Social Media pack which gives you a turnkey solution to start promoting your new publication immediately. The pack includes videos, photos, blog posts and press release to save you all the time and creative thinking. We've done all the heavy lifting for you!
A: We offer high-quality paperback book printing services in the UK, including both paperback and hardback book options.
A: Ordering a single copy of your book is simple. Just place your order as a single page or single pages, depending on your book's specifications.
Ready to place an order?
Well done on getting your artwork ready for print! Now go ahead and upload the file/s using WeTransfer.com
It is super easy, free and you don’t need an account. Add hello@exwhyzed.com in the 'Email to' box. In the message area, tell us your print spec, number of copies you would like to print and the best address for delivery. We then get a download link with your files, simple as that!
A: When working with us, you'll need to upload two print files in PDF format, one for the cover and one for the book's content.
A: Yes, our book printing services are available to everyone online. Whether you're an author, publisher, or individual looking to print a book, we're committed to achieving the print quality you desire. We will even pay the UK delivery for you but also ship worldwide.
A: Absolutely, our book printing services include perfect bound options to ensure a professional and polished finish for your publication. Dive into our Styling Hub for ideas on binding - paperback, softback and hardback.
A: We understand that sometimes you may only need a single copy, so there's no minimum order quantity. You can print as few or as many copies as you need.
A: We have both litho offset and HP Indigo digital machines allowing us to maintain high quality and flexibility for all book printing projects.
A: Yes, we preflight all artwork when your PDFs arrive and will always let you know if there are any technical issues which need changing before the printing process begins.
A: Yes, you have the creative freedom to design your book as you wish, and we will ensure that your book design fits perfectly inside the printed publication.
Take a dive into our Styling Hub for ideas or approach one of the recommended designers for some help putting your artwork together.
#selfpublishing #zines #artbooks #bookprinting #artcatalogue #degreeshow #childrensbookprinting #childrensauthor #illustration #creativewriting #poetry
Hardback book printing turns your manuscript into a sturdy, stylish book with a tough hardback cover that lasts longer than a paperback. Its hard outer cover, usually made of thick cardboard or cloth, protects your pages from damage, making it perfect for books meant to be cherished and preserved.
You can customise everything from the size to the cover design, ensuring your book is available in various sizes and truly one-of-a-kind. Whether you're an author wanting to make a lasting impression or a publisher looking for quality, hardback printing makes your book stand out and stay in great shape for years.
This blog will check out the parts of hardback book printing, its benefits, the types of hardback books, design features to consider, materials used, printing methods, costs, and how to pick the best printing service. Let’s begin.
When it comes to book printing, one-off hardback book printing offers several benefits that cannot be overlooked. We’ve highlighted the USPs that make one-off hardback book printing a smart choice:
Durability: Hardback books last longer than paperbacks, making them less prone to damage.
Professional Appearance: They look more polished and professional, which can attract readers.
Higher Selling Price: Despite higher production costs, hardback books can be sold at a higher price, leading to better profit margins.
Collector Appeal: Collectors often find hardcovers more desirable.
Customisation: Offers the ability to design books with unique features, enhancing their appeal.
Hardback books come in various types to meet diverse needs and styles. Whether you’re looking for hardcover novels, dissertations and theses, photo albums, art books, or yearbooks, there’s a hardback option to fit your project. Let's explore these different types and their uses to find the perfect fit for your needs.
Hardcover novels are a special part of reading that people worldwide love. They have strong covers that feel nice and make you want to dive into the story. These books are great for keeping well-loved stories, old classics, or even new books that should stay in top shape for a long time.
Many people choose hardback book printing to keep dissertations and theses safe and long-lasting. A hardback book is strong and protects years of research and effort. It also looks professional, which helps show that the academic work is serious. Students can customise their hardback book by following university rules or choosing their preferred cover style and size.
Hardback book printing is important for making beautiful photo albums and art books. Its strong build protects your special memories and artistic work. The size of these hardbacks makes the pictures and artwork stand out, allowing every detail to show. High-quality printing methods produce bright, lifelike colours and clear contrasts.
Yearbooks collect memories and experiences. They show a specific time, like a school year or a work term. Hardback book printing keeps these important moments safe in a lasting keepsake. A hardcover also gives a big area for creative and special designs that show what that year was like.
Designing a hardcover book goes beyond decoration; it involves careful planning to ensure the right size, a well-crafted cover, and attention to formatting details. We’ll explore each of these aspects in detail below.
The standard-quality black-and-white printing option provides a cost-effective solution for those looking to print their books more economically. While it ensures clear and legible text, it is important to avoid high toner coverage to maintain good print quality.
For those seeking a higher level of detail and clarity, the high-quality black-and-white printing option is an ideal choice. With sharper images and crisp text, this option is a perfect way for books that require a more professional look.You should also check out our Battle With Printing Black and White images video guide for honest insight.
Touch of colour
If you’re looking to add a touch of colour to your book without compromising on high-quality black-and-white printing, the mixture of colour and high-quality black-and-white option is a great choice. This option allows you to incorporate colour elements, such as illustrations or images, while maintaining the overall black-and-white aesthetic.
The full-colour printing option is available for those who wish to fully embrace colourful visuals in their books. This option provides vibrant and eye-catching images, perfect for books that heavily rely on visuals to tell their story.
Choosing the right size
The size can affect how easy it is to read and hold a hardcover book. It can also shape what your readers expect from the book. Bigger sizes are good for displaying pictures or artwork, like on coffee tables or art books. Smaller sizes are better for stories, like novels and memoirs. Choosing unique sizes can make your book stand out and connect the look with the content.
Hardback book printing needs careful focus on several formatting details. This attention helps make sure the final product is uniform and high quality. Here are some guidelines to remember:
Print Margins: Make sure to have enough space around the text. This 'white space' helps make reading easier.
Choosing the right materials and printing techniques is key to making hardback books that are both nice to see and durable.
Choosing lamination for hardback book covers is a smart choice. It makes them last longer and look more attractive. Gloss and matt lamination add a protective layer, keeping the book cover safe from damage and wear over time.
One important part of hardback book printing is picking the right coated paper to ensure you have print quality. Here are some options:
The choice of coated papers helps you pick what you want. You can choose based on the quality you need, the type of content, and what readers like. This way, you can create a fun reading experience.
When it comes to hardback book printing, you have a variety of sizes to match your needs. Standard sizes like A4, A5, and 5×8 inches are popular for novels, while larger sizes such as A3 and 8.5×11 inches are ideal for textbooks or coffee table books.
When deciding on the size, consider the number of pages, the spine width, and the look of the cover. Different sizes create unique looks, so choose one that matches your content well. From tiny pocket editions to large hardcovers, every size has its own role in showing off your work. Make sure to pick a size that fits the feel of your content perfectly.
When printing hardback books, there are many choices for print quality and colour. The most popular options are standard black and white, greyscale, and full colour. A simple comparison can show these choices.
Print Quality | Advantage |
Black & White | Cost-effective, Ideal for text-centred books |
Greyscale | Balancing affordability and quality, Suit graphic novels |
Full Colour | Premium quality, Ideal for photo and image-rich books |
The selection of these options depends on the type of content. For example, a textbook or a novel can do well with black & white or greyscale. However, a cookbook or a coffee-table art book would look better with a full-colour print option.
The cover material of your own book is important for how strong and attractive a hardback book is. Here are some options:
Book block creation is an important step in making hardback books. It means putting together single sheets to form all the pages of the book. This process needs careful attention to:
Each part plays an important role in shaping the way the hardback book looks and works, making it pleasing to the eye and nice to touch.
The paper type and weight you choose for the inside pages of a hardback book can greatly affect its appearance and feel.
Type of Paper | Weight in GSM | Ideal for |
Uncoated Paper | 70-120 | Text-Focused Books |
Coated Matte Paper | 90-300 | Art or Photo Books |
Coated Gloss Paper | 115-250 | Cookbooks, Magazines |
Uncoated paper has a non-reflective surface, which makes it great for books that focus on text and reduces eye strain.
Coated matte paper is a good choice for art or photo books. It helps colours stand out without too much shine.
Coated gloss paper is best for cookbooks or magazines. It makes pictures look vibrant while keeping the text clear.
Silk paper is a popular choice for high-quality hardback book printing services in the UK for a luxurious and smooth finish. Its clean and crisp finish adds a sharp and defined touch to printed colours and designs, making it a great option for a professional and polished look.
When planning your hardback book printing, it’s crucial to consider page count, printing techniques, and unit cost. Understanding these factors will help you manage your budget and ensure high-quality results. Let’s look at each element to ensure you get the best value for your investment.
The number of pages in your book affects both cost and production time. More pages mean higher costs and longer production.
The printing method also impacts the price: offset printing has high setup costs but is cheaper for large runs, while digital printing is better for smaller runs with lower setup costs but higher per-copy prices. If your page count is too low for book printing, choose booklet printing instead.
Booklets are great for short stories, children’s books, zines, comic books & more. Knowing these details helps you budget and plan effectively for your hardback book project.
Unit cost is key when planning your hardback book budget. The cost to print each book is influenced by several factors: page count, paper quality, ink type, binding method, and any special finishes. Higher-quality materials and colour printing can increase the unit cost and boost the book’s value and selling price.
For example, a 200-page book printed in black ink will generally cost less per unit than a 100-page book with 50 pages in colour. By understanding these costs, authors and publishers can make smart choices to balance quality and budget effectively.
Authors must pay attention to royalty rates. This means they get a certain percentage from book sales as payment. This percentage can change based on the agreement between the author and the publisher. Knowing these behind-the-scenes details helps people see the hard work that goes into changing a hardback book from an idea into reality.
You can take a chance with ExWhyZed For high-quality hardback book printing services in the UK. We offer many hardback book printing options.
At ExWhyZed, we focus on great quality and customer satisfaction and ensure that each book is special and fits the author's needs. Whether you need one book for personal use, a small batch for an event, or a lot for wide distribution, contact ExWhyZed for help.
Hardback book printing is more than just a process—it's an art. Imagine crafting a book that’s not just about delivering a message but becoming a cherished keepsake. From selecting the perfect size to choosing the ideal paper, every detail shapes how the book feels and lasts.
Hardback printing is about creating a book that stands out, engages readers, and feels special. So, when you’re ready to bring your ideas to life, go for a top-notch service in the UK to give your book the perfect home it deserves.
Printing a hardback book usually takes about 5 to 7 business days. Still, things like the size of the book, how complicated it is, and how many copies you want can change this time. It's best to check with your printing service for details on turnaround times.
Hardback and hardcover books are often thought to mean the same thing, but there is a small difference. A hardback book has a binding where the cover boards are wrapped in cloth or paper. A hardcover, on the other hand, is a book with a strong and thick paperboard cover that protects it.
Hardback books cost more to print than paperbacks. This is because they are more expensive to make. They also use stronger covers and better paper, and the binding process is more complex. These factors all raise the price of hardback book printing services.
Yes, you can get a small number of hardback books printed in the UK. Many printing services allow you to choose the size of your book. This makes it easy to print a few high-quality hardback books that fit your needs.
Use high-resolution images, pick a good paper stock, proofread your text carefully, and choose a trustworthy printing service in the UK to get the best print quality for your hardback book.
One-off hardback book printing refers to the process of printing a single copy or a small quantity of hardcover books. In the UK, several services offer this option, allowing authors and publishers to have their books printed on-demand without the need for large print runs or inventory storage.
To choose the best binding method for your hardback book, think about several things like how strong it should be, how it looks, and the price. You can pick case binding for a classic style or PUR binding if you need more strength. Take your time to look at what you really need to make the right choice.
All we need to print your work is a PDF file. Every software program will let you save as a PDF.
Not having a graphic designer can lead to unpolished and inconsistent visuals, which can hurt your brand's image and engagement. We’re sure nobody wants to hurt their brand image like that!
Creating quality graphics on your own might seem daunting, especially if you're not familiar with design tools. It might even seem complicated in the beginning.
But don’t worry—there are user-friendly graphic design software options that can simplify the process. We will review the top 9 graphic design softwares that make it easy to create stunning visuals, even if you’re new to design.
Graphic design software tools are powerful resources for designers, offering a range of functions such as drawing, text design, photo editing, layout creation, and even 3D modelling. You can think of them as digital canvases with a variety of brushes and features, allowing you to craft anything from simple logos and icons to intricate illustrations and animations. While some tools might seem complex initially, mastering them can significantly enhance your design skills.
Here’s a list of ten fantastic graphic design software tools worth considering, whether you’re just starting out or are already a pro. The list includes Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, CorelDRAW Graphics Suite, Affinity Designer, Sketch, Canva, Inkscape, Procreate, and GIMP.
Adobe InDesign is a professional desktop publishing application that allows you to create stunning page layouts, logo design, creative print media, e-books, and other digital publications. It supports integration with Adobe Creative Cloud, which means you can access your projects from any device. It also offers features like alternate layouts, liquid layout, content collector tools, and more.
InDesign is a powerful tool with a wide range of features. It supports a variety of file formats, has excellent typography tools, and integrates well with other Adobe products, for example Illustrator and Photoshop. It’s also widely used, which means there are many resources and tutorials available. However, InDesign can be eye opening for beginners but is quick to learn and the best graphic design software once you get to grips with the basics.
Platforms: Windows, Mac, iOS, Android.
Adobe Photoshop is a well-known graphic design software used globally. It is excellent for image editing and putting together different images. This design software helps users change and improve their images until they look just right.
Platforms: Windows, Mac, iPad, Android
Adobe Illustrator is a powerful vector graphics editor widely recognised as an industry-standard tool, particularly popular for creating illustrations, designing complex graphics, and developing brand logos. Professionals across various fields rely on Adobe Illustrator to produce high-quality work for their projects, thanks to its precision and extensive range of creative tools.
Platforms: Windows and Mac.
IOS and Android users can access it using web browsers.
CorelDRAW Graphics Suite proves to be a good alternative to Adobe's products. It is not only a vector graphics editor but is also flexible and can manage various design tasks. This includes image editing, typography, and page layout.
Platforms: Windows, Mac, iPad
Affinity Designer has an easy-to-use user interface and powerful features. This makes it perfect for both beginners and experts. The app provides a wide range of design elements and tools, allowing you to create great visuals. With Affinity Designer, you can create professional designs with ease. Its vector graphics options and smart workflow allow you to design freely.
Platforms: Mac
Sketch is a popular graphic design software loved by many designers for its easy-to-use interface and advanced features. You can find a wide range of design elements and assets to create professional designs for different purposes.
With Sketch, you can excel in web design, vector graphics, image editing, and making social media design templates. Its keyboard shortcuts and tools for working together in real time help you get more done.
Platforms: Web browser, Windows, Mac, Android, iOS
Canva makes creating great graphics very easy with its simple interface and large library of design elements and free templates. You can make social media posts, marketing materials, or personal projects. Canva has many templates to get your ideas started. The free version includes basic tools. If you want more options, Canva Pro offers advanced features for a small fee.
Platforms: Windows, Mac, web-based, Linux
For people who enjoy vector graphics, Inkscape is one of the best graphic design software option. This free graphic design software has many tools and design elements. Its user-friendly interface makes it easy for anyone to use, no matter their skill level. It offers features like real-time editing and a wide range of design assets.
Platforms: iPad
Procreate is a loved graphic design app made for iPad app users. The app is simple to use and has a wide range of design elements. Procreate also has tools for image manipulation and works with different design assets, helping illustrators and graphic designers in their creative journey.
Also read: Creating Your Illustrated Zine: Print Specs, Design Inspiration, and Paper Choices
Platforms: Windows, Mac, Linux
GIMP stands for GNU Image Manipulation Program. It has many advanced features for image editing and image manipulation. It helps create professional designs at a low cost, making it a great option for small businesses and freelance designers. The software is user-friendly, and you can customise its features to meet your needs.
Choosing the right graphic design software means looking at your skill level and what you need. There are different factors to consider, which we will discuss below.
You should think about the software's purpose and your skill level above anything. Are you creating social media posts, web design, or something else like video editing? Make sure the software has the tools you need for your projects. Finding a good balance between how complicated a tool is and how well it works will help improve your design process.
For example, if you’re a beginner, tools like Canva are great because they are easy to learn. For more experienced users, Affinity Designer is a better choice.
Investing in good graphic design software has clear benefits because it offers you a wide feature range. You can also expect these tools to offer great customer support and regular updates. This keeps your workflow smooth and keeps you in touch with the latest in graphic design.
Tools like Adobe Illustrator and Canva Pro have special features that improve your designs. They allow for advanced image manipulation and include many different design elements. You can also go for Adobe Illustrator, which is a pro at image manipulation.
Why do we invest in a graphic designer? Of course, the professional results they deliver are a priority. So, if you are a graphic designer, you must use tools that help you in the process.
Using the special features of softwares like Adobe or Affinity Designer can improve your work a lot. These platforms provide diverse design elements, like vector graphics and advanced image manipulation, helping your designs look polished and professional.
If you’re a student, freelancer, or someone with a small business, wanting to make great carousels or social media posts, free software or tools is what you should be looking for. These tools offer great features and are mostly beginner -friendly so you can work with it easily.
Canva has an option for a free graphic designing tool since it offers a free trial. You can also consider Inkscape. Both are great options, and you can definitely try working with them.
No matter which tools you decide to go with, it’s always better to look out for its benefits and downsides. Free versions usually offer basic tools. They are great for beginners or people who use them occasionally.
Free Canva is a great option but so is Canva pro. It all depends on your needs and skill set so be wise.
At the end of the day, all you need as a graphic designer is to be able to work with a graphic software that makes your workflow efficient. You should knowhow to combine multiple tools to significantly enhance your productivity.
For example, using Affinity Designer for vector graphics alongside Adobe Photoshop for image editing allows you to use the strengths of both tools, streamlining your design process.
If you’re in the graphic designing industry, you have unlimited options to choose from. However, the key is to choose the tool that offers you the most benefits, whether you are just starting out or have lots of experience.
We believe, you can start with free and beginner-friendly tools and then eventually try out the more complex ones which might take more time to learn. In the end, what matters is you pick a software that boosts your creativity and makes your design work easier.
Vector graphics use math to make shapes. You can scale them up or down without losing quality. Raster graphics, however, are made of tiny dots called pixels. Raster image editing can look blurry when you try to resize them. Knowing these differences is important. It helps you choose the right design software for your graphic needs.
Regularly updating your design tools is important to keep your work up-to-date and effective. Think about updating once a year or whenever new features match what you need. Keep yourself updated on changes in the industry to help you make smart choices.
You can become good at using these software tools by setting aside time to practice. Follow tutorials and try out different features. Joining online communities and finding a mentor can also help you improve your skills a lot.
Yes, you can find several professional certifications for graphic design software. Some examples include Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) and Autodesk Certified Professional (ACP). These certifications show that you have the skills and knowledge needed in graphic design. This can help improve your reputation in the design industry.
When you are choosing between subscription tools and free tools, think about your design needs, how much money you have, and what features you want. Subscription tools provide advanced options and support. Free tools can work well for simple tasks. Look at how complex your projects are and what your long-term goals are before making a choice.
SOFTWARE | PROS | CONS |
---|---|---|
Adobe InDesign | Integration with Adobe Suite, advanced features, reliable performance, support for print and digital publishing, regular updates. File Set-UP guides on Ex Why Zed website and YouTube. One week free trial while you get up-to speed. | Complex for beginners, subscription-based pricing can be expensive |
Affinity Publisher | User-friendly interface, affordable one-time purchase, good range of features, integration with other Affinity products | Not as widely used as InDesign, fewer resources and tutorials |
QuarkXPress | Robust features for print design, good typography tools, one-time purchase | Less intuitive interface compared to InDesign and Publisher. The go-to design software of the 2000s |
Scribus | Free and open-source, decent range of features for a free tool, supports a variety of file formats | Lacks advanced features and sleek interface of paid counterparts, fewer resources and tutorials |
Adobe InDesign is available through Adobe's Creative Cloud subscription service. The cost for InDesign alone is £19.97 per month, and for all Adobe Creative Cloud apps, the cost would be £51.98 per month. Remember within that Creative Cloud cost you also get the world’s best creative apps including Photoshop, Illustrator, Premiere Pro, Acrobat Pro and more.. They also serve regular updates too which you can download i seconds so the software is always up-to-date. For InDesign there is initially a one week free trial so you can trial before you buy.
Students and teachers can buy ALL the Creative Cloud apps for a hugely discounted £16.24 per month. This includes the full versions of all the programs.
Affinity Publisher is available for a one-time purchase of £67.99 allowing you to create stunning page layouts for brochures, posters, reports and other projects and never pay again. Alternatively you can pay a one off fee of £159.99 and secure Designer 2, Photo 2 and Publisher 2 within one pack.
The cost for a new, full license of QuarkXPress is £259 pre year on an Annual Subscription.
Scribus is free to download and use. So if you are looking for free graphic design software then jump in with Scribus or use the one week free trial of Adobe InDesign.
For a free graphic design app on your phone or tablet, you could try Canva but our experience has been that is is fiddly and not very conducive to designing for print.
*Prices correct at 16th January 2024.
For a complete novice, Affinity Publisher is likely the best choice due to its intuitive and user-friendly interface, affordability, and a good range of features that can meet the needs of most design projects.
For art students aiming to become great designers, Adobe InDesign is considered the industry standard and is widely used in professional settings. Learning it now will be extra content and a powerful USP you can add to your C.V when you come to apply for a job after Uni or college. InDesign offers a wide range of advanced features that can help you create high-quality, professional designs. For those preparing high-quality, print-ready PDF files, Adobe InDesign and QuarkXPress are often considered the industry standards for professional print design, largely due to their advanced features and precise control over layout and typography.
All of the file set-up guides on the Ex Why Zed website are aimed at InDesign users as are the downloadable cover templates.
All these software packages can be used to design for print and create page layouts for books. Once you've created your design, you can then go ahead and print at Ex Why Zed, a professional printing service known for its quality and reliability. Whether you're creating a magazine, a brochure, or a book, these software can help you create a professional-looking design that's ready for print.
If you're designing a book or a magazine, you might want to consider perfect binding or wire stitching. Perfect binding is a method of bookbinding where the pages and cover are glued together at the spine with a strong yet flexible adhesive. To learn more about how to set up your design for perfect binding, check out this perfect binding set-up guide.
Wire stitching, on the other hand, is a method of binding where the pages are secured with staples down the spine of the book or magazine. For more information on how to set up your design for wire stitching, check out this wire stitching set-up guide.
Before you send your design for print, make sure to check out this file set-up guide from Ex Why Zed. This guide will help you ensure that your design meets all the technical requirements for printing.
If you're interested in creating a zine, you might want to consider perfect binding. Perfect bound zines have a professional look and feel, and they're great for showcasing your artwork or writing. Learn more about perfect bound zines here.
Creating a zine can be a fun and rewarding project. If you're an illustrator looking to publish your own zine, check out these essential tools for zine publishing.
Choosing the right graphic design software is a crucial step in your journey as a designer. Whether you're a complete novice, an art student, or a professional preparing high-quality, print-ready PDF files, there's a tool out there that's perfect for you. Remember, the best app for graphic design is the one that fits your needs, budget, and workflow. So go ahead, explore these tools, and unleash your creativity.
In the realm of design, the possibilities are as boundless as your imagination. So, whether you're crafting a compelling narrative in a zine, capturing a moment in a brochure, or bringing a story to life in a book, remember that every page you design is a new opportunity to inspire, to challenge, and to create something truly unforgettable.
When it comes to printing, the paper you pick isn't just about making something look good—it's about creating the right feel, too. Imagine flipping through a children’s storybook or just holding a brochure; the texture and weight of the paper instantly shape how you perceive the design.
In this guide, we will break down the different types of printing paper—like silk, gloss, uncoated, and recycled to help you make the perfect choice for your project.
Curious to learn more? Let’s begin!
Want to scale up your work from “nice to “wow”? Choosing the right paper can help you with that. We’ve broken it all down for you—covering everything from the paper’s purpose and durability to important considerations like purpose, ink usage, environmental impact, cost, and printer compatibility. This guide will help you make an informed decision.
These considerations will guide you in choosing the best paper for your needs.
Our ‘house’ papers are a handpicked selection of finishes and weights that we keep on hand, ready to roll as soon as your project goes live. We've secured great rates from the paper mill on these sheets, and we're passing those savings directly to you, helping you reduce the cost of printing a book.
Gloss paper is a popular choice for bright prints showing rich colours. Its shiny finish makes your design stand out. The glossy surface allows more ink to be absorbed, resulting in clear and sharp images. People often choose this type of paper for leaflets and flyers.
Gloss paper has an extra shiny coating, which helps in producing bright photos or illustrations. However, be careful, as too much glare can make text hard to read, especially in bright light.
Gloss paper has a smooth feel and is thicker than other types of paper. Here are some key benefits of gloss paper:
Silk paper offers the best qualities of gloss and matte finishes. It’s available in various weights, with 130gsm being ideal for inside pages and 300gsm for covers. It has a smooth feel and a slight shine, which is less intense than glossy paper. Silk paper is made by binding silk fibres together. This gives it a rich feel and enhances the design's elegance.
With silk paper, you get great colour reproduction without any strong glare. This makes silk-coated paper a great choice for anyone who wants a beautiful yet easy-to-look-at-finished print.
Silk paper combines the smooth feel of glossy paper but does not have a shiny look. It is soft and valuable in printing. Here are some key features:
The uncoated paper offers a bright white finish with no shine, making it great for accurate colour reproduction. In contrast, the Evolution Uncoated is an off-white with a slight grain and is made from 100% Recycled material. If you have dark, black and white images or photography lacking contrast, then uncoated paper is going to reduce the punch of your images when compared with how they appear on screen.
Uncoated papers are also good for those who care about the environment. They are easy to recycle, helping make your print jobs more eco-friendly and keeping the paper cycle smooth.
Uncoated paper is known for its natural, simple feel. Here are its key features and uses:
Recycled paper is an eco-friendly choice, made from 60 to 100 per cent recycled pulp. Essentially, old paper is blended with new pulp to create fresh sheets. However, as paper gets recycled, its fibres can weaken, sometimes requiring new fibres from managed forests to keep it strong.
While recycled paper is a sustainable option, it's good to be aware that the quality and colour might vary due to the nature of the recycled fibres. But choosing it is a great way to reduce your environmental impact!
Also read: Sustainable newspaper printing for a better world.
Recycled paper has a unique set of features. This makes it a great choice for different design projects.
Positive carbon impact: Recycled paper usually has a smaller carbon footprint because it saves energy used in making new materials.
The weight of paper is very important for your printed designs. It's measured in grams per square meter (gsm).
A higher gsm means the paper is thicker and heavier, which usually means it is of premium quality. On the other hand, a lower gsm means the paper is thinner and lighter.
ExWhyZed offers a variety of paper options: uncoated, silk, gloss, and Evolution Uncoated. They come in a range of thicknesses, from the delicate 100gsm to the substantial 350gsm, which is perfect for thicker cards. There’s also a super heavyweight 400gsm in the uncoated range, though it’s too thick for bookbinding—they use it for eye-catching creative business cards instead.
The weight of paper plays a big role in print quality. Heavier papers feel more durable and classy, making them great for high-end products that want to stand out. They also handle a lot of ink without bleeding through, giving clear images. In contrast, lighter papers work well for big print jobs with mostly text and less ink.
Choosing the right paper weight means understanding what each weight range provides. Let’s look at different paper weight option and their usual applications below.
Paper Weight in GSM | Usual Applications |
90gsm | Lightweight, ideal for text-heavy books, printing documents and headed paper. |
130gsm | Suitable for printing posters, magazines, brochures, and flyers with matte or gloss finish. |
170gsm | Versatile, commonly used for catalogues, presentations, certificates and posters. |
350gsm | Semi-rigid, perfect for business cards, covers, and invitation cards. |
380gsm | Heaviest, best used for folders, packaging, rigid book covers, product tags and display covers. |
You should talk to print experts. They can help you choose the right paper weight. This way, your choice will match your design and printing needs.
Still unsure? No problem! Reach out to ExWhyZed, and we’ll send you out a paper sample pack right away—next-day delivery so you don’t have to hunt down a local printer or visit another studio in London. Each sample is digitally printed with an Ex Why Zed alphabet on one side, perfect for graphic designers to see how colours pop on different textures and weights.
And here's a bonus: on the other side, you’ll find 15 free New York-based typographic and landscape photography postcards. Stick them on your wall for a cool montage! We want you to experience the look and feel of our papers before you commit, so there are no surprises when your printing arrives.
Choosing the right paper can have a huge impact on your printing projects. Whether you’re opting for luxurious silk paper or eco-friendly recycled options, each type has its own set of benefits. The right paper not only enhances the beauty of your design but also makes it truly stand out. We hope this blog helps you make informed choices and simplifies the process of creating stunning printed designs.
There are several other choices, like textured or made-from-scratch papers. You can also find coloured sheets. Some options include using materials like beer to make paper. The choice you make should depend on how you plan to use it, what it looks like, and how it affects the environment.
When designing, it's important to think about things like colour contrast, text length, and the quality of images. Different types of paper can affect how these design elements look. You can use sampler packs, talk to print experts, or create a prototype of your design. These approaches can help you get the results you want.
The best paper for large-format designs can depend on the details of the design. However, most people prefer heavier paper, like 350gsm or 380gsm. This is because they are more stable and strong. They are also better at supporting a lot of colour or ink.
Turning PDFs into physical booklets can be a game-changer, but it often feels tricky. Many people worry about the layout looking off and get overwhelmed by the details of different printing software, which can lead to frustration.
If you're facing similar issues, this blog is for you! Whether you're using Adobe Acrobat, Microsoft Publisher, InDesign, or Affinity Publisher, we’ll walk you through each step so you get a professional-looking booklet every time.
We’ll cover everything from setting up your PDF to printing it out, ensuring you avoid common mistakes. By the end, you'll be ready for booklet printing that looks great and are easy to handle.
Looking to print your PDF as a booklet? Ex Why Zed offers top-quality booklet printing that perfectly reflects your brand. With free delivery on all orders, your booklets will arrive at your doorstep without extra costs.
Our user-friendly website makes it easy to upload your PDF, customise your booklet, and place your order in just a few clicks. For hassle-free booklet printing, visit Ex Why Zed today and make your booklet dreams a reality.
In the upcoming sections, we'll cover how to use Adobe Acrobat and Microsoft Publisher for straightforward booklet printing and explore InDesign and Affinity Publisher for advanced layout and design control.
Adobe Acrobat, with its robust feature set, accommodates users ranging from beginners to professionals for printing a booklet from a PDF. It maintains the quality of text and images efficiently and provides an easy-to-use interface that effortlessly converts your PDF into a booklet format. We’ll walk you through each step of printing a booklet in Adobe Acrobat.
How to print a booklet from a PDF document using Adobe Acrobat:
Microsoft Publisher, built for novice users and small businesses, provides an intuitive and accessible platform to print PDFs as booklets. Being part of the Microsoft Office suite allows users to manage their files in one central location effectively. Let's take a closer look at how to print a booklet step by step using Microsoft Publisher
How to print a booklet from a PDF document using Microsoft Publisher:
Open Microsoft Publisher
Import the PDF document:
Set up the booklet layout:
Print preview:
Configure printer settings:
Print the booklet:
Often chosen by professionals due to its advanced control over design and layout, Adobe InDesign is a powerful tool for printing booklets from PDFs. Its professional typesetting options and advanced layout capabilities provide excellent results, making it popular in the publishing industry. This section will discuss the step-by-step guide to printing a booklet using InDesign.
How to print a booklet from a PDF document using Microsoft Publisher:
To print a booklet from a PDF using Adobe InDesign, follow these steps:
Open Adobe InDesign
Affinity Publisher, though a newer entrant in the market, has quickly gained popularity due to its robust features, intuitive interface, and affordable payment model. It's a favoured choice among designers who value quality and affordability. In this section, let’s check out the PDF printing as a booklet process using Affinity Publisher.
How to print a booklet from a PDF document using Affinity Publisher
Open Affinity Publisher
Create a new document:
Import the PDF:
Set up booklet layout:
Adjust the layout:
Print setup:
Booklet printing settings:
Preview the print:
Print the booklet:
While setting up your PDF for booklet printing, it’s crucial to keep an eye on the page layout, margin settings, and printer settings. Also, check the export settings for your final PDF to ensure everything aligns perfectly. We’ve covered these key points in detail below to help you achieve a flawless booklet.
Page Layout and Margin Settings
Printing a booklet from a PDF might seem tricky at first, but with the right tools and a bit of know-how, it’s a breeze. Whether you’re using Adobe Acrobat, Microsoft Publisher, InDesign, or Affinity Publisher, the key is to get your layout, margins, and printer settings just right.
Don’t forget to do a test print to iron out any kinks before your final run. With a bit of preparation, you'll end up with a stunning booklet that’s ready to impress. Share your booklet printing tips and tricks—you might just help someone else achieve their printing goals!
To arrange pages for booklet printing in a PDF, you must first open your PDF using the selected software. Then, choose 'Print' and select 'Booklet Printing' from the options available. Pages will automatically be arranged suitably for booklet printing.
Splitting a PDF into a booklet mostly involves selecting the booklet option in your chosen software’s print settings. Depending on the software, there may be further steps involving setting up margins and layouts before you proceed to print.
Converting a PDF to a booklet can be done with free online tools or software like Adobe Reader. The method includes opening the PDF in Adobe Reader, choosing 'Print', selecting 'Booklet Printing' from the 'Page Sizing & Handling' section, and finally clicking 'Print'.
The primary requirement for booklet printing is that your document is in PDF format. This format maintains the integrity of your layout and design components, ensuring your booklet prints accurately irrespective of device or platform.
We obviously encourage you to print from a PDF with us at Ex Why Zed. Our prices are fair, our expert team are ready to help and our quality is substantially better than you will achievee on a home printer.
Let us transform your ideas into print.
The best paper size for booklet printing depends on the specific requirement of your project. However, the commonly used formats are A4 and A5 sizes. It's crucial to select a paper size that matches the size of your document in the print settings of your selected software.
YES, we always preflight all work when it arrives!
A little patience and triple check before going ahead and printing a booklet from PDF ensures it is correct. We will come back to you if there are any issues with the bleed settings, image quality, objects too near the edge of the trim area.
Self-publishing has made it easier for authors to share their work without going through traditional publishers, but it also has its own expenses that new authors should be aware of.
Even though it seems cheaper to publish your book this way, costs can increase and affect your profits. Each part of self-publishing, like editing and marketing, has its own expenses.
If you want to know how much it costs to print a book in the UK, read the blog ahead to learn about the possible price ranges to make the self-publishing journey easier.
Understanding the costs of self-publishing is very important for managing your budget well. When you know where each dollar goes, it helps you to avoid extra costs and have a clear idea of the overall cost of printing a book.
This way, you can invest in what really matters for your book's success. You can plan better by clearly understanding the average cost of printing a book. This can lead to a successful publishing journey without lowering the quality of your work.
Printing a book can be challenging with unpredictable costs, high initial investments, and balancing quality with affordability.
Ex Why Zed provides affordable, high-quality printing services and personalised support to help you get great value. You can easily get a quick quote and choose the best binding and paper. Our project builder makes everything simple.
Visit Ex Why Zed today to get started and turn your publishing dreams into reality! Or chat with us now to get more details.
Understanding book printing costs is key to pricing your book right and budgeting well. It helps you balance quality and cost and guides your marketing and financial plans. Many things influence the costs of self-publishing. Here are some important factors to consider:
Your paper choice plays a big role in how your book feels in a reader's hand. It also affects your overall printing cost.
Paper Type | Characteristic |
Standard colour | Moderate weight, economical, perfect for text-heavy books |
Premium colour | Heavier, more substantial feel, ideal for image-heavy books |
Standard Black & White | Lightweight and most cost-effective, it is ideal for novels |
Premium Black & White | Higher quality, heavier, makes blacks and greys pop |
These typical paper options vary in cost, with premium colour and black & white being the pricier options. However, better paper quality enhances the reading experience and reflects the overall quality of your work, so it's worth investing in.
The size of your book can affect its appearance and the cost of printing. Common sizes are 6 "x 9" for hardbound novels and 5.5 "x 8.5" for paperbacks. Sizes are also made for specific types of books, like photography or cookbooks.
When considering the size of your book, keep in mind that a hardback book will generally cost more to print than a paperback, and the number of pages will also have a significant impact on the cost.
While it might be tempting to shrink fonts or margins to save money, it's important to remember that this can compromise readability. Instead, focus on choosing a size that aligns with your content and is appealing to your target audience, encouraging caution when making cost-cutting decisions.
Binding gives your printed book a final look and is important when figuring out total costs.
Binding Type | Characteristic |
Perfect Binding | Affordable, professional look, used in paperbacks |
Saddle Stitch | Economical, ideal for booklet or brochures |
Hardcover | Premium, durable and elegant, recommended for special editions |
Spiral | Flexible & lays flat, perfect for workbooks or manuals |
Perfect binding is a popular choice for print-on-demand services. Hardcover binding, while more expensive, offers an upscale look and feel, ideal for a premium product. Remember, the binding should align with your book's purpose and your marketing strategy.
The size of the print run dramatically impacts the cost per unit of your book in the publishing world. When you print in bulk, the cost of each book can be lower. On the other hand, print-on-demand can keep your starting costs low and eliminate the need to manage inventory. However, this method might lead to a higher cost for each unit. New authors often choose a mix of both methods. They start with a small print run and then use print-on-demand for future sales.
For special finishes, consider embossing your hardback book or using foil plates to press your title into the cover. This finishing option adds visual appeal to your book, and the cost starts at £280, covering the manual labour and cost of the plates. This is a flat fee for 1 - 500 copies.
The weight and quality of the paper affect how thick your book's pages will be. Thicker books generally cost more to print. This is because they require more paper, which increases material costs, and they often take more time and resources to bind. If you're producing academic workbooks, 80 gsm paper is a good, cost-saving option. For higher-end colour books, consider thicker 150 gsm paper. Remember, sticking with 80 gsm helps keep production expenses low.
Every book cover uses CMYK printing, a 4-colour process that adds depth and quality to your book. The finish, whether matte or gloss lamination, only slightly affects the cost. The main factor influencing your prices is the type of paper or card used.
Understanding costs is only part of the picture. It's also very important to predict possible earnings and assess your return on investment. It involves knowing how royalty systems work on different platforms. You must track your book sales closely and manage your spending well to increase profits. Let's explore these details.
Royalties come from book sales, and each self-publishing platform calculates them differently. For example, Amazon KDP gives royalties based on certain rules. Other platforms, like IngramSpark and Smashwords, also have their rates.
Several factors impact your royalties, such as your book's list price, printing costs, and how you distribute it. Understanding these details and setting a good price for your book can help increase your profits.
Tracking sales of your book is important. It helps you change your strategy and increase your profits. Tools such as Amazon Author Central provide detailed sales data and analytics. It helps you watch how your book performs. Other platforms also offer similar features.
You can see how your marketing is doing if you check this data often. You can then change your approach if needed. You can also compare your book's performance with others in your genre. It gives you a good idea of your book's performance in the market.
Finally, you must balance your self-publishing costs with your potential earnings. It might feel good to cut costs but remember that some things need spending. Don't skimp on important things like professional editing, a great cover design, or strong marketing.
Think about earning more than just enough to break even. Aim to make good profits from your book sales. To do this, spend wisely, keep an eye on your sales, change your marketing as needed, and create a fantastic book that readers will enjoy.
Breaking into the printing process can be simple and affordable. Self-publishing can be rewarding with the right planning and understanding of what things may cost. Spending money on good editing, eye-catching cover design, and solid marketing can make your book more attractive to buyers.
Pick trustworthy publishing platforms, and shape your marketing to fit your audience to reach more people and increase sales. Knowing these costs and predicting your profits will help you make self-publishing a successful project. It's about making back what you spent and achieving your dreams as an author. With smart choices and investment, your self-publishing path can be both profitable and fulfilling.
The printing cost of a book you write depends on things like the format, the type of paper, and whether your book's pages are in black and white or colour. If you print fewer copies, the price for each one will be higher.
Printing a single book can typically cost more than printing many copies at once. At Ex Why Zed we can print any quantity from 1 but our unit price is less the more you print. It might be wroth committing to a run of say 20-50 to help your cost per book.
The price can change based on the print-on-demand services you choose. These services are for making single copies, but they tend to be pricier. Other things that affect the final cost include page count, the book's size, paper quality, and the type of binding used.
We can produce a physical proof/sample copy first of your print spec for £58-82. Our physical proof copies are charged at our cost price to produce (includes labour, materials and set up) We don't make any profit from this.
This will be good for you to check the layout and overall feel of the book and then you can make all the necessary changes to the files before the final print run, just to advise however these will not be colour matched to the final print run. What we mean is, we won't have a press minder matching the print pixel for pixel to the printed proof when we come to print the final books.
Printing books can be a good choice if you believe your readers want a physical copy of your book. It can help you sell at events or in bookstores. Plus, it allows you to control the quality of the book.
We look forward to transforming your idea into print!
Are you a new writer looking into publishing options? If so, you might have heard of Amazon's self-publishing. Amazon's Kindle Direct Publishing (KDP) has given writers around the world new choices.
But is this platform right for you or is it better to self-publish with Ex Why Zed? You need to think about several important factors. Some authors like the higher royalty rates and control that KDP provides. However, others feel worried about having to edit and market their new book by themselves or how much it costs to self-publish on Amazon. This blog will help you learn about all the pros and cons of self-publishing on Amazon, a platform popular among indie authors and publishers.
Criteria | Ex Why Zed | Amazon KDP |
---|---|---|
Expert Guidance and Support | Accessible, expert, and friendly advice with free file checks and preflights. | No personalised guidance; self-service platform with limited support. |
Turnaround Time | Fast delivery: 3 days for booklets, 4 days for perfect bound books, 6 days for hardback books. | Faster publishing process but subject to delays in approval and distribution. |
Sustainability | All papers are FSC certified and vegetable inks are used for litho jobs. | No specific mention of sustainability practices. |
Print Quality | Finest digital and litho print with industry-leading equipment (HP Indigo, Heidelberg Litho). | Quality depends on the author's uploaded files; limited by the platform's print-on-demand service. |
Customisation Options | Flexible custom options with a focus on professional printing practices. | Limited customisation options; mainly standardised templates and formats. |
Customer Service | Replies in minutes from print experts. | Customer service is slower and less personalised. |
Portfolio and Experience | 500+ case studies available, showcasing real work, with extensive experience since 2006. | No visible portfolio or proof of work quality beyond user reviews. |
Budget Flexibility | Solutions for every budget with multiple quotes to fit your needs. | Pricing can be higher due to delivery costs and Amazon's share; no flexible quoting. |
Paper Samples and Shipping | Free paper samples and free UK delivery; worldwide shipping at cost. | No free samples; shipping costs vary and are charged per digital file delivery. |
Retention of Rights | You keep all rights to your print work and designs. | You retain rights, but exclusivity may be required if you join KDP Select. |
Marketing Tools | No built-in marketing, but you maintain full control over all marketing efforts. | Access to Amazon Ads, but effectiveness depends on your marketing skills. |
Distribution Reach | Printed books can be distributed worldwide; free UK delivery and cost-price worldwide shipping. | Wide global reach through Amazon but limited to their ecosystem; no access to other eBook platforms. |
Sustainability of Business | Over a decade of experience, proving long-term stability and reliability. | Amazon KDP is newer and dependent on Amazon’s broader business model, which could shift. |
Visibility and Competition | Competition is based on quality and service, with Ex Why Zed standing out for its bespoke printing. | High competition on Amazon; visibility relies heavily on marketing and initial sales performance. |
Amazon is the largest bookstore in the world, holding a huge 60% share of the book market. A big reason for this success is its self-publishing service, Amazon Kindle Direct Publishing (KDP). KDP is easy to use for authors who want to publish their books independently.
With KDP, authors can share their work worldwide, which means more books and pages can be sold. Authors also have the chance to make more money from royalties, have control over their work, and reach a large number of readers.
Also read: Trends In The Publishing Industry For 2023
🌟Accessible, Expert, Friendly Advice. If you haven't done this before, don't worry, we have!
👩💻 Free File Check and Preflight. We aim for perfection and will let you know if anything needs changing.
💃🏻 We Talk the Talk, But We Also Walk the Walk. ⏰ Replies in minutes from print experts, not days or weeks.
🌲 All Papers are FSC Certified. Sustainable printing guaranteed and we also use vegetable inks for litho jobs.
🚀 Fast Turnaround. Booklet delivery in 3 working days. Perfect bound books delivered in 4 and hardback books delivered in 6.
🏆 Finest Digital and Litho Print. HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho - the best possible quality for short, medium and long print runs.
🖨️ Professional Printing process. Best industry practice, not a mickey mouse website where you throw JPGs at the screen then keep your fingers crossed.
🛠️ Flexible Custom Options. The answer is "Yes", now what is the question?
🖼️ Enjoy 500 Case Studies in our Portfolio. Not made-up CGI nonsense like the other sites have 🤣
😍 A Solution For Every Budget. We always quote for a range of quantities to help hit your target price.
🎁 FREE Paper Samples. Make the best possible choice from our extensive print options.
🌍 FREE UK Delivery. Your print will arrive by tracked courier, the day after it leaves us.
🌍 Worldwide Shipping at cost price from a network of couriers.
✅ Transforming Your Ideas Into Print Since 2006.
Start a conversation with us today on hello@exwhyzed.com or 01206 766647.
Self-publishing on Amazon is one choice. It has millions of potential readers and an easy publishing process. Authors can take advantage of the wide global reach and strong tools provided by Kindle Direct Publishing (KDP).
It is a business decision you have to weigh up...more exposure and a bigger audience versus losing a higher percentage of your profit.
Amazon has a big impact on the retail sector and also on the publishing industry. Books are Amazon's most popular product category, accounting for 57.2 million sales.
In the UK, Amazon holds about 50% of all print book sales, with 70-80% of online print book purchases happening through the platform. Notably, self-published books make up 31% of Amazon's eBook sales, highlighting the tremendous opportunities this platform offers to independent authors around the world.
Amazon's Kindle Direct Publishing (KDP) is a powerful tool for indie authors. It is the biggest publisher of self-published eBooks. With KDP, you can control your book's content, design, price, audience, and advertising. You can get your book on virtual shelves in just 72 hours after you upload your manuscript.
With KDP, your eBook will be available all over the world in Kindle stores. You can even earn royalties of up to 70%. If you join KDP Select, your book can be read by Kindle Unlimited (KU) subscribers, which helps you reach more readers.
There are different pros to self-publishing on Amazon! We’ll explore each benefit in more detail, starting with creative control and flexibility, followed by ease of use, financial perks, powerful marketing tools, and so much more. So, stay tuned!
One great benefit is your creative control and freedom as an author. You can lead your work. This includes designing the book cover, setting your book's price, and shaping its content. You don't have to change your true voice due to a publisher's edits or follow their marketing plans. Instead, you can have full control over your story and show it exactly how you want.
Self-publishing on Amazon is really easy. You can upload your manuscript and pick your book format, like eBook or print. You can do all this with just a few clicks. You can also change your manuscript and upload a new version for free anytime you want!
With Amazon, your published work can reach millions of readers worldwide. Amazon's wide reach helps ensure your book is seen by many different people worldwide.
Self-publishing on Amazon is different from traditional publishing via publishing houses. In traditional publishing, the publisher usually owns the rights to your book. But with self-publishing, you keep all the rights. You can manage your book rights and even buy copyrights for any artwork you include. This control lets you think about future options, like translations, audiobooks, or sequels. So, self-publishing is a great choice for authors who want to keep their book rights.
One major benefit of Amazon's self-publishing program is that you can earn money for page reads through Kindle Unlimited. You get paid based on the number of pages read, even if the reader doesn't finish your book. This is helpful, especially for people with longer books.
Amazon's self-publishing makes it faster to publish your book. You can get your book out much quicker than with traditional publishing. Traditional publishing often comes with long waiting times.
As a self-published author on Amazon, you can earn more money than the usual 10% given by traditional publishing. Depending on where you are, self-published authors on Amazon can make about 60-70% of royalties on most book types. Here's a quick comparison to help you understand better:
Self-Publishing with Ex Why Zed | Self-Publishing on Amazon |
You set the cover price, sell through your own channels and keep ALL the profit. | Amazon takes a percentage of the sale. This is their payment for letting you list on their platform. |
By joining KDP Select, your book will be available to Kindle Unlimited (KU) subscribers. These subscribers can read unlimited books for a set monthly cost. When they read your book, you earn extra royalties depending on the number of pages read. This can be a good way to increase your income.
Kindle Unlimited has about 4.5 million subscribers worldwide. This means a big audience for your book. Having your book on Kindle Unlimited can help you reach more readers. This is especially true if you already have fans who read on Kindle.
Self-publishing on Amazon gives you special marketing tools and promotions. You can use Amazon Ads to make your book more visible. There are also tools that help you see how well your book is doing. Plus, you can run countdown deals and free book promotions. Another benefit is access to the Kindle Lending Library. All these features work together to help increase your Amazon sales.
Self-publishing on Amazon comes with challenges like tough competition, limited distribution, and the need to manage production and marketing. Authors must also stay updated on Amazon's policies and handle potential costs. The sections below explore these issues in more detail.
As Amazon's self-publishing platform gets more popular, more people join in the competition. There are millions of titles out there, so it's hard to stand out. Authors need to write a great story, design an attractive book cover, and pick good keywords. These steps will help them get noticed in a crowded search.
Amazon can reach many readers, but selling only on Amazon restricts your book's availability. This means your book won't be on other eBook platforms. It won't be on Apple Books, Google Play, or Kobo. This could limit how many people see your book.
Being a self-published author means you have to handle editing, formatting, and cover design yourself. This extra work can be tough for authors who don't have the right skills or resources. If you choose to hire professionals, it will increase your expenses.
Successful self-publishing on Amazon requires good marketing. This means you need to run social media campaigns, connect with readers, go to author events, and use advertising services. For authors who are not used to these activities, this can be hard.
As an author who self-publishes on Amazon, you need to pay attention to any changes in Amazon's terms and conditions. Amazon has changed its policies several times. These changes can affect how your book is classified, how easy it is to find, and how much money you make from it. So, it's important to stay informed about these updates to remain competitive.
Typically, to get more visibility, you need a lot of views or high sales. This is because Amazon's system pushes books that sell well. As a self-published author, it can be hard at first to reach that number of readers.
Finally, in digital publishing, authors must pay for each book they deliver based on the size of the file. If the files are larger or if the book has a complex design, the delivery costs can take a big chunk out of your profits.
The self-publishing journey gives authors many opportunities today. Ex Why Zed allows you to avoid the pitfalls of traditional publishing companies. Our speed means you will receive your books in a few days, delivered for Free within the UK after you have chosen all the options yourself and retained maximum control over the project. With Ex Why Zed, we will ship the books to you, or a distributor for fulfilment when the orders come flooding in. We can also send to an Amazon warehouse so you can list your books on the platform but take advantage of our much higher print quality, lower costs and attentive, expert customer service.
Deciding to self-publish with Ex Why Zed or Amazon depends on a few things. You need to consider your goals, how much work you want to do, your budget, and if you feel confident using just one platform.
For many indie authors, the benefits are usually worth it. Still, it's important to make a smart choice based on your situation. Keep in mind that every challenge you face can help you gain new readers and become a better self-published author on Amazon.
Yes, you can make money by self-publishing on Amazon. The answer depends on many factors. You must put out quality content, have a solid pricing strategy, and effectively promote your book.
The 10% rule for Amazon KDP means that authors in the KDP Select program can't share more than 10% of their book's content anywhere else, including blogs or other websites.
KDP can reject books that break Amazon's rules. This can happen if the content is rude, not properly formatted, contains wrong information, or is a public domain book that is already on Amazon.
Yes, you can sell your self-published book on Amazon through Kindle Direct Publishing (KDP). KDP allows you to publish both eBooks and print books.
Yes. You can publish your book on Amazon and other platforms at the same time. But if you join KDP Select, you must make your eBook exclusive to Amazon for 90 days.
The best ways to format your Kindle eBook are to use a clear font, organise chapters and headings well, include a table of contents, add page breaks after each chapter, keep footnotes to a minimum, and ensure images follow the guidelines. Kindle Create is a free tool from Kindle that makes this easier for writers.
Working with a publishing agency can be expensive and slow, you lose a level of control over your book and did we mention its slow? With self-publishing at Ex Why Zed, you get to call the shots, publish faster, and keep more of the profits. Win win win!
Whether you want to print a photography book, novel, local history book, create branded notebooks for your small business, or collect family recipes in a coffee table book, printing your book could be your next project.
So, what are you waiting for? Let's get started on finding how to print your own book easily. We will also guide you through every step, from choosing the right tools to preparing your book for print.
In recent years, self-publishing has become very popular. Popular books, such as "The Martian" and "Legally Blonde," were self-published first. Later, they became bestsellers. Authors earn more money with better royalty rates. They also have a chance to get noticed worldwide.
A big plus of self-publishing is that books can stay in circulation forever. Traditional publishers can quickly remove them from the market if sales are low. However, self-published books remain available to readers because they will continue being listed on your own website, feature on your social media and interested readers can find a copy regardless of the timeframe since printing.
Printing your own book has many benefits. First, you have full control over every part of how your book is made. You can choose the trim size, cover design, typography and binding style. Enjoy looking through our portfolio of over 500 previous projects to gain valuable insight and inspiration.
The freedom we give you at Ex Why Zed lets you explore creative designs and formats that big publishers might refuse because they think they are too expensive or complicated to sell. Additionally, using one of our perfect bound book cover templates can make the self-publishing process even more accessible, as it provides a structure for your book and eliminates the need for extensive design work.
Second, you can set your cover price, which traditional authors usually need help with. How much do you want to sell your book for?
Most importantly, self-printing lets you create your book the way you want. At first, this may feel scary, but seeing your ideas become a book that others can read and buy is thrilling. Our vast resources, YouTube videos and account managers can help make this process more accessible than expected. So, if you have a book idea that you've been thinking about, now is a great time to share it with everyone.
To print your own books that match your vision, you need to carefully select the tools and materials you use. Consider the book's size, the binding style, the type of paper, and the ink options. Even small details, such as the weight of the paper, can affect how your book feels and looks.
For a truly premium look, hardback book printing is a great option to make your book stand out. Each choice should enhance your content, feel good in the reader's hands, and give the book a professional look. Let's look at these critical points closely.
Well-polished content is essential for a good book. Good design promotes professionalism, removes mistakes, ensures consistency, and improves readability. A professional designer has a sharp eye for details. If you're on a budget, consider asking friends or family to proofread, using online editing tools, or getting feedback from beta readers. Read our guide to finding a book designer.
The trim size you choose for your book is crucial as it affects how readers handle it. Standard sizes include A5 (148 x 210 mm), A4 (210 x 297 mm), Novel (127 x 203 mm), Standard (132 x 77.5 mm), US Letter (215 x 279 mm), Square (210 x 210 mm) and we print all custom sizes in-between.
To select a book trim size, you must consider your book type. Novels typically use smaller, thicker sizes, while children's books are often larger and landscape format. Selecting the right book size is essential in printing to ensure a professional and reader-friendly final product.
When it comes to your choice between paperback and hardcover books, consider the cost-effectiveness of paperbacks. They are lighter and cost less to produce, making them a savvy choice for online sales and international shipping.
Hardcovers, also known as hardback books, are considered higher quality and have a sturdy hard cover that protects the inside pages. They work well for coffee table books or items you want to sell at a higher price. Hardcovers could be an intelligent choice if you want to impress clients or aim for libraries. Just make sure to choose what works for your readers and is within your budget.
Binding is combining a book using sheets of paper or other materials. It serves two purposes: it holds the pages together and adds to the book's appearance. Here are some common types:
The kind of paper you choose can change how your book looks, feels, and even smells. You might pick glossy pages when you print your own photo book. For a novel, uncoated paper can make it easier to read.
Ensure your chosen paper type and ink work well with your printing service. This way, your finished book will meet your expectations.
We have both digital and litho machines. Digital is your go-to for under 500 copies, litho is a winner for higher quantities.
Typesetting involves arranging text on each page, which is crucial for readability and visual appeal. It includes selecting the right font, size, line spacing, and margins and organising paragraphs, chapters, headers, footers, and page numbers.
As a guide, a font size of 8-10 is standard for books which are intended at grown up reader. Larger sizes like 16-20 are engaging in children's books where legibility is key and the content per page is more minimal.
Different genres also dictate specific fonts: novels often use Serif fonts for readability, while children's books use Sans Serif fonts for a more straightforward look. Comic Sans is the classic, tongue in cheek choice for books aimed at younger readers.
If you're stuck, looking at other books in your genre can help you get some ideas. We love to look at the design portfolio from renowned worldwide design agency, Pentagram, for book design ideas. If you're going to get inspiration, where better to source it from than the very best.
Your book cover acts like the face of your story and is very important for selling it. A professional cover design from a designer can showcase your work well. It shows what your story is about and helps attract readers. Here are some key points to think about:
From a feel perspective, the finish of your print book is just as important as how it looks. Choose gloss lamination for a shiny look or matt lamination for a smooth feel.
Other finishes include spot UV for shiny accents and embossing for raised or lowered designs. These touches can make it stand out but may require more time and money. Select a finish that complements the feel of your book and the impression you want to leave on readers.
Once you have edited your text, set it up, and are done with your cover design, you must prepare your files for printing. Most printers want your files in PDF format. This type keeps your layout and page design intact.
Ensure all images are at least 300 DPI for clear print quality. It's a good idea to embed fonts in your PDF file. Use CMYK colour to get the best results. Your cover file should include the front cover, back cover, and spine all on one spread.
If your book is perfect bound or hardcover, don't forget to add the spine to your design. Lastly, include bleed and quiet areas as your printer requests to account for slight changes during printing.
We can produce a physical proof (sample copy) first of your print spec. Our physical proof copies are charged at our cost price to produce (includes labour, materials and set up) We don't make any profit from the price we charge at this stage.
This first copy will be good for you to check the layout and overall feel of the book and then you can make all the necessary changes to the files before the final print run, just to advise however these will not be colour matched to the final print run. What we mean is, we won't have a press minder matching the print pixel for pixel to the printed proof when we come to print the final books.
Take your time with the review process for any book. Carefully check each page for formatting issues, ensuring that images and text align properly. Check the print quality to ensure vibrant colours and clear text. You must also verify that the page count and spine width meet requirements. Finally, review the proof's overall appearance to ensure it reflects the professionalism you want for your final product.
There are two main printing methods: traditional printing and print-on-demand. Traditional or offset printing is cost-effective for large print runs and offers better colour quality. It's ideal for high demand.
On the other hand, print-on-demand books are printed when ordered, saving on storage and reducing initial costs. They also allow for easy content updates. Although they're more expensive per book, they eliminate concerns about unsold inventory. Print-on-demand is a good entry into the market for self-published authors, especially beginners.
At Ex Why Zed, we don't have a minimum quantity so while we can print you one copy at a time, we admit to being much more cost-effective if you print more copies at a time.
As sustainability grows in importance, many publishers are adopting eco-friendly printing methods. These methods include:
Before your book is entirely made, reviewing the proof is very important. A hard copy proof is a sample copy that shows how it will look and feel. It allows you to make last-minute changes to avoid costly mistakes, check colour quality, and ensure images print correctly. Use this opportunity to catch any remaining errors or typos. Though it takes time, it ensures your book meets your expectations and reflects your hard work.
A soft proof is included with 95% of our projects. This is free and allows you the confidence of one last opportunity to check the artwork on screen before approving it for printing.
For many authors, printing a book can feel too much. There are high costs involved, and tricky processes can worry you to no end. They need a simple and low-cost way to print books.
Ex Why Zed is here to help if you're struggling with book printing issues. Our platform offers affordable and customisable high-quality printing services, which you can kickstart with a simple setup and expert guidance from professionals who have been in the business for years. It has a simple setup, too, so you can focus on your writing.
Moreover, our support team is ready to help you at every step. We thoroughly pre-flight every job that arrives with us. It will be checked by an actual human who is an expert in file set-up and the intricacies of printing. If everything needs changing, we will then come back to you and you have the opportunity to make changes before the job goes anywhere near our presses.
We take great pride in helping people transform their work into print.
Want to get started? Get in touch with us here.
With self-publishing at Ex Why Zed, you have total control over how your book looks, how much it costs, and how it gets shared. This option lets you break free from traditional publishing and brings your unique ideas to life just as you see them. It takes time, effort, and patience. However, seeing your thoughts in print and reaching readers worldwide can feel amazing.
With numerous resources, tutorials, and services available, you can print your book regardless of your experience level or budget. Keep our illustrated guide close as you start this journey. Remember, each book you print helps you grow as an author. So, get ready, make your choices, and turn your manuscript into the book you dream of!
While it is possible to create and print your own book using a home printer, it is not usually a good choice for a book that looks professional. It would be a lot of hassle and very much like a cottage industry. Desktop printers do not have enough options for paper, ink, and binding, which are important for making high-quality books. You would also need binding machinery which might not fit on the kitchen table 🙂
The cost to print your book varies based on several factors. These include the number of pages, trim size, binding style, paperweight, and ink quality.
Self-publishing is legal if you publish original content and follow copyright laws. It's wise to check and understand the legal rules and risks in your country or area.
For the ISBN you should go directly to https://www.nielsenisbnstore.com/ who are the UK suppliers. On their site, you secure the ISBN, then download the barcode which can be added to your artwork.
You can sell your self-published book on several platforms. These include big online stores like Amazon and Barnes & Noble - these have huge exposure but do take a percentage from sales. You can also use your author's website and social media. The best platform for you will depend on your target audience's likes and how you want to market them.
Yes, we can send you either a hard copy proof (for a charge) or a soft proof PDF (for free). You can ask for your physical or digital sample before it is printed. This way, you can check everything. You can look at colour quality and formatting. It helps you make any changes needed before the final printing.
You might think that hardback book printing is a thing of the past. Well, it's not! In fact, it is now more popular than ever before. Why? Because of the many tactile benefits that they offer. Some of these include the following:
Hardback books are made from high-quality materials that contribute to their durability and longevity. As a result, you will be able to print hardcover book UK-wide and let readers enjoy it for many years to come.
The cover of the book is durable and flexible, allowing it to withstand wear and tear over time. The pages are thick so that they do not tear easily when dog-eared or turned down and keep the information inside readable. The binding of the book is strong and sturdy—you can hold it open with one finger if need be. Additionally, the cover is often water-resistant, which means your book will stay dry even when exposed to moisture or raindrops while reading outside in inclement weather conditions. Finally, there's no need to worry about spills since cleaning up stains on your hardcover books only requires wiping them off with a damp cloth!
There are several benefits of printing a hardback book. Collectors love them because they're more durable than paperbacks, and they're often more expensive as well. If you're looking for an investment that will appreciate over time, hardcover books are the way to go.
First-time writers are also encouraged to publish a hardback edition of their book whenever possible. It makes them look serious about their craft and allows them to build up their reputation as an author. Yes, there's still a chance that the paperback could outsell the hardcover or vice versa (and if this happens in your case as an author, don't worry—because you can still make some profit from both editions).
Of course, there's another benefit to buying a hardback over buying a paperback – collectability! Just like any other collectible item like baseball cards or comic books, there's something special about owning something that was printed on high-quality paper in large quantities for many years especially if they eventually fall out of print completely.
Hardback books are more expensive, and it shows. They look more professional and refined, which makes them perfect for your top shelf. When people see your collection of hardbooks, they’ll know that you care about the quality of products and services. After all, hardcover books are more durable, so they can last longer than paperbacks and eBooks.
Any custom size hardback book print UK-wide is more expensive than paperback. While this may be a downside to some, it’s worth it to know that hardcover books can be more durable and attractive than paperbacks.
Also, when it comes to cover design, you have a few different options. If you want to keep things simple, you can choose from a variety of standard colours. However, if you want something that really stands out, you can opt for a full-colour design then go for a matte finish. This is a great way to make your book look more professional and attract attention. Choose between gloss, matt or soft touch lamination to give the cover protection during the rigours of the binding process.
The pinnacle of book printing in the UK is hardback book printing. This method produces exquisite books suited for both personal collections and professional distribution. Whether your requirement is a handful or a bulk order, short run printing offers the most cost-effective and trustworthy solution.
We buy all of our materials from Winter & Co so do take a look through their range for hundreds of options on texture, finish and colour for linen cover hardback books:
This is good for a coloured smooth option:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/natural
And for more texture, check out:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/buckram/
These cannot be printed onto so any content, like a logo or title, will need to be foiled. To be transparent from the off, the material will be around £180-220 and the foiling adds a further £280. So while it will make for a visually great hardback book, it is an expensive addition on small print runs.
A A4 hardback book is a great way to publish your work, whether it be a collection of short stories, poetry, a full-length novel, dissertation or short run of graphics book. The format is unique and eye-catching, helping you stand out from the crowd. If you’re looking for a way to show off your writing in a different light than what people are used to seeing online, consider having your next project printed as an actual book.
These are just some of the benefits that come with publishing a hardcover book print dust cover custom UK-wide, but it’s important to remember that every book is different and has its own needs. Whether you want something simple or elaborate in terms of design, there are many options available depending on your budget. If you still have questions about this format, feel free to reach out! We’re always happy to help with any questions related to printing hardback books.
Contact Ex Why Zed, the best printing company for a number of reasons. Firstly, their customer service is excellent, and they are always willing to go the extra mile to make sure that their clients are happy. Secondly, they have a great range of products, including business cards, brochures, flyers, and posters. They are always updating their offerings to make sure that they are up-to-date with the latest trends. Thirdly, their prices are very competitive, and they often offer discounts and special offers to their clients. Finally, their turnaround times are always very quick, so you can be sure that your print job will be completed on time.
Here are some most frequently asked questions about how to print hardback books UK-wide.
There are a few reasons why authors might prefer hardcover book printing from firms like Ex Why Zed. First, hardbacks tend to be of higher quality than paperbacks, both in terms of the paper and the binding. This makes them more durable and longer-lasting, which is important for collectors or anyone who wants to keep their books in good condition. Hardbacks also have a more prestigious feel to them and are often seen as more professional than paperbacks. Finally, hardbacks do cost more to print than paperback and soft cover, so authors may make more money per book sold if they go with hardback printing.
Single hardback book printing is a cost-effective and efficient way to print hardback book UK. Why print more if you only need one? This printing method produces high-quality books that are perfect for both personal and professional use. Whether you need a few copies for your office or hundreds for distribution, single hardback book printing is the most affordable and reliable option.
There are a number of printing services that offer custom hardback book printing online. Prices will vary depending on the size and complexity of the project, but most services offer competitive rates.
When choosing a printer, it's important to review all of the specifics of the job before making a decision. Be sure to ask about turnaround time, shipping options, and any other special requirements.
By taking the time to do some research, it's easy to find a quality printing service that can produce beautiful hardback books for a fraction of the cost of getting it done at traditional publishing houses.
Hardback books boast top-tier materials, ensuring both durability and longevity. Thus, when you produce a hardback book in the UK, readers can cherish it for generations.
The book's cover is both robust and flexible, standing up to regular wear and tear. Its pages are designed to resist easy tearing, even when frequently dog-eared or flipped. The binding is solid and dependable.
Authors often prefer hardback printing, courtesy of firms like Ex Why Zed. Hardbacks inherently exude superior quality, both in paper and binding, making them more enduring and perfect for those who treasure their books. Furthermore, hardbacks carry a sense of prestige and are typically priced higher than paperbacks, potentially leading to greater earnings for authors.
Several printing services provide custom hardback book printing online. Costs can fluctuate based on project specifics, but most services present competitive rates.
When selecting a service, scrutinise the job details. Inquire about delivery timelines, shipping alternatives, and any unique requisites. With diligent research, you can find a top-notch printing service capable of crafting stunning hardback books, often at a fraction of traditional publishing costs.
At Ex Why Zed, we often get asked if we know anyone who can help design covers, page layouts and prepare artwork for print. Equally as many customers tell us their designer has gone awol and they can't get hold of them to make the last few changes needed before printing at Ex Why Zed.
Are you looking for the best book design solutions 2024 to elevate your writing and make it stand out in the market? Look no further! A well-designed cover, effective page layouts, and artwork can engage readers and leave them with a lasting impression. In this blog post, we will delve into the importance of professional design and explore our top 4 book design solutions for 2024. We will also guide you through how to choose the perfect designer based on their skills, portfolio, pricing, and services. Whether it's children's books, annual reports, zine printing, photobooks or self-published projects, we’ve got you covered! Along with exploring the latest trends and styles that are making waves in 2024, we also answer frequently asked questions about book design. So what are you waiting for? Let's get started on finding the right designer to bring your vision to life!
When it comes to creating visually appealing design, expert tips can make all the difference. Book design plays a crucial role in reader engagement and perception, shaping the overall reading experience. Typography, for example, conveys the tone and style of a book, while illustrations and graphics enhance the visual appeal. Real-life case studies showcasing successful book design projects provide valuable insights into what works and what doesn't. Understanding the need for professional book design goes beyond just aesthetics; it requires design thinking and a practical guide to ensure that every element complements the content and resonates with the target audience.
A visually striking cover that captures attention is essential in today's competitive market. By utilising graphic design principles, a well-designed cover for your publication can effectively convey the book's genre and theme to potential readers. The choice of typography and layout plays a significant role in creating a compelling cover that entices people to pick up the book. Moreover, a well-designed book cover can significantly impact book sales, attracting more readers and increasing visibility in the crowded marketplace.
When it comes to engaging readers, the role of effective page layouts and artwork cannot be underestimated. Designing reader-friendly page layouts is crucial for creating an optimal reading experience. By incorporating visual elements such as illustrations and images, the text becomes more visually appealing and helps break up the content. Font choice and size also play a significant role in both readability and visual appeal. Achieving a pleasing layout involves finding the right balance between text and negative space. Design principles can guide readers' eyes through the book's content, ensuring a seamless and engaging reading experience.
Looking for the best book design solutions? Look no further! We've curated a list of other book design solutions to help you find the perfect fit for your project. With these top book design solutions, you'll be on your way to creating a visually stunning and professionally designed book that will captivate your readers. So go ahead and explore these options to find the one that suits your needs best.
These four options offer a mix of full-service design agency, talented designer, and curated designer listings, ensuring that our clients have access to top-tier design talent for their next book project. ?
Website: Bear With Us
USP: A highly talented and creative team. We specialise in the illustration, design, production, and marketing of children’s literature. They create visually engaging books.
Why they stand out: Bear With Us Productions is an award-winning company that specialises in children’s book illustration and development.
They cover everything from initial character designs through to fully finished illustrations; each one is designed to bring your book to spectacular life. They offer a range of services that covers every aspect of self-publishing production & promotion, these include all-inclusive, cost-effective packages that come with staggered easy payment plans.
They will create something that both you and your little readers will love and enjoy reading time and time again.
Website: Reedsy
USP: Lists over 100 vetted book designers available for hire.
Why they stand out: Reedsy's platform is curated, ensuring that every designer is a vetted professional. Clients can browse through extensive portfolios and directly engage with designers that align with their vision. The platform's focus on book design and its user-friendly interface make it a top choice for those looking to collaborate closely with a designer.
Website: Brunch
USP: A small, but nimble design studio based in Cardiff, specialising in page layout, creativity and delivering great design solutions.
Why they stand out: They are responsive, accessible and UK based, three key factors that might make the running of your project smoother and easier to manage.
Website: 99designs
USP: Provides book design services and solutions through a competitive design process.
Why they stand out: The platform's unique design contest format allows clients to receive multiple design options tailored to their brief. This gives clients the flexibility to choose a design that truly resonates with their vision. Plus, the platform has a vast pool of talented designers, ensuring diverse and high-quality design submissions.
Website: The Book Designers
USP: Specialises in book design from cover to cover.
Why they stand out: Their full-service design approach ensures that every aspect of the book, from the cover to the inner pages, is meticulously crafted. Their experienced team and custom solutions make them a top choice for those who want a cohesive and professional design throughout their book.
These four options offer a mix of full-service design agency, talented designer, and curated designer listings, ensuring that our clients have access to top-tier design talent for their next book project. ?✨
Looking for the perfect book designer? Here's how to find the right one for your project: understand your design requirements, check their portfolio, read reviews, assess communication skills, and consider their familiarity with printing and digital publishing processes.
While often get asked if we know anyone who can help design book covers, equally as many customers tell us their designer has gone awol and they can't get hold of them to make the last few changes needed before printing at Ex Why Zed. So do your due diligence and find a companion that you feel comfortable dealing with.
When it comes to finding the perfect book designer, there are several key skills and qualities you should look for. First and foremost, prioritise designers who have a strong understanding of book design and page layout principles. This will ensure that your book is designed with the reader in mind, creating a seamless and enjoyable reading experience. Additionally, seek out designers who have expertise in layout and composition, as this will greatly impact the visual appeal and readability of your book.
Research their portfolio which serves as a showcase of their previous work and design capabilities, giving you a glimpse into their skills and creativity. By evaluating the diversity and quality of their portfolio, you can determine whether they can meet your expectations and bring your vision to life. Look for real-world examples and case studies that demonstrate the designer's expertise, and consider the range of genres and styles represented in their portfolio.
When working with book designers, it's crucial to have a clear understanding of their pricing structures and payment terms. You should also inquire about the services included in their package, such as cover design, interior layout, and revisions. It's important to clarify any additional costs that may arise, such as stock images or illustrations. Transparency in pricing is essential to avoid any surprises during the design process. By discussing these aspects, you can find the right book designer for your project without any unexpected costs or misunderstandings.
Expert insights into designing children's books that capture the imagination of young readers. Exploring best practices in annual report design to effectively convey data and information. Embracing the unique design opportunities and challenges of zines, a popular alternative print medium. Tips for creating visually captivating photobooks that tell a compelling visual story. Considerations for self-publishing project design, tailored specifically for indie authors. Whether it's captivating young readers or conveying complex data, understanding the different types of book design projects is essential for creating visually stunning and impactful publications.
Captivating young readers is all about vibrant illustrations and colours that spark their imagination. Typography plays a crucial role in conveying the book's intended reading level, ensuring it matches their developmental stage. Designing interactive elements further engages children in the reading experience, making it fun and interactive. Successful children's book designs serve as excellent examples to inspire creativity. So, whether it's a whimsical adventure or an educational journey, children's book design brings stories to life for young minds.
Designing a book as a self-published author can be a daunting task, especially if you don't have a design background. But fear not! There are plenty of online tools and resources available to help you create professional-looking book designs. From eye-catching book covers to engaging interior layouts, there are tips and tricks to make your self-published project stand out. And don't worry, you're not alone. Many successful self-published authors have paved the way with their beautiful book designs. Additionally, marketing and promotion strategies are essential for getting your self-published book into the hands of readers. At Ex Why Zed we offer a Social Media Promotion Pack with helps you hit the ground running.
Embracing creative freedom and unconventional layouts, design for zine printing offers a refreshing approach to storytelling. By creating a cohesive visual language, designers can captivate readers and immerse them in a unique experience. Typography choices play a key role in setting the tone and enhancing the overall aesthetic of the zine. Experimentation with different printing techniques adds an element of surprise and texture to the final product. From handcrafted zines to digital creations, there is no shortage of inspiration when it comes to showcasing unique and inspiring designs. Get ready to explore a world of artistic expression within the pages of zines.
When it comes to photobook design, the key is to combine photography and design elements in order to create visually stunning and captivating books. By carefully choosing the right layout and sequencing, you can effectively tell a compelling visual story that engages readers. Don't forget to incorporate text and captions to provide context and enhance the narrative. Remember to include white space - it frees the reader's mind and draw their attention to the photography.
Annual reports are more than just a collection of financial data. They require a careful balance between aesthetics, functionality and UX. By using data visualisation techniques, complex information can be presented in a visually appealing manner. Incorporating branding elements into the design helps to create a cohesive and professional look. Innovative annual report designs feature creative infographics and capture the attention of stakeholders. An effective annual report is not just a document but a storytelling tool that communicates your company's achievements and future goals.
Here are some ideas for instant inspiration on cover design, page layout and winning solutions.
The Ex Why Zed Pinterest Boards are packed full of previous work we have printed. Out of thousands of projects we have printed, these are some of the best examples of book design.
Our Video Showcase Snippets are 1-2 minute gems which dive into the winning elements of recent hardback and softback publications from the niches of self-published children's books, photobooks, coffee table art books as well as stacks of zines. Enjoy browsing through and make a note of what you consider to be great examples of page layout, typography and styling.
We are now offering Book Promotion Social Media packs to help you hit the ground running and ensure your book gets its cover seen in public from day one. Our packs are packed full of plans, ideas and ready-to-go content meaning you can immediately show the world your new publication.
The design industry is witnessing exciting trends and innovations that are shaping its landscape. With the rise of digital publishing, book design and distribution have undergone a significant transformation. This shift has opened up new opportunities for collaboration between designers, authors, and publishers, fostering a creative ecosystem.
Stay ahead by diving into the latest design and typography trends for compelling book visuals. Integrating modernism with logo elements and strategic typography not only enhances the appeal of your books but also improves the UX for readers. Venture into inventive layouts and illustrations for an unmatched reading experience. Opt for bold typefaces that draw attention effortlessly. Embrace inclusive design to appeal to a diverse readership. By staying updated with these evolving trends, your book designs will remain fresh, engaging, and relevant in 2024.
In the world of book design, there are numerous styles and themes that can bring life to your literary masterpiece. Designing books goes beyond just visuals; it's about creating an immersive experience for readers. From minimalist to vintage or futuristic, you have a plethora of design styles to choose from. And don't forget about the importance of matching the book's content with the right theme, whether it's romance, mystery, or fantasy. Visual language plays a significant role in capturing the essence of your story, so experiment with different graphics and illustrations to enhance the storytelling. Lastly, don't be afraid to play with creative typeface combinations that bring your chosen theme to life. So, go ahead and explore the endless possibilities of book design!
Yes! A well-crafted book style can have a significant impact on sales. Eye-catching cover designs attract potential buyers and help books stand out in a crowded market. Thoughtfully laid out inside pages enhance the reading experience and encourage recommendations. You should feel proud to show off on your work.
Social media is a great starting point for your search in the digital world. LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram and X formerly known as Twitter are must-read channels and full of talented UX designers offering logo, storyboards, visual design and great book layout experience.
In conclusion, finding the perfect book designer is crucial for creating a visually appealing and engaging book. A well-designed book cover, effective page layouts, and artwork play a vital role in capturing readers' attention and making a lasting impression. Our top 4 book design solutions, including Reedsy, Brunch Design, 99designs, and The Book Designers, offer a range of skills and services to meet your specific needs.
Good luck and if your designer has any questions about how we need the artwork formatted for printing at Ex Why Zed, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Fantastic! If you're looking to craft a book that's a visual masterpiece, you'll want to draw inspiration from the best in the business. Here are ten top-notch design agencies, graphic design companies, and iconic designers specialising in book design. Let's delve into the unique selling points, pros, and cons of each of these agencies and designers:
Just Bear With Us
https://Justbearwithus.com
Dexigner's Book Design Companies
https://www.dexigner.com/directory/cat/Book-Design/Companies
It's Nice That: Five Designers and Studios
https://www.itsnicethat.com/articles/five-book-covers-graphic-design-170822
Reedsy: 100+ Designers For Hire
https://reedsy.com/design/book-designer
Book Publicist: 50 Book Cover Designers
https://book-publicist.com/50-book-cover-designers-to-create-your-best-selling-cover/
Mayfly Design
https://mayflydesign.com/
The Book Designers
https://bookdesigners.com/
Kindlepreneur: Best Book Cover Software, Designers and Services
https://kindlepreneur.com/book-cover-software-designers-services/
BookBaby: Professional Book Design Services
https://www.bookbaby.com/book-design
Each of these platforms and designers brings something unique to the table. Depending on the specific needs and preferences, one might be a better fit than the others. It's always a good idea to research and reach out to multiple options before making a final decision. ?✨
A: Self-publishers are welcomed by most of these agencies. They understand the unique requirements and challenges that come with self-publishing a book and provide all necessary support. Many agencies also offer services like ebook conversion and print-on-demand, which are often essential for self-publishers. Once your design is complete, you'll need to upload the files to Ex Why Zed using WeTransfer.com (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production. If you need us to chat to your designer at any stage of the process then do feel free to pass on our contact details: hello@exwhyzed.com or 01206 766647.
A: Designing a book for print is the process of creative and technical tasks such as cover design, layout, typography, font selection and print management. It’s about making a book visually appealing and conveying the right message to attract the target audience. It's integral to the publishing process as it ensures the final product, whether it's a paperback, hardcover or ebook, is stunning and engages readers.
A: A design agency has a team of experienced freelancers and graphic designers who focus specifically on book cover design. They have mastered the art of creating timeless and creative covers that promote the essence of your book and appeal to readers. They understand how to use creative and innovative imagery to catch a viewer's attention.
A: Yes, many of these agencies offer a range of services including layout design. They ensure the interior layout is visually attractive and reader friendly in both digital and print formats. This can also include the selection of relevant fonts, copyright and ISBN placement, and number of pages determination.
A: Definitely! An innovative cover design can significantly influence a reader's decision to select your book. It is what your readers will see first and it needs to convey the feel and content of your book. A creative and bold cover design can enhance your book's appeal and promote its success.
A: The timeline can vary greatly depending on the extent of the services you require, the agency's workflow, and your own responsiveness. However, many agencies aim to deliver the book design in a timely manner without compromising on the creativity and quality of the design.
A: Absolutely! These agencies tailor their services to meet the needs of all types of authors, including those who write academic books. They can produce designs suitable for such publications, ensuring that the design is relevant and effective for the target audience.
A: While the primary role of these agencies is to create compelling book design and layout, many also offer promotional services. This could include creating promotional material like promotional imagery, book’s features, newsletters, etc. You can contact them directly to learn more about their promotional services.
A: You can initiate the process by reaching out to the agency via their "contact us" feature. After learning more about your book and your specific needs, they will tailor a contract and a unique approach for your project. Communication is usually seamless, ranging from traditional email communication to inbox messaging on various devices.
A: Most design agencies are flexible and will allow you to update your choices throughout the process. However, it's essential to communicate effectively and in a timely manner to ensure that changes can be made seamlessly, and the final product meets your satisfaction.
Choosing the right art print size can be tricky. A piece that's too small may go unnoticed, while an oversized one can overpower a space, leaving both artists and buyers frustrated.
For buyers, it can be hard to decide what size works best. Figuring out how it fits with your décor, understanding aspect ratios, and factoring in framing costs can feel overwhelming.
But don't worry—this blog will guide you through everything you need to know about print sizes, helping you choose one that fits perfectly and enhances your space. Let's make art simple and stunning!
Alt text: So Young Magazine Printing: A Confluence of Music, Art, and Exceptional Print Quality
Art prints come in various sizes to suit different tastes and needs. Starting from around 4” x 6”, small prints work well as intimate pieces, perfect for cosy corners or as part of a gallery wall.
Medium-sized prints, up to 11” x 14”, provide more visual impact while still being adaptable to various settings. Large prints, typically from 20” x 30”, make bold, attention-grabbing statement pieces in spacious environments. By offering a range of sizes for image options, understanding these dimensions and choosing the right size for different artwork types is key to their aesthetic appeal and commercial success.
For those looking to make a bigger impression, A2 poster printing (420mm x 594mm) is a popular choice, offering a versatile size ideal for displaying impactful artwork without overwhelming the space.
Small, medium, and large art prints offer different options. Small prints, starting at 4” x 6”, are similar to postcard size and work well in personal spaces like bookshelves or grouped with other pieces on larger walls.
Medium prints, up to 11” x 14”, balance impact and versatility, making them ideal for living rooms, above dressers, or in office corridors.
Large prints, starting around 20” x 30”, are made to stand out. They showcase intricate details and create a strong visual experience, perfect for bigger rooms or statement walls. Understanding the differences between these sizes and where they fit best helps artists and sellers appeal to a broader audience with varying design needs.
Standard sizes are generally agreed-upon dimensions used by artists, galleries, and printers, including various paper sizes. You might notice these best sizes when buying frames or mats for your art gallery walls. They are practical, as custom-fitting for unusual sizes can hike prices and make it harder to accommodate in common spaces. Some of the popular standard art print sizes include:
Size (Inches) | Ideal Settings |
5 x 7 | Perfect for intimate displays on bedside tables or bookshelves. |
8 x 10 | Fits well in living rooms, above dressers, or in office spaces. |
11 x 14 | Suitable for larger areas such as homes, offices, and galleries. |
16 x 20 | Ideal for making impactful pieces in spacious rooms. |
18 x 24 | Commonly used for bold wall art in homes and galleries. |
20 x 30 | Great for dramatic displays, serving as the focal point of a room. |
These art print sizes offer a great starting point for artists and sellers. They fit into standard frames, cater to common space dimensions, and can be scaled according to customers' preferences, allowing a wider audience to enjoy them. Maintaining these standardised sizes is crucial in ensuring art prints find their place in varied settings without much hassle. It eases the framing process and optimises the print quality.
Certain print sizes, including common sizes such as 8x10 inches, 11x14 inches, and 18x24 inches, stand out due to their versatility and the availability of standard frames. They offer a range of visual impact that works well in homes, offices, and galleries. Review these sizes, reviewing their benefits, ideal placements, and typical price points.
Smaller prints, such as 5” x 7”, 6” x 8”, and 8” x 10”, are popular for their charm and flexibility. They are often chosen for capturing intimate moments like portraits, close-up details, or personal artistic expressions. Their compact size makes them perfect for small spaces such as desks, bookshelves, or as part of a gallery wall.
Size (Inches) | Advantages | Ideal Settings |
5 x 7 | Affordable, captures intimate moments | Perfect for bedside tables, bookshelves, or grouped with other artworks. |
6 x 8 | More room to showcase work without overwhelming a space. | Fits well on end tables or mantelpieces or as part of a larger wall collage. |
8 x 10 | A broader canvas without requiring much wall space. | Ideal for walls, above dressers, or even in dining spaces. |
These small art sizes typically command a lower price range due to their dimensions, making them accessible for those with limited wall space or tighter budgets.
Medium-sized fine art prints strike an attractive balance between size and versatility. Measurements of 8” x 12”, 10” x 10”, and 11” x 14” are commonly sought after.
Size (Inches) | Advantages | Ideal Settings |
8 x 12 | Favoured for landscapes and panoramic shots. | Suitable for living room feature walls or office corridors. |
10 x 10 | Offers a sense of balance, favoured for abstracts and contemporary art. | Exquisite for gallery walls or shared workspaces. |
11 x 14 | Provides ample space for detailed work. | Beautiful in bedrooms or professional offices. |
These prints are neither too large nor too small and can seamlessly fit into diverse settings, ranging from homes to offices.
Large prints excel at capturing attention. They offer a larger canvas for intricate details and strong visual experiences. Sizes often range from 18” x 24” to large square prints measuring 20” x 20”, up to even larger dimensions like 24” x 36”.
Size (Inches) | Advantages | Ideal Settings |
18 x 24 | Suitable for intricate details and focal points. | Perfect for spacious bedrooms or galleries. |
20 x 20 | A harmonious blend of length and width. | Impressive in spacious living rooms or boardrooms. |
24 x 36 | Makes a strong visual statement. | Ideal for grand living spaces or star attractions of an exhibition. |
These large art print sizes are geared towards making a bold statement in driveways, meet-up spaces, and gallery halls.
Alt text: Artist Catalogue printing
In addition to size, the medium of a digital art print also plays a significant role in its overall impact and marketability. From traditional posters to innovative formats like canvas, aluminium, and acrylic prints, the choice of print type can significantly alter the appeal of an artwork. In this section, let's explore popular art print types that resonate with today's market trends.
Posters are a versatile and widely accessible form of fine art print. Often printed on paper, they provide an affordable way for art enthusiasts to incorporate high-quality artwork in their homes or offices. They can feature a wide spectrum of subjects, including classic artworks, modern designs, personalised quotes and more.
This combination of versatility, accessibility, and adaptability makes posters a widely popular choice among various art print types.
A2 poster printing (420mm x 594mm) is popular for those seeking something larger but not overwhelming. It provides a striking balance between size and impact, making it ideal for displaying bold designs or intricate artwork in home or office settings. Standard frame availability for A2 posters also adds to its appeal, making it a convenient and attractive choice.
Whilst not being a service we offer at Ex Why Zed, canvas prints can mimic the texture and look of traditional paintings, adding a touch of sophistication to any space. The process involves printing the image directly onto canvas material, which is then stretched and mounted onto a wooden frame. Perfect for showcasing art pieces in galleries and homes, Canvas prints offer several benefits:
Canvas prints, with their elevated aesthetic charm and longevity, make an alluring addition to any art collection, supplementing the overall appeal of an artwork.
Aluminium prints, also known as metal prints, are gaining popularity for their crisp, vibrant, and modern aesthetic. By infusing inks into specially coated aluminium sheets, aluminium prints offer vividly coloured and durable images. Suitable for both indoor and outdoor displays, they provide:
The appealing visuals, longevity, and modern look make aluminium prints a trendy choice among art print types.
You can also Check out Ex Why Zed's print portfolio.
Acrylic prints deliver a high-end, contemporary display option that enhances colours and depth. The image is printed on high-quality photographic paper and then encapsulated between acrylic glass sheets. Here are a few advantages:
With bold colours, striking depth, and an extravagant look, acrylic prints stand out in the print market.
For high-quality art print sizes and A2 poster printing, Ex Why Zed is your go-to solution. We offer many options, ensuring your artwork looks stunning in any size. Our services cater to personal and professional needs, whether you’re after small, medium, or large prints. Besides, our A2 poster printing perfectly balances size and impact for bold displays. You can get a quote for a2 poster here.
Understanding art print sizes is key to enhancing the artistic value, commercial success, and viewer reception of your work. The right size, medium, and display can create a harmonious visual experience, making your piece more appealing and impactful.
Whether you choose small, medium, or large prints, selecting the correct size can elevate your artwork. Pairing it with quality reproductions, proper framing, and thoughtful placement boosts its aesthetic and monetary value. Balancing artistic vision with market demands is crucial for artists and sellers’ success in the art world.
The size of your art prints largely depends on the nature of your artwork and your target market. When deciding on the print size, consider factors like the detail level of your work, the potential display settings, and your audience’s preferences.
While there isn't a definitive 'best' size, some commonly popular and sought-after sizes for art prints include 8”x10”, 11”x14”, and 18”x24”. These sizes offer versatility and fit well in various settings, making them a commonly preferred choice among buyers.
Understanding standard art print sizes can help streamline production, ensure better print quality, and simplify framing and displaying artwork. It also allows artists to cater to a broader audience by offering their work in sizes that are preferred and commonly sought after in the market.
Alt text: Poster for a social media influencer
Whether you're a graphic designer, a marketing professional, or someone working on your own project, understanding the specifics of paper sizes, such as A3, can significantly improve the quality of your output. Throughout this blog, we dig deep into the various aspects of A3 poster size, highlight common uses, review printing materials and techniques, and share necessary details about bleed and orientations.
We aim to resolve common queries that users often have regarding the A3 poster size. So, let's begin our journey to understand the world of A3 poster size.
A3 Paper Size is a standard defined by the International Standard ISO 216, and it is consistently used worldwide except in Canada, the USA, Mexico, and the Dominican Republic. This A series standard classifies paper into two series – A and B- while maintaining the same aspect ratio. In terms of dimensions, an A3 poster size measures 29.7 x 42 cm, 297 x 420 mm or 11.7 x 16.5 inches, making it widely used for posters, placemats, menus, and folded leaflets.
The dimensions of A3 paper can be represented in centimetres, millimetres, or inches. Here's a quick reference text table (including the bleed):
Measurement | Size without Bleed | Size with Bleed |
Centimetres (cm) | 29.7 x 42 cm | 30.3 x 42.6 cm |
Millimetres (mm) | 297 x 420 mm | 303 x 426 mm |
Inches | 11.7 x 16.5 inches | 11.9 x 16.8 inches |
When designing for print, you should create your artwork at a resolution of 300 DPI (dots per inch) to avoid any pixelation. At 300 DPI, an A3 artwork without bleed should be 3508 x 4961 pixels. However, with an additional 3mm bleed, your design should be 3579 x 5031 pixels.
A3 paper size is used in various applications due to its convenient dimensions and adequate space for detailing. The most common uses include designing impressive posters, placemats, leaflets, and menus. This size is also favoured for architectural and technical drawings and marketing materials like brochures and flyers. Businesses leverage A3-size paper for creating eye-catching indoor advertisements, which are ideal for corridors or hallways due to their perfect balance of visible area and compactness.
The A3 poster size provides a solid canvas for artists and designers. Artists often choose this size for artwork reproductions or original art pieces as it offers ample space for detailing without being cumbersome. In the graphic design world, A3 is preferred for detailed infographics, diagrams or design prototypes due to the balance between visibility and portability.
Regarding marketing materials, A3 poster size is a go-to choice for many. Its dimensions are large enough to capture attention yet small enough to place on counters, tables, and bulletin boards. Brochures, leaflets, and flyers printed on A3-size paper offer enough real estate to hold captivating designs, compelling CTAs, and relevant information that effectively promotes brand offerings.
For presentations and displays, the A3 poster size provides a visually appealing platform to share thorough details and complex graphics. Whether it's an educational presentation, trade show display, or a business proposal, A3 posters ensure your content stands out. Their portable size makes them an excellent choice for handouts or informational event giveaways.
The choice of techniques and materials can significantly impact the final product in A3 poster printing. The commonly adopted printing methods include Digital Printing and Offset Printing, each boasting advantages. The selection of paper material, including Gloss, Matte, and Uncoated Paper, is crucial in boosting the posters’ aesthetic appeal while aligning with their purpose. Let's discuss these methods and materials in detail.
Digital Printing is a fast, flexible, and cost-effective method for printing A3 posters. Here are some key features:
Offset Printing provides high-resolution prints on a large scale, making it perfect for bulk A3 poster printing. Its defining features include:
The choice of material heavily influences the look and feel of your A3 posters. Options include:
Designing an impressive A3 poster requires a wise choice of orientation and a thorough understanding of bleed. Depending on the design direction and context of use, one might choose between Portrait and Landscape orientations. Bleed, on the other hand, refers to an extra 3mm of space around the design, ensuring no unwanted white borders around your poster after trimming. This allows elements of your design to reach right to the edge of the paper.
The orientation of the A3 poster should align with the intended purpose and content orientation. Portrait orientation, longer than it's wide, is ideal for displaying detailed content, allowing easy readability. It works well for menus, informational posters, and technical diagrams. Conversely, wider than long landscape orientation works better for expansive graphics or panoramic views, making it a great fit for artwork reproductions, landscape photographs, or wide-format presentation slides.
Bleed is paramount in professional printing. It ensures that your backgrounds and images reach the edge of the page after the print is trimmed, eliminating any awkward white borders. A typically recommended bleed for A3 poster size is 3mm. Therefore, while designing your poster, adjust and extend your background or images to the bleed margins to avoid any unintentional cropping of your design during the cutting process.
You can check out Ex Why Zed for your digital printing solutions. Once you've decided on your preferred style and design, head to our Printed Project Builder to share your details. We have an amazing portfolio you can check out before deciding. Get a quote NOW.
In the digital age, A3 posters still pack a punch. They're the perfect mix of visibility and portability, making them versatile for marketing, artwork, or presentations.
Understanding the dimensions, bleed, and orientation is key to designing a standout poster. The right printing techniques and the series of paper used also make all the difference, so it's important to choose wisely.
With this knowledge, you can create impressive A3 posters that grab attention and leave a lasting impression. Let your creativity shine on the A3 canvas!
To ensure high-quality prints, maintain an image resolution of at least 300 dpi while resizing to A3 dimensions. You can resize your image without losing quality using professional image editing tools like Adobe Photoshop or Illustrator.
Common binding options for A3 posters include saddle stitching, perfect binding, or wiro-binding. The selection heavily depends on the number of pages, usage, and desired aesthetics.
A3 paper size, following the ISO 216 international standard, measures 297 x 420 millimetres, 29.7 x 42 centimetres or 11.7 x 16.5 inches. This makes it a versatile size for creating promotional materials or artistic prints.
In the UK, the most commonly used poster sizes follow the ISO 216 standard, including the popular A3 (297 x 420 mm), A2 (420 x 594 mm), and A1 (594 x 841 mm) sizes.
Booklets serve as a fantastic tool for presenting concise and organised information, whether for business, educational purposes, or personal use. They can relay information about a product, instruct readers on a particular process, or offer a glimpse into a specific topic. Despite their effectiveness, creating a booklet may seem like a daunting task.
Ultimately all we need to print your project is a PDF.
Alt text: A person adding a photo to a scrapbook labelled Italy.
Creating a booklet involves a series of steps, including planning, designing, selecting the appropriate software, creating a layout, adding textual and graphical content, printing, and finally, binding, where every step is pivotal and requires thoughtful execution.
Before diving into the creation process, clarifying why and when you need a booklet is vital:
To create an eye-catching booklet, carefully consider formatting, layout, and visual appeal.
There are many software options available for creating booklets, with Microsoft Word, Adobe InDesign, and Canva being among the most popular. The choice of software will depend on your specific needs and familiarity.
Software | Pros | Cons |
Microsoft Word | Easy to use, extensive formatting options | Limited design capabilities |
Adobe InDesign | Advanced design features | Steep learning curve, premium software |
Canva | User-friendly, vast template options | Limited text formatting options |
LibreOffice | Free to use, User-friendly functionality | Provides only basic templates; design options are a few |
Microsoft Publisher | Layout control is an easier, Affordable tool | Lacks advanced design options |
Alt Text: A person sitting at a desk, working on a computer with several papers and objects around them.
Microsoft Word is an accessible and straightforward software for creating a booklet, making it an excellent option, especially for beginners. It provides tools like the 'Book Fold' layout for automated formatting. Within this software, you can set up your document, format text and paragraphs, add images, and get it ready for printing.
Setting up your document in Word involves selecting the proper layout for the booklet.
Formatting the text and paragraphs consists of numerous aspects:
Visual elements can significantly enhance your booklet's appeal. To add an image, navigate to 'Insert', select 'Pictures', choose your image, and hit 'Insert'. You can resize, rotate, and position your image as needed. To integrate text around your image, right-click the image, select 'Wrap Text' and choose your desired wrap option. Maintain image resolution at 300 dpi or above for optimal print quality.
Printing your booklet requires proper setup. Save your Word document as a PDF to embed text and images properly. Ensure your printer is set up to print on the 'Both Sides' of the paper, ensuring proper 'flip' settings based on your printer's capacity. This prevents pages from being printed upside down, and your booklet will be ready to fold once printed.
Alt text: A person working on a laptop.
Microsoft Publisher, while similar to Word, offers design-specific features that may be better for creating booklets. You can use pre-formatted templates, set up your booklet layout, incorporate images, create custom text boxes, and save your booklet in a print-ready format.
Publisher comes with various pre-formatted templates for various uses, including booklets. These templates are customisable, providing colour options and placeholders for your text and images. Using a template can save time and ensure a professional, eye-catching output. Simply open Publisher, browse available templates, and pick one that suits your needs.
If templates don't suit your needs, you can create a booklet from scratch in Publisher.
Arranging content and design elements in your Publisher booklet is crucial.
Once your booklet is complete, save it as you usually would. However, you are advised to save an additional copy as a PDF. This will ensure text and images are properly embedded, resulting in a high-quality print.
Alt text: Smiling girl reading a book on the footpath.
Aesthetically pleasing and readable booklets hold the viewer's attention longer. It is important to consider factors such as colour schemes, typography, and image placement to create a visually appealing and cohesive booklet. Detailed elements such as margins, gutters, consistency in fonts, and image quality are also key to producing a professional-looking booklet.
Design Aspect | Tips |
Typography | Opt for clear, legible fonts with proper alignment. |
Colour Schemes | Use comforting, brand-matching colours. |
Image Placement | Balance images and text for optimal aesthetics. |
Alt Text: Man stands with a bunch of books, estimating the cost of books.
Aside from software costs, creating a booklet involves paper quality, printing services, and binding expenses. Professional printing services might be a cost-effective option if you plan to mass-produce booklets. Conversely, home printing may suffice for a smaller number of booklets with less complex requirements. Proper budgeting in advance can help you manage your expenditures more effectively.
Binding gives your booklet its final form. Stapling is a great option for smaller booklets, while spiral or thermal binding may be better for larger ones. Professional binding services often provide various options, such as saddle stitch, perfect bind, coil bind, and wire bind, which can add professionalism to your booklet. Remember to factor in the cost of your chosen binding method when budgeting for your booklet.
The quality of the paper dramatically impacts the look and feel of your booklet. While a higher-quality paper will impart a more professional appearance, it may also increase the printing cost. Glossy paper is excellent for image-heavy booklets due to its vibrant colour reproduction, while matte or uncoated paper is suitable for text-heavy booklets. Choose the type, weight, and finish of the paper based on the purpose, content, and budget of your booklet.
The software you use to create your booklet will also affect both the design process and the final product. Each tool has advantages and disadvantages, ranging from ease of use to advanced design capabilities. Importantly, the choice of tool can have an impactful difference in cost, with some being free, such as Microsoft Word, while others requiring subscription fees, like Adobe InDesign.
Ex Why Zed helps you create a booklet by offering customised printing options for both small—and large-scale projects. We provide high-quality materials and professional-grade printing, ensuring your booklet has a polished, professional look.
Whether new to printing or experienced, Ex Why Zed offers guidance at every step—from helping you prepare your artwork to providing recommendations on paper type, binding, and layout. Reach us via email, phone, and live chat to get assistance with design and setup, ensuring your booklet meets your quality and budget requirements.
Creating a booklet can be rewarding, whether for personal, educational, or professional purposes. Once you understand the process and the tools needed, making a booklet becomes a creative and joyful task. Remember, the key to a successful booklet is planning. Knowing your purpose, audience, and timing can help you make wise design and content choices. From software selection and document setup to formatting and printing, every step is crucial in creating a compelling booklet. Once you have mastered these steps, the opportunities to create informative, engaging, and visually appealing booklets are endless.
Creating your booklet involves careful planning, designing, adding textual and visual content, printing, and binding. You can utilise software tools like Microsoft Word or Publisher for layout design. This blog provides a detailed step-by-step guide to help you during each process stage.
To make a homemade booklet, you need to plan your content, choose and set up your design layout, add textual and graphic content, and print your booklet. Afterwards, combine the pages by stapling or other methods to create your finished booklet.
Absolutely! Creating a digital booklet follows the same process as a printed one. The key difference is at the end of the operation where, instead of printing the booklet, you save it in a digital format like PDF, which is readable on most devices.
Home printing is suitable for small quantities and basic booklets. Professional services offer higher quality, wider paper options, and better binding for larger runs or more polished projects. Consider your needs for quantity, quality, paper, colour accuracy, and binding when choosing.
Microsoft Word and Publisher are great options for beginners, given their user-friendly features. For more intricate designs, Adobe InDesign provides advanced capabilities. Additionally, Canva is an accessible online tool with a vast template library, ideal for creating visually appealing booklets. However, choosing software should align with specific needs and familiarity.
Transform mundane daily routines into a source of endless positivity and mindfulness with custom gratitude journal printing. Whether it's turning your unique art into a beautifully bound notebook or selecting the perfect prompts to guide your gratitude practice, these personalised tools are more than just stationery—they're a gateway to greater happiness, focus, and a positive outlook on life. Embark on this inspiring journey to unlock the myriad benefits of maintaining a gratitude journal, personalised to reflect your unique path towards positivity and mindfulness.
Integrating a gratitude journal into your daily life isn't just about noting down the things you're grateful for; it's a profound practice that can shift your focus from what's lacking to the abundance that surrounds you. The act of writing down grateful thoughts daily encourages a positive outlook, improving feelings of happiness and reducing stress. A daily gratitude journal, especially one that's personalised, isn't merely a notebook—it's a mindfulness tool that brings your focus to the present moment, recognising the value in the ordinary and the extraordinary alike.
To truly make your gratitude journal a source of daily inspiration, consider personalising it with elements that speak to you. This could range from choosing a cover that reflects your personal style to including favourite quotes or affirmations that resonate with your journey. Incorporating motifs or colours that inspire positivity can make the act of journaling something you look forward to every day. Moreover, customising your gratitude journal with specific prompts or themes that interest you can enhance your practice by making it more engaging and relevant.
Making your gratitude journal a part of your daily routine ensures that practicing gratitude becomes a habit, infusing your life with mindfulness. Set aside a specific time each day—whether it's in the peaceful morning hours or a quiet moment before bed—to reflect on the day and pen down the moments or things you're grateful for. This consistent practice not only cultivates a habit but also creates a record of positivity that can be a source of comfort and inspiration during tougher times.
🌟Accessible, Expert, Friendly Advice. If you haven't done this before, don't worry, we have!
👩💻 Free File Check and Preflight. We aim for perfection and will let you know if anything needs changing.
💃🏻 We Talk the Talk, But We Also Walk the Walk. ⏰ Replies in minutes from print experts, not days or weeks.
🌲 All Papers are FSC Certified. Sustainable printing guaranteed and we also use vegetable inks for litho jobs.
🚀 Fast Turnaround. Softback journals delivered in 5 working days. Hardcover journals delivered in 7. Add more time for premium extras like foiling.
🏆 Finest Digital and Litho Print. HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho - the best possible quality for short, medium and long print runs.
🖨️ Professional Printing process. Best industry practice, not a mickey mouse website where you throw JPGs at the screen then keep your fingers crossed.
🛠️ Flexible Custom Options. The answer is "Yes", now what is the question?
🖼️ Enjoy 500 Case Studies in our Portfolio. Not made-up CGI nonsense like the other sites have 🤣
😍 A Solution For Every Budget. We always quote for a range of quantities to help hit your target price.
🎁 FREE Paper Samples. Make the best possible choice from our extensive print options.
🌍 FREE UK Delivery. Your print will arrive by tracked courier, the day after it leaves us.
🌍 Worldwide Shipping at cost price from a network of couriers.
✅ Transforming Your Ideas Into Print Since 2006.
Start a conversation with us today on hello@exwhyzed.com or 01206 766647.
In deciding whether a paperback or hardback journal suits your needs best, consider durability, usage, and personal preference. A hardback notebook, whether it's an A4, A5, or A6 hardback notebook, tends to be more durable and may be the best gratitude journal choice for someone looking to keep their writings for years. On the other hand, a paperback might be more flexible and lightweight, ideal for those always on the go. However, both choices offer the opportunity for beautiful personalisation and can be a joy to use daily.
To enrich your gratitude journal with variety and depth, think beyond the list of daily thankful moments. Include pages for long-form reflections on specific experiences that left a profound impact, artwork or doodles that express your feelings, and prompts that challenge you to think about gratitude in different contexts. Mixing up your page ideas can keep the exercise fresh and continuously inspire growth and mindfulness in your gratitude practice.
When selecting your gratitude journal, it's essential to focus on product details that align with your preferences and needs. Consider paper quality, as smooth, high-quality paper can make writing a joy and turn your gratitude practice into a luxurious ritual. Size is another important aspect—whether you prefer the portability of an A6 notebook or the expansiveness of an A4—allowing for easy inclusion in your daily routine. Lastly, look for personalisation options, such as the ability to add your art, favourite quotes, or custom prompts, to ensure your journal truly inspires gratitude.
Turning your art into a gratitude journal is a straightforward process that brings a personal touch to your mindfulness practice. Start by selecting high-resolution images of your artwork. Shop around for notebook printing services that offer the personalisation options you need, such as binding style, paper type, and cover customisation. Once you've made your selections, upload your images, tweak the design as necessary, and place your order. This process not only creates a meaningful item for your daily gratitude practice but also a lovely keepsake or gift.
Incorporate design elements that reflect your personality and inspire positivity. Use vibrant colours, meaningful symbols, or elements from nature to create a cover that draws you in. The interior pages can also be customised with light watermarks of your art, lines for guidance, or designated spaces for doodles, making each journal entry a creative and inspiring experience.
For those looking to begin their gratitude journal journey but unsure where to start, numerous resources are available online. Look for downloads and templates that offer structured guidance and inspiration. These resources can provide a starting point, from daily prompts to beautifully designed page layouts, easing you into the practice of journaling and allowing you to gradually personalise your journal as you become more comfortable.
Well done on getting your artwork ready for print! Now go ahead and upload the file/s using WeTransfer.com
It is super easy, free and you don’t need an account. Add hello@exwhyzed.com in the 'Email to' box. In the message area, tell us your print spec, number of copies you would like to print and the best address for delivery. We then get a download link with your files, simple as that!
Daily prompts can be an effective way to deepen your gratitude practice. These can range from simple reminders to reflect on the positive aspects of your day to more thought-provoking questions that encourage you to contemplate gratitude in different areas of your life. Incorporating these prompts into your journal can help maintain focus and prevent your practice from becoming stagnant, ensuring long-term success.
Maintaining consistency in any practice can be challenging, and gratitude journaling is no exception. To overcome these challenges, set realistic expectations for your journaling routine. Remember, the goal is mindfulness and positivity, not perfection. If you miss a day or two, don't fret. Pick up where you left off, and continue to build this beneficial habit at your own pace.
As you continue on your gratitude journal journey, your needs and preferences may evolve. Perhaps you started with a simple diary but now crave more space for artistic expression or deeper reflection. Allow your journal to grow with you, experimenting with different formats, prompts, and personalisation options. This flexibility ensures your gratitude practice remains meaningful, engaging, and tailored to your journey of self-discovery and growth.
Ordering your custom gratitude journal should be an enjoyable process, from selecting the perfect product details to receiving the final item. Online journal printing shops typically offer a range of customisation options, allowing you to select the size, paper quality, and personalisation features that best suit your needs. By focusing on these options, you can create a gratitude journal that's not only a tool for mindfulness but also a cherished item reflecting your unique path to positivity.
Effective customer service is crucial throughout the journal printing process, ensuring your questions are answered and your needs are met. Choose a printing service that offers excellent customer support, guiding you through each step of the process, from design selection to final delivery. This support not only makes the experience smooth and stress-free but also ensures the final product meets your expectations.
Finally, understanding delivery times is essential when ordering your custom gratitude journal. Most printing services provide an estimated timeline for production and delivery, allowing you to plan accordingly. Keep in mind that custom items may take longer to produce than standard products, so patience is key. Once your journal arrives, the wait will be worthwhile, as you hold in your hands a beautifully crafted item that promises to enrich your practice of gratitude and mindfulness.
A: We will send over PDF proofs to check on screen and approve before we go ahead to print.
A: Absolutely! You can personalise your gratitude journal by sending us your own bespoke with your artwork for the cover and inside pages plus the end papers if your journal is hardcover. We will review your design and confirm the details with you to ensure the final product is exactly what you envision. Please allow us a little extra time to calculate the postage for custom items in the UK.
A: Our standard custom gratitude journals are 120 pages of bright, matt stock that’s perfect for writing. The dimensions are designed to be portable yet spacious enough for your daily entries. Take a look at the specific product details for each journal or contact us directly for mini or oversized options.
A: To view our latest collection of custom notebooks for 2024, please visit the shop section on our website. We regularly update our stock with new styles, including silver, bright, and matt covers that reflect mindfulness and gratitude. You can take a look at each item’s specific page for more details on design and stock available.
A: For purchases requiring shipping outside the UK, please send us a message before completing your checkout. We'll calculate the postage and inform you about the eligibility of the item for international shipping. Once confirmed, we will proceed to ensure your gratitude journal makes it to you no matter where you are.
A: Following your artwork on WeTransfer, our team will give it a free preflight check. We then book the job in. Soft back journals will be delivered in 5 working days. Hardback with foiling do take 2 weeks. If you go for a longer, litho printed run, then best to allow 3/4 weeks. We get exceptionally busy though from September to Christmas so pre-plan and send the order to us before that time. Turnaround time during that period tends to slip to 8-10 weeks.
Our timeframes are realistic and allow for the careful crafting of your journal, postage calculation, and shipping. If there are any delays or changes, we will keep you informed throughout the process.
A: Keeping a gratitude journal from our line of stationery is the perfect way to acknowledge the good things in life, no matter how difficult life may seem. It's been shown that writing down things you’re grateful for can help your brain cope better with stress, improve your relationship with others, and enable you to look back and appreciate your journey. Our custom-designed journals are not just a piece of stationery; they are a tool for mindful living and a brighter future.
Thanks for stopping by Ex Why Zed, where we're eager to share insightful information and best practices to aid your phonics book printing journey. The magic of teaching spelling and language lies in how expertly crafted phonics books stimulate young minds, building a solid foundation for literacy.
Delightful and engaging, phonics books aren't just any ordinary school book printing project. They require a special touch, a thoughtful consideration of design elements, and a careful selection of printing styles and materials.
So, whether you're an author, an educator, or a parent looking to create customised classroom resources, let's dive into the first half of the technical aspects of producing phonics books that are not just educational, but also best-sellers in their own right.
Phonics books are a storytelling journey, a vibrant canvas where letters and sounds come to life. Each page should house illustrations that are as captivating as they are informative. Draw your young readers into the story with illustrations that mirror the sounds and words being taught. Remember, in the realm of phonics books, imagination reigns supreme!
Just as rhyming adds rhythm to reading, a good choice of typeface can amplify the impact of your phonics book. Keep your lettering clear, with distinct shapes for each letter, so children can easily recognise and learn them. Pair this with an appropriate font size to ensure readability, and you'll have a typeface that not only communicates but also engages.
In the world of phonics book design, colours are your best friends. Not only do they make the pages eye-catching, but they can also play a part in comprehension. Associate different sounds or letters with different colours to give children a visual cue to remember them by.
A well-thought-out layout ensures that your book is easy to follow and engaging. Make sure there's a balance between text and imagery, allowing for plenty of whitespace so your readers don't get overwhelmed. A clear, clean layout allows the important elements - the phonetic sounds and words - to really stand out.
I hope you're finding this insightful so far. It's a good time to take a breather and digest these initial design considerations. We'll delve deeper into the production side of phonics book printing in the next part. Are you ready to proceed?
Explore your options with our school book printing services
Once you've nailed the design, it's time to bring your creation to life. The next stage of your journey delves into the realm of printing – where your engaging designs take physical form. Let's explore the different printing options and material choices that can truly set your phonics book apart.
Two common methods used in the educational publishing sector are digital and offset printing. Digital printing is an ideal choice for short runs and personalised books, where each copy might be slightly different. Offset printing, on the other hand, is excellent for large quantities, delivering consistent, top-tier results.
The materials used in your book can greatly impact its longevity and user experience. A sturdy paper type can handle eager little hands turning pages. A glossy finish might make your colourful images pop, but a matte finish could reduce glare, making it easier on young eyes. Carefully consider what materials best suit the purpose and audience of your book.
Binding options can dictate how well your phonics book withstands its adventurous journey with a child. Options such as saddle stitching, perfect binding, or spiral binding each have their advantages. For instance, a spiral-bound book can lay flat, making it easier for a child to handle while reading.
Finally, let's address some frequently asked questions related to teaching phonics and producing phonics books.
Q1: What are the best practices for teaching phonics? Teaching phonics involves a multi-sensory approach that engages auditory, visual, and kinesthetic pathways. Involving children in active learning with engaging phonics books, song, dance, and games is a notable best practice.
Q2: What teaching practices are considered best when teaching phonics and phonemic awareness? Systematic and explicit instruction, combined with individualized attention and the use of engaging phonics books, are considered effective practices when teaching phonics and phonemic awareness.
Q3: What are the four key principles of effective phonics instruction? The four key principles of effective phonics instruction include explicit and systematic instruction, integrating phonics with reading comprehension strategies, providing ample practice opportunities, and individualized instruction.
Q4: What are the three methods of teaching phonics? There are three primary methods of teaching phonics: synthetic, analytic, and analogy phonics. Each approach has its merits, and often a variety of these methods is used.
Phonics books are more than just a resource for learning. They're a passport to a world of literacy for young learners. Taking the time to carefully design and produce these books can greatly impact their effectiveness and the learning journey they provide.
Get started with your own Phonics Book Project today
Booklet printers are companies that provide printing services. They can print various materials, such as brochures, pamphlets, or menus. Different printers may have different techniques and design philosophies, so it is important to choose the right one for your needs. Some printers are better for larger jobs, while others could only accommodate minimal print outs. No matter your needs, there is sure to be a booklet solution at Ex Why Zed that fits the bill.
Ex Why Zed is a top booklet printer in the UK because it offers high-quality printing at an affordable price. Whether you need a large or small booklet, or a colourful brochure, Ex Why Zed has you covered. So why wait? Get started printing your booklets today with Ex Why Zed!
Booklet or brochure printers are a great way to print high quality magazines quickly and easily. Here are some frequently asked questions about printers to help you choose the right one for your needs.
There are a few different ways to create a booklet. One way is to use a website like Ex Why Zed, which allows you to create a booklet by uploading the elements you want to use like images and text. Alternatively, you can go the DIY route and use a software program such as InDesign or Adobe Acrobat to create your booklet. From there, you could also print out multiple pages and bind them together using staples or a binding machine. This takes a lot of time though, so it might not be the best approach if you need multiple copies or would like to see a more professional output.
Booklet printing is a great way to print a book without spending a lot of money. You can find companies that offer low-cost printing services, and you can usually get your books printed for a fraction of the cost of traditional printing methods.
Printing booklets is perfect for small runs or short print jobs, and it's a great way to get your book printed quickly and inexpensively. You can even order online and have your books delivered right to your door. So if you're looking for an affordable way to print your book, this is the way to go.
If you want to go the DIY route, you'll need to set up your document as a two-page spread to print a double-sided booklet. You would need to figure out which page should go with the other in one spread so that when you print it out, the pages will be in the correct order and alignment for stapling and folding. Use a heavier paper stock for best results so your pages won't wrinkle or tear when folded.
If you're planning on printing a lot of double-sided booklets, it may be worth investing in a booklet printer that offers stapled booklet printing UK-wide services. You won't have to worry about which pages to put together or manually stapling your pages together. Just send your document to Ex Why Zed and they'll take care of the rest.
You can print a PDF as a booklet in a few different ways. One option is to export the PDF as an Adobe InDesign document, which you can then configure to print as a booklet. Another option is a PDF printer driver, which allows printing booklet copies from a PDF or your preferred word processing or page layout program. However, these options could take a lot of work. To get the results you want with minimal effort, you can use online printing services offered by Ex Why Zed to create your booklet electronically without having to print and bind it yourself.
A booklet is essentially a short, printed publication that is folded in half to create four pages. Booklets can be used for a variety of purposes, such as promoting a product or service, providing information on a particular topic, or serving as an advertising tool.
If you're looking to get booklets printed for your business or organisation, be sure to consider the quality and type of paper you'd like to use. You'll also need to decide on the booklet's dimensions and how many pages you want it to have. Once you've settled on these details, you can begin submitting your print order and selecting a delivery timeframe.
You have reached at the stage where you have identified a book designer or a few possible graphic designers on Fiverr or PeoplePerHour for your upcoming project. You would now like to reach out and see if they have availability, if their pricing structure matches your budget and if they have experience of similar projects.
Here is an initial email you can copy and paste in as an initial design brief for children's book layout and design. Use the structure and adapt the details for your own book title and expectations.
Project Overview:
Hello [Designer's Name],
I hope this message finds you well. I am excited to embark on this journey of bringing my children's book to life, and I believe your expertise and creativity can help make this dream a reality. I have completed all the illustrations and written content for the book. Now, I'm looking for a talented designer like you to weave them together into a cohesive, visually engaging publication.
Book Details:
Design Requirements:
Reference Material:
I will provide:
Communication & Feedback:
Open communication is crucial for me. I'd appreciate regular updates and drafts, allowing for collaborative feedback. While I trust your expertise, I'd like to be involved in the design decisions to ensure the final product aligns with my vision.
Timeline & Budget:
I am aiming to have the design finalised within [specific time frame, e.g., "4 weeks"]. Please let me know if this is feasible. Additionally, I'd appreciate a breakdown of your pricing, including any additional costs for revisions or add-ons.
Signing Off:
Thank you for considering this project. I've admired your previous work and I believe your design sensibilities align with what I envision for my book. I'm looking forward to potentially collaborating with you and creating a memorable book that children and parents will cherish.
Warm regards,
[Your Name]Well, fingers crossed they come back to you in a few hours or days with an enthusiastic response that helps you move the project forward and one of the designers you approached can be chosen as the winning candidate.
Are you a successful YouTuber looking to expand your brand and engage with your audience in a new, exciting way? Have you ever considered self-publishing a book?
A book can be a powerful tool to promote your channel, share your journey, and offer exclusive content to your subscribers. It's a tangible way for your fans to connect with you beyond the screen. Plus, it's a fantastic opportunity to generate additional revenue.
Self-publishing gives you complete creative control over your content, design, and marketing. You decide what to share, how to share it, and when. You're not bound by traditional publishing rules or timelines. Amplify Your YouTube Success with a Self-Published Book.
In this case study we look at the debut book from First Man Photography, Illumination. An illustrious hardback book, part photography journal, part autobiography. It showcases the highest production values with cover materials from Winter&Co, white foiling, GF Smith Colorplan endpapers and section sewing.
The winning print spec is:
223x297 Landscape Case Bound Books.
Standard Case: Wibalin Natural Black.
Collector's Edition Case : Napura Canvas Charcoal.
Wrapped over greyboard case. White foiling to outer cover.
2x 4pp End Papers onto Wibalin Natural Sapphire Blue.
Four colour print throughout.
Trimmed, collated and case bound.
The front cover is understated and very classy. The inside pages are onto 170gsm Silk at a bespoke size of 223x297mm. This is A4 width and a little bit extra on the height. It affords the luxury of displaying the photography at a more prominent size and showing enhanced details with a more engrossing experience of the subject matter. It creates wide double-page spreads which are great for landscape photography.
We worked tirelessly with the author to produce a book he was really proud of and the finished publication is testament to the work put in on both sides. Do enjoy looking at the First Man Photography YouTube channel which is a tremendous resource for inspiration. Check out the print spec in the description below and do get in touch if you would like to print a similar book to showcase your finest photography, illustrations or artwork.
Take a look at Romell Henry, a successful YouTuber who took the plunge into self-publishing with his book "Just Die." Romell, known for his daring and often outrageous content, used his book to delve deeper into his creative process and offer his fans an intimate look at his life and work.
The book was a hit, garnering attention from major outlets like Dazed Digital and Ignant. It allowed Romell to reach his audience in a new way, strengthening his brand and creating a new revenue stream.
BookTube is a thriving community on YouTube where individuals share their love for books. Some of the most influential BookTubers include Christine Riccio of 'PolandBananasBooks', who is known for her enthusiastic and humorous book reviews, and Ariel Bissett, a Canadian BookTuber who hosts thoughtful discussions and creative book-related content. Another notable BookTuber is Jesse George from 'jessethereader', who is loved for his engaging and passionate book talks. These BookTubers have a significant impact on their viewers' reading habits and the overall book industry.
Many YouTubers have also ventured into the world of authorship, writing books that often become bestsellers due to their established fanbase. Some notable books by YouTubers include "Binge" by Tyler Oakley, "A Work in Progress" by Connor Franta, "The Amazing Book Is Not on Fire" by Daniel Howell, "Girl Online" by Zoe Sugg, and "I Hate Myselfie: A Collection of Essays" by Shane Dawson. These books span various genres, from memoirs to fiction, reflecting the diverse interests and talents of YouTubers.
On Instagram, influencers are shaping trends and promoting brands in various niches. Some of the top Instagram influencers include Huda Kattan, a beauty influencer with a makeup line called Huda Beauty, and Cameron Dallas, who rose to fame through Vine and YouTube and now has a significant Instagram following. There's also Nikkie de Jager, a Dutch makeup artist and beauty vlogger known as NikkieTutorials, who inspires her followers with her makeup skills and personal journey.
A book is a fantastic tangible extension of a YouTuber's brand. While digital content is consumed and then often quickly forgotten, a book is a physical object that fans can hold, display, and return to time and time again. It's a lasting, tactile representation of a YouTuber's work and creativity, and it allows fans to engage with their favourite content creator in a new and more intimate way. A book can contain behind-the-scenes stories, exclusive content, or deeper dives into topics that can't be fully explored in a video format. It's a way for YouTubers to share more of themselves and their knowledge with their audience, and it's a keepsake that fans can treasure.
Moreover, publishing a book can open up a new revenue stream for YouTubers. In an online world where ad revenue can be unpredictable and fluctuate, a book provides a more stable income source. It's a product that can be sold directly to fans, at speaking engagements, or through online retailers. Plus, a book can also attract new audiences who may discover the YouTuber through their book, leading to increased viewership and subscriber count on their channel. In essence, a book allows YouTubers to diversify their income, reach a wider audience, and solidify their brand in the physical world as well as the digital one.
Absolutely! In the ever-changing digital landscape, where visibility is often at the mercy of algorithms and fleeting trends, a book stands as a solid, unchanging testament to a YouTuber's creativity and hard work. It's immune to algorithm shifts, hashtag trends, or Google updates. Once printed, it's out there in the world, ready to be discovered, enjoyed, and shared, independent of the whims of digital platforms.
At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in turning ideas into beautifully printed realities. We can guide you through the process of becoming a published author, helping you create a book that not only complements your digital content but also stands as a work of art in its own right. Whether it's a collection of your best scripts, a behind-the-scenes look at your creative process, or a deep dive into a topic you're passionate about, we can help you create a book that you and your fans will be proud of.
In a world where digital content can be ephemeral, a book is a lasting statement. It's a way to make your mark, to say, "I was here, and I created something of value." And in the process, it can open up new opportunities for revenue and audience growth. So why not take your content offline and into the world of print? With Ex Why Zed, becoming a published author is more achievable than you might think.
We specialise in helping influencers and online creators like you bring their visions to life. We offer high-quality, affordable printing services tailored to your needs. We worked with Romell Henry on his book "Just Die Trie" and we can help you create a book that reflects your brand and resonates with your audience.
Ready to take your YouTube channel to the next level? Contact us today to start your self-publishing journey.
Are you looking to make your prints pop and grab the attention of your target audience? Look no further than screaming colour printing at Ex Why Zed!
We have been transforming the creative ideas of companies, agencies, designers and students into print since 2006. Our 450+ reviews on Trustpilot inspire us to produce great work for a range of clients throughout London and the UK. Nothing gets us more excited than when a project lands in our inbox from a brand we love or an artist whose work we are fans of.
With our expertise, we can help you transform your ideas into stunningly vibrant prints that will leave a lasting impression. Our knowledgeable team is always on hand to guide you through every step of the process, from selecting the perfect CMYK ink to choosing between our HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho presses. With screaming colour printing, you don't have to settle for less when it comes to capturing your audience's attention. Plus, with nationwide delivery for free and international shipping at cost price, there's no reason not to dive into the world of screaming colour printing today!
? A Clear, Easy to Follow Print Journey.
? Top quality HP Indigo Digital and Heidelberg Litho Printing
? Booklet and Book Printing Specialists
? Art Books, Financial Reports, Zines, Promotional Materials
? Wire Stitching, Perfect Binding, Hardback Case Binding
? Pick from a Silk, Gloss or Uncoated finish
? Sustainable Papers and Vegetable Inks
? FREE Delivery in the UK. We ship worldwide too.
? Fun, informative and much loved video guides
??? Refreshingly responsive, friendly, patient and intelligent Ex Why Zed team.
Transform your prints from muted to vibrant. Make illustrations and photography pop with eye-catching colours. Create impact, stand out, and take creativity to new heights with screaming colour printing.
Unlock the full potential of your designs with CMYK ink, creating a zillion colour options for vibrant prints. Experience professional print quality using the industry-standard four-colour process.
Experience outstanding results with our state-of-the-art machines. Trust our expertise to elevate your brand and impress clients with professional-quality printing.
Watch your ideas come to life with our expert printing services. Our skilled team brings your vision to reality with precision and care, capturing the essence of your imagination in vibrant prints.
Need assistance? Our team is friendly, knowledgeable and we are here to help. Count on us for guidance, personalised support, and expert advice. Trust our expertise to achieve printing success!
Unleash the printing potential with HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho Presses - where outstanding quality, superior accuracy, and advanced technology meet reliability and exceptional performance. Elevate your designs today!
To find about more about our Digital Printing, jump over to the dedicated product page.
Add a pop of colour to monochrome books with screaming colour printing, creating visually stunning and engaging reads that bring stories to life.
Why compromise on print quality when you can have screaming colour? Say goodbye to dull prints and embrace the possibilities of vibrant colours. Make a lasting impression and captivate your audience with the impact of screaming colour. Don't miss out on showcasing your creativity in its truest form.
Experience the vibrant and intense colours of screaming colour printing. Discover the difference it brings to your prints, leaving a lasting impression and bringing designs to life. Embrace the richness and stand out from the crowd.
In a world full of colour, why limit yourself to black and white? Screaming colour London is not just a trend; it's a statement. Opting for full printing makes your work stand out, attracting more eyes and creating a lasting impression.
Grab attention with eye-catching books, booklets, and art posters designed brilliantly digital printing. Make a memorable impact and engage your audience with visually striking aesthetics. Be the talk of social media with captivating content.
Break free from greyscale and explore limitless possibilities with vibrant colours. Unleash your creativity and experiment with colour in designs. Goodbye monotony, hello artistic freedom!
Before you send your designs for printing, make sure they are set up for CMYK colour mode. Here's a quick guide:
For a deep dive in to Pro Tips, Expert Help and Best Practice, let's move over to our File Set-Up Knowledge Base.
Enhance your creative designs with the vibrant and visually impactful results achieved through screaming colour printing. Transform your artistic vision into reality by harnessing the power of screaming colour printing.
Step into a world of creativity and inspiration with our recent case studies, showcasing how screaming colour printing transformed client projects. Get inspired by innovative solutions and real-world examples.
Join our TikTok revolution! Follow us for exclusive behind-the-scenes footage, creative printing ideas, and valuable tips. Be part of the fun and stay connected with London's go-to printing company!
Discover how we helped create captivating annual reports for Wagamama and Pizza Express, elevating their image and leaving a lasting impression. Let us bring your vision to life!
Unlock the potential of your photography with our high-quality printing, showcasing your work in beautifully printed art books that capture your artistic vision. Discover why photographers like Anthony Epes rely on us for stunning detail and expert guidance in creating masterpieces that impress clients.
Discover the simple steps to kickstart your Screaming Colour Printing journey. Our streamlined ordering process ensures a seamless experience. Our printing experts will guide you in selecting the right options and materials for your project needs. Let us bring your vision to life.
Discover the secrets to successful printing with our step-by-step print journey. Unlock insider tips and tricks for achieving professional-quality prints. Learn how to navigate the world of printing like a pro. Get expert guidance on every stage of the print process. Dive into the world of print and unleash your creativity.
Unleash your creativity with our vast collection of design ideas. Our expert design help will bring your vision to life. Become a file set-up guru with our easy-to-follow tutorials and guides.
Not sure where to start with your designing? Our Get Inspired hub is packed full of insight and expert help.
Enjoy the convenience of complimentary nationwide delivery for all your prints, brought right to your doorstep without any additional charges. We handle the shipping so you can focus on your creative projects.
Free UK delivery to your chosen address, so you can enjoy the convenience of having your work shipped at no extra cost. Your prints will arrive promptly after leaving our HQ.
Track your prints' progress with our reliable courier service. Rest easy, knowing they're in safe hands. Enjoy peace of mind with secure and dependable delivery.
Shipping your prints internationally to the US is now easier than ever. Take advantage of our competitive rates for affordable and reliable shipping options. Seamlessly send your prints overseas without breaking the bank.
Fast and efficient shipping to select European destinations, ensuring your prints arrive quickly and safely within 2/3 days. Enjoy the convenience of prompt delivery!
Why choose Black Ink, Mono or RGB when you can upgrade your artwork to screaming colour printing at Ex Why Zed - an art form that can truly make your designs come to life. With the power of CMYK ink and top-quality professional printing, you can transform your ideas into vibrant prints that capture your audience's attention. Don't settle for less when screaming colour is achievable. Let your creativity soar and explore the benefits for your creative designs. And when it comes to getting started, our expert team is always on hand to guide you through the print journey. Plus, with nationwide delivery for free and international shipping options, getting your creative print project has never been easier. So why wait? Dive into the world of screaming colour printing and see your designs shine like never before!
Looking for high-quality printing services in London? Look no further than Ex Why Zed! Our screaming colour printing will take your project to the next level. Whatever your creative print idea, from a bespoke publication, a high-end book or promotional materials, we've got you covered. Our friendly team of experts are print Jedis and will ensure that your prints come out looking exactly as intended. Plus, with our fair pricing and free delivery within London, top quality printing is accessible to everyone. We pride ourselves on our commitment to quality beyond just the colours we create. At Ex Why Zed, we believe that every project deserves a personal touch, and we work closely with our clients to make sure their vision is brought to life. So why settle for ordinary when you can have screaming colours?
Discover the captivating power of vibrant colours in your print projects. Stand out with attention-grabbing screaming colour prints that leave a lasting impression on your audience.
From bound publications to promotional printing, Ex Why Zed handles a wide range of projects. Trust us for your unique printing needs. Experience the versatility of our screaming colour printing on various print products. We bring your ideas to life.
Unleash your creativity with Ex Why Zed, experts in screaming colour printing. Elevate your business and personal projects with vibrant and eye-catching prints.
When it comes to bringing your print vision to life, few companies in London can match the expertise and versatility offered by Ex Why Zed. As specialists in screaming colour printing London, we pride ourselves on our ability to transform your work into tangible, vibrant masterpieces. But what decisions can you make to your print spec with us? Let's dive in.
From art books that capture the essence of a painter's vision to detailed financial reports that need to make an impact, we've got you covered. We specialise in:
Whether you're a self-publisher or looking to promote your brand, our colour printing ensures your project stands out from the crowd.
We understand that one size doesn't fit all. That's why we offer a plethora of size options to cater to your unique needs:
And if you're feeling particularly creative? Break the mould! Choose any custom size your heart desires, and we'll make it a reality.
At the heart of Ex Why Zed's approach is the Print Journey. This process provides comprehensive resources at every phase, helping transform your initial idea into a polished publication. Ready to embark on this journey?
Here's a quick guide to each step:
✨ Get Inspired
Begin with a spark of creativity. Dive into our vast portfolio of case studies, video showcases, and product descriptions to discover the potential of print. Explore binding, size, and paper options, and if you want a tangible feel, request our paper sample pack.
? How Much Does It Cost To Print?
Once you've honed in on your design preferences, use our Printed Project Builder to get a tailored quote. We prioritise personal conversations over generic online pricing, ensuring a more dedicated and engaging customer experience.
? We Are Here To Help
Need guidance on design, style, or print solutions? We've got you covered. Whether you're a newbie or a seasoned designer, our proactive customer service, from emails to Zoom calls, ensures your questions are answered promptly and expertly.
? File Set-Up Knowledge Base
Dive into the world of print production with our educational tools. With illustrated guides and video tutorials, learn the essentials of preparing print-ready artwork and become proficient in ensuring your designs are perfect for printing.
? Placing An Order
Congratulations on prepping your artwork! Simply upload your files via WeTransfer.com, share your printing specs and delivery address then wait for the magic. Soon, you'll be unboxing your printed masterpiece, ready to share with the world.
Yes, you read that right. If you're in London or anywhere in the UK, we'll deliver your print projects to your doorstep, absolutely FREE. Because at Ex Why Zed, we believe in going the extra mile for our customers.
We're passionate about printing, and we want to share that passion with you without burning a hole in your pocket. With no hidden express charges or exorbitant surcharges, we promise to deliver your projects quickly and in the best quality possible, all at a fair price.
Whether you're printing a limited edition or a large volume, we've got the right tools for the job. For print runs under 500 copies, our HP Indigo digital presses (SRA3 or SRA2) are at your service. For bulkier projects, we rely on the precision of the Heidelberg B2 litho or the Komori B1, ensuring the pinnacle of print quality.
At Ex Why Zed, we're not just about 'screaming colour printing London'; we're about bringing your vision to life, with a level of quality and dedication that's unparalleled. So, what's your next print project? Let's make it exceptional together.
Discover the unique advantage of Ex Why Zed's fair pricing structure, which offers affordability without compromising quality. Our transparent pricing ensures no hidden costs or surprises, allowing you to enjoy competitive rates for screaming colour printing services in London.
At Ex Why Zed, we have mastered colour management to ensure the best results for your prints. From printing in CMYK for more control to recommending the FOGRA39 colour profile for accuracy, our expertise guarantees vibrant and precise colours. And if you're curious about the battle of printing in black ink, be sure to check out our eye-opening video!
At Ex Why Zed, our commitment to quality goes beyond just screaming colours. Our above-the-call-of-duty customer service ensures that you'll speak to an expert. Don't just take our word for it, read our 480+ Trustpilot reviews! We're always accessible through phone, email, or Live Chat - it's like we anticipate your needs before you even reach out. Experience the difference of working with a printing company that prioritises excellence in every print, going beyond just screaming colour.
Master screaming colour printing at Ex Why Zed. Our services go beyond ordinary printing, offering vibrancy, quality, and customer satisfaction that make an impact. Choose us for a printing partner that exceeds expectations.
In conclusion, if you are looking for top-notch screaming colour printing services in London, look no further than Ex Why Zed. With our expertise in colour management and commitment to quality, we have mastered the art of producing vibrant and eye-catching prints that stand out. Whether you have a small or large project, Ex Why Zed can handle it all with their versatile printing capabilities. What sets them apart is not only their fair pricing but also their dedication to customer satisfaction, offering free delivery in London. So why settle for ordinary prints when you can have screaming colours that make a statement? Trust Ex Why Zed to bring your vision to life and deliver prints that exceed your expectations. Get ready to make a bold impression with your new favourite printer.
A: We are a creative production house that offers a wide range of printing services, including litho and digital printing. We specialise in art book printing, but we also provide printing services for various other materials such as posters, brochures, flyers, and more.
Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. Find us on hello@exwhyzed.com, 01206 766647 or the Live Chat button in the bottom right of our website.
A: The turnaround time depends on the complexity and quantity of the project. We strive to provide quick and efficient service, and we will give you an estimated turnaround time based on your specific requirements.
A: Yes, we offer a range of finishing options, including laminating, binding, foiling, and spot UV. These options can add a professional touch to your printed materials and enhance their overall appearance.
A: Yes, you can provide your own design files for printing. Ultimately we'll need one high res PDF file and discuss the benefits of printing from PDF in a recent blog post. However, if you need assistance with design and production, we offer a number of helpful resources to aid you in finding a freelance designer or agency to work with on your artworking and layout.
A. We have curated an easy to follow, hugely informative Print Journey to help you move the project forward from initial idea and pdf artwork to finished printing.
Enjoying taking a look. What stage are you at on the Journey?
A: Yes, we have the capacity to handle large quantity print runs. Our state-of-the-art printing equipment allows us to efficiently produce high volumes of printed materials without compromising on quality. We will print your long print runs on our B2 or B1 litho machine depending on the precise print specifications.
A: Yes, we provide printing services for events, such as conferences, exhibitions, and trade shows. Whether you need promotional materials, brochures, postcards, books or booklet printing we can help you make a lasting impression with eye-catching materials.
A: Yes, we are proud to have received the Photobook of the Year at the Digital Printer Awards for our outstanding art book printing, Skylogue by Jess Sutton. This recognition highlights our commitment to excellence and our ability to deliver exceptional print results.
You are a creative genius and have been working on a photography magazine printing, an illustrated comic, graphic novel or an impressive coffee table publication. You have done the hard part and come up with a concept and the artwork for your magazine, children's book or creative publication and now is the time to consider self-publishing a book.
The world is no barrier anymore so if you are self-publishing in the UK in Manchester or you are in the Biddles community of southeastern Powder River County, Montana, United States we can deliver a finished print project to your door.
Our aim of this blog is to dive deep into the process and talk through ideas on how to self publish a book. There are a number of routes and one we like best is to launch your project on Kickstarter, indiegogo or another crowdfunding website.
There is an informative list of other options here: https://www.floship.com/kickstarter-alternatives-you-should-know-about/
All are a brilliant way to test the water, gauge the response to your idea and achieve full funding before you go to print. I’ll repeat that again, once the project is finished, if it has been successful then the crowdfunding website release the funds from your backers and you will have the money in place to pay Ex Why Zed for the printing without any financial risk. It is just a great way to go about it. There are so many advantages and it saves paying a publisher 40-50% of your earnings when in reality you don’t actually need them to gain the exposure anymore - the worldwide market is your oyster! Maybe you are a children's book illustrator working with an author, between yourselves you can keep ownership of the project, maintain a much better grasp over the finances and control much money is available to pay yourselves rather than having your terms dictated by a third party.
On Kickstarter, you create a video showcasing yourselves and the fun challenges you have had designing your project. (After the lockdown in 2020 we were well up to speed as a nation with filming ourselves and creating videos on Zoom, so creating a video for Kickstarter is much less daunting than it might have been even a few months back.) You also provide an accompanying written oversight into the book and your processes to really sell it to the potential audience.
We have customers who aimed to make £2500 on Kickstarter and ended up securing over £25k! That is a serious amount of money and definitely justification for in depth consideration. Here are links for a couple of examples to get a feel for the kind of content which works and creates a winning campaign:
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/mattdixon/transmissions-4-robot-art-book-by-matt-dixon
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/yasminkinsey/a-melting-planet
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/181965551/no-hands-2-a-2018-world-cup-book
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/2055916793/england-fans-in-russia-world-cup-photography-book/community
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/collettejellis/collette-j-ellis-sketch-art-book
Children’s book, hardback art books and football art books seemingly do particularly well on this platform. Following the conclusion of your campaign you will know exactly how many books to print for your backers and can print a few more copies in addition, which can be sold the books through your own website, on Etsy, or on Amazon to reach a wide audience. When selling a book on Amazon and Etsy will take a percentage though so check this first. The advantage you have on listing your self published books on those platforms is the sheer size of their website traffic. I mean, taking 50% profit from the sales of 500 books through Amazon is better than taking 100% of the sales of 10 books through your own website right? Admittedly, their percentage might be high so this is something to research and mull over.
For a comparison, the time honoured route to print would be aspiring authors who have written a book and then get in touch with an illustrator to illustrate said book in order to pitch it to publishers - is one of the most common requests book illustrators get! The illustration process, as you may well have already found out can take months. On culmination, the approach to a publisher and waiting for a decision can take a year! Yes a year - they are super busy people. After the excitement of finishing the book, a wait that long really does pop the creative balloon.
So, the standard protocol in traditional publishing (with an established publisher, not self-published) is the writer would submit the manuscript without illustrations, and then the publisher would pair them with an illustrator of their choosing. They will have a bank of trusted partners on their books who they will assess and allocate based on the subject matter and intended illustrative style. The writer is more than welcome to make suggestions too for the book deal once it is acquired, but usually the writer has no say in the matter.
It’s a common misconception that authors need an illustrator in order to ‘sell’ their book to a publisher, as they think it will improve their pitch. But this is not the case, and the publisher will want to make this pairing decision themselves.
To give you a wealth of ideas and inspiration on what can be achieved with digital printing and litho printing at Ex Why Zed do spend a few minutes looking through our Portfolio section. It is packed with examples of recent work very similar to yours.
Here are a few links of recent digital printing and litho printed children’s books:
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/duffy-sea-turtle-childrens-books/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/melting-planet-yasmin-kinsey-hardback-childrens-book/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/pouchs-magical-worry-cheeks/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/grumpy-hamster-sojo-mouse/
Here are some recent hardback books or coffee table art books:
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/spectre-james-bond-film-premiere-photobook-sam-peat/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/no-hands-ryu-voelkel/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/primitive-british-goat-jack-mifflin/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/journey-teddy-marla-godsteeth/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/vessel-craww-shaun-friend/
And recent examples of printed magazines, paper back zines and photography books showcasing both litho print and digital printing:
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/young-zine-issues-17-18/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/vevo-dscvr-ones-watch-magazines/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/adam-slama-strive-challenge-photo-books/
https://www.exwhyzed.com/portfolio/derek-bremner-i-tourist-toronto/
Once your book is complete and released, the real top calibre publications will be featured on itsnicethat, Creative Review and Creative Boom. These are all exceptional outlets showcasing and promoting the best talent and to be included within the reviews and blog posts is the pinnacle of ambition. Back in the day, when we studied graphic design at University they were out bible and provided a daily source of inspiration. Our social media book promotion pack is a great starting point to hit the ground running.
You might be looking into the cost of printing a book or maybe it is all designed and now you are ready to print. Get in touch with us and we'll come back to you asap with a range of print quotes and an extensive set of guides to help you along the way in your print journey. You might not be a printing expert yet, but we will change that with our advice, setup guides and inspirational portfolio.
Brilliantly, we don’t even charge for delivery so don’t worry about finding a local printers near you, the finished books will arrive the day after they leave us. We deliver throughout the UK but regularly send self published books to the USA as well.
In view of all this information, we believe it only strengthens the case of self publishing and keeping control of the design process and the timeline. Your creative idea would look great on paper and the printing of a book journey is both full of learning and ultimately exciting at Ex Why Zed.
Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. If you have any questions do get in touch on hello@exwhyzed.com or call on 01206 76667 and we look forward to helping you transform your ideas into print!
• 100% of our jobs are printed onto FSC Papers
• All our litho printed jobs utilise vegetable inks
• We offer FSC and Recycled Paper Choices
• No minimum order quantity means no excess wastage
• Fast press set-up ensures low material and energy usage
• What is Sustainable Printing?
• What are the benefits?
• How to choose sustainable materials
• Sustainable Paper Choices
• Vegetable Ink Solutions
• HP Indigo Digital Printing
• Heidelberg Litho Printing
• The Dilemma of Lamination
• Eco-Friendly Case Studies
• Sustainable FAQs
In the ever-evolving world of printing, where the demand for quality meets the urgent call for sustainability, three names stand out: Ex Why Zed, HP Indigo and Heidelberg. Together, we are doing our best to change the landscape of sustainable printing in the UK.
Sustainable printing is an ethos and approach that aims to reduce negative impacts on the environment through eco-friendly methods. This may involve reducing energy use, utilising recycling programs, using renewable resources, and employing environmental management systems for waste reduction.
Sustainable printing is important for several reasons:
The benefits of sustainable printing are numerous, including:
Overall, sustainable printing provides a pathway for businesses to not only reduce their negative impacts on the environment but also gain competitive advantages and open up new growth potential.
Choosing sustainable printing materials is increasingly at the front of people's mindsets and an essential requirement for some businesses and projects when they chose which printer to go ahead with. It is a consideration we embrace at Ex Why Zed are passionate about it within our print journey. You see, it's not just about putting ink on paper; it is about making choices that show we are doing our bit.
When you're on the hunt for sustainable printing materials, the first thing you'll notice is the plethora of options. It's like walking into a candy store, but instead of sweets, you've got recycled paper, FSC-certified stocks, and even plant-based inks! Now, you might be thinking, "Blimey, where do I even start?" Don't fret; we've got your back.
The joy of paper! Not just any paper, but the kind that makes you feel good about your paper choices, both creatively and environmentally. Let's delve into the eco-friendly wonders of our FSC house papers: Image Indigo, Magno Gloss and Silk, Evolution Uncoated, Essential Offset and Revive Offset. ?
Paper Type | Surface Whiteness | Range of Weights (gsm) | Certification | Additional Info |
---|---|---|---|---|
Image Indigo | Bright White | 90-350 | FSC Certified | Carbon Neutral, Chlorine Free |
Magno Silk | Slight 5% Warmth | 115-450 | FSC & PEFC | Low Emissions, Water-Efficient |
Magno Gloss | Slight 5% Warmth | 90-400 | FSC & PEFC | Low Emissions, Water-Efficient |
Evolution Uncoated | 10-15% Warmth | 90-350 | FSC & 100% Recycled | 100% reclaimed FSC® certified fibre. |
Essential Offset | High Whiteness | 80-300 | FSC Certified | Biodegradable, Chemical-Free |
Revive Offset | Granular Surface | 80-350 | FSC Recycled | 100% PCW, Carbon Balanced |
That's right, every single sheet that passes through our machines has the Forest Stewardship Council's seal of approval as bare minimum for its environmental credentials. But what does that mean, you ask? Allow us to enlighten you.
Forget the standard, run-of-the-mill stuff; we're talking recycled or sustainably sourced paper. These options not only reduce waste but also minimise deforestation. And guess what? They're just as high-quality as their less eco-friendly counterparts. So, you're not sacrificing quality for sustainability; you're getting the best of both worlds!
Our 'House' Uncoated for digital printing is Image Indigo.
Choosing our smooth 'house' silk for your digital printing? You'll be treated to Magno Silk on our Indigo press.
Learn More about Evolution Uncoated
In summary, Evolution Uncoated is a sustainably-produced uncoated paper tailored for HP Indigo with excellent print quality across a range of applications. Its environmental certifications make it a good choice for eco-friendly digital print jobs.
Our 'House' Uncoated for our Heidelberg Litho Printing.
Revive Offset is Denmaur's premium uncoated paper for offset printing. This is our 100% Recycled Paper for Litho Printing.
Learn More about Revive Offset
In summary, Revive Offset is an environmentally sustainable uncoated paper option with excellent print quality, available in a wide range of weights and sizes. Its 100% Post Consumable Waste content (PCW) and carbon balanced production make it a great choice for eco-conscious print jobs.
So, there you have it! Papers that not only make your projects look fantastic but also give you that warm, fuzzy feeling of doing something good for the planet. Ready to print the change you wish to see in the world?
• Image Indigo: Perfect for those who want a crisp, white paper that's as eco-friendly as it is beautiful. The range of weights makes it versatile for various print projects.
• Magno Silk: This one's for the folks who want a touch of luxury without compromising on sustainability. Its medium opacity and silk finish make it ideal for high-end brochures and magazines.
• Magno Gloss: Our super shiny, glossy option. Ideal for brochures, leaflets, look books and dazzling children’s books.
• Evolution Uncoated: The 100% Recycled digital uncoated option for an off white appearance.
• Essential Offset: If you're looking for a paper that's as clean as your conscience, this is it. With high whiteness and a range of weights, it's the go-to for eco-conscious businesses.
• Revive Offset: The 100% recycled choice for longer print runs on our litho machine. Slightly off-white and very susceptible to ink soaking so do expect slightly unpredictable results and for the colour reproduction to not match your screen.
Let us look further into the differences between sustainable and unsustainable papers. In the past, sustainable papers were typically 100% recycled and had a slightly off-white colour with a grainy texture. This was exemplified by a sheet called Cyclus Offset. Now, there are other papers like Revive Offset which are 100% recycled. When printing on these uncoated papers, the ink soaks into the paper instead of sitting on top, resulting in softer colours and less definition in dark shades. This may cause images, for example night photography shots, to appear overall charcoaled or black, losing the definition and quality. For this type of work, it is our recommendation to print on silk or gloss.
In the printed sheet below, the two images on the left are printed onto Image Indigo Uncoated and the two on the right are on Gloss. You can immediately see the difference in brightness, contrast and depth of image. The ink reacts to the finishes differently and gives a softer reproduction of the image on the uncoated. On the coated gloss sheet, the pixels are sharper and the image is more defined. The contrast is more bold on the gloss and this would also be apparent on silk papers.
You will notice that the four example images are monochrome. If this is an approach you are looking to print then we have an in-depth video guide titled The Battle of Printing Black and White Photography It is a crucial video to watch and you will find it helpful for this type of publication.
The next showcase image is a photographic fashion brochure printed with exactly the same artwork on to both recycled uncoated and FSC silk. This was litho printed and really highlights the way litho ink absorbs into the surface of uncoated paper producing quite startling results.
There are no right or wrong answers here. The decision is, do you prefer the tactile, softer aesthetic of uncoated or the sharpness and vibrancy of silk or gloss? The shades in the background have drifted towards brown on uncoated but maintain their crisp detail on the silk.
To avoid the erratic results of image reproduction on recycled paper, we can print onto FSC papers. FSC stands for Forestry Stewardship Council, an environmental body. There is a range of papers in silk, gloss and uncoated finishes.
• Quality Assurance: FSC certification is not just a label; it's a promise of quality. You're getting top-notch paper that meets rigorous environmental and social standards.
• Traceability: Each FSC-certified product comes with a 'chain of custody' that tracks its journey from the forest to your hands. It's like your paper's biography!
• Consumer Trust: When people see the FSC logo, they know they're buying into sustainability. It's a badge of honour in the eco-conscious community. Printing on FSC papers allows you to announce that your publication is printed on FSC papers so do include the line ‘Printed on FSC Papers’.
Silk, gloss, or uncoated papers are good alternatives to old-school 100% recycled sheets because they are brighter white and have a smooth coating that allows for crisp reproduction of artwork. The colours on gloss papers will be super shiny, while those on silk papers will have a slight sheen.
Additionally, FSC papers are arguably better for the environment because for every tree chopped down to make the paper, a new one gets planted. They are also cheaper. Both our digital press and LIFO machine can use FSC papers.
FSC-certified papers originate from forests that are managed with 10 key principles, ranging from environmental impact to community relations. These forests are audited by independent third parties to ensure they meet FSC's stringent guidelines. So, you're not just getting paper; you're getting paper with a pedigree.
So, whether you're printing a self-published book or concertina folded leaflet, we've got a paper that not only meets your creative needs but also aligns with your values.
In a nutshell, FSC-certified papers are the future of sustainable printing. They're not just good for you; they're good for the planet. So, the next time you print with Ex Why Zed, know that you're making a choice that counts.
Inks are the next big thing. Traditional petroleum-based inks are so last century. At Ex Why Zed, we're all about plant-based inks. They're vibrant, durable, and—drumroll, please—far less harmful to the environment. It's like choosing a veggie burger that tastes just like the real thing; you won't even notice the difference, but the Earth certainly will.
Painting a Greener Picture
Vegetable inks are a game-changer. As we switch from petroleum-based to vegetable-based options on presses like our litho, we aren’t just making a cost-effective choice for larger runs; we're investing in our planet's future. These inks reduce harmful VOC emissions, making your print job a friend to both the reader and the environment.
We appreciate that sustainability and the environment are increasingly on everybody's agenda, making these issues of key importance for companies, designers and agencies when choosing their ideal print supplier.
When printing on recycled papers, the approach is exactly the same as it is for virgin fibre paper. No additional preparations are needed, and it saves energy, water, wood, CO2, and greenhouse gases, diverting waste from landfills. When printing digitally, there's less waste associated with pre-press preparations, avoiding films, plates, and photo-chemicals, achieving faster turnaround times. The HP Indigo Press has a built-in vision system and spectrophotometer, ensuring uniformity of the substrate and print on a job-by-job basis. This feature enables companies the flexibility of printing across multiple locations with consistency.
There is a synergy between recycled paper and digital printing, as both have a positive impact on the environment. Recycled paper is the most environmentally friendly form of printed communication, as it can be recycled four to five times. Manufacturing recycled paper uses less energy and water and produces lower carbon emissions compared to non-recycled paper. It also reduces the amount of waste sent to landfill. With advances in technology and processes, recycled paper now has now almost caught up with the print performance and whiteness of non-recycled paper. Do allow for the colours to look more muted on recycled and the drying times are longer. The warmth of the paper shade itself does also add a softness to images that you won't get on right white papers, like our Image Indigo.
Advances in digital printing technology mean that HP Indigo can match the quality of offset print while reducing waste, transportation requirements, and the need for inventory storage. HP Indigo presses are designed with the environment in mind, from the earliest design stages to the full product lifecycle, supply chain, and end of life.
The HP Indigo Printing process is a scientific art form. A laser array composes your image as an invisible electrostatic field on the photo imaging plate.
This operation provides a roadmap for the electrically charged inks and has been scientifically engineered for razor-sharp accuracy, allowing each particle to be attracted to where it belongs and away from where it doesn't. The precisely placed ink is then transferred in direct contact onto a heated blanket, which melts the pigment-carrying particles into a smooth film.
With every colour separation, this thermal offset process is repeated, laying down a perfect tapestry of electro-ink until your image is fully developed. The blanket then applies this single layer of film to your media in one piece, already dry and custom-tailored to match every contour on the surface of your substrate.
Brands that have integrated HP Indigo into their supply chain are not just benefiting from top-notch print quality. They're diving head-first into just-in-time inventory management, reducing up to 26% of packaging waste and cutting down CO2 emissions by a staggering 65-80%! With every print job through HP Indigo, brands edge closer to their ESG goals, reducing waste and energy consumption.
HP Indigo isn’t just about printing; it's about storytelling. Through their unique communication framework, the HP Personalisation Pinwheel, brands can create purpose-led campaigns that drive social impact. A shining example is the #HerShe campaign in Brazil, which turned Hershey's iconic chocolate wrappers into a canvas for female artists, celebrating women's stories and voices. The power of variable data within the Indigo printing process is a strong addition meaning each printed piece can be fine tuned with an individual name just by supplying us with a spreadsheet of your data.
A notable statistic is the 12,650 tonnes of CO₂e avoided through offsets for all HP Indigo presses.
HP Indigo's Brand Strategic Adoption Journey:
- Step 1: Create efficiencies via short-run printing
- Step 2: Expand to accelerate brand sustainability goals
- Step 3: Amplify sustainability and social impact messaging via consumers
Carbon Emissions Reduction:
- Supply chain emission reduction
- 16% energy reduction at sites
Efficiencies via Short-Run Printing: Highlighting the initial phase where HP Indigo focuses on efficiency.
Accelerate Sustainability Goals: The next phase where the emphasis shifts to pushing sustainability objectives.
Amplify Impact Messaging: The final phase, underscoring the importance of amplifying sustainability and social impact messages to consumers.
Supply Chain Emission Reduction: Represented as a full commitment to reducing emissions in the supply chain.
These insights help emphasise the concrete steps HP Indigo is taking towards sustainability, further cementing Ex Why Zed's decision to align with such a forward-thinking partner in the print industry.
Source: This content is based on the expanded details provided from the HP Indigo Sustainable Impact Overview.
Cost-effective and eco-friendly innovations: reducing printing's carbon footprint. Enjoy an insightful Q&A with Kerstin Haas, Head of Business Development Packaging at Heidelberger Druckssmachinen and Harald Woerner, Product Management Sustainability at Heidelberger Druckssmachinen.
Q. Where do the emissions come from in the printing process?
A. Without doubt, most emissions come from paper and cardboard, which are responsible for up to 90% of carbon dioxide emissions.
Q. So that means saving paper and board weight, protects the environment, and saves costs.
A. That's perfect, isn't it? So, many of our innovations achieve these two things at the same time: cost-effectiveness and eco-friendliness.
Q. Let's take a look at Heidelberg Prinect v21 Print Ready JDF workflow system, our colour and register control system. As soon as the required colour is achieved, it automatically starts the good sheet counter on our Speedster press. This saves time and paper. So automation improves cost efficiency and makes systems much more sustainable?
A. Yes, because automation saves resources. On the Speedmaster, our intelligent assistants do this as well. They collect setting and quality data and use software algorithms to analyse the effects. Thus, the press learns how to optimise itself. One good example is the Colour Assistant Pro, our self-learning colour pre-setting system. It checks the value from the colour control system and directly adjusts the colour pre-setting profiles. That creates ideal conditions for fast make-ready and minimal waste. And means that artificial intelligence leads to continuous improvement.
Q. Also, and especially for the environment and does that also apply to other assistant systems?
A. Yes, for example, the Washer Assistant. The system constantly monitors the degree of soiling in the printing unit and automatically chooses the right washer program for the blanket, impression cylinder, and inking unit. This saves time and chemicals, especially because our press operators mostly like to use the maximum program. But we are on the safe side even if the system chooses shorter programs.
Q. And it's the same for the Powder Assistant?
A. Exactly. This system also chooses the optimum setting for each individual job. Usually, that uses less powder. The sheets don't stick together and the machine stays clean. All these functions work together for maximum effect. Let's have a look at the navigation on the wall screen XL with Intellistart. It compares the current machine settings with the settings for the next job and generates an optimised job change program.
Q. What are the benefits of this procedure?
A. Producing print jobs with similar properties in terms of substrate, coating, inks, etc. One after the other. So if we have ten jobs to be printed onto 300gsm Silk in a day, these get printed one after the other to significantly reduce the press set-up time involved with swapping paper stacks and changing substrates. This saves operating steps by up to 70%, reduces potential errors and the amount of resources being used. This is an extremely sustainable process.
Q. Saving resources is a key element and choosing the right consumables can have a big effect on the company's environmental impact.
A. Exactly. Companies can choose environmentally friendly products like the ones in our Saphira Eco product line. These products meet many sustainability criteria. They are low in emissions, and wherever possible, they are based on renewable raw materials, and they are good for recycling the end product. Yet again, ecology and economy go hand in hand.
There are many ways to reduce the carbon footprint in our Heidelberg printing process and reduce the environmental impact.
Enjoy the full video walk through of the Heidelberg Sustainable Printing Q&A.
The Final Coat: Protection vs. Purity. Let's move on to a conversation about cover lamination. We always recommend cover lamination if the cover of your book or booklet has ink coverage where the card is folded during the binding process. For wire-stitched booklets, the larger sheet is folded in half then staple bound (saddle stitched). For perfect bound books, the cover is scored and creased twice before being glued to the text block to create a soft back book with a square spine.
Ink coverage on the folded part of the card can cause the paper fibres to open up and create an unwanted white area. Being honest, it doesn’t look too professional and makes the book cover look aged well before its time. To avoid this, our books usually add matt or gloss lamination on the cover, making them look pristine.
However, some authors or publication teams may choose to forgo lamination to preserve the raw and fibrous feel of uncoated paper or to achieve a retro or kitsch look. This choice may result in cracking and scuffing of the cover. You can see here on the cover of Moof Magazine that there is evidence of the paper fibres where the black ink has cracked along the spine fold. You might be trying to create this aesthetic, but if not, then lamination is advisable.
The reason we are discussing cover lamination in our sustainable printing article is because it is made of plastic. You can go for a 100% recycled card as a cover and laminate it. However, the laminated part of the cover will then not be recyclable.
If your publication is wire stitched and bound with two staples then these would have to be removed before the paper can be recycled. Of course, you could re-use the staples in a new publication which does mean they are not just for one use.
Enjoy the Eco-Friendly Case Studies page of our Sustainable Printing cluster at Ex Why Zed. Here, we proudly showcase a collection of recent projects that brilliantly exemplify the use of environmentally conscious materials like FSC and Recycled papers. Our goal is to not just display our work but to spark creativity and provide tangible inspiration for your next publication. Each featured project is a testament to the possibilities in sustainable printing, complete with detailed print specifications to guide and inspire. From the wholesome photography and creative flair of Finland.... to the compelling narratives of "Sean McDonnell - Life in Lockdown 4," these case studies are more than just projects; they're a journey into the heart of eco-friendly printing. Discover the varied textures, sizes, and finishes, and let the ingenuity behind these works embolden your approach to printing in a way that respects our planet. At Ex Why Zed, we're committed to leading by example, showcasing that sustainability and high-quality printing are not just compatible, but they are the future. Join us on this print journey, where every page turned is a step towards a greener world.
We continue our guide by exploring further green avenues. While FSC certification is the gold standard in sustainable forestry, there are a few other certifications and initiatives that are also making waves in the eco-conscious world.
Each of these alternatives offers its own unique benefits and challenges. The key is to choose the one that aligns best with your sustainability goals and operational needs. So, whether it's FSC, PEFC, or any other certification, rest assured that you're making a positive impact.
Why choose Ex Why Zed for sustainable printing? By aligning with industry pioneers, we ensure that our printing is not only of exceptional quality but also eco-friendly. As the go-to UK sustainable printer, we're dedicated to eco-friendly digital and litho printing, making a tangible difference with every print job.
The future of printing is green, inclusive, and innovative. With sustainable practices and Ex Why Zed's commitment to eco-friendly printing. If sustainability, quality, and innovation are what you seek, Ex Why Zed is the name you've been looking for.
In a nutshell, FSC-certified papers are the future of sustainable printing. They're not just good for you; they're good for the planet. So, the next time you print with Ex Why Zed, know that you're making a choice that counts.
Q: What is Ex Why Zed's commitment to sustainable printing?
A: At Ex Why Zed, we are dedicated to providing the most sustainable print solutions. Our commitment extends from using paper stock from responsible paper production practices to partnering with the World Land Trust and Woodland Trust. We ensure that new trees are planted and natural resources are conserved in every step of our printing process.
Q: How does Ex Why Zed ensure its printing process is environmentally friendly?
A: We focus on several key areas:
Q: Can Ex Why Zed handle large-scale printing jobs sustainably?
A: Absolutely! Whether it’s for large or small projects, our approach remains consistent. For larger jobs, we ensure that our sustainable practices, such as recycling processes for materials like coffee cups and the efficient use of inks and printing plates, are scaled appropriately. This ensures high quality with minimal environmental impact.
Q: What are the options for paper and finish in sustainable printing?
A: We offer a variety of paper types, each selected for its environmental credentials and quality. This includes the most environmentally friendly paper with a glossy finish for high-resolution images and high amounts of ink, or a more natural look with uneven areas characteristic of recycled paper. Whether you need single pages or a complete set, we ensure the safe area and outside edge of your page are perfectly aligned with your design.
Q: How does Ex Why Zed support clients in preparing their print files?
A: We provide guidance on preparing your pdf files and jpg files for printing. This includes advice on standard delivery formats, ensuring small fine text is legible, and how to optimise high-resolution images for printing, especially when dealing with synthetic material or specific requirements like the safe area for single pages.
Are you tired of designing your newspaper from scratch every time? Why not use a template to enhance your design and save time? In this blog, we will explore iconic newspaper designs from all over the world and learn how you can style your template using global trends. We will draw inspiration from The Telegraph, La Repubblica, and The Hindu to create a unique look for your newspaper. Additionally, we will analyse Monocle, Kinfolk, and The Gourmand's styling to gain further insight into the art of newspaper design. To help you get started, we have also listed some resources to dive into page layout and provided a step-by-step guide on creating Master pages in Adobe InDesign. With these tips and tricks up your sleeve, you'll be rolling out stunning newspapers in no time!
Step into the captivating world of newspaper design and explore iconic creations from across the globe. Immerse yourself in the unique and innovative designs that have captivated readers everywhere.
Gain inspiration from newspapers renowned for their exceptional design, and elevate your own creations to new heights. Discover the different layout styles and techniques used by these iconic newspapers, allowing you to infuse your own newspaper templates with fresh creativity and ingenuity.
By studying successful newspaper designs, you can enhance your skills and develop a deep understanding of what makes a design truly standout. Adapt and incorporate global design trends into your newspaper templates, giving them a contemporary edge that will captivate your readers and keep them coming back for more.
There's no need to reinvent the wheel when it comes to designing your newspaper template. Instead, dive into the rich tapestry of iconic newspaper designs from around the world and infuse your own creations with the knowledge and inspiration you gain. By using free templates available online, you can save valuable time while still creating eye-catching designs that grab the attention of a lot of people.
Let your creativity flow as you explore the world's most iconic newspaper designs and create stunning templates that leave a lasting impression.
Stay ahead of the design game by incorporating the latest global trends into your newspaper template. Experiment with modern colour schemes, fonts, and layouts inspired by international newspapers. Infuse your template with creative graphics that resonate with a wide audience.
Staple Bound and Ready to Distribute
Promote Your Brand to a New Audience
Ideal for University Student Hand Outs
When it comes to creating a captivating newspaper template, studying the design elements of renowned publications like The Telegraph, La Repubblica, and The Hindu can offer valuable inspiration. Analysing their effective use of typography, images, and colour schemes can help elevate your own design. These iconic newspapers are known for their visually appealing layouts and captivating headlines, so taking note of their techniques can greatly enhance your template.
In addition to the visual aspects, these newspapers have mastered the art of storytelling to engage their readers. Incorporating storytelling techniques into your newspaper template can make it more compelling and enjoyable for your audience. By borrowing design cues from the successful branding strategies of The Telegraph, La Repubblica, and The Hindu, you can create a template that resonates with a wide range of readers.
Remember, a well-designed newspaper template not only catches the eye but also delivers information effectively. By drawing inspiration from these renowned publications, you can create a design that combines visual appeal and storytelling to captivate your audience.
Take a deep dive into this fascinating Behance article featuring the redesign of La Repubblica. Award winning redesign, no less. You decide - what makes this a cohesive and stunning piece of work? What is the relationship between the headings, body text and imagery?
Discover the unique and artistic styling of publications like Monocle, Kinfolk, and The Gourmand. Learn how they create a distinct visual identity by striking a balance between minimalism and creativity. Incorporate elegant design elements inspired by these magazines to captivate your readers.
Looking for inspiration for your newspaper template design? Look no further! There are plenty of sources to explore and discover creative ideas. Start by exploring websites that dissect newspaper design, blogs, and design galleries that showcase unique and well-designed newspaper templates. Pay attention to the use of grids, columns, and whitespace in these templates, as they play a crucial role in creating a visually appealing layout.
We enjoyed looking through Behance and finding stacks of real-life newspaper redesign and creative artist impressions of how new newspapers could be styled.
Enjoy Young World by Marium Ayub which is a newspaper that inspires young minds and is almost hand-drawn in it's free flowing typographic style and layout. The limited colour pallet is also attention grabbing.
Maria Soares takes a modern approach to Jornal Da Bairrada using large, clear typography, a two colour pallet and flexible grid layout.
What are winning elements from this design? The masthead is easy to spot and has just enough white space around it to stand out. There is a neat section across the top which guides the reader to other feature content. The cover image is very prominent and is punctuated with reversed out white text for the headline. The inside page works on a grid layout with the title reversed out on the maroon colour bar which adds unity between the inside pages and cover. Be careful about adding too much colour - the bar is almost too large and dominates the page. This can get repetitive if it is repeated on every double page spread.
Can Duran redesigns Sozcu Newspaper and KiTAP freeing the content from over crowded clutter and using attention grabbing orange blocks to accentuate key stories and the masthead. You can instantly breathe as the content takes centre stage and the clashing typefaces are reduced to a much clearer, more structured approach.
Comparing the old style of each on the left and the redesign on the right it is instantly obvious of the aesthetic improvements. You can follow this layout to create a strong front cover.
Don't limit yourself to just newspapers either. Take inspiration from different industries like fashion, technology, and sports. These industries often have innovative and eye-catching designs that can be adapted to your newspaper template. Additionally, don't forget to study successful online publications and borrow design elements that resonate with your vision.
When it comes to designing your template, consider using tools you are familiar with like Google Docs or Adobe InDesign for ease and efficiency. Printing your newspaper can be done professionally or even through free templates available online. So let your creativity flow and create a newspaper template that stands out!
Ready to take your page layout skills to the next level? Dive into these resources and immerse yourself in the art of designing eye-catching newspaper layouts. By exploring insights from experts, you'll learn how to create hierarchy and structure through strategic content placement.
Organising your articles, images, captions, and headlines is crucial to capturing your readers' attention and guiding them through your publication. Discover useful tips and tricks for effectively organising your content, ensuring a seamless flow from one section to another. Visual balance and consistency play a vital role in attracting and retaining your audience, so be sure to master these concepts.
We're massive fans of the inspiration served up by searching for newspaper design on dribbble. Thousands of ideas light up your page. Take a breather and enjoy looking through them all for page layout, masthead and styling solutions.
Streamline your design process with Adobe InDesign by creating a master page for your newspaper template. With this feature, you can set up consistent elements that will be applied across multiple pages, saving you time and effort. By making changes to the master page, such as modifying headers or footers, those modifications will automatically be reflected on all related pages. This ensures a cohesive and professional look throughout your entire newspaper.
Ready to elevate your InDesign game? Dive into the world of Master Pages, the unsung heroes of consistent design layouts. Let's embark on this journey together, and by the end, you'll be wielding the power of Master Pages like a true print rockstar!
? Step 1: Launch Adobe InDesign Open up Adobe InDesign. Feel the creative energy? That's the universe telling you you're about to craft something epic.
? Step 2: Open Your Document
File
> New
> Document
.OK
.? Step 3: Meet the Pages Panel On the right side, you'll spot the Pages
panel. If it's playing hide and seek, simply go to Window
> Pages
to bring it into the spotlight.
? Step 4: Behold the Master Page By default, InDesign blesses you with a Master Page labelled 'A-Master'. Think of it as your canvas, ready to be adorned with your genius.
? Step 5: Design Your Master Page
? Step 6: Applying the Master
? Step 7: Crafting Additional Master Pages Need more than one Master Page? No worries!
New Master
button (it looks like a little page with a plus sign).? Step 8: Override Master Page Items Sometimes, rules are meant to be broken.
Shift+Cmd
(Mac) or Shift+Ctrl
(Windows) and double-click the item you wish to override.? Step 9: Revel in Your Mastery Take a moment. Breathe in. You've just unlocked a new level in your InDesign journey. Go on, give yourself a pat on the back!
So, if you want to create a professional-looking newspaper template, Adobe InDesign's master page feature is the way to go. It provides you with the tools and flexibility to streamline your design process, save time, and achieve a cohesive and polished look for your newspaper. Happy designing!
Want to save significant time and streamline your workflow when designing your newspaper? Look no further than the master page feature. By applying the master page to multiple pages in your newspaper, you can maximise efficiency and ensure consistency in design elements such as headers, footers, and page layouts.
The beauty of the master page lies in its ability to make global changes effortlessly. By editing the master page, you can instantly update all related pages, saving you valuable time and effort. This feature allows you to maintain a professional and polished look throughout your entire newspaper, providing a cohesive experience for your readers.
Whether you're working on a university newspaper, a local publication, or even a personal project, incorporating the master page feature into your design process is a game-changer. Not only does it save you time, but it also provides a seamless way to implement changes and keep your newspaper looking fresh and up-to-date.
So why spend hours manually adjusting each page when you can easily roll out the master throughout your newspaper? With just a few clicks, you'll be on your way to a beautifully designed and efficiently produced publication. Streamline your workflow today and see the difference the master page can make.
When it comes to designing your newspaper template, embracing the power of a grid layout is a game-changer. By aligning your content to a grid, you create a sense of order and structure that not only enhances the visual appeal but also improves readability. The grid serves as a guide for readers, directing their attention and establishing a clear visual hierarchy.
Experimenting with different grid systems allows you to find the most suitable layout for your newspaper. Each grid system offers its own set of benefits and can be tailored to fit your specific design needs. Whether you opt for a traditional modular grid or a more dynamic asymmetrical grid, the key is to leverage the flexibility and versatility of grid layouts to enhance your overall design.
Not only do grid layouts offer aesthetic appeal, but they also provide a practical advantage. With a grid in place, you can easily align and position elements on your page, ensuring a cohesive and professional look. This becomes particularly useful when you have multiple articles, images, and other visual elements to organise.
So, next time you're working on your newspaper template, remember that a grid layout is your best friend. It brings order, structure, and visual appeal to your design while guiding readers' attention and enhancing overall readability. With the flexibility to experiment and the ability to streamline your workflow, a grid layout is a powerful tool in your design arsenal. Embrace it and take your newspaper template to the next level.
In conclusion, a well-designed newspaper template can elevate your design to new heights. By drawing inspiration from iconic newspaper designs you can incorporate global trends and create a visually stunning layout. Take cues from winning publications to infuse creativity and style into your design. Sometimes simplicity is the best strategy - use a reduced colour, white space and clear typography to allow the reader to breathe and navigate around the content without feeling bombarded.
Don't forget to create a master page in Adobe InDesign to streamline your workflow and save time. A grid layout is your best friend for organising content and maintaining consistency throughout your newspaper. So, dive into these resources, let your creativity flow, and create a captivating newspaper design that grabs attention and engages readers. Happy designing!
The world is changing, and so are our printing practices. As sustainability becomes an increasingly important issue for businesses, it's time to start thinking about how we can print in a more eco-friendly way. Sustainable printing isn't just about reducing our carbon footprint - it's also about improving the quality of the products we create. That's why we're proud to introduce our sustainable newspaper printing services, using cutting-edge technology to create top-quality products that are kinder to the planet.
In this blog, we'll explore what sustainable printing means and why it matters. We'll delve into the nitty-gritty of how our HP Indigo Press and Heidelberg Litho Press use innovative technology to reduce waste and lessen environmental impact. We'll discuss the role of carbon-balanced paper in creating truly sustainable newspapers, and how recycled paper can be part of a bright future for the industry. So sit back, relax, and join us on a journey towards a better world through a sustainable newspaper printer.
Sustainable newspaper printing plays a vital role in reducing the ecological footprint of the paper industry. By using recycled paper, we can effectively conserve natural resources and promote sustainability. Additionally, sustainable printing practices contribute to the conservation of biodiversity. Through carbon offset initiatives, we can minimise the carbon footprint of the newspaper printing process. Ultimately, sustainable newspaper printing supports our goal of creating a better world for future generations.
Choosing eco-friendly paper, such as recycled or responsibly sourced paper, is a fundamental aspect of sustainable printing. Water-based inks, which are less harmful to the environment than petroleum-based inks, play a crucial role in reducing pollution. Opting for energy-efficient printing presses that utilise renewable energy sources further contributes to sustainability. Digital printing offers a sustainable alternative to traditional printing methods, while proper waste management and recycling minimise the environmental impact. By understanding these basics, we can embrace the most sustainable print solutions and make a positive impact on the world.
A sustainable printing process prioritises environmentally friendly materials and practices, minimising waste and energy consumption. It also involves using recycled paper and non-toxic inks. Certifications like FSC (Forest Stewardship Council) or PEFC indicate a commitment to sustainable practices.
- ? The modern paper industry is focusing heavily on sustainability and environmentally-friendly practices.
- ? Modern paper companies engage in sustainable forest management, ensuring more new trees are planted than are harvested.
- ? Paper is renewable and many paper companies undergo strict certifications to prove their sustainable practices.
- ⛽ The industry is making strides in energy independence and fuel efficiency.
- ? Sustainable forest management helps in carbon sequestration, thereby combating the effects of climate change.
- ? For every ton of wood produced, more CO2 is removed from the atmosphere than is produced.
- ? Compared to other sectors like electronics and telecommunications, the paper industry has a relatively minor environmental impact.
- ? The paper industry is geared towards a future of sustainability, renewability, and environmental consciousness.
Printing sustainably is a key priority for us. That's why we use our HP Indigo Press, which utilises water-based inks and reduces waste through print-on-demand technology. By adopting sustainable printing practices, we not only decrease carbon emissions and support environmental conservation efforts but also prioritise using recycled paper and eco-friendly packaging materials. Choosing to work with us means enhancing your brand reputation and aligning with your company's eco-friendly credentials. Together, we can create a healthier planet for future generations.
When you think of printing, perhaps you conjure up images of ink-splashed artisans labouring amidst large, noisy machines. But here's the scoop – at Ex Why Zed, our printing is not just about vibrant hues and crisp pages. It's about a commitment to our planet. Let's embark on a journey to discover the eco-friendly magic behind our newspaper printing.
HP Indigo, an institution in the realm of digital printing, has been colouring our world since 1977. This isn’t your grandmother’s printing press. With its futuristic Liquid Electrophotography (LEP) tech, it fuses colour into every fibre, resulting in vibrant prints that pop out and say hello! With a clientele spanning over 120 countries, their portfolio boasts a range from labels to luscious layouts.
From design to delivery, HP Indigo wears its green heart on its sleeve.
HP Indigo's presses make use of liquid electrophotography (LEP) technology, which allows for precise ink placement and minimises ink waste. This technology ensures high-quality prints with vibrant colours and sharp details. Furthermore, HP Indigo presses offer quick turnaround times, reducing production time and energy consumption. With LEP technology, on-demand printing is possible, eliminating overproduction and excess inventory. Additionally, HP Indigo's LEP technology supports the use of eco-friendly toners and inks, promoting sustainability.
Our Heidelberg XL 75 Litho press is at the forefront of sustainable newspaper printing. With eco-friendly methods that minimise waste and emissions, we strive to reduce our ecological footprint. By using FSC-certified paper from responsibly managed forests, we prioritise sustainability in every step of the printing process. Our vegetable-based inks are biodegradable and safer for the environment. Choosing our company means supporting environmentally friendly practices and contributing to a better, greener world.
If you thought our commitment to green printing ended with digital, think again! For those mammoth projects that exceed 500 copies, we roll out the big guns: the Heidelberg Speedmaster XL 75. Let’s uncover the shades of green this press brings to the printing table.
Born in 2020, the Heidelberg Speedmaster XL 75 is not your average press. This high-performance titan, tailored for commercial and label printing, marries speed with precision, churning out up to 16,500 sheets every hour. With options galore, from UV drying to varying colour formats, it's the Swiss Army knife of the printing world!
Heidelberg isn't just about top-notch printing; it's about moulding that process with an eco-conscious heart.
✅ Energy sippers, with an EPM power save mode.
✅ Champions of waste reduction, thanks to features like the Preset Plus feeder.
✅ Longevity lovers, thanks to modular construction.
✅ And, of course, advocates for recyclable printing.
With a 2020 report showcasing impressive metrics, like 34,150 tonnes of saved CO2e and 68% of total waste recycled, Heidelberg is not just talking the talk but walking the green walk.
Recycled paper has emerged as a sustainable option for newspaper printing. It reduces the need to cut down trees and saves energy in production. Although it may have lower quality compared to virgin paper, the future of sustainable newspaper printing lies in a combination of eco-friendly practices, including using recycled paper.
At our printing company, we take sustainability seriously. That's why all of our papers are FSC certified. This certification guarantees that the paper comes from responsibly managed forests, preserving the world's precious land and trees. Not only does sustainable printing reduce waste and environmental impact, but it also allows us to choose eco-friendly inks and papers that enhance the quality of the final product.
When you partner with us, you're aligning your brand with environmentally conscious businesses and their most sustainable print solutions. Our FSC certification is recognised and trusted by consumers, improving brand reputation and attracting eco-conscious customers. So, join us in making a positive impact on our planet while delivering exceptional print products.
Your newspapers will be printed on Edixion Offset, Revive Offset and Galerie range of papers. These papers are made from responsibly sourced wood fibre and undergo eco-friendly production processes. Not only do they offer high-quality printing results, but they also have minimal environmental impact. By choosing these sustainable paper options, we are not only improving our newspaper's overall sustainability profile but also appealing to environmentally-conscious readers. Together, we can contribute to a better world by making more eco-friendly choices in our business practices. Edixion Offset is our 'house' uncoated and Galerie Art are our smooth coated paper with a silk or gloss finish.
We prioritise sustainable printing practices to reduce our environmental impact. That's why we proudly use Revive Uncoated paper, which is made from 100% post-consumer waste pulp. The Revive range also comes to you as a Carbon Balanced paper product.. By choosing this eco-friendly paper, we minimise the need for virgin paper and promote the recycling process. Not only does it reduce carbon emissions and waste, but it also helps build a positive reputation for your business or publication. Join us in our commitment to sustainability and make a difference in the world.
Newsprint sheets are too thin for our digital and litho presses. They produce a cheap and cheerful finish which doesn't do justice to your artwork - images will show through from one side to the other. Your newspapers with Ex Why Zed will be printed on to a glorious feeling 100gsm paper. This paper, in a silk, gloss or uncoated finish is more premium to flick through and causes less damage on our machines than trying to print on to tomorrow's dinner plate.
Sustainable newspaper printing plays a crucial role in creating a better world. By adopting sustainable printing methods, we can reduce waste and minimise environmental impact. Using sustainable materials and processes not only benefits the environment but also enhances the reputation of newspapers among eco-conscious readers. Sustainable newspaper printing is a significant step towards a greener future.
In conclusion, sustainable newspaper printing is not just a buzzword; it is a necessity for a better world. By adopting eco-friendly printing processes and using recycled and FSC certified papers, we can make a significant impact on reducing carbon emissions and preserving our natural resources. Our HP Indigo Press and Heidelberg Litho Press utilise cutting-edge technology that minimises waste and maximises efficiency. With these sustainable printing options, we can produce high-quality newspapers while reducing our environmental footprint. Together, we can create a greener future and contribute to a world where sustainability is at the forefront of every industry. Join us in making a difference and choose sustainable newspaper printing for a better world.
Printing a newspaper is an art! It's a platform to showcase your brand, your voice, and your vision. With Ex Why Zed, take your newspaper printing game to the next level! In this blog, we will guide you through all the print specs options, sizing up your vision, tailoring your print run, the art of paper selection, and styling your newspaper to perfection. We'll also dive into the nitty-gritty details like binding options and customising your newspaper for maximum reach and engagement. Whether it's creating a design masterpiece or crafting a quirky narrative, we've got you covered. So sit back and relax as we take you on a journey that will help you create a print-perfect newspaper!
Craft a newspaper masterpiece by collaborating with Ex Why Zed. Get expert guidance on print specs like paper type, sizes, and formats. Benefit from cutting-edge digital and litho printing for high-quality results. Experience a seamless printing process with attention to detail. Your vision, brought to life!
When it comes to styling your newspaper, understanding the different print specs options is essential. Start by familiarising yourself with the various paper types available for newspaper printing. Consider the optimal GSM (grams per square meter) that suits your desired newspaper style. Explore different ink options to achieve the desired print quality. Don't forget to discuss design specifications with your printing company, such as margins and trim sizes. And of course, benefit from expert advice on choosing the right paper and print specs for your newspaper.
Choosing the right size for your newspaper is crucial. It impacts readability and aesthetic appeal. Explore standard sizes like tabloid and broadsheet, or go for a unique custom size. Discuss options with your printing company to find the perfect fit for your vision.
When creating your newspaper, consider the number of pages required to effectively convey your narrative. Explore storytelling techniques that align with your chosen newspaper size. Discuss pagination options with your printing company for a smooth reading experience and strive for a balance between content and white space to enhance reader engagement. Tailor the dimensions of your narrative to captivate and inform your target audience.
When it comes to styling your newspaper, it's important to consider the impact of standard sizes like A5 to A3. These sizes come with their advantages and drawbacks, which can greatly affect layout and design choices. Portability and readability are also significant factors to consider when deciding on a standard size. Analysing the impact these different sizes have on the overall look and feel of your newspaper is crucial. Ultimately, it's essential to evaluate whether a standard size aligns with your newspaper's goals and target audience.
Explore the endless creative possibilities of newspaper making, breaking away from traditional dimensions. Customise your newspaper's size to stand out and capture attention with unconventional sizes. Make a statement that demands attention with a unique and eye-catching custom-sized newspaper. Push the boundaries and let your creativity shine!
Determining the ideal number of newspapers to print requires consideration of reader demand and distribution channels. Strike a balance between meeting demand and minimising waste by making informed decisions based on market research and readership analysis. Maximise cost-effectiveness with the optimal print quantity.
For quantities of 1-499 we will print your newspaper on our top of the range HP Indigo Digital Press. This is the most cost-effective route to market for small to medium print runs. If you're eyeing up a larger print run of 500 copies or more, your custom newspaper will be litho printed for the maximum possible print quality. We also use vegetable inks on our litho press so do feel free to include a note stating that on your publication - it is a great selling point!
Whether you're looking for just one copy or a thousand, our printing services have got you covered. We specialise in catering to both small-scale and large-scale newspaper production, with no order being too small or too big. From individual prints to bulk orders, we accommodate all your unique printing needs. Count on us to deliver exceptional quality, whether you need a single copy or a thousand.
Embracing eco-conscious practices is crucial. Minimise paper waste by precisely calculating the quantity you need to print. Opt for sustainable materials and techniques to reduce environmental impact. Choose precision in your printing methods to make a positive difference and demonstrate your commitment to the environment.
Master the craft of choosing the perfect paper for your newspaper. Align it with your desired style and target readership. Consider weight, texture, and durability when selecting. Create a visually appealing newspaper with the right paper type. Elevate the reading experience with carefully chosen paper that complements content.
Give your newspaper its own unique personality by selecting a paper that reflects its tone and style. Enhance the reader's experience by matching the paper's persona with your publication's theme. Let your newspaper's paper speak volumes about its character and identity. Create a lasting impression with a paper that embodies your newspaper's essence.
Discover the magic of different paper finishes to enhance your newspaper's visual appeal. Experiment with glossy, matte, or satin finishes for the perfect aesthetic. Make strategic choices to create a captivating and engaging publication. Unlock the potential of your own newspaper's design using the right paper finish.
Contribute to a sustainable future by choosing FSC certified and recycled paper options. Prioritise environmental responsibility by selecting papers with eco-friendly certifications. Reduce your carbon footprint and support recycling initiatives through paper choices. Make a positive impact on the planet by embracing sustainable paper options. Join the movement towards a greener publishing industry with FSC certified and recycled papers.
When creating your newspaper, the visual decisions you make can greatly impact its overall appeal. Explore different font options to give your newspaper a winning style. Utilise white space strategically to enhance readability and design aesthetics. Experiment with graphics to add visual interest. Consider the newspaper size and layout to create an appealing design. Pay attention to overall design specifications for a polished final product.
When it comes to newspaper printing, understanding the concept of bleeding images can make a big difference. Bleeding images, where the image extends beyond the edge of the page, can create a visually striking effect, making your newspaper more engaging and eye-catching. However, non-bleeding images have their own charm, giving your newspaper a classic and timeless look. Ultimately, the decision on image presentation depends on your newspaper's theme and target audience. Discussing trimming options with your printing company can help you achieve the desired image presentation for your own newspaper.
Choose a colour scheme that complements your newspaper's content and target audience. Consider the psychological impact of different colours on readers. Experiment with elegant monochrome designs or vibrant hues to capture attention and create visual appeal. Work with a professional designer for a harmonious colour palette throughout your newspaper.
Your masthead is more than just a title, it's a powerful tool for creating brand recognition. Experiment with different font styles and sizes to make a statement. Enhance your masthead with relevant graphics or symbols that align with the tone and theme of your newspaper. Maximise its impact by discussing placement and size options with your printing company.
When it comes to newspaper design, typography is more than just a stylistic choice—it's a pivotal element that impacts readability, branding, and the overall aesthetic of your publication. In our Newspaper Type Readability Study, we found that the right typeface can significantly enhance the reader's experience, guiding them effortlessly through the content.
For optimal legibility, serif fonts like Times New Roman and Georgia are often recommended for body text, usually in sizes between 10 and 14 points. Headers can afford to be more experimental but should remain within the 24-30 point range for readability.
Your choice of typeface can also serve as a powerful branding tool. Fonts like Helvetica or Futura can give your newspaper a modern, clean look, aligning with a tech-savvy or youthful audience. This is where Typographic Newspaper Design Trends come into play, helping you stay ahead of the curve.
Pushing the boundaries of typography can make your newspaper stand out. Consider using colour in your headlines or pull quotes to draw attention. Strategic use of colour could increase reader engagement.
To break the monotony and encourage interactivity, consider using angular text. Placing text at an angle can create dynamic spreads and guide the reader's eye across the page. However, use this technique sparingly to avoid overwhelming the reader.
By carefully considering these elements, you can ensure that your newspaper is not just informative but also visually and aesthetically pleasing. Typography, when done right, can transform your newspaper from a mere information vessel to a work of art.
Choosing the right binding method is essential for newspaper printing. Stapling is a cost-effective and traditional option, while nested binding provides a sleek and professional look. Endorse folding ensures convenience and easy navigation for readers. The binding choice should complement your newspaper's overall style.
When it comes to binding options for your newspaper, you have two main choices: stapled or nested. Stapled binding creates a classic and authentic newspaper feel, perfect for those looking to evoke nostalgia. On the other hand, nested binding offers a more modern and sophisticated look, ideal for a sleek and professional appearance. Both options have their merits, so consider the target audience and content type when making your decision.
Endorse folding offers a reader-friendly format that is both convenient and stylish. With easy handling and portability, it's perfect for newsletters or promotional inserts. The compact design adds a touch of flair to your newspaper, while maximising readability. Ensure your content layout complements endorse folding for print perfection.
Discover the power of customising your newspaper to captivate specific audiences. Personalise content and design elements to resonate with readers and boost engagement. Utilise variable data printing for targeted messages. Consult your printing company to explore customisation options and optimise future editions based on reach and audience response.
To create a stunning, eye-catching newspaper that captivates your readers, you need to pay attention to every detail. From selecting the right paper type and size to making visual decisions and choosing the perfect binding method, each element contributes to the overall appeal of your masterpiece. With Ex Why Zed by your side, you can explore all the print spec options and tailor your newspaper to perfection. Whether you're looking for standard sizes or want to push the boundaries with custom dimensions, we've got you covered. Our eco-conscious printing practices ensure precision and sustainability. So, let your creativity flow and customise your newspaper for maximum reach and engagement. Craft a newspaper that leaves a lasting impression with Ex Why Zed.
Welcome to the exciting world of newspaper clubs, where ink meets imagination and every page turn is a journey into the extraordinary! Ever thought about capturing the essence of your university club, team, or society in print? Well, you're in the right place. This blog is your one-stop guide to newspaper printing, from brainstorming content to the thrilling moment you print a newspaper from PDF.
Imagine the exhilaration of unboxing freshly printed Ex Why Zed newspaper club printing for your group or society, each page a testament to your creativity and passion. Picture the Sports & Athletics Club members flipping through action-packed recaps, or the Art & Design Collective marvelling at a newspaper that's practically a work of art. From the Eco-Warriors to the Tech & Coding aficionados, there's a newspaper for every niche. And let's not forget the magic of inter-club collaborations—ever heard of "Paw-Traits," the delightful fusion of art lovers and animal enthusiasts? The possibilities are endless!
But how do you bring this vision to life? Enter Ex Why Zed, the printing partner that turns your PDFs into page-turning masterpieces. With next-day UK delivery, your dream newspaper is just a click away. Whether you're a seasoned journalist or a newbie with a notepad, this blog will guide you through every step of the newspaper printing process.
So, are you ready to embark on this incredible journey? Dive in, and let's make headlines together!
Staple Bound and Ready to Distribute
Promote Your Brand to a New Audience
Ideal for University Student Hand Outs
Visit our Newspaper Printing Prices page for the full, number packed, Maths brain testing spreadsheet.
Step into the adrenaline-charged atmosphere of a sports club on the brink of something monumental. This section captures the electric moment when athletes trade their jerseys for journalism, unboxing their freshly printed newspapers. Feel the excitement as they flip through pages that immortalise their triumphs, teamwork, and tenacity. It's not just a newspaper; it's a trophy they can hold in their hands.
It all began during one of the club's monthly committee meetings. Sarah, the club president, was brainstorming ways to celebrate the team's recent winning streak and to keep the momentum going. "What if we start our own newspaper club printing?" she suggested. The room buzzed with excitement. The idea was met with unanimous approval, and thus, the journey began.
The committee members were tasked with researching print companies that could bring their vision to life. After scouring the internet and comparing quotes, they stumbled upon Ex Why Zed—a company known for its exceptional print quality and customer service. A quick call to the company confirmed that they were the perfect fit.
With a print partner in place, the club dove into the creative process. They decided to run the project like a newsroom, assigning roles like editor-in-chief, photographers, and layout designers. They even invited a guest lecturer from the Graphic Design and Branding Level 3 Diploma course to give them tips on design aesthetics and layout.
The team wanted a visual feast with winning newspaper design and styling, capturing the essence of their club's spirit. They opted for a modern yet timeless design, with bold headlines and dynamic layouts. Photos from recent games were carefully selected, capturing the raw emotion and excitement of each match. The scores of their winning campaign were displayed in an eye-catching infographic, and player interviews were laid out in a magazine-style spread. The Guardian, a renowned newspaper from London, UK, has recently finished its redesign. This serves as a nice example of how multiple colours can be used without destroying the balance between visual appeal and legibility.
After weeks of hard work, the newspaper was ready for its final review. Each page was meticulously checked for errors, and the PDF was prepared according to Ex Why Zed's specifications. With bated breath, they send the artwork over. An email confirmation from Ex Why Zed arrived almost instantly, assuring them that their project was in good hands.
Days felt like weeks as the club members eagerly awaited the arrival of their inaugural newspaper club printing masterpiece. Finally, the day came. A courier van pulled up to the club's meeting spot, and stacked boxes were unloaded.
The atmosphere was electric as each member grabbed a box and tore off the sellotape. The moment had arrived. As they pulled out copies of their freshly printed, expertly designed newspaper, faces lit up like a scoreboard. They flipped through the pages, each photo and article more exciting than the last. When they reached the page featuring their favourite photo and the scores of their recent winning campaign, smiles turned into cheers.
And so, in that exhilarating moment, the Sports & Athletics Club realised they had not just created a newspaper; they had created a legacy—a tangible piece of their journey that would inspire current and future members for years to come.
Ever wondered which clubs could benefit from the tactile joy of a printed newspaper? Look no further. This section delves into a diverse array of clubs, societies, and teams that are ripe for the newspaper-making adventure. From the culinary artists to the eco-warriors, discover how a newspaper can amplify the voice and vision of any group.
Here are ten club ideas that could benefit from printing a newspaper to promote themselves or their events:
Each of these clubs could use a newspaper as a creative and informative way to engage their members and the wider community. It's a classic yet effective medium for sharing news and sparking interest! ?
Content is king, and this section is your royal guide to filling your newspaper with engaging articles, eye-catching visuals, compelling narratives, and custom editorial content. Whether you're a tech guru, a history buff, or a wellness advocate, we'll explore the myriad of topics and features that can make your newspaper a must-read for your members and beyond.
Let's dive into the kind of content that could make your newspaper club printing a must-read!
Each of these clubs could fill their newspapers with engaging, informative, and inspiring content that would not only entertain but also educate their members. ?
With our free UK delivery, any of these universities or niche areas could quickly and efficiently bring their newspaper ideas to life! ?️
Two heads are better than one, and this section celebrates the creative genius that emerges when different clubs join forces. Imagine a newspaper that marries the drama of the stage with the thrill of the sports field, or one that combines culinary delights with literary eloquence. Get ready to be inspired by some of the most innovative and unexpected collaborations that take newspaper printing to the next level.
Inter-club collaboration can create some truly unique and engaging content. Clubs could collaborate on special editions, broadening the newspaper's reach and content diversity. Here are ten pairs of university clubs that could join forces to create a special edition newspaper:
Newspapers are typically printed using offset printing technology, where ink is transferred from a plate to a rubber blanket and then onto paper. This method allows for high-quality, large-scale printing, making it the go-to choice for most professional newspapers.
Newsprint is too thin for our Indigo and Litho presses so take advantage or our premium papers to produce a newspaper that is not only a great price but also feels classy and more resilient. We will print your work onto 100gsm FSC Uncoated, 100% Recycled Uncoated, FSC Silk or Gloss.
Dive into our comprehensive masterclass covering every angle of newspaper design and filling your eyes with all the inspiration you'll need to get started on artwork and page layout.
You can create a newspaper using various software programs designed for layout and publishing, such as Adobe InDesign, Microsoft Publisher, or even online platforms like Canva. These tools offer templates and design elements that make the process easier, especially for beginners.
At Ex Why Zed you can choose any newspaper size up to and including 420x297mm, Digital Tabloid 380x289mm, Canadian Tabloid, the super cool 245x172mm or good old A4 and A5.
Newspapers generally follow a specific format that includes a front page, headlines, bylines, lead paragraphs, and body text. They often feature columns, photographs, and infographics to enhance the content. The layout is usually organised into sections like news, sports, entertainment, and opinion.
Daily newspapers typically include a variety of sections such as local and international news, sports, entertainment, business, and opinion pieces. They may also feature special segments like puzzles, comics, and classified ads to cater to a broad audience.
Writing a newspaper for beginners starts with understanding your audience and the purpose of your publication. Begin by outlining the sections you want to include and brainstorming article ideas. Use the "5 Ws" (Who, What, When, Where, Why) as a guide for your articles, and focus on clear, concise language. Don't forget to include visuals like photos or infographics to complement your text. Additionally, it is important to follow a style guide to ensure consistency in your writing and formatting.
Each of these FAQs offers a snapshot into the fascinating process of newspaper making, equipping you with the knowledge you need to embark on your own print journey.
From the exhilarating moment of unboxing your club's freshly printed newspaper to the endless possibilities of content and collaboration, we've covered the A to Z—or should we say, the Ex Why Zed—of newspaper making. Whether you're a sports enthusiast looking to immortalise your team's victories, an eco-warrior aiming to spread the green gospel, or even part of an unlikely duo like "Paw-Traits," there's a newspaper waiting to be created that's as unique as your club.
So, what's the headline of your club's story going to be? Don't let it be a "missed print" opportunity! Reach out to Ex Why Zed and make your newspaper dreams a front-page reality. Extra! Extra! Read all about it—well, actually, write all about it and let Ex Why Zed do the printing!
A: You can print a variety of newspapers with our service, including all custom sizes up to 420x297mm. Choose from a silk, gloss or uncoated finish and staple bound or just nested, where the pages run free and wild!
A: Yes, we have an extensive paper which dissects the winning templates employed by iconic newspapers, magazines and designers around the world. It takes a long look at what are good solutions for cover design, colour schemes and page layout.
A: Absolutely! You can upload your own design or use our templates to create a unique newspaper that reflects your style and content.
A: You'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
A: Yes, you can print just one copy of your newspaper. We offer a flexible printing service that allows you to order the exact quantity you need.
A: We use premium papers that are sourced from sustainably and organically managed forests. Our papers are high-quality and FSC certified or fully recyclable, ensuring that your newspapers look amazing while being environmentally friendly.
Read more on our sustainable newspaper printing options.
A: Absolutely! Our printing service is perfect for photography newspapers, art gallery newspapers, and any other creative project you have in mind. We provide the expertise and tools to help you make your newspaper look professional and unique.
A: The turnaround time for printing and shipping your newspaper depends on the specifications of your order. Typically, we aim to have your newspapers printed and shipped within a few days. Best to allow 5-7 working days and we do get a little more busy in September - December as Santa starts revving up his creativity.
A: We're here to help! If you have any questions or need assistance with your newspaper printing, our friendly customer service team is ready to assist you. We are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Do you have a passion for creating and designing your own newspaper? Look no further, as Ex Why Zed is here to help you bring your vision to life. In this blog, we will guide you through the process of creating a newspaper that truly reflects your creativity. We will share some tips on how to engage your creative thinking and repurpose existing artwork, design, and photography. Our newspaper printing journey with Ex Why Zed is a smooth and quick process. We provide unmatched customer support to ensure the highest quality of work. With our file set-up knowledge base, placing an order has never been easier. And when your printed project arrives, we guarantee nothing short of magic when you unbox it. Plus, there are many benefits to using Ex Why Zed such as choosing your own size and printing any quantity from 1 to 44,444. Join us on this exciting adventure and start transforming your ideas into print with Ex Why Zed today!
Experiment with different fonts, layouts, and illustrations to create a visually appealing newspaper. Incorporate social media elements to engage readers online and create a captivating masthead that grabs attention. Embrace the global canvas of newspapers and bring your stories to life with graphics.
Imagine sipping a cappuccino in a quaint café in Paris, flipping through the delicate pages of Le Monde. Or perhaps you're in a bustling Tokyo subway, catching a glimpse of the equally bustling page layout of Asahi Shimbun. Newspapers from around the world aren't just news carriers; they're storytellers, culture mirrors, and design masterpieces. Each offers a unique perspective, a distinct style, a different narrative rhythm. They inspire, they provoke, they captivate.
But why remain a mere spectator when you can be the creator? At Ex Why Zed, we've demystified the newspaper-making process, making it as easy as pie. And not just any pie, but your favourite one, tailored to your taste buds! Dive deep into our resources, drink from the fountain of global inspirations, and start sketching your newspaper dreams. And as you wonder about the 'how', fret not. Our comprehensive print journey is here to guide you every step of the way.
What makes The Guardian different from The Times of India? Why does El País resonate differently than The New York Times? It's all in the ingredients. A winning newspaper seamlessly blends content, design, typography, and imagery. It understands its audience, respects its culture, and yet isn't afraid to push boundaries. It's a delicate dance of tradition and innovation.
But beyond the logistics, beyond the design, and beyond the content, lies the pure, unadulterated joy of creation. Feeling the weight of the paper, seeing your words come to life, watching your visuals paint stories – it's magical. At Ex Why Zed, we encourage you to immerse yourself in this process. Revel in it. Enjoy the symphony of ideas, the ballet of designs, and the opera of final print.
So, as you stand on the precipice of newspaper creation, take a deep breath. Look around at the world's newspapers, draw inspiration, and remember - with Ex Why Zed by your side, you're not just making a newspaper; you're crafting a legacy. Ready to leave your print mark on the world?✨
Unleash your creativity with these 5 tips for newspaper making inspiration: Embrace brainstorming for innovative ideas, try mind mapping or free writing techniques, collaborate for fresh perspectives, take breaks to incubate ideas, and embrace experimentation in your process. Let your creativity soar!
To create engaging newspaper content, start by identifying themes that interest your audience. Stay up-to-date with current trends and events for inspiration. Conduct surveys or interviews for unique story ideas. Explore different angles and perspectives to provide a fresh take. Remember to keep your audience in mind and deliver resonating content.
Don't let your existing artwork, design elements, or photography go to waste. Repurpose them for your school newspaper and give your articles a unique visual appeal. Experiment with different techniques like cropping, resizing, and colour adjustment. Combine images or graphics to create stunning collages. Get creative and have fun!
Ready to embark on your print journey? With Ex Why Zed, you can create your own newspaper using their user-friendly online template. They offer desktop publishing services for printing and publishing, along with a wide range of fonts and illustrations to inspire your creativity. Plus, their customer support is there to guide you throughout the printing process. Start your print journey today and unleash your creativity!
Unleash your creativity with Ex Why Zed! Explore their extensive collection of fonts and illustrations for inspiring newspaper designs. Get ideas from their blog and social media platforms, and kickstart your creative process with a downloadable newspaper template. Let your imagination run wild and discover the endless possibilities of newspaper making.
Crunch the numbers by calculating the cost of printing your newspaper project with Ex Why Zed's transparent pricing. Consider quantity, size, and paper quality to stay within your budget. Plan wisely using our cost calculator tool. Make informed decisions about your project.
Need assistance with your newspaper making? Our dedicated customer support team at Ex Why Zed is here for you every step of the way. From expert guidance to personalised support, we'll ensure a smooth printing process. Reach out to us anytime for unmatched customer support!
Access Ex Why Zed's extensive knowledge base for file set-up and learn through step-by-step tutorials. Gain insights into technical aspects and ensure your artwork meets printing requirements. Optimise your design with our file set-up guidelines.
Ready to go ahead and place an order for printing your newspaper? Ex Why Zed makes it seamless with their intuitive online platform. Customise print options, review your design, and enjoy a hassle-free ordering experience. Place your order confidently today!
Staple Bound and Ready to Distribute
Promote Your Brand to a New Audience
Ideal for University Student Hand Outs
Experience the thrill of unboxing your printed masterpiece from Ex Why Zed. Show off your professional school newspaper to colleagues, friends, and family. Celebrate with high-quality printing and inspire others to embark on their own print journey. Reflect on your creation and share your achievement online.
Experience the magical joy of unboxing your professionally printed newspaper from Ex Why Zed. Hold it in your hands and admire the vibrant colours and crisp details. Share the excitement with others and cherish the memories created through your printed newspaper with Ex Why Zed's magical printing services.
Trust Ex Why Zed for professional, high-quality printing that brings your artwork to life. Take the next step in your creative journey by transforming your digital design into a tangible, professionally printed newspaper. Partner with Ex Why Zed and see your artistic vision come to life.
You'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free on the internet). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to.
We will download your PDF, then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Discover the advantages of using Ex Why Zed for your newspaper making needs. Enjoy the flexibility to choose your own newspaper size, print any quantity from single copies to thousands, contribute to sustainable printing practices, and benefit from free delivery services. Experience the convenience of our user-friendly online newspaper template.
Customisation is key with Ex Why Zed. No creative restrictions here, choose any size from 210x148mm to 420x297mm including A5, B5, Tabloid and A3. Small, compact formats or large, attention-grabbing sizes - we've got it all. Tailor your newspaper's size to suit your content and purpose. Get creative and experiment with different dimensions for a unique touch.
No matter the scale of your project, Ex Why Zed has you covered. Enjoy the convenience of on-demand printing with no minimum quantity requirements. Save costs by printing only the exact number of newspapers you need. Achieve your desired reach by printing any quantity, no matter how big or small.
Contribute to the environment with Ex Why Zed's sustainable printing methods. Minimise your carbon footprint by choosing recycled paper options and non-toxic vegetable-based inks. Showcase your commitment to sustainability with us.
Get the added convenience of free delivery from Ex Why Zed. We'll safely ship your newspapers, saving you time and money. No hassle, just prompt and secure delivery. Enjoy our complimentary service!
In conclusion, creating your own newspaper with Ex Why Zed is a fun and creative way to showcase your artwork, design, and photography. With our unmatched customer support, we're here to help you every step of the way. From getting inspired and crunching the numbers to gearing up and taking the leap, our knowledgeable team will guide you through the entire process. And when it comes to celebrating your success, the magic moment of unboxing your printed project is truly special. Plus, with benefits like choosing your own size, printing any quantity you need, sustainable printing practices, and free delivery, Ex Why Zed stands out as the go-to newspaper printer. So why wait? Transform your artwork into print with Ex Why Zed today!
You have reached at the stage where you have identified a book designer or a few possible graphic designers on Fiverr or PeoplePerHour for your upcoming project. You would now like to reach out and see if they have availability, if their pricing structure matches your budget and if they have experience of similar projects.
Here is an initial email you can copy and paste in as an initial design brief for photography book artwork for printing at Ex Why Zed. Use the structure and adapt the details for your own book title and expectations.
Project Overview:
Hello [Designer's Name],
I trust this message finds you well. I am a photographer who has spent years capturing moments, landscapes, and emotions through my lens. After curating thousands of images, I've selected a set that I believe tells a compelling visual story. I'm now looking to transition from the digital realm to the tactile experience of a celebratory and promotional photography book. I'm seeking a designer with a keen eye for detail and a minimalist aesthetic to help bring this vision to life.
Book Details:
Design Requirements:
Reference Material:
I will provide:
Communication & Feedback:
Open communication is vital for this project. I'd appreciate regular updates, especially when making decisions about image placement, layout, and design elements. While I have a clear vision for the photobook, I value your expertise and am open to suggestions that enhance the final product.
Timeline & Budget:
I aim to have the design finalized within [specific time frame, e.g., "5 weeks"]. Kindly let me know if this is feasible for you. Additionally, please provide a detailed quote, including any potential costs for revisions or design modifications.
Thank you for considering this collaboration. Your online portfolio showcases a sensitivity to visual storytelling that I believe aligns perfectly with my project. I'm excited about the possibility of working together to create a photobook that not only showcases my work but also stands as a testament to the power of visual narratives.
Warm regards,
[Your Name]
Well, fingers crossed they come back to you in a few hours or days with an enthusiastic response that helps you complete the next step on your print journey and one of the designers you approached can be chosen as the winning candidate.
A: A design brief for photography book artwork is a document that outlines the goals, requirements, and expectations for the design of a book cover or artwork related to photography.
A: A design brief is important because it helps communicate the vision and goals for the design to both the photographer and the book cover designer. It ensures that everyone involved is on the same page and working towards a common goal.
A: When writing a photography brief, you should start by outlining the project's goals and target audience. You can then provide details about the type of photography you're looking for, the desired mood or style, and any specific requirements or guidelines. Reading the content above is a great place to start.
A: A design brief for photography book artwork should include information about the target audience, the desired style or mood of the design, any specific requirements or guidelines, and examples of book covers or artwork that you like.
A: Yes, including examples of book covers and illustrations or sketches of page layouts that you like can be helpful for the book cover designer to understand your preferences and style preferences. Photobooks can be hardback or paperback / softback. Softback encompasses wire stitching and perfect binding.
A: No, you don't need to be a professional designer to write a design brief for a freelancer. However, having a basic understanding of design concepts, imagery, terminology and a vision for your photobook can be helpful in effectively communicating your message to the designer.
A: Yes, using a template or brief template can be a great way to get started and ensure that you include all the necessary information in your design brief. Copy and paste our one above and change the information to suit your self publishing project.
A: Some tips on how to write a design brief for photography book artwork include being clear and concise, providing specific details and examples, and being open to collaboration and feedback from the book cover designer.
A: No, the book cover design can be in colour or black and white depending on your preferences and the overall style of the book.
A: Yes, there are many talented book cover designers out there specialising in photography book artwork. You can search online platforms or ask for recommendations to find the right designer for your project. Enjoy reading our articles on finding a designer on Fiverr, identifying a great designer on PeoplePerHour and the Best Book Design Solutions.
You've now shortlisted a book designer or several potential graphic designers on Fiverr and PeoplePerHour for your forthcoming project. It's time to check their availability, see if their pricing aligns with your budget, and verify their experience with similar ventures. Below is a template email to get you started. Feel free to tailor it to your book's specifics and your expectations.
Project Overview:
Hello [Designer/Illustrator's Name],
I hope you're doing well. I am reaching out with an exciting project that I believe aligns perfectly with your expertise and creative flair. I've penned down a children's book story that I'm truly passionate about, and I'm in search of a talented individual like you to breathe life into it with captivating illustrations and a compelling design. The goal is to have a print-ready book that aligns with the guidelines set by Ex Why Zed.
Book Details:
Design & Illustration Requirements:
Reference Material:
I will provide:
Communication & Feedback:
Open and timely communication is essential. I'd love to have regular check-ins, perhaps at the end of each illustration or design phase. While I have a vision for the book, I deeply value your expertise and creative input, and I'm open to collaborative discussions.
Timeline & Budget:
I'm hoping to finalise the illustrations and design within [specific time frame, e.g., "6-8 weeks"]. Please let me know if this timeline works for you. Additionally, I'd appreciate a detailed quote, including any potential extra costs for revisions or additional illustrations.
Wrapping Up:
This book is a dream project for me, and I'm confident that with your expertise, we can create something truly magical. I'm open to your creative input and look forward to seeing how you envision the world of "Milo's Magical Moonlight Adventure." Please let me know if there are any additional details you need or if you'd like to discuss any initial ideas.
Eagerly awaiting your response!
Warm regards,
[Your Name]Hopefully, within a few hours or days, you'll receive a positive reply that propels your project forward. With a bit of luck, one of the designers you've reached out to will emerge as the ideal choice.
Digital printing is the fast and cost efficient way to get a small to medium run of your book or booklet into print. To get the best results, it's essential to optimise your artwork and take a little bit of time to ensure it is spot on first time round. Whether you're a seasoned designer or just starting out, understanding the intricacies of digital printing can make a significant difference in the quality of your final product.
At Ex Why Zed, we print our small to medium print runs (up to 700 copies) on our HP Indigo press - the leading digital machine.
We try to make the process as easy as possible. If anything on this page goes completely over your head then do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
In this article, we offer valuable insights into making designing artwork for print as smooth as possible on our digital presses.
At Ex Why Zed we print from PDF so ultimately that is what you need to send. 99% of computer programmes have an Export to PDF or Save As Pdf feature now so it is super easy.
We will pre-flight your artwork when it arrives and we will let you know if something doesn't look right but the ket things we check for are:
• Do the files have 3mm bleed on?
• Is the image quality good enough?
• Is your pdf the right size for the book you want to print and with the correct number of pages?
• Have you got any obvious content which is too close to the edge or even beyond the trim line and will be cut off?
• For wire stitched booklets we need one file in reading order. For perfect bound books we need a file for the cover spreads and second file for the inside pages. For hardback books we need either 2 or 4 files depending on whether your end-papers are printed. There are links to file set-up guides for each of these binding types below.
The number 1 reason for sending Ex Why Zed print ready PDFs from the outset is to save time and so your work can immediately go through pre-press and be printed and delivered asap.
Colour management plays a crucial role in the final result of printed artwork. Proper colour calibration ensures that the colours seen on the screen are accurately reproduced in print. Without it, there may be inconsistencies and variations in colour, leading to a subpar final product.
Choose this when you are saving images in Photoshop or when you are exporting from your layout Program. (If tis is not an option then do just go ahead and choose the Maximum setting or 'High Quality Print'.
The benefits using the FOGRA39 profile when saving images and PDFs for printing:
1. Standardised Colour Reproduction: The FOGRA39 profile is an ICC profile made using FOGRA39 characterisation data. This profile helps in defining the colours of a piece to be printed according to the corresponding printing standards. Using this profile ensures that the colours in the digital file closely match the colours that will appear in the final printed piece.
2. Ink Limitation: FOGRA27 allows a 350% total ink, while FOGRA39 has a 330% limit. This total ink limit can be crucial in ensuring that the printed material doesn't get oversaturated with ink, which can lead to smudging or other printing issues.
3. Consistency in Workflows: Choosing the FOGRA39 profile as the PDF output intent within design software like InDesign ensures that the colour management is consistent. This can be especially important when multiple people or design agencies are in the design for print process.
4. Better RGB to CMYK Conversion: Some sources suggest that using profiles like FOGRA39 can help in better conversion from RGB to CMYK, ensuring that colours remain consistent and true to the original design when printed.
It's worth noting that the exact benefits can vary based on the specific printing process, equipment, and materials used. Always consulting with the printing service provider and understanding their recommendations can ensure the best results.
You'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
All the information you need to set up your perfect bound book artwork is on this page. At Ex Why Zed, we are here to guide you through every step of the way. So, grab your drink of choice, take a breathe, relax and settle in for a 5-minute read.
Ultimately, all we need to print your books is 2 High Quality PDFs. This isn't daunting, all layout programs in 2023 generally have an Export to PDF or Save As PDF option leaving you to focus on making the design look good.
If you have ticked all five boxes here, then your artwork will be ready to go to print. Simple as that. ✅✅✅✅✅
Your Illustrated Guide Awaits. Our step-by-step perfect binding set-up guide is your go-to resource, answering nearly all the questions you might have. It is like your personal print guru!
Take a moment to dive off to our guide on Printing Winning Perfect Bound Publications and Understanding Perfect Bound Zines. Enjoy those snippets of help, then come back here to continue your set up process.
Here are a couple of helpful videos to watch before or during your design process. A quick 5 minute watch that will give you a useful insight into design considerations for perfect bound books.
Let us jump into some tips and tricks that will ensure when you design a Perfect Bound book, you have all the information needed to style it like a Rockstar.
The inside pages are glued to the cover with a 7mm hinge. This spans from the inside front cover to the first text page. Then later in the book another hinge is glued from the last text page to the inside back cover. The hinge completely hides a 14mm area across that spread so it is very VERY hard to have an image or graphic that goes across the two pages. It takes time and precision to ensure the two halves line up correctly.
Keep any important content, faces, or loved ones OUT of the centre gutter on your double-page spreads. There is a 4-6mm area in the middle which is very hard to see unless the reader risks pressing the pages flat and breaking the spine.
It is best practice NOT to have text which crosses the double-page spread either. With the 4-6mm lost, it can mean that letter or whole word can disappear making them confusing and illegible.
If it is crucial that the whole spread is visible then it might be sensible to choose wire stitching (staple binding) instead.
When it comes to graphic design, white space isn't just an empty void; it's the unsung hero of the design world. A seemingly simple concept but a breath of fresh air. Imagine diving into a book crammed with text, no breaks, no pauses. Overwhelming, right? White space is like the oxygen for your designs. It allows your content to breathe, making it more digestible and pleasant for the eyes.
Learn from the best!
If you're a print novice or a little unsure about where to start with your book design, then why not take a look at the award winning layouts and world class solutions from the team at Pentagram.
Ideally it will look like this on the first attempt ?? The PDF on the left has 3mm bleed and crop marks. In the close up on the right of the same PDF, you can see the image extends beyond the crop marks. This is how we need it.
If it doesn't look like this then to correct the problem, you need to amend one of two things (it is always one or the other of these):
• Have you dragged the background image or colour box out 3mm beyond the black trim line on your Indesign artwork file and into the bleed area? Try that, then export again. Click the image box with the black arrow tool then drag the corner handles out. You might then to reposition the image within the box using the white arrow tool.
• OR you have done the above but then when you're exporting you need to click the Marks and Bleeds menu, then type '3mm' into the four bleed boxes. This will add the bleed to the pdf. The export settings to choose are shown in the 'Export Adobe PDF' here.
All of our website's guides on file set-up are for Adobe InDesign which you can get on a one-week free trial. However, as long as you can export your finished work to a high res pdf, do feel free to use your favourite program. Other options are Affinity Publisher, Quark Express, Illustrator, and even Word or Publisher. The same principles and guides still apply when preparing your layout. If you cannot set up your artwork, do ask, we have a wealth of print knowledge and if it is a simple fix we will do our best to help.
If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
If you have prepared the PDF and ticked all the boxes in our checklist above then it sounds like you are ready for production. This is the exciting bit.
You'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it really couldn't be easier, you don’t need an account and it is free).
Add hello@exwhyzed.com in the 'Email to' box.
In the message box, please provide:
• your selected print specifications.
• the quantity of copies you need.
• your preferred delivery address.
We always review artwork with a free preflight check, pointing out any technical tweaks that might help. Before diving into production, we'll pop over an email with any suggestions ?
Settle down in your comfy chair for a few minutes, here are some helpful winners from our YouTube channel to highlight specific elements of the Perfect Binding process.
We're here for you. Reach out via email, phone, or live chat. We're just a click or a call away.
At Ex Why Zed, we are here to guide you through every step of the way. So, grab your drink of choice and settle in for a quick 5-minute read. Trust us, it's as easy as pie! ?
Got Questions? We're All Ears!
If you are just wondering something, we're here for you. Reach out via email, phone, or live chat. We're just a click or a call away.
Here is what we need to print your work:
If you have ticked all five boxes here, then your artwork will be ready to go to print. Simple as that. ✅✅✅✅✅
Ideally it will look like this on the first attempt. The PDF page on the left has 3mm bleed and crop marks. In the close-up of the same PDF (right), you can see the image extends beyond the crop marks. This is how we need it.
If it doesn't look like this then to correct the problem, you need to amend one of two things (and it is ALWAYS one or the other of these):
• Have you dragged the background image or colour box out 3mm beyond the black trim line on your Indesign artwork file and into the bleed area? Try that, then export again. Click the image box with the black arrow tool then drag the corner handles out. You might then to reposition the image within the box using the white arrow tool.
• OR you have done the above but then when you're exporting you need to click the Marks and Bleeds menu, then type '3mm' into the four bleed boxes. This will add the bleed to the pdf. The export settings to choose are shown in the 'Export Adobe PDF' here.
Your Illustrated Guide Awaits. Our step-by-step guides are your go-to resource, answering nearly all the questions you might have. They're like your personal print gurus!
All of our website's guides on file set-up are for Adobe InDesign which you can get on a one-week free trial. However, as long as you can export your finished work to a high res pdf, do feel free to use your favourite program. Other options are Affinity Publisher, Quark Express, Illustrator, and even Word or Publisher. The same principles and guides still apply when preparing your layout. If you cannot set up your artwork, do ask, we have a wealth of print knowledge and if it is a simple fix we will do our best to help.
If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
If you have prepared the PDF and ticked all the boxes in our checklist above then it sounds like you are ready for production. This is the exciting bit.
You'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it really couldn't be easier, you don’t need an account and it is free). Other alternatives to send us the artwork are Google Drive, Smash, MailBigFile or Dropbox.
Add hello@exwhyzed.com in the 'Email to' box.
In the Message box, remind us of
• your chosen print spec
• the number of copies you would like to print
• the best address for us to deliver to.
We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
If the PDFs are small and under 10mb then do just email them to us.
Here are a few helpful winners from our YouTube channel to highlight parts of the Wire Stitching process.
Welcome to Ex Why Zed, your go-to destination for high-quality hardcover printing. If you're looking to create a lasting impression with your book, then hardcover printing is the way to go. Not only do hardcovers provide durability and longevity, but they also add a touch of elegance and professionalism to your work.
- Overview of the hardcover book printing process
- Types of materials used in production
- Understanding the printing methods used for hardcover books
- Importance of prepress and proofing in printing
- Key elements of a visually appealing design
- Unleashing your creativity in creating a unique aesthetic
- Tips for selecting fonts, colours, and visuals
- Different finishing options
- Step-by-step video tutorials on binding
- Expert advice on achieving a professional finish
- Introduction to HP Indigo's advanced digital printing technology
- Advantages of using HP Indigo for hardcover book printing
- Case studies showcasing the quality of HP Indigo printed hardcover books
- Factors influencing the cost of printing
- Tips for budgeting and saving costs in your printing project
- Average turnaround times for projects
- How to expedite the printing process
- Planning your project timeline effectively
- Checklist for preparing your files
- Submitting your order and reviewing the specifications
- FAQs about the process and order fulfilment
- Benefits of partnering with a professional company
- Choosing the right printing company for your project
- A step-by-step guide to collaborating with a printing company for the best results
Hardcover book printing is a meticulous process that involves several steps to ensure a high-quality, durable finished product. Understanding this process can help you appreciate the craftsmanship and attention to detail that goes into creating a hardcover book.
The first step in the printing process is selecting the right materials. Hardcover books are known for their durability, and this starts with choosing a sturdy cover material such as cloth or leather from Winter & Company. Check out their range. This is good for a coloured smooth option:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/natural
And for more texture, check out:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/buckram/
The Winter and Company materials are ideal for foiling but cannot be printed onto so any content, like a logo or title, will need to be foiled.. To be transparent from the off, the material will be around £180-220 and the foiling adds a further £280. So while it will make for a visually great hardback book, it is an expensive addition on small print runs.
Of course, we can also add a printed cover to your book. This saves the cost of buying the book binding material and means you can supply bespoke artwork for the cover and make your book truly unique. The printed cover is then laminated for added protection and a polished finish. The book her uses white print on a black background to replicate a similar aesthetic to white foiling.
Next, the interior pages are printed. This can be done using traditional offset printing or digital printing methods, depending on the quantity and complexity of the design. Digital printing offers more flexibility and customisation options, while offset printing is ideal for large print runs.
Once the pages are printed, they are collated and trimmed to size. For digitally printed orders (generally under 500 copies), the inside pages are glued along the left-hand edge then bound in. For longer print runs with a larger budget, we can section sew the pages to create a strong binding that will withstand frequent use. This stitching also allows the book to lay flat when opened, making it easier to read and enjoy.
After the inside pages are bound, the cover is attached. The cover is carefully aligned and glued to the end-papers and text block, ensuring a secure and professional finish.
The final step in the printing process is quality control. Each book is inspected for any defects or imperfections to ensure that only the highest quality reaches you. This attention to detail is what sets apart hardcover books from other types of publications.
By understanding the process of hardcover book printing, you can better appreciate the craftsmanship and dedication that goes into creating these beautiful books. Whether you're creating a custom hardcover book for personal use or for your business, Ex Why Zed offers high-quality hardcover book printing services that will exceed your expectations.
When it comes to designing your artwork, the possibilities are endless. The sturdy and luxurious nature of hardback books allows for more creative design options compared to paperbacks. Whether you are creating a fiction novel, a coffee table book, or a commemorative photo album, the design of your hardcover book plays a crucial role in captivating readers and creating a memorable reading experience.
So, how do you find inspiration for your design? Here are a few tips to get you started:
Remember, the design of your hardcover book should not only be visually appealing but also complement the content and evoke the desired emotions in readers. So, let your creativity flow and design a hardcover book that truly captivates and delights its readers.
Ah, the art of graphic design for hardback book covers - where creativity meets functionality, and where every pixel and print has a purpose. Let's delve into this captivating world, shall we?
White space is the unsung hero of design. It's not just "empty" space; it's a powerful design element. It gives the eyes a break, making the layout easier to navigate. It can also draw attention to specific content, making it pop. In essence, white space is to design what silence is to music—absolutely essential.
A monotonous layout can be a reader's worst enemy. Mixing it up with columns, pull quotes, and sidebars can keep the reader engaged. Consider adding full-page images or infographics to break up long sections of text.
While variety is important, maintaining a consistent style throughout the book is crucial. This creates a cohesive look and enhances the reader's experience.
So, whether you're a seasoned designer or a newbie, remember that every choice you make—from font size to white space—plays a pivotal role in crafting a hardback book that's not just read, but experienced. Now, who's ready to create their next design masterpiece? ?✨
When it comes to creating a high-quality hardcover book, the finishing and binding process is key. It's what gives your book that professional and polished look that readers love. At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of this step, which is why we offer a variety of video resources to help you navigate through the finishing and binding process.
Our video guides cover everything from choosing the right materials for your book cover to tips and tricks for achieving a flawless finish. Whether you're a seasoned author or a first-time self-publisher, these videos will give you the knowledge and inspiration you need to create a stunning hardcover book.
To get a glimpse of the hardcover binding process and enjoy a snippet into the Print Journey of your hard book from PDF to finished work.
Grab the Popcorn and Enjoy!
Another video resource focuses on the different types of binding options available for hardback books. From sewn binding to perfect binding, this video will help you understand the pros and cons of each method, so you can make an informed decision for your book. It's a valuable resource for anyone looking to create a book that will stand the test of time.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that knowledge is power. That's why we provide these video resources to our customers, so they can make informed decisions about their hardcover book printing. We want to empower you to create a book that you're proud of, and that your readers will love.
When it comes to your custom hardcover book, you want to ensure that it is of the highest quality. That's where Ex Why Zed comes in. We are proud to offer HP Indigo digital printing technology for our hardback book printing services.
HP Indigo digital printing is renowned for its exceptional print quality, colour accuracy, and versatility. It allows us to bring your creative vision to life with crisp, vibrant images and rich, true-to-life colours. Whether you're a self-published author, an artist, or a photographer, our HP Indigo digital printing ensures that your idea will make a lasting impression.
One of the key advantages of HP Indigo digital printing for hardcover books is its ability to handle short print runs cost-effectively. Unlike traditional offset printing, which requires large print volumes to be cost-effective, HP Indigo digital printing allows us to print as few as one copy of your hardback book. This means that even if you just need a limited number of copies for a special event or a small audience, we can accommodate your needs without compromising on quality.
In addition to its exceptional print quality and cost-effectiveness, HP Indigo digital printing also offers a quick turnaround time. This means that you can have your custom hardcover books printed and delivered to you in a timely manner.
So, why settle for anything less than the best when it comes to printing your hardcover book? Choose Ex Why Zed and our HP Indigo digital printing technology to ensure that your custom hardback book is of the highest quality, with vibrant colours and crisp images that will captivate your readers.
When it comes to choosing the right printing option for your book, cost plays a crucial role. Hardcover book printing offers a premium and professional finish, but what about the price?
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of affordability without compromising on quality. Our custom printing services are competitively priced to suit your budget. Whether you're an author self-publishing your novel or a company looking to create a stunning coffee table book, we have options to fit your needs.
When determining the cost of hardback book printing, there are several factors to consider. These include the size and dimensions of your book, the number of pages, the type of paper and cover materials, and any additional finishes such as embossing or foil stamping. Our team of experts can guide you through the process and provide a detailed quote tailored to your specific requirements.
While hardcover book printing may have a higher upfront cost compared to paperback, it offers numerous benefits that make it a worthwhile investment. Hardcover books not only exude a sense of prestige and durability, but they also have a longer lifespan compared to their paperback counterparts, making them perfect for keepsakes or collector's items.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that everyone deserves access to high-quality printing services without breaking the bank. Our cost-effective solutions and attention to detail ensure that your hardcover book project is in safe hands. Contact us today to discuss your printing needs and let our team bring your vision to life.
When it comes to printing a hardcover book, one important factor to consider is the turnaround time. The turnaround time refers to the amount of time it takes from when you submit your final design to when the finished books are delivered to your doorstep.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the excitement and anticipation that comes with seeing your hard work come to life in a beautifully printed book. That's why we strive to provide quick and efficient turnaround times without compromising on quality.
There are a few factors that can affect the turnaround time:
When working with Ex Why Zed, we will provide you with an estimated turnaround time based on the specifications of your project. Our team is dedicated to keeping you informed throughout the process and will do everything we can to meet your deadlines.
So whether you're publishing your own novel, creating a portfolio, or designing a photo book, you can trust Ex Why Zed to deliver your hardcover books in a timely fashion without sacrificing quality. Contact us today to get started!
So, you've come up with an amazing idea for a hardcover book, and you're ready to bring it to life. You've put in the hard work of writing and designing, and now it's time to find a printing company that can turn your vision into a reality. Look no further than Ex Why Zed.
At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in custom hardback book printing. With our state-of-the-art printing technology and experienced team, we can ensure that your idea is printed to the highest quality standards. Whether you're printing a novel, notebook, a photography journal, or a children's book, we have the expertise and resources to make it happen.
But our services don't stop at printing. We also offer a range of finishing options to give your publication that extra touch of professionalism. From foil stamping to embossing, we can help you create a project that stands out on the shelf.
And the best part? Our turnaround times are fast, so you won't have to wait long to hold your finished book in your hands. Plus, our competitive pricing ensures that you can get the high-quality printing you deserve without breaking the bank.
So, what are you waiting for? Don't settle for anything less than the best when it comes to printing your hardcover book. Choose Ex Why Zed and let us bring your vision to life. Get ready to impress your readers and make a lasting impression with a beautifully printed hardcover book.
Contact us today to get started on your printing journey. We can't wait to work with you!
So, you've decided to create a beautiful hardcover book and now you're ready to print. But where do you start? Working with a professional printing company can make the process a breeze and ensure that your book turns out exactly as you envisioned it. Here are some important things to consider when working with a printing company for your hardback publication printing needs.
From the initial consultation to the final product, clear and open communication with your printing company is crucial. Make sure you convey your vision, preferences, and any specific requirements you have for your hardcover book. A reliable printing company will listen to your needs and provide recommendations based on their expertise.
When it comes to hardcover book printing, quality is paramount. Look for a printing company that uses high-quality materials, state-of-the-art printing technology, and precision binding techniques. This will ensure that your book not only looks stunning but also lasts for years to come.
The beauty of hardback book printing is that you have the freedom to customise every aspect of your publication. Discuss with your printing company the options available for cover design, paper selection, printing techniques, and finishing touches. This will allow you to create a truly unique and personalised book.
Before you proceed with the printing process, make sure you have a clear understanding of the timelines and turnaround times. Discuss the production schedule with your printing company to ensure that your book is printed and delivered within your desired timeframe.
Printing a hardcover publication is a collaborative process. Be open to feedback and suggestions from the printing company. Their expertise can help you refine your book and make it even better. Remember, they are professionals who have worked on numerous hardback books before.
Lastly, discuss the pricing and your budget with the printing company upfront. Ensure that you have a clear understanding of the costs involved, including any additional fees for customisation or rush orders. This will help you avoid any surprises down the line and plan your budget accordingly.
By working closely with a professional printing company, you can bring your vision to life and create a stunning book that will leave a lasting impression. So, don't settle for anything less when it comes to your hardcover book printing needs. Choose a reliable printing company like Ex Why Zed and enjoy a stress-free printing experience.
At Ex Why Zed, we need a minimum of 28 inside pages to make the text block thick enough to bind. So that is 28 pages of content, plus the front and back cover, you also have the option of printed end-papers which are a further 3 sides inside both the front and back covers.
Front Cover (choose from 170gsm Silk with Matt or Gloss Lamination or one of the cover materials from Winter&Co)
End paper left - glued to the inside front cover (170gsm uncoated)
End paper right (170gsm uncoated)
Reverse end paper left (170gsm uncoated)
First right hand 'inside' page - page 1 of your text page PDF. Choose from Silk, Gloss or Uncoated, 115gsm > 170gsm thickness.
Double page spread formed by pages 2 and 3 in your inside page PDF. 4 and 5 make a spread, 6 and 7, 8 and 9 etc.
At the end of the book, the running order is:
Double page spread formed by the penultimate last two pages in your inside page PDF.
Last left hand 'inside' page - the last page of your text page PDF. Choose from Silk, Gloss or Uncoated, 115gsm > 170gsm thickness.
Front end paper right (170gsm uncoated)
End paper left (170gsm uncoated)
End paper right - glued to the inside back cover (170gsm uncoated)
Back Cover (choose from 170gsm Silk with Matt or Gloss Lamination or one of the cover materials from Winter&Co)
No, it is not possible to print a hardcover book on a regular printer. Hardcover books require specialized equipment and materials for the binding process, such as binding boards and cloth or leather covers. It is best to seek professional printing services for high-quality hardcover book printing. Give Ex Why Zed a call and we'll do the hard work for you. Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Yes, you can print just one book when you are self-publishing at Ex Why Zed. Self-publishing gives you the flexibility to print as few or as many copies as you need, to control costs and test the market before committing to a larger print run.
Are you ready to bring your creative vision to life with a beautifully printed high quality hardcover book? Look no further! At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in short run hardcover book printing to help authors, artists, and creators like you share their stories and ideas with the world. With our quality service and fast turnaround times, you can trust us to bring your project to life in no time.
What You Will Learn:
When it comes to printing, there are many options available. But if you're looking for a high-quality, durable option with a fast turnaround time, then short run hardcover book printing is the way to go. In this article, we will take a deep dive into this printing process and all that it entails. Hardcover is so much more impressive than a paperback book with either saddle stitching or perfect binding.
Short run hardcover book printing is ideal for authors, self-publishers, and small businesses who require a smaller quantity of hardback books without compromising on quality. With this printing method, you can produce as few as 25 copies, making it perfect for limited editions, special projects, or test prints.
One of the key advantages of short run hardcover book printing is the ability to customise your project to your exact specifications, including custom size. From cover design to paper type and finishing options, you have full creative control over the final product. This allows you to create a publication that not only looks beautiful but also reflects your unique style and vision.
At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in book printing and have the experience and expertise to bring your vision to life. Our team of skilled professionals will work closely with you throughout the entire printing process, ensuring that every detail is executed to perfection.
Before sending your book to print, it's important to consider a few key factors. First, think about who your target audience is. This will help you determine the size, layout, and overall design elements. Additionally, consider the timeframe for your project and communicate your deadlines clearly with our team.
Once you're ready to send your work to print, make sure you have checked all the necessary details, including reviewing a proof on screen. From proofreading the content to reviewing the design and layout, taking the time to double-check everything will ensure a smooth printing process and a final product that exceeds your expectations.
First Class Service and Outstanding Print Quality
From the outset, ExWhyZed provided fantastic support and customer service. As a first time self-publishing author, printing was a bit of a mystery. Their long and detailed explanatory video was a hugely helpful start, which enabled me to understand the process.
I can't rate their service highly enough. Everybody who has seen the finished product is hugely impressed by the quality.
"Matt Rumbelow, first time author"
In the academic realm, students, especially those at the university level, often seek ways to make their final major projects stand out.
A small run hardcover book printing offers the perfect solution. By transforming their research, thesis, or creative works into a professionally bound hardcover format, students not only enhance the presentation of their content but also create a lasting keepsake of their academic journey. This tangible representation of their efforts can be a source of pride, and a testament to their dedication and expertise in their chosen field.
On the other hand, emerging authors can utilise small run hardcover book printing as a powerful promotional tool. Rather than investing in bulk production, an author can produce a single, high-quality copy to showcase on platforms like Kickstarter, attracting potential backers and readers. The tactile experience of a hardcover book can provide a tangible connection between the author and the audience, serving as a teaser for what's to come. Similarly, businesses looking to make an impression during a significant pitch can benefit immensely. Presenting information, proposals, or company profiles in a hardcover format not only speaks volumes about the professionalism and seriousness of the business but also leaves a lasting impression on potential clients or partners. In all these scenarios, small run hardback book printing proves to be an invaluable asset, merging quality with purpose.
With years of experience and a commitment to delivering high-quality printing services, we are the perfect partner for your publishing needs.
So, why should you choose Ex Why Zed as your short run printer? Let's take a look:
Ex Why Zed prides itself on providing top-notch customer service. Their team of experts will guide you through the entire printing process, ensuring that your vision becomes a reality. From choosing the right materials to selecting the perfect printing technique, they are there to assist you every step of the way.
Short run printing projects often require quick turnaround times, and Ex Why Zed understands this. Their streamlined production process allows them to deliver your printing in record time. You can have peace of mind knowing that your project will be printed and shipped to you promptly.
Ex Why Zed pays meticulous attention to every detail, providing outstanding service. They understand that even the smallest aspects of your book, such as the choice of paper or the colour of the foil stamping, can make a big difference. We always recommend lamination on hardcover books and you have a choice of gloss, matt or soft-touch. Rest assured that your books will be crafted with precision and care.
Ex Why Zed utilises the latest digital printing technology and state-of-the-art litho equipment. This ensures that your books will be produced with the highest level of quality and consistency. They stay up to date with industry advancements to provide you with the best end product possible.
Our commitment to quality service, fast turnaround times, attention to detail, and cutting-edge equipment sets them apart from the competition. Get in touch with them today and experience the excellence they bring to every printing project.
Welcome to the fascinating universe of hardback book design, where every element—from the smallest glyph to the largest image—plays a starring role. Ready for a deep dive?
White space is the pause that gives your design its rhythm. It separates elements, making each one distinct and easier to focus on.
Break the monotony with a mix of columns, highlighted quotes, and sidebars. Add in some full-page spreads to break up text-heavy sections and keep the reader hooked.
When it comes to printing your short run hardcover book, there are several important factors to consider before sending it off to the printer. These considerations can help ensure that your project turns out exactly how you envision it and meets your standards of quality. Here are some key factors to keep in mind:
Prior to going ahead, it is crucial to have a well-designed and visually appealing layout for your hardcover book. Consider how the text, images, and graphics will be arranged on each page. Make sure the fonts, colours, and overall design align with the theme and tone of your book.
Choosing the right paper stock and binding method is crucial for a successful hardcover book. Select a paper stock that complements your content and enhances the overall reading experience. Gloss can be eye-catching but too shiny for some. Silk is a professional choice. Uncoated retains a more natural feel that really complements some genres. Additionally, consider the durability and longevity of the binding to ensure that your project withstands frequent use.
It is vital to ensure images and graphics are of high resolution. Low-quality images can appear pixelated or blurry when printed, diminishing the overall professionalism and impact of your book. Aim for 300dpi and the work will be crisp and in-focus. We do prflight artwork when it arrive and will let you know if ay images are a little bit low res and could do with improving or replacing for better quality ones.
Before sending your book to print, it is essential to thoroughly proofread and edit the content. Check for any spelling or grammatical errors, inconsistencies, or formatting issues. Hiring a professional editor can help ensure that your book is error-free and polished. The website Grammarly is an awesome FREE plug-in which flags up grammatical errors and spelling mistakes.
If you plan on selling your hardcover book, obtaining an ISBN and barcode tends to crucial. This unique identification number ensures that your book is easily recognised and tracked in the publishing industry.
For the ISBN you should go directly to https://www.nielsenisbnstore.com/ who are the UK suppliers. On their site, you secure the ISBN, then download the barcode which can be added to your artwork.
When it comes to creating a hardcover book in the UK, finding inspiration and resources can be a crucial step in the process. Whether you're an aspiring author or a self-publisher, having access to helpful tools and ideas can make a significant difference in the success of your project.
One excellent resource for finding inspiration is Ex Why Zed. With their extensive experience in short run hardcover photography book printing, they have worked with a wide range of authors and publishers, helping them bring their creative visions to life. Their portfolio showcases a variety of beautifully crafted hardcover books, showcasing different styles, themes, and design elements. For those looking for design inspiration, Ex Why Zed's website features a gallery of stunning hardcover books they have printed. These examples can provide ideas for cover designs, layout options, typography choices, and more. Moreover, their blog offers informative articles on book printing tips, trends, and industry insights.
Our Definitive Video Guide on Hardcover Book Printing is jam packed with expert tips and tricks on styling, paper choices and cover finishes.
Remember, a hardcover book is not just about the content inside but also about the overall aesthetic appeal. You want your book to stand out on the shelf and captivate readers. So, whether you're seeking inspiration for your cover design or seeking resources for the printing process, Ex Why Zed is an excellent place to start. Their expertise and commitment to high-quality printing ensure that your hardcover book will be a work of art that you can be proud of.
There are some advanced techniques that can take your book to the next level. These techniques not only enhance the visual appeal of your book but also add a touch of creativity and uniqueness. Here are some advanced techniques that you can consider:
Add a touch of elegance and sophistication to your cover with foil stamping. This technique involves using metallic or coloured foil applied to the cover or spine of the book. The result is a stunning and eye-catching design that instantly grabs attention. Check out the range from Foilco for hundreds of foiling colours and finishes.
Spot UV coating is a technique that involves applying a glossy, clear coating to specific areas of the cover. This creates a contrast between the coated and uncoated areas, giving your book a visually striking appearance. It can be used to highlight certain elements of your book, such as titles, images, or logos.
So, you've decided to embark on the exciting journey of short run hardcover book printing. Congratulations! Now, you may be wondering about the costs involved and how long it will take to bring your masterpiece to life. Let's dive into the details.
The costs can vary depending on several factors such as the size, number of pages, the type of paper, and any additional finishes or special features you desire. At Ex Why Zed, we believe in providing transparent pricing and offer you good value. Our friendly team will work with you to understand your requirements and provide you with a detailed quote tailored to your project.
In terms of timelines, we understand that time is of the essence for many authors and publishers. That's why we pride ourselves on our fast turnaround times without compromising on quality. Typically, for short run hardcover book printing, will take 6-7 working days to complete the printing process, including pre-press, printing, binding, and finishing. We leverage our state-of-the-art printing technology and streamlined processes to deliver your books to you as quickly as possible.
When planning your short run printing project, it's important to consider factors such as the size of your target audience, your marketing strategy, and your distribution plans. These factors can influence the quantity of books you choose to print, which in turn can impact the cost per unit. Our team of experts can guide you through this decision-making process, ensuring you make informed choices that align with your goals.
Remember, short run printing offers you the flexibility to print smaller quantities, allowing you to test the market, make necessary revisions, and minimize the risk of excess inventory. It's a cost-effective solution that combines quality with affordability.
At Ex Why Zed, we are passionate about bringing your creative vision to life. Our team of experienced professionals is dedicated to providing you with exceptional service, top-notch quality, and fast turnaround times. So, whether you're a self-published author or a small publishing house, we've got you covered.
Now that you have a good understanding of the costs and timelines involved in short run hardcover book printing, why wait? Get in touch with us today, and let's turn your dream into a beautifully printed reality!
When it comes to printing a colour booklet, achieving the best results requires attention to various factors. These factors include understanding colour space, choosing the right paper type, utilising design software effectively, and managing colour accurately. By considering these key elements, you can ensure that your booklet is printed with vibrant and true-to-life colours, crisp images, and optimal print quality. In this article, we will delve into each aspect and provide you with practical tips and guidelines to help you get the best printing results for your colour booklet. Whether you are designing business cards, brochures, or any other type of booklet, this comprehensive guide will assist you in creating visually stunning print products that leave a lasting impression. So let's dive in and explore how to achieve exceptional print outcomes for your next colour booklet project.
The most important factors to consider when printing a colour booklet are the paper quality, color accuracy, resolution of images, and proper file formatting. Choosing the right printer and discussing specifications like paper type and ink options can also greatly impact the final result.
Objective: To achieve the best printing results for your colour booklet by optimizing printer settings and adjusting print quality.
To ensure your colour booklet printing is the highest possible quality, it is essential to understand and digest our file set-up guides. By doing so, you can optimise the colour accuracy, clarity, and overall visual appeal of your booklet.
To start, make sure your design project is set up in the appropriate colour space. This means using RGB color mode for digital images and CMYK for print jobs. Additionally, the type of paper you choose can also impact the final result. Consider factors such as the paper type (e.g., matte or glossy), weight, and finish to complement your design and meet your desired outcome.
When it comes to adjusting print quality, always choose the highest setting or 'max quality' when you export to PDF. This will ensure that all the images are in focus and at the best quality they can be when the work is printed.
Colour space is a critical aspect of achieving the best printing results for your colour booklet. Understanding and utilizing the appropriate colour space is essential in ensuring accurate and vibrant colours in your printed materials. When designing for print, it is important to use the CMYK colour mode. CMYK stands for cyan, magenta, yellow, and key (black), which are the primary colours used in subtractive mixing for print. By utilizing CMYK, you can accurately represent the colours that will be produced by the ink on paper. On the other hand, if you're designing for digital platforms, such as websites or social media, it is advisable to use the RGB colourmode. RGB stands for red, green, and blue and is used for screen displays. Understanding and applying the appropriate colour space depending on your intended output will help you achieve the best printing results for your colour booklet.
We recommend saving all images in the FOGRA 39 CMYK profile.
In print design, understanding the CMYK colour mode is essential for achieving accurate and high-quality reproduction in your booklet. Unlike RGB, which is a screen colour mode, CMYK is specifically designed for printing purposes.
CMYK stands for cyan, magenta, yellow, and key (black), representing the four primary colours used in the subtractive mixing process. When these inks are applied to paper via a printing press, they combine to create a wide range of colours.
The subtractive mixing in CMYK works by absorbing or "subtracting" certain wavelengths of light. Cyan ink absorbs red light, magenta ink absorbs green light, and yellow ink absorbs blue light. The more ink is applied, the darker the colour will appear. By adding these colours together or using different intensities, designers can achieve various shades and tones.
However, it's important to note that CMYK has limitations when it comes to reproducing vibrant RGB colours seen on screens. While CMYK can create a wide range of colours, it has a smaller gamut compared to RGB. This means that some bright and vivid RGB colors may appear duller or less vibrant when printed in CMYK.
To overcome this limitation, it is advisable to use CMYK bright colours in your design. These are specific colours that are optimised for printing in CMYK and appear vibrant when converted from RGB. By using these colours, you can maintain the visual impact and vibrancy of your design when it's printed.
In summary, understanding the CMYK mode and its subtractive mixing process is crucial for achieving accurate and high-quality print results in your booklet. By using CMYK bright colours and taking into account the limitations of reproducing RGB colours in print, you can ensure your designs stand out and captivate your audience.
RGB Colour Mode is a fundamental concept in digital design but is irrelevant in the print world - all commercial presses print using CMYK ink. In RGB, which stands for red, green, and blue, different intensities of these primary colours are mixed to produce a wide range of hues, shades, and tones. This mode is particularly significant when dealing with digital images and design projects.
Understanding RGB Color Mode is crucial when creating your colour booklet as it ensures that the colours you choose are accurately represented both on screen and on paper. It is important to note that RGB is a screen colour mode and may display differently when converted to CMYK for printing purposes. Therefore, ensure you consult with your printer and utilize proper colour management options to achieve the desired print results.
If you cannot go through each RGB image and convert it to CMYK ii Photoshop, Lightroom or another image manipulation program then we can do it here with one click but just remember, that gives you less control and the results on paper WILL be different than how the images look on screen.
Yes, we can print Pantone and Spot Colours too on our litho press. This machine is cost-effective for printing 700 copies or more. Pantone was historically the best way of a graphic designer telling the specific printer exactly which shade of colour they would like to print. The pigment and ink would then be mixed up from the colour wheel to make that exact shade. It was a time consuming and costly workflow that thankfully has been nearly phased out and maybe 1 or 2 jobs a year now come to us with Pantone colours included. Phew!
Colour casts can have a significant impact on the final printing results of a colour booklet. A colour cast occurs when there is an unwanted tint or hue in an image, typically caused by factors such as lighting conditions or improper colour settings.
If you are looking to print a book featuring images that appear black & white or monochrome on screen but are actually in full colour then this is a crucial video for you to watch, absorb and act on. It can be extremely hard to effectively print black-and-white images in digital print. Thankfully, this isn't our first rodeo so in the video below we take a deep dive into how to get around this and why it is so difficult. This is an issue that you will encounter at every printer but at Ex Why Zed we are keen to point it out and help before going ahead.
When a colour cast is present in an image, it can distort the true representation of colours, resulting in inaccurate and less vibrant prints. For example, if there is a blue colour cast, the overall appearance of the printed booklet may have a bluish tint, making other colours appear dull or washed out.
The lighting conditions during the image capture process play a crucial role in the occurrence of colour casts. Different light sources have different colour temperatures, which can affect the appearance of colours in the final print. Additionally, if the colour management settings are not properly adjusted in the design software, it can also lead to undesirable colour shifts and casts.
To achieve the best printing results for a colour booklet, it is essential to carefully manage and eliminate colour casts. This can be done by adjusting the white balance, using proper lighting techniques, and calibrating the colour settings in the design software. By ensuring accurate colour reproduction, the booklet will have vibrant and true-to-life colours, enhancing its overall appearance and quality.
Design software and projects are key elements in achieving the best printing results for your colour booklet. For an in-depth guide on the best design software to use for creating a booklet, check our comprehensive guide.
When working with design software such as Adobe Illustrator or Adobe Photoshop, it is important to ensure that the colour management options are properly set. This includes choosing the appropriate colour space, such as RGB or CMYK, depending on whether your booklet will be printed digitally or using traditional printing methods. Additionally, using the correct file formats, such as PDF or RGB files, will ensure that the colours are accurately represented when printed.
When starting a design project for your colour booklet, it is essential to consider the final print size and type of paper. Different paper types, such as matte or glossy, can affect the appearance of colours and textures. Understanding how different paper types interact with ink can help you make informed decisions about the overall look and feel of your booklet.
Another important factor to consider is the print quality setting. Adjusting the print quality setting to the maximum DPI (dots per inch) can result in crisper and more vibrant prints. However, it is crucial to find the right balance between file size and print quality, as larger file sizes may take longer to print and may not be supported by all printers.
By paying attention to these design software and project considerations, you can ensure that your colour booklet achieves the best printing results, with vibrant and accurate colours that captivate your readers.
When working on your design project for a colour booklet, using Adobe InDesign can provide you with the tools and features you need to create professional-looking designs. To ensure the best printing results, it's important to properly set up your document in Adobe InDesign.
Start by checking the colour mode of your document. This can be done by accessing the "Colour Panel" or by going to "Window", then "Colour", and selecting "Colour" again. By default, Adobe InDesign works in the RGB colour mode, which is ideal for digital images. However, for print jobs, it's recommended to switch to the CMYK colour mode, which is suited for ink-on-paper printing. This will ensure that the colours in your design appear accurately when printed.
To optimise your print job, it's always a good idea to submit your design as a PDF with bleed. Bleed is the extra area of your design that extends beyond the trim edge. Adding bleed prevents any unwanted white edges around your artwork when it is trimmed to size. Adobe InDesign allows you to set up bleed when creating a new document or by modifying the document settings under the "File" menu.
For further assistance and guidance on printing your colour booklet, consider signing up for The Print Shop's mailing list. By joining, you'll receive valuable information and tips on how to achieve the best print results for various projects.
By utilising Adobe InDesign and following these steps, you can ensure that your design project for a colour booklet is prepared correctly for printing and that the final results meet your expectations.
This is InDesign's powerful compatriot but should be used for image generation and editing rather than page layout. Make your images in Photoshop perfect, then bring them into InDesign.
Affinity Publisher is a powerful design software that offers a range of features and capabilities for creating stunning booklets. With its user-friendly interface and extensive toolset, it is an excellent choice for both beginners and professional designers.
To start a booklet project in Affinity Publisher, simply open the software and create a new document. You can choose from a variety of preset paper sizes or customise your own. Affinity Publisher also allows you to set the number of pages and the orientation of your booklet.
Once the document is set up, you can start designing your booklet using the key tools and functions in Affinity Publisher. The software offers a wide range of design and layout options, such as grids, guides, and master pages, to help you create a visually appealing and well-organised booklet. You can also add images, text, shapes, and other elements to enhance your page layout and design.
Affinity Publisher provides advanced typography features, including precise control over leading, kerning, and tracking. It also supports the import of various file formats, making it easy to incorporate graphics and turn your illustrations into a printed booklet.
With its intuitive interface, Affinity Publisher allows you to efficiently manage and arrange your booklet's pages, ensuring a seamless reading experience. The software also offers export options, allowing you to save your booklet in various formats, including PDF, for printing or digital distribution.
In conclusion, Affinity Publisher is a versatile design software that provides the necessary tools and functions to create beautiful and professional booklets. Whether you are a graphic designer or a business owner, Affinity Publisher can help you bring your booklet project to life.
Canva is a user-friendly online design tool that is perfect for designing your booklet. With its wide range of templates, graphics, and fonts, you can easily create a professional-looking booklet without any design experience.
To get started, simply sign up for a free Canva account and log in. Once you're logged in, you can choose from hundreds of pre-designed templates for booklets. These templates are fully customisable, allowing you to change colours, fonts, and layout to match your vision.
One of the great features of Canva is its extensive library of graphics and images. You can search for specific graphics or browse through different categories to find the perfect illustrations for your booklet. Canva also allows you to upload your own images and easily drag and drop them into your design.
In addition to templates and graphics, Canva offers a wide selection of fonts to choose from. You can easily change the font style, size, and colour to create a visually appealing and readable booklet.
Once you've finished designing your booklet, you can export it in various file formats such as PDF, JPG, or PNG. This makes it easy to print your booklet or share it digitally with others.
Overall, Canva is a fantastic design tool that provides all the features and capabilities you need to create a stunning booklet. Its user-friendly interface, templates, graphics, and customisation options make it a popular choice among both beginners and experienced designers.
Ultimately, we just need a high resolution PDF to be able to print your work. Every computer program these days will likely have the function to Export to PDF or Save As Pdf. Do go ahead and use the software you are most comfortable with, send it over to us and we'll give it a good check through then advise on any change or technical issues that need changing.
Are you an aspiring author looking to create a masterpiece in the form of a hardback book? Look no further than Ex Why Zed! Our one-stop solution for hardback book printing is here to provide you with quality prints that keep readers coming back for more. With features that make Ex Why Zed stand out, our process is simple and efficient, taking your manuscript from raw text to a printed work of art. We offer a range of design inspirations and options, ensuring your book stands out from the crowd. And if you're interested in self-publishing, we've got you covered too! Discover the role of self-publishing in today's literary landscape and why Ex Why Zed is the perfect choice for authors who want to take control of their work. Plus, learn about what makes hardback books such a preferred choice for readers and how we ensure quality in every print. So what are you waiting for? Let's transform your manuscript into a masterpiece today!
Discover the convenience of hardback book printing with Ex Why Zed. Our one-stop solution allows you to get your book professionally printed with ease and efficiency. No more dealing with multiple vendors or complex processes. Ex Why Zed offers a seamless solution for all your hardback book printing needs. We pride ourselves on delivering quality and durability, ensuring that your book stands the test of time. Elevate your book with a luxurious hardcover edition, adding that extra touch of elegance and professionalism. Whether you're a self-published author or a publishing house, Ex Why Zed is here to make your printing journey smooth and successful. So why wait? Experience the convenience and excellence of hardback book printing with Ex Why Zed today.
Ex Why Zed truly stands out when it comes to printing hardback books. With their high-quality printing services, they ensure that your book looks and feels exceptional. Customisation options are also available, allowing you to choose the perfect paper type and cover design for your book. What sets Ex Why Zed apart is their expertise in the printing and publishing industry. They understand the standards and requirements, ensuring that your book meets professional standards. And when it comes to the printing and binding process, Ex Why Zed's professionalism shines through. They handle everything with precision and care, delivering a final product that exceeds expectations. Additionally, their exceptional customer service adds an extra layer of satisfaction. With Ex Why Zed, getting your hardback book printed is not only easy but also an enjoyable experience.
Which stage are you at on your journey from acorn to finished book?
the Ex Why Zed Print Journey, a roadmap to transforming your creative inklings into tangible masterpieces. Let's break it down for the on-the-go creatives out there:
In a nutshell, we're not just printing your project; we're co-piloting your creative journey. So why not make Ex Why Zed your next creative pit stop? ?✨✉️
For a full overview of the process jump over to our complete Print Journey and work through the stages getting ideas, inspiration and help along the way.
Experience the seamless process of turning your manuscript into a beautifully printed hardback book with Ex Why Zed. Trust us to handle every step of the book printing process, ensuring a hassle-free experience for you. Our efficient printing process guarantees that your book will be transformed into a masterpiece with just a few clicks. We understand the importance of simplicity and efficiency, which is why we have streamlined our process from start to finish. With Ex Why Zed, you can enjoy the convenience of getting your new book printed and bound professionally without any queries or complications. Let us take care of everything while you sit back and witness your manuscript come to life.
Breaking down the steps to getting your hardback book printed is a smooth and seamless process with Ex Why Zed. Start by submitting your PDF (that is all we need to print your work), and our team will provide you with a personalised quote tailored to your book's requirements. Or if you haven't reached the design stage, send us an email or jump on our Project Builder to choose your options. Collaborate with our expert team to finalise the specifications of your book, including paper type and cover design options. Once everything is set, we'll prepare your manuscript for printing and proofreading, ensuring that every detail is perfect.
When your manuscript is approved, it's time for us to work our magic. Using our state-of-the-art printing technology, we'll print and bind your hardback book to the highest quality standards. Finally, it's time to receive your finished hardback books and start sharing your masterpiece with the world. Whether you're an aspiring author or a self-published writer, Ex Why Zed makes the process easy, efficient, and enjoyable. So, don't wait any longer – let us bring your new book to life and make it available for readers across the UK and beyond.
Explore a world of design possibilities to make your book visually appealing and captivating for readers. With Ex Why Zed, you have the opportunity to send us entirely your own book cover design, choosing from a range of options that will truly make your book stand out on the shelves. From different design styles to colour schemes and typography, there is something for every author's unique vision.
Need inspiration? Look no further than Ex Why Zed's portfolio of stunning hardback book projects. Whether you're publishing a new book or reimagining an existing one, Ex Why Zed has the expertise to create a cover that will catch the eye of readers. Don't settle for a generic cover, let Ex Why Zed help you create a uniquely designed masterpiece.
When it comes to designing your book, don't be afraid to get creative and explore different design styles. At Ex Why Zed, we understand that finding the perfect fit for your book is crucial. That's why we encourage you to experiment with various design styles to make your book visually appealing and captivating to readers.
If you're looking for a sleek and modern look, incorporating minimalist design elements can do the trick. Simplicity can often speak volumes and create a sophisticated aesthetic that resonates with your audience. On the other hand, if you want to evoke a sense of nostalgia, embracing vintage-inspired design can transport your readers to a different era and create a timeless feel.
Think of white space as the canvas upon which your design elements dance. It offers visual relief, making your layout more digestible and directing focus where it's needed.
For a more contemporary touch, opting for a modern design style can appeal to today's audience. Explore bold color palettes, innovative typography, and cutting-edge layouts to make your book stand out. The possibilities are endless when it comes to design, and at Ex Why Zed, we're here to help you bring your vision to life.
So, don't be afraid to push the boundaries and discover the design style that perfectly complements your book. With Ex Why Zed, you'll have access to a team of experts who will guide you through the process and ensure that your book looks as captivating as its content. Let your creativity soar and embark on a design journey that will make your book truly unique.
When it comes to choosing the perfect color scheme and typography for your book, it's important to align them with the tone and genre. Experiment with different combinations and font styles, finding the right balance between creativity and legibility. Let Ex Why Zed guide you in creating a visually pleasing design.
Avoid layout lethargy by incorporating varied elements like text boxes, quotes, and side notes. Intersperse these with full-page visuals to keep your reader's eyes dancing across the pages.
Learn the art of self-publishing with Ex Why Zed. Take advantage of our services to bring your book to life. Trust us to handle printing and distribution, giving you the freedom and control over your publishing journey. Experience empowerment through self-publishing.
In today's literary landscape, self-publishing has revolutionized the way authors bring their stories to life. With Ex Why Zed, you have the power to empower yourself as an author and join a growing community of self-published authors. Embrace the opportunities and creative freedom that self-publishing offers, navigating the evolving publishing landscape with Ex Why Zed as your partner. In a world where online platforms like Amazon have made it easier than ever to publish and distribute books, self-publishing gives you the control to share your work with the world. Have queries about self-publishing or need help with your new book? Look no further than Ex Why Zed, the UK's one-stop destination for self-publishing success. Join us and discover how we can support you on your self-publishing journey.
Experience the benefits of Ex Why Zed's expertise in the printing and publishing industry. Receive personalized guidance and support throughout your self-publishing journey. Trust us to deliver high-quality printed books for your self-published works. Expand your reach with our extensive distribution network and services. Discover the professionalism and satisfaction of self-publishing with Ex Why Zed.
A hardback book adds a touch of elegance to your collection, with its sturdy construction ensuring it withstands frequent use. Perceived as higher quality and prestigious, hardback books make excellent gifts. Many readers prefer the feel of a hardcover book in their hands.
Hardback books have an undeniable aesthetic appeal that sets them apart. The glossy finish of these books gives them a polished and professional look, perfect for showcasing your work. Additionally, the dust jacket on a hardcover book can feature stunning artwork or photographs, instantly capturing the reader's attention. Moreover, the spine of a hardback book looks attractive and stands out on a bookshelf, making it a great addition to any collection. One of the reasons why hardcover books are so visually appealing is the use of foil stamping or embossing, which adds visual interest and makes them stand out even more. Furthermore, the larger format of a hardcover book allows for more detailed and intricate designs that can truly enhance the reading experience. So, if you're looking for a book that not only tells a captivating story but also looks beautiful on your shelf, consider getting a hardback book printed in just a few clicks with Ex Why Zed.
When it comes to the durability and longevity of books, hardback books are undoubtedly a top contender. The hard cover of a hardback book provides extra protection against wear and tear, ensuring that your book remains in excellent condition for years to come. Unlike paperback books, hardcover books have stitched binding, making them more durable and less prone to falling apart.
Another factor that contributes to the long-lasting nature of hardback books is the thicker paper used in their production. This thicker paper resists yellowing and tearing, allowing the book to maintain its aesthetic appeal over time. Additionally, hardback books retain their shape and condition better than their paperback counterparts, making them ideal for those looking to build a lasting collection.
Apart from their physical attributes, hardback books hold sentimental value as well. As cherished heirlooms, they can be passed down through generations, creating a connection between family members and preserving memories. So, if you're looking for a book that can stand the test of time both in terms of durability and emotional significance, a hardback book is the way to go.
Ex Why Zed guarantees top-notch quality in every print by utilising cutting-edge printing technology for precise results. Our team of experts meticulously inspects each print to eliminate any flaws. Additionally, we use high-quality materials and follow strict quality control measures to maintain consistent standards. Rest assured, your hardback book will be printed with utmost care.
At Ex Why Zed, we have a deep-rooted commitment to delivering nothing less than impeccable printing results for every customer. We understand the importance of exceptional print quality and strive to exceed customer expectations in every way possible. Our dedication to quality extends to every single aspect of the printing process, from the selection of materials to the final inspection of the finished product.
When it comes to producing hardback books, we take great pride in meeting and surpassing the highest standards. We know that a new book holds great value to its author and readers alike, which is why we go above and beyond to ensure that each print is of the utmost quality. Whether you're publishing a novel, a memoir, or any other genre, our team at Ex Why Zed is committed to delivering the best results.
Customer satisfaction is at the core of everything we do, and we stand by the quality of every print we produce. With Ex Why Zed, you can trust that your hardback book will be a masterpiece that exceeds your expectations. So, why settle for anything less? Choose Ex Why Zed and experience the assurance of our commitment to quality.
Transform your manuscript into a beautifully printed hardback book with Ex Why Zed. Our team of experts will guide you through the printing process, ensuring a professional-looking hardcover book that is truly unique. Trust us to bring your vision to life and create a masterpiece.
Ready to place an order?
Brilliant, you'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Ex Why Zed understands the unique needs of authors across diverse genres. Our printing services are customised t suit your creativity and to accommodate various writing styles, be it fiction, non-fiction, poetry, or art books. We offer flexible printing styling options that match the requirements of your genre. With our team's extensive experience, we can handle books of different styles and genres.
In conclusion, Ex Why Zed is your go-to solution for hassle-free hardback book printing. With standout features and a simple process, we ensure that your manuscript becomes a masterpiece. Our design options and inspirations guarantee that your book stands out in the crowd. If you're looking to self-publish, Ex Why Zed provides the perfect platform, backed by our expertise and commitment to quality. Hardback books offer aesthetic appeal, durability, and longevity, making them a preferred choice for authors. At Ex Why Zed, we take pride in delivering top-notch prints that bring your vision to life. So, are you ready to transform your manuscript into a masterpiece? Visit our website and embark on your publishing journey today!
First up, let's elaborate on what booklets are...Booklets are multi-page documents that are bound together, similar to a small book. They can range from a few pages to hundreds of pages, depending on the requirements. Booklets are a flexible style of printed publication often used for promotional brochure printing, product catalogs, zines or guides that provide information about a particular product or service. They are a popular form of marketing as they allow businesses to showcase their offerings in a visually appealing and organised manner.
Booklets can be printed in various formats to suit different needs such as saddle-stitched (stapled), or for 36 pages or more, perfect bound (a glued spine). They are customisable in terms of size, paper thickness, and finish, allowing businesses to create a high-quality print marketing material that reflects their brand image. Booklets are an effective way to make an emotional connection with potential customers and establish credibility for the business.
Fashion photography booklet printing offers numerous benefits for agencies and businesses seeking to enhance their marketing efforts. One of the key advantages lies in the visual appeal and tactile nature of booklets. Unlike their digital counterparts, booklets can capture attention and convey messages in a more engaging way. The physical presence of a booklet allows potential customers to interact with the content, creating a more memorable and impactful experience.
Moreover, booklets can be integrated into a comprehensive marketing strategy to boost visibility and reinforce brand messages. They can be used alongside online marketing efforts to create a powerful marketing tool. By combining digital marketing with booklet printing, businesses can reach a wider audience and create an emotional connection with prospective customers.
Booklets also play a vital role in bridging the gap between the online and offline worlds. They serve as tangible reminders of a business's products or services, acting as a constant advertisement that can be easily referred to. In a world filled with digital noise, a printed booklet stands out and adds credibility to a business.
By utilising stylish booklet printing, businesses can create visually appealing and tactile promotional materials that enhance their marketing campaigns. The ability to engage customers with high-quality print and promote the brand in a physical format sets businesses apart from their competitors. In conclusion, booklet printing is an essential component of an integrated marketing strategy, helping businesses to boost their visibility and effectively convey their messages to a wide and diverse audience.
Booklets come in various formats and designs to suit different business needs. One popular type is the 8-page saddle-stitched booklet, which is created by folding and stapling multiple sheets of paper together. This format is commonly used for product catalogs, fashion look books, and promotional brochures. Another option is the perfect bound booklet, which offers a more professional and premium finish. Perfect bound booklets are ideal for coffee table books, product guides, and larger booklets with multiple pages. Understanding the different types and purposes of booklets allows businesses to choose the most suitable format for their content and target audience. By leveraging the right booklet format, businesses can effectively showcase their products and services, engage customers, and enhance their brand presence.
8-page booklets, also known as multi-page documents, are a powerful marketing tool for businesses. These booklets provide ample space for conveying marketing messages, making them a versatile and effective choice for promoting products, services, or events.
One of the key features of 8-page booklets is their versatility. They come in a range of sizes, allowing businesses to choose the format that best suits their needs. Whether it's a compact pocket-sized booklet or a larger, coffee table book-style format, businesses can create a booklet that perfectly represents their brand.
These booklets offer businesses the opportunity to showcase their products or services in an organized and visually appealing manner. With multiple pages to work with, businesses can include product descriptions, high-quality images, and even customer testimonials, creating a compelling and engaging piece of promotional material.
Furthermore, 8-page booklets provide ample printing space, allowing businesses to communicate their marketing messages effectively. From showcasing a product catalog to creating a step-by-step guide, these booklets offer businesses the creative freedom to design engaging and informative content.
In conclusion, 8-page booklets are a versatile and powerful marketing tool for businesses. With their range of sizes and ample printing space, these booklets are ideal for conveying marketing messages and connecting with potential customers. Whether it's creating a product catalog, a promotional brochure, or a personalised booklet from scratch, businesses can effectively use 8-page booklets to promote their products and services.
Multi-page document booklets are a popular choice for businesses looking to create comprehensive and informative promotional materials. These booklets typically consist of multiple pages, allowing for the inclusion of extensive content and visuals.
One type of multi-page document booklet is the product catalog. These booklets serve as a showcase for a company's products, providing potential customers with detailed information about each item, such as specifications, features, and pricing. Product catalogs are especially useful for businesses in industries such as fashion, home decor, and electronics, where visual representation plays a significant role in the purchasing decision.
Another type of multi-page document booklet is the promotional brochure. These booklets are designed to promote a specific product, service, or event. By combining eye-catching graphics, persuasive copy, and relevant information, promotional brochures help businesses effectively communicate their message and generate interest from potential customers. They are commonly used in trade shows, conferences, and direct mail campaigns.
Fashion look books are booklets with staples or perfect bound brochures that showcase the latest fashion trends and styles. These visually captivating booklets serve as a powerful marketing tool for fashion businesses, allowing them to effectively communicate their brand and products to potential customers.
In the fast-paced world of fashion, keeping up with the latest trends is crucial for businesses to stay competitive. Fashion look books provide a platform for businesses to showcase their new collections, highlighting the unique styles, designs, and colours that set them apart from the rest. By visually presenting their products in a cohesive and aesthetically pleasing manner, fashion businesses can capture the attention of potential customers and create a desire to explore further.
Fashion look books not only display the latest fashion trends but also allow businesses to communicate their brand identity. Through carefully curated images and layouts, businesses can convey their brand's values, aesthetics, and unique selling points. This visual storytelling enables potential customers to gain a deeper understanding of the brand and makes it easier for them to make a connection and establish trust.
With their visually appealing format, fashion look books have the ability to leave a lasting impression on potential customers. The high-quality printing, attention to detail, and engaging visuals make these booklets not just informative catalogs but also desirable fashion accessories. By providing customers with a tactile and visually stimulating experience, fashion businesses can enhance their brand image and drive customer engagement.
In the competitive world of fashion, fashion look books are an essential marketing tool that allows businesses to visually communicate the latest trends, showcase their brand identity, and create a lasting emotional connection with potential customers.
Product catalogues and promotional brochures are essential marketing tools for businesses of all sizes. These booklets serve as a comprehensive showcase for products and services, providing vital information and visually appealing representations.
Product catalogues act as a detailed inventory of a company's offerings, allowing customers to quickly browse through various options and make informed purchasing decisions. With clear descriptions, specifications, and high-quality images, these booklets provide a visually stimulating experience that helps customers understand the value and benefits of each product.
Promotional brochures, on the other hand, are designed to create excitement and generate interest in a particular product or service. These booklets typically highlight key features, special offers, and testimonials, giving potential customers a compelling reason to choose the advertised product or service.
One of the main benefits of using product catalogues and promotional brochures is their tangible nature. In an increasingly digital world, having a physical booklet allows businesses to make a lasting impression on customers. It also provides an opportunity to showcase the quality and attention to detail that goes into the brand's offerings.
Additionally, these booklets can be easily distributed and shared, making them an effective form of offline advertising. Whether handed out at events, included in mailers, or displayed in-store, product catalogues and promotional brochures have the power to reach a wide audience and generate leads.
In conclusion, product catalogues and promotional brochures are valuable tools for businesses to showcase their products and services. By providing vital information and visually appealing representations, these booklets help businesses stand out and create a strong brand presence.
When it comes to printing booklets, choosing the right paper material is crucial for creating a professional and visually appealing finished product. The type of paper you choose can impact the overall look and feel of your booklet, as well as its durability and longevity. There are several factors to consider when selecting the right paper material, including paper thickness, finish, and sustainability. The paper thickness determines the sturdiness of your booklet, with thicker paper providing a more substantial and professional feel. The finish of the paper can range from glossy to matte, and each option imparts a different aesthetic and tactile experience. Additionally, considering the sustainability of your paper material is important for environmentally conscious businesses. Opting for recycled papers or sustainably sourced options can showcase your commitment to eco-friendly practices. By carefully selecting the right paper material, you can effectively enhance the overall quality and impact of your booklet.
Uncoated paper is a popular choice for book printing due to its natural texture and ability to absorb ink effectively, which enhances readability. There are different types of uncoated papers that are commonly used in book printing.
One type of uncoated paper is offset uncoated. It is known for its smooth surface and is often used for novels or textbooks. Offset uncoated paper offers excellent ink absorption, resulting in sharp and clear printed text.
Using uncoated papers in book printing provides several benefits. The natural texture of uncoated paper gives a tactile feel when flipping through the pages, creating a more engaging reading experience. Additionally, uncoated papers are more eco-friendly as they are often made from recycled materials.
In conclusion, uncoated paper types like offset uncoated, vellum uncoated, and linen uncoated offer unique features and advantages for book printing. Their natural texture and ability to absorb ink make them a popular choice among publishers and designers. Whether it's a novel, an art book, or a high-end fashion look book, uncoated papers can enhance the overall reading experience while providing a sustainable option for book production.
Recycled Papers: Enhancing Sustainability Efforts in Booklet Printing
In today's environmentally conscious world, businesses are increasingly seeking sustainable options in all aspects of their operations, including marketing materials like booklets. One such sustainable option is the use of recycled papers for booklet printing. Incorporating recycled papers into your printing materials not only aligns with your sustainability efforts but also enhances your business's environmental reputation.
Using recycled papers for booklet printing brings numerous benefits. Firstly, it contributes to waste reduction by giving a new life to discarded paper products. By utilising recycled papers, businesses actively participate in the circular economy and reduce the need for new paper production, thereby conserving valuable natural resources.
Additionally, recycled papers offer the same print quality as their non-recycled counterparts. With advancements in printing technology, the availability of high-quality recycled papers has increased, allowing businesses to achieve professional-looking booklets while minimising their environmental impact.
By embracing recycled papers, your business demonstrates a commitment to sustainable practices. This can resonate with potential customers who value eco-friendly choices and can positively impact your brand's perception. Furthermore, incorporating recycled papers into your booklet printing can spark conversations and create an emotional connection with environmentally conscious consumers.
In conclusion, choosing recycled papers for booklet printing is an effective way for businesses to enhance their sustainability efforts, reduce waste, conserve natural resources, and bolster their environmental reputation. By making this eco-friendly choice, your business can not only promote a greener planet but also attract and engage environmentally conscious customers.
The thickness of sheet papers plays a crucial role in booklet printing as it directly affects the overall quality of the finished booklet. Not only does it impact the durability of the booklet, but it also influences its appearance and the ability to turn pages smoothly.
When it comes to durability, thicker sheet papers are more resistant to wear and tear. They are less likely to get easily damaged, ensuring that your booklets can withstand handling and transportation without losing their integrity. Thicker papers also give a more premium and substantial feel to the booklet, adding to its perceived value.
In terms of appearance, thicker sheet papers tend to have a more substantial, professional look. They provide a sturdy foundation for vibrant full-colour printing, making your images and text stand out with crispness and clarity. Thicker papers also have a higher opacity, reducing the chance of show-through and enhancing the overall visual appeal.
Smooth page-turning is essential for a seamless reading experience, and thicker papers facilitate this. Their weight and stiffness make it easier to flip through pages without any creasing or folding. This is especially important for larger booklets or those with a significant number of pages.
When choosing the thickness of sheet papers for your booklet printing, it is important to consider the type of booklet and its intended use. For smaller booklets or those with fewer pages, a medium thickness paper in the range of 120-150 gsm can work well. For larger booklets or those with more pages, you can opt for thicker papers in the range of 120-170gsm for added durability. Choose 200gsm for a light weight cover, 250 or 300gsm for a standard card weight or 350gsm for super chunky.
In conclusion, the thickness of sheet papers in booklet printing plays a significant role in determining the overall quality of the finished product. From durability and appearance to smooth page-turning, choosing the right thickness is crucial for creating booklets that make a lasting impression.
When it comes to booklet style printing, choosing the appropriate print settings is essential to ensure high-quality results. The right print settings can determine the clarity, colours, and overall appearance of your booklets. One key aspect to consider is the paper thickness. Thicker sheet papers offer durability and a more professional look. They provide a sturdy foundation for vibrant full-colour printing and smooth page-turning. For smaller booklets, a medium thickness paper can work well, while larger booklets benefit from thicker papers for added durability. In addition to paper thickness, other print settings such as print quality, paper type, and binding method should also be carefully selected to achieve the desired outcome. By choosing the right print settings, you can create visually appealing and durable booklets that effectively showcase your business and its offerings.
High-quality print settings are essential when printing booklets for your business. To achieve the best results, there are a few key considerations to keep in mind.
When it comes to colour profiles and resolution settings, it is important to choose the right options for optimal print quality. Depending on the type of booklet you are printing, you may need to select the correct colour profile (such as CMYK for print) and adjust the resolution settings to ensure sharp and vibrant colours.
By carefully considering these high-quality print settings, you can ensure that your booklets are printed with precision and professionalism, making them a powerful marketing tool for your business.
Here are your go-to guides for file set up.
We know your time is precious but when you come to prepare your artwork definitely take 5 minutes to read through our step by step file set up pages. The illustrated guides make the process super easy and will answer 99% of the questions you may have.
• We don't need a separate cover for wire stitched booklets so you should supply us with one PDF file in reading order from the front cover through to the back cover. It is often easier to design the booklet as spreads but then when you export to pdf just choose 'Export as Pages', rather than Spreads.
• We do need 3mm bleed on the edges of your pages. When you come to prepare your artwork for print and before you send it to us, watch this video which shows how to add bleed and why we need it. We won't go to print without the bleed so adding it from the start saves time.
• Ideally, your file will be saved as PDFx1a:2001 when exported. If this is not available, do just choose the best quality output possible. You can select this from the top drop-down menu when you export to PDF.
If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. Our customer service team is friendly, patient and will answer all your questions in super fast time. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
Our preferred colour profile is FOGRA39 and all images should be saved as CMYK. We can convert them to CMYK with one click if that saves you some time and head-scratching but it also means you have less control over the colour repro when printed. Colour profiles and resolution settings play a critical role in booklet style printing, ensuring accurate and consistent colour representation throughout the entire booklet. By selecting the appropriate colour profile, such as CMYK for print, businesses can ensure that the colours in their booklet match their intended design. This is especially important for maintaining a cohesive brand identity and reinforcing brand recognition.
Consistent colour representation is vital for businesses that rely heavily on visual elements in their marketing materials. By using the correct colour profile, the colours on the printed booklet will closely resemble those on the screen or in the digital counterpart. This creates a sense of professionalism and trust among potential customers.
In addition to colour profiles, using high-resolution images is equally essential. Images with a resolution of 300dpi or more ensure sharp and clear visuals in the final product. This is particularly crucial for showcasing detailed product images, engaging graphics, or captivating photographs. High-resolution images enhance the overall quality of your custom booklet, paperback newsletters or perfect bound brochures, making them visually appealing and leaving a lasting impression on readers.
In conclusion, carefully selecting the appropriate colour profile and using high-resolution images are key factors in achieving accurate and consistent colour representation in booklet style printing. This attention to detail enhances the overall quality of the booklet, making it an effective and powerful marketing tool for businesses.
A: Booklet style printing is a printing method that allows you to create a booklet by folding and binding multiple pages together in a specific order. We class the front cover as four pages because they are generally all printed onto thicker card (the cover, back cover, inside cover and inside back cover). Then you can choose thinner paper weights for the inside depending on the page count. Gloss, Silk and Uncoated are choices for the finish.
A: Booklet printing can benefit your business in multiple ways. It serves as a promotional tool to showcase your products or services, helps market your business to potential customers, and can be used as a handy handbook or programme for specific events or programs.
A: A booklet can be a powerful marketing tool for your brand. You can design your booklet to include information about your products or services, your brand story, and any promotions or offers you have. Distributing these booklets to your target audience can help increase brand awareness and attract potential customers.
A: While both booklets and brochures are used for marketing purposes, there are a few differences between them. A booklet usually has multiple pages and a more comprehensive layout. On the other hand, a brochure can be just a folded sheet or promotional leaflet. Both can quite easily be a bound booklet too with multiple pages.
A: A quick and cost-effective way to find a designer is by taking a look on PeoplePerHour, LinkedIn, Fiver or Instagram. There are a lot of talented people out there.
Do also enjoy reading our Best Design Software Packages blog post which takes a deep dive into the various programs available. All are easy to pick up and learn, some are free too!
A: Printed booklets have a wide range of uses for businesses. They can be used to showcase your products or services, provide information about an event or programme, create product catalogues, serve as employee handbooks, or be used as promotional materials for a specific campaign or offer.
A: The printing time for booklets can vary depending on factors such as the quantity, complexity of design, and printing service's workload. Typically, we will aim to deliver in 3/4 working days but allow 5-8 days for longer, litho printed runs (700 copies or more). Send over your PDF, we will check it though then book the job in for print, easy!
A: Simply, there is no right and wrong answer here. Well, there is a wrong answer - don't choose Comic Sans 🙂
When choosing a font for your booklet, it's important to consider legibility and readability. Stick to professional-looking fonts that are easy to read, especially when printing small text. Fonts such as Helvetica, Arial, Times New Roman, or Calibri are commonly used in booklet designs. The Adobe Creative Suite comes packed with hundreds of choices and a clever tool where you can type in your text then scroll through the fonts to choose which looks best.
A: Yes, booklets can be a cost-effective marketing tool for businesses whether they have a gloss, silk or uncoated finish. They offer a lot of space to convey your message and can be printed in bulk at a reasonable price. Additionally, they have a longer shelf life compared to other marketing materials like flyers or posters.
A: If you're looking for booklet printing services, you can contact us. We offer professional printing services and can guide you through the process of creating high-quality booklets that align with your business needs and brand.
Get in touch with our team at Ex Why Zed. We are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
The advantage of printing at Ex Why Zed is the complete freedom given to choose a Custom booklet size without restriction on a number of set sizes or formats. Find the best solution for your content, not what your printer dictates to you. At Ex Why Zed we can print stapled booklets from A6 to A3 portrait. If you can looking for a square size then there is a wide range from 105x105 right up to an impressive 297x297mm. For landscape custom booklets, A5 landscape to A4 landscape are the parameters.
Pick any custom size within these dimensions.
To illustrate the massive range we offer, here is a A6 booklet alongside a massive 380x289mm portrait example. Lots of scope, lots of surface area to potentially fill with your best artwork.
A good process is to consider whether your work would look best on a portrait, landscape or square format then choose the size next.
In addition to size options, we also offer a variety of page options, paper stocks, cover options, laminations, and quantity options for both perfect bound and saddle-stitched booklets. This allows you to customize your booklet or brochure to your exact specifications and create a professional finish that perfectly aligns with your marketing strategy.
So, whether you need custom size booklets, perfect bound booklets, saddle-stitched booklets, or any other specifications, trust Ex Why Zed to deliver the perfect option for your custom booklet printing project. With our powerful tools, dedication to customer service, and faster turnaround times, you can expect the best results every time.
Are you searching for the perfect booklet to showcase your brand, products, or services? Look no further! At our custom booklet printing services, we offer a wide range of options to create the ideal booklet for your needs. Whether you are looking for a compact square size or a larger landscape format, we have the dimensions to suit your preferences. And it doesn't stop there - we also provide a variety of page options, paper stocks, cover options, laminations, and quantity options for both perfect bound and saddle-stitched booklets. With our customizable features, you can create a stunning and professional finish that aligns perfectly with your marketing strategy. So, whatever type of booklet you are looking for, we have the tools and expertise to bring your vision to life.
Booklets are made using a meticulous production process that involves the latest technology and skilled craftsmanship. At our production facility in South Yorkshire, we utilise state-of-the-art equipment to ensure high-quality results for our customers.
There are different purposes of booklets available, each with its own unique features. Stapled booklets are a popular choice and are created by folding multiple sheets of paper in half and using staples to secure them together. Bound booklets, on the other hand, are created by cutting and folding a larger sheet of paper and then binding the pages together. This method provides a sleek and professional finish.
Loop stitched brochures offer a more creative and eye-catching option. They are made by placing wire loops through the spine of the booklet, allowing for easy flipping and a dynamic presentation. For a more sophisticated look, hardcover books are an excellent choice. They are made by binding a cover to the booklet using a strong adhesive and rounded corners.
Booklets are a versatile format that can be used for a variety of purposes. They are ideal for product catalogs, event programs, and even comic books or recipe books. Their compact size allows for easy distribution, making them a powerful tool for marketing and promotional purposes.
With our cutting-edge technology and skilled team, we are able to produce booklets of various sizes and paper types to meet the unique needs of our customers. Whether you require a small booklet or a larger one, we have the capabilities to deliver high-quality custom booklets with a professional finish.
Trust our expertise in booklet production to bring your vision to life. Contact us today to get started on your custom booklet printing project.
When it comes to custom booklet printing, there are various binding options available, each with its own unique features and advantages. Understanding the different binding options can help you choose the best one that suits your specific needs. Stapled booklets, which are created by folding and securing multiple sheets of paper with staples, offer a simple and cost-effective option. Bound booklets, on the other hand, provide a sleek and professional finish by cutting, folding, and binding larger sheets of paper together. Loop stitched brochures offer a more creative and eye-catching option, with wire loops through the spine for easy flipping. For a more sophisticated look, hardcover books are an excellent choice with a strong adhesive and rounded corners. Each binding option has its own charm and functionality, allowing you to create custom booklets that make a lasting impression on your target audience.
Saddle Stitched Booklets: The Perfect Solution for Fast Turnaround Custom Printing Projects
Saddle Stitched booklets, also known as stapled or wire-stitched booklets, are the ideal choice for short-run projects that require quick turnaround times. This versatile binding method is widely used for printing annual reports, magazines, brochures, and other booklets.
Saddle Stitched booklets offer a range of size options, making them a popular choice for custom projects. Whether you need a small booklet for a promotional tool or a larger one for a product catalog, saddle stitching can accommodate your specific requirements.
The saddle stitching process involves binding pages together using staples along the spine. This secure binding method ensures that the pages remain intact and easily readable. It also allows for easy flipping and maneuvering of the booklet, making it a user-friendly option for readers.
There are several benefits to choosing saddle stitched booklets. Firstly, you have the freedom to mix and match cover and inside pages, creating a booklet that perfectly reflects your brand and message. Additionally, saddle stitching offers faster turnaround times for delivery, which is especially advantageous when you have an upcoming event or deadline to meet.
When it comes to custom booklet printing projects, saddle stitched booklets provide a sleek and professional finish that will impress your target audience. With their affordable pricing, quick production turnaround times and powerful marketing impact, they should be an integral part of your marketing strategy.
In conclusion, saddle stitched booklets offer the perfect solution for your custom printing needs. Their fast turnaround times, custom size options, and professional finish make them the go-to choice for printing annual reports, magazines, brochures, and other booklets. Trust in the expertise of a reliable booklet printing service to bring your vision to life and create a powerful promotional tool that will leave a lasting impression on your potential customers.
Perfect Bound Booklets, also known as glue-bound booklets, are an excellent option when you need a durable and professional-looking booklet that can accommodate higher page counts.
The perfect binding process involves applying a strong adhesive to the spine of the booklet, securely bonding the pages together. This creates a sleek, seamless look that gives your booklet a polished and professional finish.
One of the main advantages of perfect bound booklets is their durability. The glue used in the binding process ensures that the pages stay intact even with frequent use, making them perfect for showcasing designs in a portfolio or for businesses looking to feature their products or writing.
Unlike saddle-stitched booklets, perfect bound booklets can accommodate higher page counts, ranging from 36 pages to over 200 pages. This makes them a great choice when you need to include a substantial amount of content in your booklet. We will be honest, they won't layflat. The pages always have a tendency to bounce closed again. Like everything at Ex Why Zed though, we will be honest and make this clear before you go ahead.
Whether you are a creative professional showcasing your work or a business looking to make a statement, perfect bound booklets provide a sleek and professional showcase for your designs or products. With their ability to accommodate higher page counts and their durable binding, perfect bound booklets are a perfect option for any project or purpose.
Booklets are incredibly versatile and can serve a wide range of purposes in both personal and professional settings. From showcasing products to providing event information, there are countless types of booklets that can be created through custom booklet printing. Some common types include product catalogs, which allow companies to present their range of offerings with descriptions and images. Event programs provide attendees with schedules and details about weddings, conferences, concerts, and more. Instruction manuals accompany products to provide setup and usage instructions. Company portfolios showcase achievements, case studies, and services to potential clients. Magazines cover various topics, from fashion to news to hobbies. Educational workbooks are used in schools for exercises and assignments. Travel guides offer information about tourist attractions, maps, and travel tips. Recipe books collect recipes with pictures and instructions. Theatre programs give audiences information about plays or performances. Religious texts, hymnals, and prayer books are often printed in booklet format. Annual reports summarise a company's financial and operational performance. Membership directories list member details and contact information. Short story or poetry collections are compact forms of publishing. Booklets can also be used for promotional material, training manuals, children's activity books, research journals, newsletters, real estate listings, and zines. With the ability to tailor size, page count, and design, custom booklet printing offers a versatile and effective format for a variety of purposes.
Ready to order? Placing an order for custom booklets is a simple and straightforward process that can be completed in just three easy steps.
Brilliant, you'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Approve your proof and finalise the order
After your artwork is received and reviewed, our team will prepare a digital proof for you to review. This proof will showcase how your booklet will look once printed. Take the time to carefully review all the details, including layout, fonts, colours, and images. If you are satisfied with the proof, simply respond to the email or click the Approve button if we send you over an auto proof. Once approved, we will proceed with production, and your custom booklets will be on their way to you.
Placing an order for custom booklets has never been easier. Follow these three steps, and soon you will have professionally printed booklets in your hands, ready to make a lasting impression. All we need to go ahead is a PDF file which you can export from most computer programs in 2023.
Booklets serve as an effective marketing media for companies due to their versatility and ability to deliver information in a visually appealing and organised manner. Companies use booklets to showcase their products or services, provide detailed information about their offerings, and highlight their brand identity. Booklets are often used for product catalogs, event programs, and business brochures, allowing companies to reach their target audience with a comprehensive and engaging marketing tool. Moreover, booklets can be customised to match the company's branding and design preferences, making them a powerful tool to reinforce a company's image and message. From sleek finishes to laminated covers, booklets offer a professional and high-quality presentation that customers can hold in their hands. With the option to choose different paper sizes, types of paper, and binding styles, companies have the flexibility to create custom booklets that meet their specific needs. Overall, booklets provide a tangible and visually appealing marketing strategy that effectively communicates a company's message and captures the attention of potential customers.
Brochure printing is an essential marketing tool that can significantly impact brand awareness and help businesses capture the attention of potential clients. Not only is it a cost-effective solution compared to other print media, but its versatility allows for the promotion of various products and services.
Brochures serve as powerful tools in showcasing a company's offerings, providing information, and creating a lasting impression. They are easily distributable at events, trade shows, or within the community, reaching a wide target audience. This tangible form of marketing can be taken home or shared with others, ensuring a longer-lasting impact.
To make the most of brochure printing, attention to detail is crucial. Design elements, content, images, paper quality, and ink used should all align with the brand and message being conveyed. A sleek finish, rounded corners, or laminated covers can bring a professional touch and enhance the brochure's appeal.
When considering custom booklet printing projects, pay attention to size options and paperweights that suit the purpose, whether it's a small flyer or a larger booklet. With modern printing techniques and a customer service team, businesses can ensure a faster turnaround and perfect packaging. Additionally, saddle stitching ensures the full width of the page is visible ad allows plenty of space to showcase products or services effectively.
In conclusion, brochure printing plays a crucial role in any marketing strategy. It not only offers a cost-effective and versatile way to promote products and services but also provides a tangible and professional finish to leave a lasting impression on potential customers. By paying attention to design, content, and overall quality, businesses can effectively leverage brochure printing as a promotional tool.
We understand that timely delivery is vital for your custom booklet printing projects. Our delivery process is efficient and streamlined, ensuring that your booklets and brochures reach you on time and in perfect condition.
Our standard turnaround time for delivery is 3/4 days, starting from the final approval of your artwork. This allows us to print, bind, and package your booklets or brochures with care. If you require your order sooner, we also offer an expedited delivery option. With our next day delivery courier service, you can have your printed materials in your hands faster, allowing you to meet tight deadlines. Longer print runs over 700 copies or more, which we generally litho print do take a little longer - best to allow 6-8 working days depending on the print spec.
While we prioritise speed, we also strive to keep the cost of delivery affordable for our customers. Our partnership with a reliable next day delivery courier allows us to offer low-cost delivery options per order. This ensures that you can get your booklets and brochures delivered promptly without breaking the bank.
When it comes to custom booklet printing, there are often questions and concerns that arise. At [Company Name], we understand the importance of providing clear and helpful information to our customers. In this section, we address some frequently asked questions regarding custom size booklets and brochures. Whether you're wondering about paper sizes, artwork specifications, or delivery options, we've got you covered. Read on to find answers to your queries and feel confident in choosing [Company Name] for your custom size booklet and brochure printing needs.
When it comes to booklet printing, the cost can vary depending on several factors. Understanding these cost factors can help you plan and budget effectively for your custom booklet printing projects. Here are some key considerations that influence the cost of printing booklets:
1. Quantities: The higher the quantity of booklets you need, the lower the unit cost per booklet tends to be. Consider printing a larger volume to get the best value for your money.
2. Materials: The type of paper you choose can impact the cost. Thicker or higher-quality paper tends to be more expensive than lighter weight options. Consider the purpose of your booklets and choose a paper weight that fits your needs without going overboard.
3. Sizes: The size of your booklet can affect pricing, especially if it deviates from common sizes. Opting for standard sizes can be a cost-effective choice.
4. Accessories: Additional features such as lamination, rounded corners, or special finishes may enhance the look and feel of your booklets but are extra cost factors to consider. Evaluate whether these accessories are necessary for your project or if you can do without them to save costs.
To save on booklet printing costs, keep these tips in mind: consider printing in black and white instead of color, choose lighter weight paper, decide if lamination is necessary, and opt for longer production times. By weighing these factors and making informed decisions, you can get cost-effective yet high-quality booklets for your projects.
When creating a brochure, it's essential to make it stand out among the sea of promotional materials. One of the key factors in achieving this is by creating engaging and informative content. Start by using descriptive titles that capture the essence of each section. This allows readers to quickly understand what information they can expect from the brochure.
Remember to avoid technical jargon that may confuse your target audience. Instead, use clear and concise language that everyone can understand. Your goal is to communicate your message effectively.
Incorporate a strong call to action that urges readers to take the desired next step, whether it be visiting your website, making a purchase, or contacting your business. This encourages engagement and helps guide readers in their decision-making process.
Visuals are another crucial element that can make your brochure visually appealing and memorable. Include high-quality images and graphics that reflect your brand and enhance the overall design.
Before finalizing your brochure for printing, offer a proof to ensure everything looks just right. This allows you to make any necessary revisions and avoid costly mistakes.
By following these tips and incorporating engaging content, descriptive titles, a clear call to action, visuals, and offering a proof, your brochure will stand out and effectively convey your message to your target audience.
When it comes to booklets and brochures, you may have come across the abbreviation 'pp' and wondered what it means. In this context, 'pp' stands for 'printed pages.' It represents the number of sides of paper that will be printed in the booklet.
To understand this further, let's delve into the relationship between 'pp' and the physical pieces of paper in the booklet. Typically, the number of printed pages is usually half of the total number of physical pieces of paper in the booklet.
For instance, if you have a booklet with 16 physical pieces of paper, it would have 32 printed pages, as each physical piece of paper contains two sides for printing. This is important to keep in mind when creating your booklet artwork or considering the length and content of your booklet.
So, whenever you see 'pp' mentioned in the context of booklet printing, remember that it is referring to the number of printed pages in the booklet and represents half of the total number of physical pieces of paper.
Now that you understand the meaning of 'pp,' you can confidently navigate the technical aspects of booklet printing and ensure that your designs and content align with your printing requirements.
Booklet pages go up in fours due to the folding and binding process. This is an important aspect to consider when planning your custom booklet printing projects. The reason behind this lies in the way booklets are constructed.
When creating a booklet, the page counts for printing are in multiples of four. This is because booklets are made by folding and binding sheets of paper together. Through this process, each sheet of paper creates four physical pages in the finished booklet.
The front page, two middle pages, and back page are all created through folding. When the booklet is printed, each physical page contains two sides for printing, resulting in a total of four printed pages per sheet.
Understanding this concept is crucial when designing your booklet. It helps you ensure that your content aligns with the page counts and layout, and that important information is strategically placed. So, when planning your booklet, remember that the page counts for printing are in multiples of four, thanks to the folding and binding process that creates the front page, middle pages, and back page.
By keeping this in mind, you can have a smooth printing process and achieve the desired outcome for your custom booklet.
When it comes to custom booklet printing, ensuring high-quality images is essential to create visually appealing and professional-looking booklets. To achieve the best results, it is recommended to use images with a resolution of at least 300 dpi (dots per inch) or above.
A higher resolution means more pixels are packed into each inch of the image, resulting in sharper and more detailed prints. This is especially important for images with fine details or small text that may become blurry or pixelated if the resolution is too low.
Another crucial consideration is the color mode. For accurate color representation in your booklet, it is recommended to use the CMYK color mode (cyan, magenta, yellow, and black). CMYK is the standard color model used in professional printing, ensuring that the colors in your images appear as intended on the final printed materials.
By using high image quality with a resolution of at least 300 dpi and the CMYK color mode, you can ensure that your images come out vibrant, sharp, and true to life in your custom booklets. This attention to image quality will greatly enhance the overall look and impact of your booklet, leaving a lasting impression on your target audience.
Absolutely! If you are looking for alternative standard sizes and formats, our company offers a wide range of options to meet your needs. Our standard sizes include A5, A4, Half Letter, Letter, DL, 148mm square, and 210mm square. These standard sizes provide a variety of dimensions that can accommodate different content and layout requirements.
Our printing services come with a plethora of finishing options to enhance the visual appeal and durability of your booklets. From saddle stitching to perfect binding, we offer different binding styles to suit your preferences. Additionally, you can choose from various paper stocks, lamination choices, and even spot varnish for that extra touch of elegance.
A: A staple-bound booklet is a type of booklet where the pages are folded in half and then stapled along the folded edge to hold them together.
A: A saddle-stitched booklet, zine or catalogue is a type of booklet where the pages are folded in half and then stapled along the fold line, similar to a staple-bound booklet.
A: Booklet binding refers to the process of securing the pages of a booklet together. It can be done through methods like stapling, stitching, or using wire or wiro binding.
A: They are the same thing, it is just slightly different print terminology.
A: We offer various binding types for booklets, including staple-bound, saddle-stitched, perfect bound or even nested and not bound. You can choose the binding type based on your preferences and requirements. We offer hardback binding too but this is more substantial than a simple booklet.
Welcome to the world of hardcover book printing with linen covers! If you're looking to create a professional, durable, and visually stunning book, linen covers are an excellent choice. In this guide, we'll explore the ins and outs of hardcover book printing, providing you with the knowledge and inspiration you need to bring your vision to life. From choosing the right materials to avoiding common mistakes, we've got you covered. So let's dive in and discover the art of linen hardcover book printing together!
In the world of book printing, hardcover books have gained popularity for their timeless and elegant appearance. If you're considering printing your work with a linen cover, you've come to the right place. In this article, we will take a deep dive into book design and provide you with all the information you need to make informed decisions.
Linen hardcovers involve using a high-quality fabric for the book's cover. This fabric gives the book a unique texture and durability. Not only does it protect the pages inside, but it also adds a touch of sophistication to your artwork book.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of creating visually appealing work, including children's books, notebooks and self published projects. Our experienced team will guide you through the entire process.
When it comes to the highest quality hardcover books, Ex Why Zed is a leader in the industry. Our video inspiration and case studies showcase the outstanding craftsmanship and attention to detail that we bring to each project, ensuring high quality results. Whether you're printing a novel, a photobook, or a special edition, our printing services will exceed your expectations.
Choosing the right cover material is crucial for the success of your book. That's why we partner with Winter & Company, a renowned supplier of premium bookbinding materials. Their extensive collection of materials, including specialist book binding cloth and endpapers, ensures that we can provide you with a wide range of options to suit your preferences and creative vision.
When it comes to pricing and shipping, we understand that every project is unique. That's why we offer flexible pricing options to accommodate your budget and requirements. Our transparent pricing policy ensures that you have a clear understanding of the costs involved, with no hidden surprises. Whether you're looking to create a wedding album or any other type of photo book, we've got you covered.
At Ex Why Zed, we not only provide stunning printing but also offer comprehensive customer service options. Our team of experts is always available to answer your questions, offer guidance, and provide solutions to any challenges you may encounter along the way, including the latest version of our printing technology.
Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Before embarking on your print journey, it's important to be aware of common mistakes to avoid. From improper cover design to choosing the wrong fabric, we have seen it all. Our article on common mistakes will equip you with the knowledge to ensure a flawless printing process.
In conclusion, linen hardcover book printing is a fantastic option for authors and publishers looking to create visually stunning and durable books. With Ex Why Zed's expertise and commitment to excellence, you can trust that your publication will leave a lasting impression on readers.
At Ex Why Zed, we take great pride in the quality of our printing services. We have had the pleasure of working with numerous clients, helping them bring their vision to life and create stunning coffee-table publications.
We will be honest, all of the options below have set up costs of at least £480 which is the cost of the material plus the cost of the foiling. The printing and binding is in addition to this, so for small print runs, you could consider a printed cover instead or switch to a soft back, paperback.
Here are a few case studies that showcase our expertise:
Buried in the English Earth by Chris T-T
216x135mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Winters Black Buckram binding cloth
Wrapped over greyboard case
Silver foiling to cover and spine
+
Dust Jacket with 100mm fold out flaps from front and back cover.
Full colour single-sided
onto 170gsm Silk
Matt Lamination to outer
A superb book and the silver foil onto Black Buckram works well. It does also have a dust jacket too (only for print runs of 700 copies+) but we're not fans of these because it obscures the great linen cover beneath.
Lydia Reeves Art Photography Book
260x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto WBN501 Cotton White with gold foiling
The Cotton White is a smooth, luxury feel cover material that is great to stroke and the gold foiling adheres well on the surface, debossing every so slightly.
Michal Augustini - 1st Three No Flash
258x210mm Casebound Books
Cover onto 135gsm G F Smith Colorplan Ebony
with Black Gloss Foil Wrapped over greyboard case
This combination of black foil and black Colorplan just oozes class. The title is subtle but visible and comes alive when tilted towards the light.
Kirsty Whiten Shooketh Artist Catalogue
258x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Wibalin Natural Kingfisher plus foiling (Matt Cream Clipper 485) down the spine.
This is Wibalin Natural is a smooth sheet from Winter & Company so the foil applies effectively. There are slight imperfections, but this is something that does occur with foil and coarse material - it gives it character and is certainly more impressive than just sending out PDFs.
253x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Wicotex Dunkengelb.
Wrapped over greyboard case
Red foiling to outer.
Still one of the most impressive hardback books we have printed at Ex Why Zed. The red foil onto the mustard yellow material cover is an absolute winner. We are now moving into more textured cover materials and the edges of the letterforms do start to display little idiosyncracies and imperfections - rather than being crystal sharp.
In the A you can see slight picking and some of the background colour coming through where the red foil hasn't managed a completely opaque finish.
Francesco Marchetti - The Art of Spectating
297x250mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Wicotex Brillianta 4003 Light Grey.
Foilco 6125 foiling to outer.
The Brillianta Sheet is coarse and has a tactile surface. This does make foiling harder than if you were to use Wibalin Natural. Expect some inconsistencies and do ask us before you go ahead what would be the best foil to use - some are a load more robust with a backing that works far better on this textured material.
Here we have three options for a white or off-white material with foiling:
My Recipe Journal
A5 Casebound Books
Cover onto Wibalin Fine Linen with gold foiling
My Day Journals
A5 Case Bound Books
Cover onto Cotton White Wibalin Natural
Gold foiling to outer
My Vulva and I Art Book
260x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto WBN501 Cotton White with gold foiling
The full range of cover binding materials from Winter & Company can be seen here.
At Ex Why Zed, we work closely with Winter & Company to ensure you have access to the highest quality cloth covers for your linen hardcover books.
Winter Company is a renowned supplier of high-quality cover materials, including linen, that can elevate the look and feel of your project. With their range of options, you can find the perfect cover material to match your vision.
We buy all of our materials from Winter & Co so do take a look through their book cloth range for hundreds of options on texture, finish and colour:
This is good for a coloured smooth option:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/natural
And for more texture, check out:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/buckram/
These cannot be printed onto so any content, like a logo or title, will need to be foiled. To be transparent from the off, the material will be around £180-220 and the foiling adds a further £280. So while it will make for a visually great hardback book, it is an expensive addition on small print runs.
(If you are working to a budget and need to keep the price down, consider printing your children's books, wedding guest book or journal as a paperback. You can have your own printed cover from your custom illustrations or photography then we'll add a matt, gloss of soft touch lamination to stop the graphics getting scuffed in the binding process).
When selecting your cover material, consider factors such as colour, texture, and durability. Winter Company offers a variety of linen options, ranging from bold and vibrant colours to subtle and sophisticated shades. The texture of linen adds a touch of elegance and sophistication to your book, making it visually appealing and tactilely satisfying.
Additionally, linen is a durable material that can withstand the test of time, ensuring that your book remains in excellent condition even after multiple readings or years on the shelf. This durability is essential for any book that aims to be cherished and passed down through generations.
There are an equal number of options when it comes to the foil colour. We source our foils from Foilco, enjoy browsing their website do take a look around at their gold, silver, copper and extensive colour range.
So, whether you're printing a novel, a photography book, or a special edition collector's item, Winter Company's linen cover materials will give your book that extra touch of class and sophistication.
When it comes to hardcover book projects, one of the most important decisions you'll make is choosing the right cover materials. The cover sets the tone for your book and creates a lasting impression on your readers. So, how do you make the right choice?
So how do you choose the perfect cover material for your book? Here are a few factors to consider:
Winter & Company offers an array of vibrant and subdued colours to suit your book's aesthetic. Whether you prefer bold and eye-catching hues or a more understated palette, you'll find the perfect shade.
The texture of the linen fabric can greatly impact the overall look and feel of your book. From rough and rustic to smooth and refined, Winter & Company provides an extensive range of textures to cater to different preferences.
Consider the desired finish for your book cover. You can choose from options like matte, glossy, or even metallic finishes to achieve the desired effect.
By carefully considering these factors, you can select a cover material that perfectly complements your book's content and resonates with your target audience.
Ex Why Zed is the go-to provider for all your needs. We offer a range of services and support options to ensure that your linen hardcover book is printed to perfection.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of high-quality printing materials, which is why we use only the finest covers for our hardcover books. Linen not only gives your book a touch of elegance and sophistication, but it also provides durability and longevity.
Our experienced team of printing professionals will guide you through the process, helping you choose the perfect material or maybe even advising that a printed cover would be a better option for the aesthetic you are aiming to achieve. With a wide variety of colours and textures available, you can find the ideal cover to complement your book's content and style.
In addition to our top-notch printing services, we also offer competitive pricing packages to fit your budget. We believe that high-quality printing should be accessible to everyone, so we strive to provide affordable options without compromising on quality. Our friendly and knowledgeable team is always ready to answer your questions, offer guidance, and provide assistance throughout the entire process.
So why wait? Experience the difference of printing with Ex Why Zed. Contact us today to get started on your next literary masterpiece!
While linen hardcover book printing can create stunning and high-quality books, there are some common mistakes that you should avoid to ensure a successful printing process. By steering clear of these pitfalls, you can save time, money, and frustration, and achieve the best possible results.
One of the biggest mistakes is neglecting the design and layout. A poorly designed book can leave a negative impression on readers and may not effectively convey your message or story. To avoid this, invest time in planning and creating a visually appealing layout that aligns with your content.
The choice of material plays a crucial role in the overall look and feel of your linen hardcover project. It's important to select a high-quality linen material that complements your content and enhances the aesthetic appeal of your book. Take the time to explore different options and consult with professionals to ensure you make the right choice.
Binding and finishing techniques can greatly impact the durability and presentation of your linen hardcover book. Ignoring these aspects can result in books that fall apart easily or lack a professional finish. Consider options such as Smyth sewn binding or foil stamping to add strength and sophistication to your book.
Even the most beautifully designed linen hardcover book can be marred by typos, grammatical errors, or confusing content. Neglecting proofreading and editing can tarnish your reputation as an author or publisher. Always allocate sufficient time and resources for thorough proofreading and editing to ensure a polished final product.
Before committing to a large print run, it's essential to test print a sample of your linen hardcover book. This allows you to identify any potential issues with color accuracy, image quality, or formatting. By catching these issues early on, you can make necessary adjustments and prevent costly mistakes.
Clear and effective communication with your printer is key to a successful linen hardcover book printing project. Make sure you provide them with detailed specifications, including dimensions, colour requirements, and any special instructions. Regularly check in with the printer throughout the process to ensure everything is on track.
Avoiding these common mistakes can make a significant difference in the quality and success of your linen hardcover book printing. By investing time and attention to detail, you can create beautiful and impactful books that captivate readers and leave a lasting impression.
Choosing linen hardcover for book printing offers several benefits. Linen is a durable and high-quality material that provides a professional and elegant look to your books. It also offers resistance to wear and tear, making it perfect for long-lasting and beautiful book covers.
We will send your books by tracked courier so they arrive in the UK the day after they leave us. While we are in the United Kingdom, we ship to The States and Europe every day too and will provide options on shipping depending on whether speed or cost is the most important factor. Best to allow a good two weeks for linen cover books under 500 copies. Litho printed linen cover books with section sewing usually take 3-4 weeks (700 copies or more). We get exceptionally busy in later September to December time so plan ahead and if your book needs to be delivered before Christmas allow plenty of time to ensure the artwork is set-up correctly and extra 1-2 weeks for production.
Ever stared at a blank booklet page, feeling a tad overwhelmed? Pssst, you're not alone! ?♂️ But what if we told you that with the right layout and a sprinkle of creativity, you could transform that page into a masterpiece? Dive in as we unravel five game-changing ways to use Ex Why Zed's booklet layout for printing, turning your ordinary into extraordinary. Ready to go from print novice to print rockstar? Let’s roll!
Know what you are looking for? Great, let's get you there quickly.
Why Ex Why Zed Stands Out ?
We're not your run-of-the-mill print shop. At Ex Why Zed, we infuse creativity at every step. Our layouts aren't just about aesthetics; they're about telling a story, your story. It’s the reason print spotters are raving about us.
Why Print Rockstars Love Us
Imagine a world where your ideas take shape, where your content dances off the page. That’s the Ex Why Zed experience. From first-time publishers to print veterans, our layouts have been the launchpad for countless creative journeys. Dive deeper into our range of offerings at Ex Why Zed Booklet Printing.
"Ex Why Zed have everything you need to be able to produce great zines. A choice of paper stock, easy to follow step by step guides that mean you can obtain the best results using your own design skills. I've just had my fifth publication made by them. I keep returning because of the friendly and helpful communication, the beautiful print quality and the very fast turnaround times. I'm sure to be back again."
Stephen Jarvis, 20 Nov 2022.
Dive into Innovation ?
In a world swamped with content, standing out is the name of the game. Our booklet layouts are the secret sauce to creating print materials that not only inform but also enchant. Think bold designs, interactive elements, and layouts that are anything but ordinary.
Examples of Cool Layouts
From accordion folds to cut-out windows, the possibilities are endless. And if you're feeling a tad retro, how about a vintage layout with a modern twist? Not sure where to start? Here's a list of the best graphic design software in 2023 to kickstart your design journey.
Setting the Stage for Success ?
Printing isn’t just pushing a button. It's an art. The right format, quality of paper, and design intricacies play a pivotal role in the final product. Avoid rookie mistakes like mismatched page sizes or low-res images.
A well-designed artist's booklet is more than just words on paper; it's a story waiting to be told. Here's how to ensure your story shines:
1. Balance whitespace with content for a clean look.
2. Use consistent fonts and colours. Choose a house style for the first edition of your booklet then roll it out for future incarnations.
3. Integrate engaging visuals like infographics or illustrations.
4. Adding coloured backgrounds and adding the text in white can add accents to the flow of your booklet.
5. Remember, it's all about harmonising content with design to captivate your audience. Each page should feel like it belongs rather than just a series of independent elements fighting for attention.
Need a dose of inspiration? The Book Design Jury 2023 at D&AD has curated a list of stunning book designs that have not only wowed readers but also set new benchmarks in creativity. From minimalist designs to intricate details, these award-winning creations offer a goldmine of ideas for anyone looking to elevate their booklet game. So, whether you're just starting out or a seasoned pro, immerse yourself in these masterpieces and let the creative juices flow!
Feeling a bit stuck? Dive into this Pinterest board that's brimming with the latest and greatest in booklet and brochure design trends. From retro vibes to futuristic layouts, there's something for everyone. It’s a visual feast that's sure to spark that 'Aha!' moment for your next project. So, go on, get pinning and let these designs be the wind beneath your creative wings!
Got the vision but missing the design skills? No worries! PeoplePerHour is your go-to platform to find a designer who's just right for you. Browse through a plethora of talented individuals, each with their unique style and flair. Whether you're on a budget or looking to splurge, there's someone out there ready to bring your vision to life.
And hey, if you're looking for more options, don't forget to check out Fiverr. With a diverse community of designers from across the globe, you're sure to find a match that resonates with your style.
Impact Redefined
Gone are the days when a booklet was just a booklet. With Ex Why Zed, every page is an opportunity to leave an impression. Whether it's through textured pages, vivid colour palettes, or interactive elements, we ensure your booklet doesn’t just get seen; it gets remembered.
The Techniques That Count
From selecting the right colour profiles to understanding bleeds and margins, the nuances of printing can be overwhelming. But fear not! We have a treasure trove of expert printing video guides to ease you into the process.
Beyond Aesthetics
Our formats are not just about looking good; they're about longevity, usability, and creating an experience. From the tactile pleasure of quality paper to the interactive joy of unique folds, Ex Why Zed booklets are a class apart.
What sets Ex Why Zed apart in the vast ocean of printing?
- Precision: We ensure every colour pops and every line is crisp.
- Flexibility: From glossy finishes to textured paper, we offer a plethora of options.
- Reliability: Our testimonials speak volumes about our commitment to quality.
With Ex Why Zed, every booklet becomes a masterpiece in its own right. So, what’s stopping you from creating your next print masterpiece? ? Catch us on our next printing adventure, and let's create something epic together! Dive into our booklet printing services and give your content the Ex Why Zed touch!
What is good booklet layout in printing?
A good booklet layout is both functional and aesthetically pleasing. It should have a logical flow, be easy to read, and enhance the overall message with its design elements.
Where is a good place to start with designing a booklet?
Start by understanding your content and audience. Once you have a clear idea, explore layouts that best communicate your message. Tools like graphic design software can be immensely helpful.
How do I print a double-sided booklet?
When setting up your print job, select the "double-sided" or "duplex" option in your printer settings. Ensure your pages are in the correct order for binding.
How do I print a booklet on my printer?
Choose the "booklet" option in your print settings. This will arrange your pages in a sequence, ready for folding. Always do a test print first!
What size is a booklet?
Booklets can come in various sizes. Popular sizes include A4, A5, and A6. However, custom sizes can also be created based on your design needs.
How do I print a booklet with two pages per sheet?
In your print settings, select "2 pages per sheet" or "booklet layout". Ensure your content is formatted correctly to fit this layout.
The print industry, like many other sectors, is constantly evolving. Rapid advances in technology and a push towards more sustainable practices have catalysed a wave of innovation, leading to an array of emerging trends. These developments have the potential to revolutionise the industry, providing businesses with unique opportunities to differentiate themselves from the competition.
Keeping up with print industry trends is essential for businesses to stay competitive. Changes in consumer behavior, advancements in technology, and the shifting landscape of the business environment all drive these trends. As such, understanding these trends and their implications can help businesses make more informed decisions.
A notable trend in the industry is the rise of digital printing. Digital print trends reflect a shift from traditional methods towards more efficient and eco-friendly alternatives. Digital printing offers superior quality, faster turnaround times, and greater flexibility in design, thereby transforming the production process. Furthermore, the use of variable data in digital printing allows for personalization, an aspect that is increasingly valued by consumers.
In a world increasingly concerned about environmental sustainability, the print industry is no exception. Sustainable printing is quickly becoming a major focus for businesses, with many shifting towards environmentally friendly practices. This includes the use of recyclable materials, energy-efficient machinery, and non-toxic inks. Not only does this reduce environmental impact, but it also improves brand image, as more consumers prefer brands that demonstrate a commitment to sustainability.
Another significant development in the industry is the evolution of commercial printing. New commercial printing trends are emerging, with a shift towards more digital and personalised solutions. Commercial printers are leveraging technology to deliver high-quality prints in shorter time frames, providing businesses with a competitive edge. From personalised marketing materials to customised packaging, the possibilities are endless.
In conclusion, the future of printing is likely to be characterized by continuous innovation, driven by technological advancements and changing consumer demands. Digital printing and sustainable practices are set to become the norm rather than the exception. Businesses that can adapt to these changes and leverage the opportunities they present will be better positioned to thrive in this evolving landscape.
With the right knowledge and strategy, businesses can capitalize on these emerging trends in the
print industry. This means staying informed about the latest developments, adopting sustainable practices, and investing in digital printing technologies. By doing so, they can not only stay ahead of the curve but also create a more sustainable and efficient business model.
Overall, the emerging trends in print industry offer exciting opportunities for businesses. With an eagerness to adapt and an authoritative approach, they can navigate this ever-changing landscape, ensuring their continued success in the industry.
In the vibrant world of indie music culture, few publications have made as significant an impact as So Young Magazine. From its humble beginnings to its current status as a must-read publication for indie enthusiasts, So Young has consistently showcased emerging artists, captured the spirit of the indie scene, and provided a platform for creative expression. This article will take you on a journey through the evolution of So Young Magazine, from its first issue to its 43rd, highlighting its artistic direction, visual aesthetics, and editorial choices.
So Young Magazine began as a compact A5 zine, with each issue featuring around 44 to 52 pages of content. The creators, who were new to the world of zine printing, brought their project to Ex Why Zed, where we helped them navigate the often daunting marketplace of print. Over time, the magazine has evolved, growing in size and content, and increasing its print run with each issue. The magazine's iconic masthead has remained a constant throughout its evolution, providing a strong visual identity that is instantly recognisable. The masthead, along with the unique colour scheme of each issue, has helped to create a sense of progression through the series. This visual consistency, combined with the magazine's commitment to showcasing the best of indie music, has made So Young a staple in the indie music scene.
As So Young grew in popularity, the format and size of the magazine evolved. By issue ten, the magazine had expanded to a perfect bound special edition, A4 size. This larger format allowed for more content and featured a stunning double-page spread in the middle, showcasing the musical artists featured in that issue. By issue eleven, the magazine had made another step up in size to B5 (250x176mm), allowing even more content to be squeezed in. This format continued through to issue 23, with each issue featuring a different photography, illustration, or colour backdrop. This creative approach to design ensured that each issue of So Young was unique, while still maintaining the magazine's distinctive visual identity.
With the magazine's increasing print run, we made the decision to start litho printing So Young. This allowed us to trim a little off the height and width of the magazine, making it a more competitive size for printing. This change meant we could print more copies for less, increasing the magazine's margins while still maintaining its high-quality look and feel. Despite these changes, So Young has remained committed to its original design ethos. The magazine still features its iconic double-page spread in the centre and continues to use 200gsm uncoated for the cover and 120gsm uncoated for the inside pages. The result is a neat, tactile zine that smells as magnificent as it looks.
Over the years, So Young Magazine has played a significant role in the indie music scene. The magazine has helped to give exposure to up-and-coming bands, contributing to their success and growth. Bands like Wolf Alice, who graced the cover of So Young issue 7, have gone on to achieve world domination, demonstrating the impact that a feature in So Young can have. So Young Magazine is more than just a music zine; it's a celebration of indie music culture. Each issue is a testament to the passion and creativity of the indie scene, showcasing the best of emerging talent and providing a platform for artistic expression. If you haven't yet experienced So Young Magazine, we encourage you to grab a print edition or check it out online. It's a rock n roll journey you won't want to miss.
So Young Magazine has become an integral part of the indie music scene, not just as a platform for emerging artists, but also as a source of inspiration for music lovers and creatives alike. The magazine's commitment to showcasing the best of indie music, combined with its unique visual aesthetics and editorial choices, has made it a definitive voice in indie music culture. The magazine's evolution from a compact A5 zine to a larger, litho-printed publication is a testament to its success and the growing demand for high-quality, indie-focused content. Each issue is a testament to the magazine's creative rigour, with its iconic masthead, unique colour schemes, and stunning double-page spreads creating a distinctive visual identity and a perfect example of a printed music publication.
As So Young Magazine continues to evolve, its commitment to showcasing the best of indie music remains unwavering. With each new issue, the magazine continues to push the boundaries of what a music zine can be, offering a platform for emerging artists and providing a unique perspective on the indie music scene. Whether you're an artist looking for exposure, a music lover in search of new bands, or a creative seeking inspiration, So Young Magazine is a must-read. Its unique blend of music, art, and culture makes it a standout publication in the world of music zines. And with each new issue, So Young continues to prove that print is far from dead—it's alive, vibrant, and rocking the indie music scene. So, if you're about to print a music magazine or any other creative project, don't hesitate to get in touch with us at Ex Why Zed. We're here to guide you through the process, from choosing the right format and paper to ensuring your artwork is print-ready. Let's create something amazing together.
When it comes to zine printing, one of the most crucial decisions you'll make is the binding method. This choice not only defines the aesthetic of your zine but also dictates the number of pages you can include. In this comprehensive guide, we'll explore the world of wire-stitched zines, providing you with all the information you need to make an informed decision for your next zine project.
Wire stitching, also known as saddle stitching or stapling, is a popular binding method for zines. This method involves folding the sheets in half and applying two staples down the left-hand side to bind the sheets together. Each sheet is printed on both sides, providing four pages of content. Therefore, your zine needs to have a multiple of four pages for this binding method to work effectively.
When it comes to wire-stitched zines, the page count is a critical factor to consider. Generally, we recommend wire stitching for zines with up to 40 pages. This limit ensures that your zine sits as flat as possible, providing a neat and professional appearance. However, it's possible to go up to 72 or 76 pages, but you'll need to consider the issue of creep, where the inside pages are pushed out, resulting in a less neat finish.
After you have read this page, then jump over to another one of our zine blogs or our zine printing video guide and learn about the Pros and Cons of various winning print specs. Our YouTube channel is also packed with 1 minute showcase snippet videos dissecting more examples.
Here are three showcase snippets to get your started
A rock solid print spec on an A5 zine. A professional-looking solution for BBC Sport.
An overview of Egg Press zines, showcasing the neat finish and professional appearance of a wire-stitched zine.
In this double whammy showcase snippet video we compare a wire stitched / stapled photo annual with a perfect bound one from the same author.
Another important consideration when creating a wire-stitched zine is the paper weight. If you're aiming for an old-school zine aesthetic, you might want to print all the pages, including the cover, onto the same paper weight. This approach, known as a 'self cover', creates a neat bind and a cohesive look throughout your zine. However, if you prefer a thicker cover, you can opt for a heavier paper weight for the cover and a lighter one for the inside pages.
Dealing with Paper Bounce
One of the charming yet challenging aspects of working with paper is its natural tendency to bounce back to its original flat state. This characteristic can cause the cover of your wire-stitched zine to bounce open slightly. While this adds a certain charm to your zine, it's something to keep in mind when designing your project.
To help you visualise what wire-stitched zines look like, we've compiled a few examples from our portfolio. Each of these zines showcases the versatility and appeal of wire stitching, providing you with plenty of inspiration for your next project.
'Turves' is a captivating photography zine about greyhounds and dog training. This 28-page self-cover zine is printed onto 170gsm uncoated paper, providing a neat and professional finish. The A5 size is perfect for showcasing the stunning photography, and the wire stitching allows the zine to sit neatly on a desk.
'Swirl' is a powerful zine that offers mental health advice and guidance. This A5 zine features a four-page cover printed onto 300gsm uncoated paper with a matt lamination, and the inside pages are printed onto 115gsm uncoated paper. Despite the cover's slight bounce, 'Swirl' is a testament to the impact a well-designed, wire-stitched zine can have.
'Hate' is a zine that pushes the boundaries of wire stitching with its 76 pages. Despite being at the maximum limit for this binding method, 'Hate' manages to maintain a neat appearance, thanks to its thin 100gsm Evolution Uncoated paper. This zine is a great example of how you can push the limits of how to prepare artwork for wire stitched booklets while still creating an engaging and absorbing zine.
Wire stitching offers a world of possibilities for zine creators. This binding method allows for a wide range of page counts and paper weights, providing you with the freedom to create a zine that truly reflects your vision. Whether you're creating a zine for the first time or you're an experienced zine maker looking to try something new, wire stitching is a binding method worth considering.
The page count for a wire-stitched zine can range from 8 to 76 pages. However, for a neat and professional finish, we recommend a maximum of 40 pages.
Wire stitching is a popular binding method for zines due to its neat finish and versatility. However, the best binding for your zine will depend on your specific needs and preferences.
A good zine is engaging, creative, and reflects the creator's unique vision. It should also be well-designed, with a clear layout, high-quality images, and a compelling narrative.
One of the most common methods for binding a zine is wire stitching, which involves folding the pages in half and stapling them together. Other binding methods include perfect binding and spiral binding.
The margin for a zine should be at least 5 to 10mm from the page edge to allow for trimming, especially in wire-stitched zines with a high page count.
Yes, zines can be A4 size. The size of your zine will depend on your specific needs and the amount of content you wish to include.
For more information on wire stitching and other zine printing options, visit our Zine Printing page. You can also explore our portfolio for more zine inspiration and check out our Wire Stitching Setup Guide for detailed instructions on preparing your zine for wire stitching.
When it comes to zine printing, size dictates how much content you can fit on a page, how much it costs to print and the cover price you can sell it for. At Ex Why Zed, we don't believe in restrictions. You can choose any size from A6 portrait (148mmx105mm) right up to A4 portrait (297x210mm). And yes, we can even do A3 portrait as wire stitched zines, but these are in a higher price bracket, so we don’t discuss them as much. The point is, you have options. Lots of them!
Want to go for a size that's slightly between A5 and A4? No problem. We offer a range of bespoke sizes up to A4. Whether you want to take a few millimetres or a centimetre off the height or the width, we've got you covered. Just prepare your artwork for that new size, and we'll print it. You can explore our zine printing services for more information.
Let's take a look at some examples. We have a few A5 zines on the image above and they are laid out and compared with a couple of niche bespoke sizes. Just taking a few millimetres or a centimetre off the height or the width really makes it stand out. It just catches the reader's eye a little bit more because it's not an A size. You can find more examples in our portfolio.
There are plenty of options between A5 and A4, and they are all in one price bracket. So anything larger than A5 up to A4 will all be the same price. We give you full freedom there. But if you're still unsure about the size, our comprehensive video guide can help you make an informed decision.
Thinking about going big? An A4 publication can be quite captivating, especially when compared with a few other bespoke sizes. Some of the most compelling zines we've seen have been slightly smaller than A4, with a Colorplan front cover. It's a dynamic size that works well for a wire-stitched zine. For an authentic newspaper feel then we can just fold the sheets in half and not staple them. Here is an example of a newspaper style zine we printed for JGM Gallery.
Our go-to size for a zine would still be A5. It's big enough to get some content on there, it's neat enough and compact enough for people to put in their pocket, or for people to read on the way into work, take away from a shop without feeling like they're having to take their luggage with them. A5 is nice and neat and a go-to size for an old-school style zine.</
Looking for something even bigger? We can print A3 wire stitched or a classicA5 photography zine too! While these are in a higher price bracket, they can make a big impact. If you're interested in A3 zine printing, don't hesitate to get in touch with us for more details.
The size of your zine should be determined by your content and your creative vision. At Ex Why Zed, we offer a range of sizes from A6 to A4, as well as bespoke sizes. We encourage you to explore different sizes and choose the one that best suits your project. If you have a larger budget then we can produce wire stitched zines up to A3 portrait (420x297mm).
Front Door at the back is 345x245mm.
There There There is 270x215mm.
Leo Edler is A5 (210x148mm)
One Hundred Cool Things is A6 (148x105mm).
Choose a size that will work best with your subject matter and intended audience.
An A4 zine is 297x210mm. This size offers plenty of space for your content and can be quite captivating, especially when compared with smaller sizes.
An A5 zine is 148mmx105mm. It's a neat and compact size that's perfect for people to put in their pocket or read on the go. It's our go-to size for an old-school style zine. Utopia Now (below) is A5 and Airlift to Berlin is a custom size of 200x141mm so 10mm off the height of A5 and 7mm off the width.
The number of pages in an A5 zine can vary greatly depending on your content. Some zines are just a single sheet of paper folded into a booklet, while others can be dozens of pages long. The length of your zine should be determined by your content and your creative vision.
An A3 zine is 420x297mm. This size can make a big impact and is perfect for projects that require a lot of space for content. However, A3 zines are in a higher price bracket.
Choosing the perfect size for your zine is an important part of the creative process. Whether you're an artist looking to share your work, a storyteller with a tale to tell, or simply someone with a passion for self-publishing, we hope this guide has given you some insight into the process of selecting the right size for your zine. Remember, at Ex Why Zed, we're here to help you transform your ideas into print. So, what are you waiting for?
Let's get started on your zine printing journey today!
Phonics assessment isn't simply about tallying up correct words read. It's a more humanistic approach, one that aims to explore a child's phonics knowledge and application abilities. To effectively evaluate these skills, educators need the right blend of tools and strategies. That's where our charming phonics books come in! You can explore our offerings at our school book printing page.
Surely, we've all experienced the pure delight of watching a child's imagination take flight as they read a story, right? Printed phonics books can serve as excellent benchmarks for assessing phonics proficiency. They allow for a more organic way of gauging a child's phonics skills in a real-world reading scenario.
With the right educational publishing tools, you can track the progress of each student. The magic lies in consistently monitoring their development, and this is where progress monitoring tools come into play. Interested in how we can contribute to your educational journey? Take a peek at our printed project builder for a creative nudge.
Now let's dive into some frequently asked questions about assessing phonics proficiency. Ready to satiate your curiosity?
Phonics assessment involves understanding a child's ability to recognise and use sounds to read words. This can be done through phonics screening checks, blending and segmenting assessments, and using phonics books to observe the application of phonics skills.
Tools like phonics screening checks, decoding surveys, fluency checks, and phonics books can be used to monitor a student's phonics progression and phonemic awareness.
Progress monitoring tools for phonics include fluency checks, phonics screening checks, and of course, the engaging, eye-catching phonics books that allow a real-world assessment of a child's reading ability.
Assessing phonics and word recognition is done by evaluating a child's ability to decode new words, recognise sight words, and apply phonics knowledge in reading.
In an era dominated by digital media, the value of high-quality printing remains unassailable. As a tangible extension of your brand, print materials can significantly bolster your marketing efforts, delivering impactful messages to your target audience. This guide will take you on a detailed journey through the world of printing, shedding light on its importance, diverse techniques, and the role of design in maximising your prints' impact.
Every facet of your business should reflect the same level of care and quality that you put into your products or services. Printing is no exception. It's not merely about producing clear, sharp images, but also about faithfully representing your brand's identity and aesthetic. High-quality printing can significantly contribute to creating a memorable and robust brand.
Digital Printing: Speed and Flexibility
Digital printing involves printing digital images directly onto various media. This method offers swift turnaround times and is cost-effective for low-volume printing. At Ex Why Zed your work will be printed on the top of the range HP Indigo digital press.
Offset Printing: Consistency and High Image Quality
Offset printing involves transferring an inked image from a plate to a rubber blanket, then to the printing surface. This technique is perfect for high-volume printing of 700 copies or more, offering consistency and the best possible print quality.
The paper you choose can significantly influence your print's overall impact. Factors such as weight, finish, and colour can transform the final product. For example, glossy paper is often used for brochures and flyers, while matte paper is typically preferred for business cards and letterheads. For a more detailed exploration of paper types, check out our comprehensive guide on paper choices.
The image above shows the same artwork printed on to uncoated and silk. The uncoated version on the left is visibly softer and more subtle in comparison with the more dynamic crisp print on the silk.
Design is an essential aspect of the printing process. It's this creative endeavour that turns a humble piece of paper into a compelling marketing tool. By honing in on design elements such as layout, typography, and colour scheme, you can craft prints that are not only visually stunning but also resonate with your target audience. Our printed project builder is a valuable resource to help you create captivating designs.
Despite our digital leanings, the unique value of high-quality printing remains undiminished. It introduces a tangible component to your brand that digital platforms can't match. By harnessing the various aspects of printing, you can create high-quality, impactful prints that make a lasting impression.
Embarking on your printing journey with this comprehensive guide, you're well-equipped to leverage high-quality printing's power for your business. Let the printing begin!
As the proud author of a new children's book you have just printed at Ex Why Zed, you are now looking for ways to get the word out on social media. Well, you've come to the right place! Social media offers a great way to promote your book to the right audience and maximise its impact. Brilliantly, it is also FREE. You have done the hard work of writing the book, getting it illustrated and transforming it into print, now comes the fun bit of showing the world.
(If you haven't printed your book yet then jump on our Project Builder to let us know your print spec and we'll provide a quote. We are also on Live Chat, email to hello@exwhyzed.com and phone on 01206 766647).
1. Create an Engaging Video: Videos are a great way to engage potential fans of your book. YouTube is the second largest search engine after Google so go ahead and create a fun, informative video outlining the book’s key messages and any social campaigns associated with it. Here is a video guide we made about the children's book print process.
2. Use Hashtags Cleverly: Effective hashtag use can bring more eyes to your posts, so make sure to use relevant, popular and trending hashtags to ensure maximum reach on social media. You can use up to 20 tags on Instagram, while 3-5 is good for Twitter and YouTube.
3. Answer Questions: Monitor conversations about the book or related topics to keep up with the latest news. Answer questions related to the book and monitor reactions to identify any changes you need to make. This helps give your brand a personality and gives potential readers as well as existing fans a way to connect with you.
4. Run Contests and Giveaways: Run contests and giveaways to gain new followers and show appreciation for the ones that you already have.
5. Connect with Influencers and Other Authors: Social media offers a great way to connect with others who have already achieved success in your niche. Follow influencers and other authors and build relationships with them.
6. Share Reviews and Testimonials: Share reviews and testimonials from readers and experts in the industry to build trust with your social audience.
7. Create a Community: Create a community of active supporters of your book on each of your social media channels. Ask questions, reply to comments and stay active on a regular basis.
8. Offer Pre-Order Discounts: Give people a reason to pre-order your book by offering discounts and incentives.
9. Images and Visuals: Use images and visuals, such as book covers and inside shots, to promote your book on social media.
10. Share Behind-the-Scenes Content: Share behind-the-scenes content related to the book, such as writing process and revisions. This can be a great way to connect with people on a personal level.
By following these simple tips, you can get the word out about your new book and increase its impact on social media channels. Good luck!
Our portfolio is bursting at the seems with examples of previous books we have printed.
Still intrigued and looking for more visuals? Grab a coffee and enjoy our Action Packed Video Guide.
Hey! Congratulations you have found the company you were looking for to print your new range of phonics books. At Ex Why Zed, we are specialists and will help you transform the idea from print ready pdf to that day when the children open the cover and enjoy reading their new story.
Phonics books are a wonderful additional to school methodology and an awesome tool to help young learners develop their phonemic awareness.
Printing high-quality phonics books is crucial to ensure that learners have access to effective learning materials. As a result, schools and educational institutions must choose a reliable and experienced printing company to produce their phonics books.
At Ex Why Zed we will work with you to ensure the paper choices, binding type and size of the booklet are perfect for your project and intended readers. Ping us an email today if you would like us to send out a paper sample pack so you can look through the various finishes in person.
Phonics books should be fun and visually appealing. Kids won't want to read boring books, and who can blame them? Our team of experienced professionals can advise on the idiosyncrasies you need to consider.
We also be able to offer a range of binding options for the phonics books. The binding must be durable and able to withstand regular use by learners and teachers. Our team are able to advise on the best binding options for the specific needs of the school. For up to 40 pages we suggest wire stitching / staple binding. The huge advantage of this for reading books is that without too much pressure, the pages will open completely flat. For 40 pages or more, then perfect binding with a glued spine becomes an option. This gives a book like aesthetic which you can retail for a higher cover price.
Customisation is where things get really exciting if you have a range of schools who are interested, each book can include their school logo, name, or other branding elements to the books. This will guarantee a smile on arrival and give the teachers and kids a sense of pride and ownership over their books.
There are many facets to the phonics programme so we can print you a range of booklets all with the print spec built say 10, 20 or 30 different versions to encompass all the different sounds and words. Printing them all at the same time means we can get theme on press together vastly reducing the set-up costs and giving you a much lower price overall than if you were to print 30 booklets individually.
At Ex Why Zed we offer competitive pricing and timely delivery of the phonics books. Schools and educational institutions often have tight budgets and timelines, so we appreciate it is essential to provide cost-effective solutions and deliver the books on time.
To find out more on children's book printing in general visit our dedicated page.
Or dive into our portfolio for children's book printing case studies.
We look forward to seeing your artwork and discussing your upcoming project. Do reach out on Live Chat, by email on hello@exwhyzed.com or call 01206 766647.
If you want to see a masterpiece, you go to the Tate.
If you want to see a great goal, you go to Wembley.
If you want to print the best Final Major Project, you go to Ex Why Zed.
Enjoy our hugely comprehensive 55 page guide packed with inspiration, ideas and prices to move forward your FMP.
We have left no stone unturned to provide you with detailed information about every aspect of the project. Browse binding types, sizes, paper choices. Refine your print specification then find a range of instant prices. Work through our file set-up guides and preparing print ready artwork. Enjoy our pro tips, hacks and helpful notes as you progress along the print journey with Ex Why Zed.
We are lucky to have printed FMPs for students from:
If we promise you a delivery date we WILL achieve it. There are plenty of super cheap online companies who promise the world on their websites (yes, you know who they are - check their 1 star reviews :), take days before they even reply to your emails and when the work fails to arrive for your deadline, they will tell you the turnaround dates were “just a guide and not guaranteed”.
We are not a faceless internet printer who takes your file then disappears.
"The process was incredibly easy from beginning to end. I contacted Ex Why Zed to print my Final Major Project and they were absolutely brilliant. It was easy to ask for quotes and paper samples. The guidelines were easy to follow and they were great for replying to all my questions!
My FMP looks fantastic and I honestly can’t think of anything negative about my experience. I would highly recommend Ex Why Zed and will definitely be using them when I next need some high quality printing. Thanks so much!"
Hannah McNay, student 2022.
12 reasons why you should trust Ex Why Zed with your next project…
• We have been printing end of year University projects for 17 years so we know what works.
• Refreshingly responsive, friendly and patient customer service.
• Fast, deadline beating turnaround times.
• Free delivery anywhere in the UK. We regularly ship worldwide too.
• Free paper sample packs.
• Print 1 copy or more.
• Bespoke sizes and wow factor add ons.
• The highest quality Indigo digital and litho printing.
• Over 400 superb reviews on Trustpilot. People love what we do.
• Step-by-step print journey to guide you through the process.
• Super informative and helpful showcase video guides.
• Pssst...we’ll even show how to prepare print ready artwork.
An online company with real people 🙂 We transform your ideas into print.
We are just at the end of the phone, email and live chat to answer your questions*.
*(Hey, even zoom too if you want?).
Looking for a unique and effective way to promote your business? Look no further than custom small booklets! These compact yet impactful marketing materials are the perfect way to showcase your products, services, or brand in a concise and visually appealing format.
Custom small booklets offer several advantages for your business. Firstly, their compact size makes them portable and easy to distribute, allowing you to reach your target audience wherever they may be. Whether you hand them out at trade shows, leave them at local businesses, or mail them directly to customers, custom small booklets are a convenient way to spread the word about your business.
Additionally, custom small booklets provide ample space for you to showcase your products or services in an engaging and informative manner. You can include detailed descriptions, high-quality images, testimonials, and even interactive elements to capture the attention of your audience and leave a lasting impression.
Furthermore, custom small booklets can be tailored to suit your specific needs and goals. Whether you want to promote a new product, share important information, or highlight your company's unique selling points, a custom small booklet can be designed to effectively communicate your message.
With their versatility, portability, and impactful design, custom small booklets are a great marketing tool to elevate your business to new heights. So why wait? Harness the power of custom small booklet printing to boost your brand and captivate your audience.
When it comes to printing custom small booklets for your business, choosing the right printing company is crucial. The quality of your booklets will reflect on your brand, so it's important to find a reliable and experienced printer. Here are some factors to consider when selecting a printing company for your custom small booklets:
Look for a printing company with a strong reputation and years of experience in the industry. Check their website and online reviews to get an idea of their customer satisfaction. A reputable company will have a portfolio of their previous work that you can review.
Ensure that the printing company offers high-quality printing and finishing options for your custom small booklets. Look for options like different paper stocks, binding methods, and finishing techniques such as embossing or spot UV. This will allow you to create a unique and visually appealing booklet.
The booklets below are all custom small booklets and compared with the monster large booklet they really are very neat and fit-in-your-pocket friendly.
Compare the pricing and turnaround time of different printing companies. While it's important to find affordable prices, remember that quality should not be compromised. Consider the time it takes for the printing company to produce and deliver your booklets to ensure it aligns with your timeline.
Good customer service is essential when working with a printing company. Look for a company that is responsive, helpful, and willing to answer any questions or concerns you may have. They should also provide clear communication throughout the printing process.
Ask the printing company for samples of their previous work or request a proof of your booklet before proceeding with the full production. This will give you a chance to evaluate the quality and ensure that your design and content are accurate.
By considering these factors and doing some research, you can select the right printing company for your custom small booklets. Remember, finding a reliable printer will ensure that your booklets are professionally printed and leave a positive impression on your target audience.
the Ex Why Zed Print Journey, a roadmap to transforming your creative inklings into tangible masterpieces. Let's break it down for the on-the-go creatives out there:
In a nutshell, we're not just printing your project; we're co-piloting your creative journey. So why not make Ex Why Zed your next creative pit stop? ?✨✉️
When it comes to custom small booklet printing, a successful process is key to achieving the desired results. Here's what you need to know to ensure a successful printing experience:
By following these steps, you can ensure that you get the best printing results from your colour booklets. Remember, attention to detail, effective communication, and quality materials are key to creating a booklet that exceeds your expectations.
Designing a custom small booklet is an exciting opportunity to showcase your brand and engage your audience. However, it's important to approach the design process strategically to ensure maximum effectiveness. Here are some tips to help you design your custom small booklet:
By following these tips, you can design a custom small booklet that effectively communicates your message, engages your audience, and leaves a lasting impression. Remember to work with a professional printing company like ExWhyzed to bring your design to life with high-quality prints.
When it comes to custom small booklet printing, achieving quality prints is crucial. Whether you are creating promotional materials, informational guides, or product catalogs, the overall look and feel of your booklet can greatly impact its effectiveness. Here are some tips to help you achieve high-quality prints for your custom small booklet:
By following these tips and working with a reliable printing company like ExWhyzed, you can ensure that your custom small booklet is printed to the highest standard. Don't compromise on quality when it comes to your marketing materials – invest in professional printing for optimal results.
Don't settle for subpar printing when it comes to your custom small booklets. Choose Exwhyzed for high-quality prints, affordable prices, fast turnaround times, exceptional customer service, and customization options that will bring your vision to life. Contact us today to get started on your custom small booklet printing project!
Looking for cheap A4 booklet printing that doesn't compromise on quality? Look no further! At Ex Why Zed, we offer affordable A4 printing services that will exceed your expectations. Whether you're a business, student, or creative professional, our printing solutions are designed to meet your needs with precision and style. Read on to discover the benefits of A4 booklet printing and how you can make your project stand out from the crowd.
Are you looking for a cost-effective way to promote your business or showcase your work? Look no further than booklet printing! With the right design and printing deals, booklets can be a creative and impactful marketing tool. In this blog, we will take you through everything you need to know about booklet printing in the UK. From understanding the art of booklet design to navigating the best deals available, we've got you covered. We'll also share tips on how to ensure high-quality printing at low costs, review Ex Why Zed Printing Services, explore creative uses for printed booklets, and provide expert strategies to optimise your booklet printing costs without compromising quality. So sit back, relax, and let's dive into the world of cheap booklet printing in the UK!
Effective booklet designs leave a lasting impression on readers. With ample space for information and visuals, booklets offer a versatile format. Designing layouts that guide readers through the content ensures a seamless reading experience. By incorporating eye-catching artwork, you can enhance the visual appeal of your booklet. Additionally, consider different paper sizes to meet your specific booklet printing needs. So, whether you're using staples or looking for next day brochure printing, the front page design and mm measurements play a significant role in creating an impactful booklet.
When it comes to designing an effective booklet, there are key components that you need to consider. The front cover should be attention-grabbing and convey the purpose of the booklet. On the back cover, you can include contact information or a call-to-action to further engage your readers. It's important to use high-quality images and graphics to enhance the visuals and make your booklet visually appealing. Ensure that the text is clear and readable, using appropriate font styles. Lastly, create a cohesive and organised layout for easy navigation. By incorporating these components, you can create a compelling and effective booklet design.
When it comes to designing booklets on a budget without compromising quality, there are several strategies you can consider. Firstly, for small quantities, explore affordable options such as digital printing. Additionally, perfect bound brochures offer a professional look at a reasonable cost. Selecting the right paper type and finish is crucial in striking a balance between quality and budget. To optimise costs, ensure that your booklet artwork is optimised for cost-effective printing. Lastly, don't hesitate to seek expert advice from customer service to make the most efficient booklet order.
Looking for the best deals on booklet printing in the UK? We've got you covered! When it comes to finding the right printing service, there are a few key factors to consider. First, look for providers that offer instant quotes online. This allows you to quickly compare prices and choose the most affordable option. Next, check if they offer next-day delivery for your booklet printing needs. This ensures that you can get your booklets in a timely manner. Additionally, consider opting for gloss or matte finishes to add a touch of appeal to your booklets. Reliable UK printers will always deliver high-quality results, so be sure to choose a trusted provider. Lastly, keep an eye out for any special discounts or promotions that can help you save even more on your booklet printing. With these tips in mind, you'll be well-equipped to navigate the best UK booklet printing deals and get the most value for your money.
When it comes to finding affordable printing deals in the UK, there are several strategies you can employ. First, it's important to research various printing companies to compare pricing and find competitive rates. Additionally, seeking recommendations from others who have used UK printing services can provide valuable insights. Make sure to compare prices, quality, and turnaround times before making a decision. Another tip is to sign up for newsletters or email updates from printing companies, as they often offer exclusive deals and discounts. Finally, taking advantage of bulk or frequent order discounts can help save on costs. By following these tips, you can find affordable printing deals in the UK without compromising on quality.
When it comes to ensuring high print quality at low costs for booklet printing, there are several techniques you can implement. First, choose a suitable printing method that aligns with your desired outcome. Optimize your artwork and layout to make the printing process more efficient and cost-effective. Consider using paperback book binding as it tends to be more affordable. Remember, it's possible to prioritize print quality without compromising on cost-effectiveness. By implementing these strategies, you can achieve high-quality brand looklet printing on a budget.
Looking to create high-quality booklets without breaking the bank? Follow these techniques for quality booklet printing on a budget. Start by using high-resolution images to ensure crisp and clear visuals that grab attention. Choose colour schemes that enhance the overall design and minimise the use of special finishes to save on costs. For a professional look, opt for saddle stitching. Finally, collaborate with printers to find the best balance between quality and budget. Choosing a self-cover booklet with all the pages (including the cover) printed onto the same paper-weight will mean it is only one print run for us and a lot cheaper for you.
With these techniques, you can create impressive booklets that don't break the bank.
While cheap printing may raise concerns about quality, it is possible to find affordable options that still deliver high-quality results. Look for reputable and reliable printing services, request samples to assess the quality, and balance cost considerations with your print quality requirements. Utilize testimonials and reviews to gauge the quality of cheap printing options.
Looking for affordable and high-quality printing solutions? Look no further than Ex Why Zed Printing Services! With a range of booklet printing options to meet your specific needs, they ensure exceptional customer service throughout the entire process. Need urgent printing? No problem! Ex Why Zed Printing Services can accommodate urgent orders without sacrificing quality. Their expertise guarantees a smooth and efficient printing experience. So, why settle for anything less when you can trust Ex Why Zed for all your printing needs? Experience top-notch service and excellent results with Ex Why Zed Printing Services.
Looking for an affordable option for high-quality booklet printing in the UK? Look no further than Ex Why Zed. With instant quotes and next-day delivery options available, you can get your booklets quickly and conveniently. Plus, their dedicated customer service ensures a smooth printing experience from start to finish. Choose from a wide range of printing options, including saddle stitching, perfect binding, and wiro binding. Whether you need brochures, manuals, or leaflets, Ex Why Zed has the expertise to deliver exceptional results. So why settle for anything less?
When it comes to comparing Ex Why Zed with other UK printing services, there are several factors that set them apart. Firstly, Ex Why Zed offers competitive prices for booklet printing in the UK, making it an affordable option for those on a budget. Additionally, they prioritize high-quality printing with attention to detail, ensuring that your booklets look professional and polished. Their quick turnaround time for urgent orders is another advantage, allowing you to meet tight deadlines without sacrificing quality. With their use of digital printing technology, Ex Why Zed ensures efficient and accurate printing. Lastly, they offer a wide variety of paper sizes and finishes to choose from, giving you the flexibility to create booklets that align with your specific needs and preferences.
Looking for innovative ways to showcase your artwork or photography? Consider printing a professionally designed booklet. It's not only an excellent way to display your creative work, but also adds a touch of professionalism. If you're a business owner or event organizer, booklets can serve as effective promotional tools, providing detailed information about your products or services. They can also be used as informative guides or instruction manuals, helping your audience navigate through complex processes. Moreover, sharing your knowledge or expertise through a printed booklet allows you to establish yourself as an authority in your field. And don't forget, booklets can make personalised gifts or keepsakes that leave a lasting impression. Let your creativity shine with printed booklets!
Looking to get creative with your investment in printed booklets? Here are some innovative ideas to make the most out of your booklet designs. First, design your booklet with plenty of space for customers to take notes or make annotations, adding a personal touch. You can also incorporate interactive elements like QR codes or augmented reality features to engage readers in a unique way. Another idea is to create a series of booklets that can be collected or combined to form a comprehensive resource, providing added value to your audience. Don't forget to explore collaborations with other businesses or organizations to create a collaborative booklet that showcases different perspectives and expertise. Get imaginative and think outside the box when it comes to utilizing your investment in printed booklets.
When it comes to optimizing booklet printing costs, there are several top tips that can help you save money without compromising on quality. One important tip is to plan your booklet layout efficiently to minimize wasted space. This means you should carefully consider the placement of text, images, and other design elements to ensure they fit together nicely.
Another cost-saving tip is to consider digital printing for smaller print runs or when a quick turnaround time is required. Digital printing is often more affordable than traditional offset printing for shorter runs, making it a great option for small businesses or individuals with limited budgets.
Choosing a standard paper size can also help you avoid additional cutting or trimming costs. By selecting a commonly used paper size, you can ensure that your booklet can be printed without any additional modifications or customisation even when designed in Microsoft Publisher.
Additionally, opting for a paperback or stapled booklet binding can be a more cost-effective option compared to other binding methods, such as coil binding or perfect binding. Staples, in particular, can provide a secure binding while also keeping costs down.
Lastly, ordering booklets in bulk can help you take advantage of volume discounts offered by printing companies. By placing a larger order, you can save money per unit and reduce the overall cost of your booklet printing project.
By following these top tips, you can optimize your booklet printing costs and achieve high-quality results without breaking the bank. So, keep these strategies in mind when planning your next booklet printing project.
Looking to save money on your booklet printing without sacrificing quality? Here are some expert strategies to help you achieve just that. First, optimize your booklet artwork for digital printing to reduce color and image processing costs. Make the most of your front and back covers by incorporating eye-catching designs or important information. Consider adding a gloss finish to the cover for added impact without significantly increasing costs. Collaborate closely with the Ex Why Zed team to explore cost-saving options tailored to your needs. Lastly, explore alternative binding options like saddle stitching or wiro-binding for cost-effective alternatives to perfect binding. With these strategies, you can minimise your printing costs while maintaining the quality you desire.
Several factors can affect the cost of booklet printing in the UK, including the size and dimensions of the booklet, the number of pages, the type of paper used, the printing technique (digital or offset), the quantity ordered, and any additional finishes or customisation options chosen. An A6 booklet with all the pages onto 130gsm silk is about as cheap as you can get if you need to hit the lowest price point possible.
In conclusion, when it comes to cheap booklet printing in the UK, there are plenty of deals and options available. Understanding the art of booklet design is crucial, as it helps you create effective and visually appealing booklets that grab attention. You can navigate the best UK booklet printing deals by doing your research and finding affordable printing services that offer high-quality results. One such service is Ex Why Zed, which stands out for its excellent booklet printing services. They prioritize quality while keeping costs low, ensuring that you get the best value for your money. So, get creative with your printed booklets and explore innovative ways to utilize them. And remember, with expert strategies, you can optimize booklet printing costs without compromising on quality.
Booklets are a great way to promote your business and share information with your customers. While you could always print out booklets on your home printer, it's not the most professional or effective way to present yourself. Instead, why not consider cheap booklet printing online? Here are some of the benefits associated with this affordable form of printing:
Fast turnaround times are also important for businesses that need to get a message out quickly. For example, if you're organizing a conference or meeting and want everyone who's attending to have access to the agenda, it's best if the booklet containing all of your information arrives before the event. And if you're on a deadline and need something printed urgently, such as an annual report or some presentation materials, then cheap booklet printing can help make this possible.
There are many benefits to choosing cheap booklet printing online. It’s important to note that quality printing is a prerequisite for most of these benefits. Quality printing means high resolution, high colour accuracy, high paper quality and more.
Quality printing ensures that your booklet will be printed in the best possible way. This means your A4 or A5 booklet printing will be the maximum possible quality available today. There are many factors that can affect print quality such as paper type and density, ink choice and colour accuracy, among others.
Quality printing ensures Self-Publishing and Printing Booklets look like they were professionally designed by a professional designer even though they were created by you or someone else on your team. By this fact alone, it can give your company an edge over its competition because it shows potential customers/clients who may not have heard of you just yet how professional and trustworthy you are.
For business owners, professional results are important. If you want your customers to take you seriously and come back for more, it's crucial that the materials that represent your brand look and feel professional. Booklets printed with a high-quality printer will convey this professionalism in everything from the colour quality to the paper texture.
For students, professional results are also important—for academic reasons as well as others. Having an attractive brochure or poster can help sell an idea or product without having to spend money on marketing materials and other promotional tools like flyers or banners.
In addition, being able to personally create these things saves considerable time and money (in some cases). Sports teams may find that using booklet printing services allow them to save money on other equipment purchases if they invest in a few high-quality machines instead of many low-quality ones or none at all; likewise, churches who need customized pamphlets will find it easier than ever before thanks to companies like ours who offer services like quick turnaround times without sacrificing quality.
The paper type you choose will have a large impact on the quality of your booklets. If you're looking for an affordable option, then consider using a standard weight 100gsm or 115gsm gloss or silk cover stock (super thin, but cheap). This very common paper type is suitable for most printing projects and can be used as part of a promotional campaign, or to print company newsletters and flyers.
If you have more money to spend on your booklet printing order, then we recommend using one of our premium options: 170gsm uncoated, gloss or silk text stock. These heavier-weight papers add an extra layer of quality and elegance to any printed piece—and they're both eco-friendly!
Cheap booklet printing is a great option if you need a large number of books printed within a short time frame. You can easily find affordable pricing options online, which are often cheaper than traditional printing methods. The prices are based on the number of pages and paper type, so they’re easy to compare and understand. They may also be priced per book instead of per page, which makes them especially affordable if you have a lot of pages in your booklets.
There are many benefits to cheap booklet printing online, including fast turnaround times and a variety of paper types that allow you to create professional-looking documents. If you print on a regular basis and want to save money, then this method may be just what your business needs!
If you're looking to print booklets but don't want to spend a fortune, look no further than exwhyzed.com! We offer high-quality printing at an unbeatable price, so you can get the professional look you want without breaking the bank. Plus, we offer various options, so you can customise your booklets to fit your needs. So why wait? Ask for a quote today and see the difference Ex Why Zed can make!
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that our customers should always be happy with their orders. That's why we take great care in ensuring that all of our products are of the highest quality possible before they leave our factory! All of our products are printed on state-of-the-art equipment by some of the best printers in the world. This means that when you buy from us, you can be sure that your order will be perfect every time!
Looking to get your booklet printed, bound and delivered at one low price? Look no further than exwhyzed.com! We offer high-quality printing and binding services at an affordable price, so you can get your booklet into the hands of your customers without breaking the bank. Plus, we deliver right to your door, so you don't have to worry about getting it there yourself.
Booklets are a common way to get information onto paper and distribute it cost-effectively to your customers or employees. They're small enough to be mailed easily but large enough to contain all the information needed to be useful to the reader. They're also great for handing out at trade shows or conferences and being given away for free at events or conferences where you want to build brand awareness with potential customers or partners.
At Ex Why Zed, we provide fantastic value for money for our booklet printing services because we've worked hard over the years on our efficiencies to pass those savings on to our customers! When you place an order with us, you get some of the best quality printing at very competitive prices. Plus, we offer a range of different options and add-ons so that you can tailor your order to exactly what you need.
Printing your booklet is now easier than ever. With the printing service offered by exwhyzed.com, you can simply upload or email your document, choose your printing options, and then your booklet will be printed and shipped within days. This service is convenient and affordable, and it makes printing your booklet a breeze. So why not take advantage of it today?
When you want to print a booklet, there are many things that you need to consider before making a decision. You have to think about the size of the booklet, whether or not you need it professionally bound or stapled, and many other factors. If you are looking for an affordable way to print your booklet at home or office, then Ex Why Zed offers an excellent solution for this problem. With our bespoke printing service, you can easily create a personalised book from scratch without having to spend hours in front of your computer trying to figure out how everything works!
Are you looking for a low-cost printing option for your next project? Look no further than Ex Why Zed! In the following sections, we will answer some frequently asked questions about this printing option so that you can make an informed decision about whether it is right for your project.
You can search for "cheap booklet printing near me" to find available services around you. But if you want the convenience of having everything done online and then getting the finished booklets delivered to your doorstep, you can check out Ex Why Zed for quality printing. Note that some online printing companies offer lower prices for larger orders, so consider how many booklets you’ll be needing.
Yes, you can definitely print booklets! You have a few different options when it comes to printing booklets. You can either use a professional printing service or if you have a good quality printer at home, you can print them yourself.
The big advantage of using a professional printing service like Ex Why Zed is that they will have all the necessary equipment and expertise to ensure that your booklet looks great. They will also be able to do any kind of binding or finishing you might want. However, this option can be quite expensive, especially if you need to print many copies.
Assuming you have a standard home printer, there are a few things you'll need to do in order to print a double-sided booklet manually. First, you'll need to print all of the odd-numbered pages of your document. Once those are printed, flip them over and feed them back into the printer upside-down. Then, print all of the even-numbered pages. Once those are printed, flip them over and feed them back to the printer upside down. Once both sets of pages are printed, you can begin assembling your booklet.
Keep in mind that if your home printer doesn't have automatic duplexing capabilities (printing on both sides of a page), you'll need to manually flip each page over in order to print on the other side. This can be a bit tedious, but it's not too difficult once you get the hang of it.
If you want to avoid all of this hassle, you can always opt for cheap booklet printing services from Exwhyzed and other similar services.
There are a few different ways to make a digital booklet. One way is to use a program like Adobe InDesign, which allows you to create a booklet layout with multiple pages that can be printed as one sheet. Another way is to use a PDF editor like Adobe Acrobat, which lets you view the exported booklet and print from PDF file on separate sheets of paper.
When creating your digital booklet, be sure to set the print settings for "booklet printing" so that the pages will print in the correct order and fold together properly. You may also want to adjust the margin settings so that there's enough space between each page for folding.
Are you looking for a compact yet powerful marketing tool that can showcase your business's products or services in an innovative way? Look no further than booklet printing! Booklets are a versatile and cost-effective way to reach out to your target audience with compelling content and eye-catching designs. In this ultimate guide, we'll explore the benefits of choosing A5 booklet printing over other options and sizes, including how it serves as a powerful marketing tool for businesses. We'll also delve into the art of designing a winning booklet, discussing key elements to include and different binding types available. Plus, we'll compare booklets to brochures and explain why laminating your booklet's cover is so important. So sit back, relax, and let's dive in.
When it comes to marketing needs, A5 booklet printing offers a cost-effective option. With enough space to convey information without overwhelming readers, A5 booklets strike a balance between content and convenience. Their compact size makes them easy to distribute and store, while customisation options like different paper types and finishes allow for a professional look. A5 booklet printing is versatile and can be used for a variety of purposes, from product brochures to postcards and flyers. So, whether you're a business looking for a simple design or a trade printer handling commercial projects, A5 booklet printing is a great idea.
When it comes to promoting your business or sharing important information with potential customers, choosing A5 booklet printing has numerous benefits. A5 booklets are not only portable but also provide ample space to showcase your products, services, or any other essential details. Printing A5 booklets in bulk is a cost-effective option compared to other marketing materials like leaflets or postcards. Moreover, the creative design options available for A5 booklets make them visually appealing and attention-grabbing. These booklets can act as comprehensive marketing tools, allowing you to include contact details and a compelling call-to-action. So, why not choose A5 booklet printing for your next marketing campaign? It's a great idea!
12 reasons why you should trust our printing service with your next project:
• Refreshingly responsive, friendly and patient customer service.
• 400+ superb reviews on Trustpilot.
• The highest quality Indigo digital and litho printing
• Free delivery anywhere in the UK. We regularly ship worldwide too by Fedex, DHL and UPS.
• Free paper sample packs.
• No minimum order quantity.
• A growing YouTube channel packed with helpful video guides showcasing what can be achieved in print
• Browse through 100s of case studies for ideas and inspiration.
• Comprehensive FAQs page to answer all your questions
• Card accepted, plus BACS, online bank transfer and even a cheque if you're feeling retro!
• Step by step print journey to guide you through the process.
• Pssst...we’ll even show how to prepare your artwork for print. You’ll become a genius with our illustrated guides.
A5 booklets serve as a powerful marketing tool in multiple ways. They can be used as informative guides or manuals, providing valuable information about a product or service. By printing A5 booklets with eye-catching visuals and compelling content, businesses can attract and engage potential customers. These booklets effectively communicate a brand's message and values to a targeted audience. They can be distributed at events, trade shows, or sent via direct mail, reaching a wide range of prospects. A5 booklet printing offers versatility, allowing businesses to showcase their offerings in a concise and visually appealing format.
When it comes to business promotions, the benefits of A5 booklet printing play a crucial role in capturing the attention of potential customers. These booklets can be used in a variety of ways to highlight special offers, discounts, or promotions, incentivising customers to take action. Check out our Trustpilot reviews and success stories to build trust and credibility. Moreover, these booklets serve as a comprehensive catalog, providing all the necessary information about products or services. They can also be a great tool for introducing new offerings to the market, showcasing expertise, and establishing industry leadership.
Designing an A5 booklet involves careful consideration of layout, visuals, and typography to create an appealing and professional look. It's important to incorporate a cohesive colour scheme and branding elements to ensure brand recognition. Clear and concise content is essential for easy readability, while strategically placing images and graphics enhances the overall visual appeal. A logical flow of information helps guide readers through the content smoothly. With these design principles in mind, you can create a stunning A5 booklet that effectively communicates your message and engages your target audience.
We recommend you use Adobe InDesign but our guide on the Best Design Software highlights the key benefits of many options that are both easy to use and free.
We know your time is precious but when you come to prepare your artwork definitely take 5 minutes to read through our step by step file set up pages. The illustrated guides make the process super easy and will answer 99% of the questions you may have.
• We do need 3mm bleed on the edges of your pages. When you come to prepare your artwork for print and before you send it to us, watch this video which shows how to add bleed and why we need it. We won't go to print without the bleed so adding it from the start saves time.
• Ideally, your file will be saved as PDFx1a:2001 when exported. If this is not available, do just choose the best quality output possible. You can select this from the top drop-down menu when you export to PDF.
We have a large set of InDesign cover templates ready to download here. Refer to our spine calculator or drop us an email to find out how wide your spine needs to be based on the number of pages and paper choice.
All of our website's guides on file set-up are for Adobe InDesign which you can get on a one-week free trial. However, as long as you can export your finished work to a high res pdf, do feel free to use your favourite program. If you cannot set up your artwork, do ask, we have a wealth of print knowledge and if it is a simple fix we will do our best to help. If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
Dive into our super useful print blog to find stacks of videos, illustrated guides and overviews about the best practise for styling a winning A5 Booklet.
When it comes to creating an impactful booklet, there are key elements that shouldn't be overlooked. First and foremost, a captivating cover is essential to grab the attention of readers right from the start. Additionally, including a table of contents can greatly aid in navigating through the content easily. Well-structured sections with clear headings help organise information effectively, making it easier for readers to follow along. Visual elements such as relevant images, charts, or infographics not only enhance the overall look but also help to visualise concepts or data. Finally, concluding your A5 booklet with a strong call-to-action can prompt readers to take the desired action.
When it comes to the benefits of A5 booklet printing, there are various binding options that can enhance the look and functionality of your booklets. Saddle stitch binding is a popular choice, offering a clean and professional finish. Perfect binding, on the other hand, provides a more polished and durable look. For those who prefer booklets that lay flat when opened, wire-o binding is the way to go. Coil binding allows for easy flipping of pages without damaging the booklet, while comb binding offers versatility and easy customisation. With these different binding types, you can choose the one that best suits your needs and preferences.
Saddle stitch binding is a popular technique in booklet printing. It involves folding the pages in half and stapling them along the fold. This method creates a professional and clean appearance for A5 booklets. It is cost-effective for booklets with fewer pages and allows them to lay flat when opened, making it easier to read and view the content. Saddle stitch binding works well for A5 booklets with up to 64 pages.
Brochure printing plays a crucial role in business marketing. It allows businesses to provide detailed information about their products or services, establish their brand identity, and create a professional image. Brochures are tangible marketing materials that can be easily distributed to potential customers, effectively targeting specific demographics or geographic areas. They showcase a business's offerings and promote its unique selling points.
Booklets and brochures are inherently the same product - they are both neat, professional looking bound documents and the terminology used to describe them depends on your marketing goals and target audience. A5 booklets offer more space for comprehensive information, while brochures are concise and compact. Brochures can be more glossy and product focussed whereas as a booklet could be less of a corporate publication and more towards a zine or illustrated project. Booklets are ideal for in-depth catalogs or user manuals, while brochures provide quick overviews.
Various businesses can benefit from using A5 booklets for promotion, including restaurants, hotels, event planners, educational institutions, and retail stores. A5 booklets provide a compact and visually appealing way to showcase products, services, menus, events, and more to attract and engage customers.
The cost difference between A5 and other sizes of booklet printing can vary depending on the printing company and the specific requirements of the project. However, generally speaking, A5 booklet printing tends to be more cost-effective compared to larger sizes, as it requires less paper and ink. You could reduce the size to A6 to save money but also reduce the physical amount of space per page or increase to A4 to give you more space but in turn, increase the print costs.
Lamination transforms the appearance of your A5 booklet by adding a matt or gloss finish, creating a visually appealing design. Additionally, it provides durability and protection against wear and tear. Crucially lamination stops the ink cracking when your covers are folded during the binding process. With lamination, your A5 booklets are also more resistant to smudges and fingerprints.
Yes, printing a booklet from PDF is definitely possible - and in fact, it's quite easy to do. There are a few different ways to go about it, but the simplest is to use a service from companies like Ex Why Zed.
Once you have your PDF file ready, all you need to do is upload it to this site and they'll take care of the rest. They'll print your booklet for you and send it directly to your door - laminated and sealed if you so choose. And if you're in the UK, both of these services offer competitive prices on booklets printed in high quality. There are also several laminated sealed printing UK booklets service providers out there.
Go ahead and upload the files using WeTransfer.com
In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
I look forward to hearing from you. If you have any questions, please get in touch, we are more than happy to answer them.
In conclusion, the benefits of A5 booklet printing booklet are the vast range of personal and professional uses. Their compact size makes it convenient to carry and distribute, while still providing ample space for showcasing your content. Whether you're promoting your business, sharing information, or creating a unique marketing tool, A5 booklets offer versatility and creativity. From the design process to selecting the right binding option, there are many ways to make your A5 booklet stand out. Whether you opt for a wire stitched booklet of under 40 pages or a more content-packed perfect bound booklet with 36 pages or more, the benefits of A5 booklet printing are endless. As a business owner, an event organiser, or simply someone who loves creative print materials, A5 booklet printing is definitely worth considering. Give your content the attention it deserves with this compact and impactful format.
Are you looking to print booklets but worried about the cost? We've got you covered! In this blog, we will guide you through some cost-effective ideas for booklet printing. From understanding the elements that escalate printing expenditure to mastering page reduction skills, choosing the right paper, and leveraging bulk printing for cost efficiency, we'll cover it all. We'll even show you how to create eye-catching booklets on a budget using free tools and templates. And don't worry; we won't compromise on quality while cutting costs. So get ready to embrace the journey of budget printing and plan future affordable projects with our expert tips. Let's dive in and make your booklet printing project a success without breaking the bank!
Printing booklets involves several factors that impact expenses. To calculate the total cost, it's important to consider different elements and their contribution to the overall printing expenditure. Analyzing the price breakdown of booklet printing helps in understanding the costs involved in each stage. Additionally, exploring cost-saving strategies can help optimize expenses. By understanding these intricacies, you can make informed decisions and find ways to create cost-effective booklets.
Printing booklets involves various elements that can escalate the overall cost. One factor is the page count, as more pages require more ink and paper. The type and finish of the paper also play a role, with glossy options typically costing more. Artwork and design complexity can increase expenses, especially if custom logos or full-color graphics are involved. Additionally, the choice of binding options, such as saddle stitching or perfect binding, can impact the final price. It's essential to consider these factors when estimating the cost and getting the best results from booklet printing.
When it comes to printing booklets, opting for self-cover can be a prudent choice. Self-cover printing involves using the same paper for both the cover and inside pages of the booklet. This not only reduces printing costs but also offers versatility and design possibilities. Self-cover booklets are suitable for various types of content, including brochures, manuals, newsletters, and more. With self-cover, you can achieve cost-effective printing without compromising on quality or design options. So, why not explore the benefits of self-cover for your next booklet project?
Choosing a self-cover option for your booklets can lead to significant cost savings. By opting for a self-cover, you can reduce material and production costs since there is no need for a separate cover printing and binding process. This cost-saving potential is especially beneficial for large print runs. Additionally, self-cover booklets streamline the printing timeline and reduce labor expenses. Moreover, choosing self-cover also has a positive impact on shipping and distribution costs. So, if you're looking to cut down on printing expenses, consider the cost-saving benefits of a self-cover choice.
Mastering the art of page reduction in booklet printing offers numerous benefits. By condensing content without compromising quality, you can achieve concise and focused messaging that resonates with your audience. Not only does this save on printing and distribution costs, but it also ensures that every page serves a purpose. Follow these tips to effectively reduce pages without sacrificing important information. Your budget booklets will pack a punch while delivering the desired impact.
When it comes to booklet printing, the emphasis should always be on quality over quantity. High-quality content and design are essential for creating impactful booklets. By incorporating impactful visuals and concise text, you can enhance reader engagement and make each page worthwhile. Strategic layout and organization play a crucial role in maximising the impact of every page. Additionally, editing and proofreading ensure that your booklets are error-free and leave a lasting impression on your audience. So, focus on quality and create booklets that truly shine.
When it comes to cost-effective booklet printing, choosing the right size is crucial. Let's compare A6, A5, and A4 sizes in terms of cost and functionality. It's important to consider how different sizes can impact your printing and distribution expenses. Additionally, the size of your booklet can have a significant impact on the reader experience and the relationship between size and content. To ensure optimal results, guidance on selecting the perfect size for specific booklet requirements is essential.
When it comes to booklet printing, size matters. Let's dive into the cost comparisons of A6 vs A5 and A5 vs A4 booklets. Choosing A6 size can have significant cost implications, as it requires fewer pages and less ink. On the other hand, A5 and A4 sizes offer more space for content but come with higher printing expenses. It's essential to analyze your specific needs and purpose to determine the most cost-effective option. Consider factors like page count and suitability for different purposes to make an informed decision.
When it comes to cost-effective booklet printing, choosing the right paper plays a crucial role. The type and weight of the paper can significantly impact the overall printing costs. Coated and uncoated paper options have their differences and cost implications. Additionally, selecting the right paper finish is important for achieving a balance between quality and affordability. To make the best choice, consider your budget and aesthetic requirements. Here are some tips to help you select the perfect paper for your booklet printing needs.
When it comes to booklet printing expenses, the significance of paper weight cannot be overlooked. The thickness of the paper directly affects production costs, shipping and mailing costs, and overall affordability. By strategically choosing the right paper weight, you can save on expenses and still maintain quality. Finding the ideal balance between quality and cost is crucial for cost-effective booklets. Consider factors like gsm, paper size, and purpose to make informed decisions. Don't underestimate the impact of paper weight on your booklet printing budget.
When it comes to cost-effective booklet printing, leveraging bulk printing is a smart move. By printing booklets in large quantities, you can save money as the cost per unit decreases significantly. Take advantage of discounts offered for large print runs and reduce overall printing expenses by ordering in larger quantities. Embracing bulk printing allows you to increase cost efficiency and get the best results for your budget.
To maximise cost savings and take advantage of bulk pricing, it is crucial to accurately estimate the number of booklets needed before placing a bulk order. By carefully calculating booklet requirements, you can avoid over-ordering or under-ordering. This allows you to optimise your budget by ordering the right quantity of booklets in bulk. Accurately estimating booklet needs is key to maximising the benefits of bulk ordering.
Looking to create affordable booklet designs? Utilise free design tools and templates! Take advantage of online resources for cost-effective booklet design. Save money by designing booklets yourself using free design software. With a wide range of design options available at no or low cost, you can create professional-looking booklets without breaking the bank. Get creative and make your booklets stand out with these free design tools.
Designing attractive booklets doesn't have to break the bank. By implementing cost-effective design techniques, you can create visually stunning booklets that capture attention. Use colour, images, and fonts strategically to enhance visual appeal. Experiment with creative layouts and graphics to make your booklets stand out. Remember, achieving a professional look on a budget is all about focusing on engaging design elements. Let your creativity shine while keeping costs in check.
Explore various funding options to support your booklet printing projects. Look for sponsorship opportunities that can help cover the costs of printing. Consider applying for grants or funding programs specifically designed for printing projects. Seek partnerships with local businesses or organisations that are willing to offer financial support. Additionally, utilise crowdfunding platforms to raise funds for your booklet printing endeavours. By tapping into these funding and sponsorship opportunities, you can overcome any financial barriers and bring your booklet ideas to life.
Looking to offset the costs of printing booklets? Engage your local community by approaching businesses for sponsorship or launching a crowdfunding campaign. Tap into the support of individuals and businesses to cover booklet expenses and leverage local resources and connections for financial assistance. Collaborate with sponsors and donors to make your booklet project a success. With these strategies, you can find cost-effective ways to bring your booklet to life and reach your target audience.
Embrace the process of budget printing to achieve cost efficiency. Instead of viewing it as a limitation, see it as an opportunity for creative problem-solving. Adopt a mindset of resourcefulness and innovation in your printing projects. By emphasizing planning and strategic decision-making, you can maximize the impact of your limited resources. Celebrate the achievements and successes of your cost-effective printing projects, proving that quality can be achieved on a budget.
Recognising the value of cost-efficient printing choices and their impact on overall budgets is crucial. Reflecting on successful cost-saving strategies implemented in printing projects can provide valuable insights for future endeavours. Planning and preparing for future affordable printing projects based on past experiences ensure ongoing financial prudence. Sharing and celebrating the accomplishments of budget-friendly printing initiatives not only boosts morale but also inspires others. Using past successes as motivation for planning future cost-effective projects enables continuous improvement and growth. Let's toast to more successful and affordable printing projects in the future!
Find the perfect balance between high print quality and cost savings. Explore techniques that prioritize essential elements of print quality while implementing cost-saving measures. Seek expert advice to achieve a balance between maintaining print quality and cutting costs.
In conclusion, when it comes to booklet printing, there are several cost-effective strategies to consider. By understanding the intricacies of printing costs and making smart choices, you can save money without compromising on quality. Opting for self-cover booklets, mastering page reduction skills, choosing the right paper, leveraging bulk printing, and utilising free design software and templates are all effective ways to cut costs. Additionally, exploring funding and sponsorship opportunities can provide financial support for your booklet projects. Remember, maintaining print quality is crucial, but it doesn't have to break the bank. Embrace the journey of budget printing and celebrate the cost-efficient choices you make. With careful planning and creativity, you can produce high-quality booklets while keeping your expenses in check.
You've got the best products, services and prices around. You provide excellent customer service. Your business is an integral part of your community. But how do you make sure that customers know about all of this? How can you get your message across in a way that gets them talking about it with their friends, family and co-workers? Booklets and brochures are a great way to help spread the word about your products and services to potential customers.
You are probably wondering why you should invest in hard copies of marketing materials. After all, your website looks great and does everything it needs to do, right?
Well, yes and no. You're right that your website is crucial for your business. It's the first thing people see when they search for you online or browse through their social media feed. However, it only meets a small part of their needs as prospective customers. That's where booklets come in! A booklet will go into more detail about who you are and what specific services or products you offer than would be possible on a web page alone.
It gives people an idea of how well-rounded you are as a brand while also giving them something tangible to hold onto once they get home with it something they can flip through again and again when they have questions later down the road.
In addition to being more detailed than websites and business cards (which may seem like similar products but don't communicate nearly as much information), brochures also make great replacements for emails because unlike emails (which can easily get lost among the hundreds received every day by customers at home offices), brochures provide instant gratification in terms of content delivery without requiring any effort whatsoever from recipients' end except opening up their mailboxes each morning before heading off on their daily commute.
Booklets are great for handing out at events. You can distribute them to your customers, and they'll be able to use them when looking for more information about your business. If you want to get the attention of a specific group of people who might be interested in what you offer, consider leaving a booklet on their desks or in waiting rooms at businesses that serve the similar clientele.
Once someone has finished reading it, they can pass it along. This makes it easy for others who may not have seen it yet because there is no need for additional distribution it will just keep getting passed around until everyone who needs one has read through it!
✨Let's dive right into the ocean of choices you have, shall we? ?
First off, let's talk paper weight. This isn't a gym session for your paper; it's all about giving your booklet that premium feel. The heavier the paper, the more luxurious your booklet appears. But remember, it's not just about the heft; it's about matching the weight to the purpose of your booklet.
Next up, range of sizes. Whether you're going for pocket-sized charm or a full-blown coffee table masterpiece, we've got you covered. Size does matter, especially when it comes to capturing your audience's attention. From A4 to A5 and everything in-between, the world—or in this case, the page—is your oyster!
Ah, quality booklets and book printing, the crème de la crème of print. With Ex Why Zed, quality isn't just a buzzword; it's a promise. Our state-of-the-art printing technology ensures that every page is a work of art, worthy of any gallery (or at least a prime spot on your customer's coffee table).
Let's not forget standard booklet sizes. While going rogue can be fun, sometimes sticking to the classics is the way to go. A4 and A5 are the tried-and-true heroes of the booklet world, offering enough space for your creativity without overwhelming the reader.
On to Paper types! From glossy to matt, textured to smooth, the type of paper you choose can elevate your booklet from 'meh' to 'marvellous!' It's like choosing the perfect outfit for an event—each type has its own vibe and purpose. If you'd like us to send you a paper sample pack to see something tangible then we'll get one in the post this afternoon.
Choose from matt or gloss lamination for your booklet or book cover. Laminated covers give the publication protection from scuffing and cracking. It is an affordable option and maintains an eye-catching design and quality standard. This applies to both saddle stitched (stapled) booklets and perfect bound books.
Speaking of paper, let's coat it up with some coated paper options. A glossy or silk finish can add that extra oomph, making your images pop and your text easier to read. It's like the cherry on top of an already delicious sundae.
Last but not least, paper size. This is where you decide the canvas for your masterpiece. Whether you're going big and bold or small and subtle, the right paper stock can make or break your project. So choose wisely, print rockstars!
So there you have it, a whirlwind tour of your choices for booklet and brochure printing. With Ex Why Zed by your side, the only limit is your imagination. Ready to print your dreams into reality?✨
✨Ahoy, print enthusiasts! Ever wondered about the endless possibilities that booklet and brochure printing can unlock? Well, buckle up, because we're about to embark on a journey through the multifaceted universe of print! ?
First stop: Product Catalogues. Imagine a glossy, high-quality booklet to promote your brand. Each page turn is a strut, showcasing your products in all their glory. It's not just a catalogue; it's an experience, darling!
Now, let's zoom out and embrace the wide range of options. From zines to academic journals, the sky's the limit! Whether you're a small business or a publishing giant, there's a booklet out there with your name on it.
Ah, annual report printing. The Oscars of the corporate world, where numbers meet narratives. With our top-notch booklet printing service, we transform your yearly achievements into a blockbuster hit. Who said reports had to be boring?
Comic creators, assemble! Your comic books deserve a stage as grand as your imagination. With vibrant colours and crisp lines, we bring your superheroes and villains to life. It's not just a comic; it's an epic saga!
Instruction manuals, step aside. Instruction booklets are the new kids on the block. With easy-to-follow layouts and crystal-clear printing, even the most complex tasks become a walk in the park.
Ah, the timeless paperback book. Whether it's a gripping novel or a self-help guide, the tactile joy of flipping through a paperback is unparalleled. It's not just a book; it's a ticket to another world.
Let's talk money—price lists, to be exact. Transform your rates and services into a visually stunning guide that your customers won't just skim through but actually enjoy. It's not just a list; it's an invitation to indulge.
Business reports, you're up! Turn those quarterly reviews into a storytelling journey. With our high-quality printing, even the pie charts look like modern art!
Marketing materials, come on down! Brochures, flyers, and pamphlets—oh my! Make your brand unforgettable with materials that are as unique as you are.
Personal touch, anyone? Personalised notebooks are the perfect blend of utility and sentimentality. Whether it's for corporate gifting or personal journaling, a custom notebook speaks volumes.
Last but not least, advertising booklets. These pocket-sized powerhouses are your brand's ambassadors, spreading the word far and wide. It's not just advertising; it's a revolution!
So, whether you're a business magnate or a creative soul, booklet and brochure printing offers a kaleidoscope of possibilities. Ready to turn those possibilities into printed perfection? With Ex Why Zed, your print dreams are just a click away!✨
Ever thought about immortalising your graphic storytelling in a booklet? Well, you should! Comics and Graphic Novels in booklet form offer a tactile experience that digital screens just can't replicate. Imagine your readers flipping through crisp, high-quality pages, each panel bursting with colour and intricate detail. It's like holding a mini art gallery in your hands! Plus, the compact size makes it perfect for on-the-go reading. For indie creators, this is a cost-effective way to reach your audience and build a physical connection with them. It's not just a comic; it's a collectible!
Ah, the therapeutic joy of Colouring Books. But what if you could offer that experience in a handy booklet form? Perfect for wellness events, gift shops, or even as a unique marketing tool, these colouring booklets are a hit with both kids and adults. The smaller size means they're portable—imagine colouring on a train journey or during a lunch break! Plus, with our high-quality paper options, those vibrant hues won't bleed through. It's not just a colouring book; it's a pocket-sized stress reliever!
For artists, showcasing your work is just as important as creating it. Enter Artist Catalogues in booklet form. These are not just catalogues; they're portable exhibitions. Whether you're a painter, a sculptor, or a digital artist, a well-designed artist catalogue can serve as a mini-portfolio that you can easily distribute at galleries, art fairs, or even pop-up shops. With our top-notch printing technology and a choice of binding options: stapled booklets or perfect binding each page becomes a canvas, capturing the nuances of your art in stunning detail. It's not just a catalogue; it's your personal art show that people can take home!
So, whether you're an artist, a storyteller, or simply someone looking to engage with your audience in a unique way, specialised booklets offer a world of possibilities. With Ex Why Zed, you're not just printing booklets; you're creating tactile experiences that resonate. Ready to make your print dreams come true?✨
Ultimately, we'll need a high res PDF file to print your booklet artwork in crystal clear, top quality. You can export or Save As PDF from pretty much every computer program these days so choose your favourite. We do recommend Adobe InDesign as a popular choice, the easiest and most powerful. Here is our guide to the Best Design Software.
Dive into our Resources section for guides on preparing artwork for wire stitching (stapled) booklets or brochures and perfect binding of books. We just need one file for wire stitched so that's super easy and two files for perfect bound - separate PDF files for the cover and the inside pages.
There are several UK printers that offer custom booklet printing , including Ex Why Zed. When looking for one, ensure that they have experience in printing booklets and the specific type of booklet you're looking to print. For example, if you want to print a children's book, look for a printer that specialises in that type of project. We print thousands every year so can help out from day one and know all the peccadillos to look out for.
When it comes to printing booklets, you have a lot of choices these days. One option is to find a custom booklet printer that can print your booklets without requiring a minimum number of pages. This can be a great option if you need to print a small number of booklets or if you need a custom size or shape that wouldn't be possible with traditional printing methods. To find a custom booklet printer near you, simply search online for “ custom booklet printing near me ”. This should provide you with several options for printing services that can meet your needs. Be sure to read reviews and compare different pricing options before making your final decision.
Yes, Ex Why Zed in Colchester - a self-publishing company that prints both, at top quality with no minimum order quantity.
We will be honest from the start here...only print a Booklet from Word if you don't know how to use any other program 🙂 There are much stronger and easier to learn design programs to help you with page layout. Take a quick look through our Best Design Software for page layout guide.
Ultimately, all we need to print your work is a PDF and you can make that in Word.
Do you want to create a booklet using Word but feeling overwhelmed by the process? Don't worry, we've got you covered. With this step-by-step guide, you'll be printing professional-looking booklets in no time. We'll start by explaining the basics of booklet printing and why correct formatting is important. Then we'll walk you through the process of setting up page layout, choosing the right print settings, and adjusting the printer settings for double-sided printing. We'll also cover common errors and their solutions so that you can avoid them altogether. In addition, we'll share some tips on how to achieve the best results when printing a booklet from Word. Plus, if you're wondering whether you can create and print booklets in Google Docs similar to Word, we've got that covered too! So grab your laptop and let's get started on creating your dream booklet today!
Printing booklets in Word using Microsoft Office opens up a world of possibilities for creating professional-looking documents. Whether you're publishing a short story or upside-down recipe booklet, Word provides the necessary features and options to make your project shine. From selecting the tab in the drop-down menu to enable booklet printing to understanding the importance of formatting, it's important to familiarize yourself with the basics. With just a few clicks, you can transform a regular sheet of paper into a beautifully designed booklet. And the best part? Word does all the clean-up work for you, so you can focus on bringing your creative ideas to life.
Proper formatting is essential when printing a booklet from Word. It not only makes your booklet look polished and organised but also prevents any errors or issues during the printing process. Consistent formatting gives your booklet a professional appearance and helps maintain the logical flow of content. Make sure to follow formatting guidelines and ensure that all fonts, page sizes, and orientations are consistent throughout the booklet. This will save you from any unnecessary clean-up work later on. Keep tabs on the short edge and use the drop-down menu for selecting the desired format. Mac users can simply go to the "Page Setup" option in the File menu. So, don't let upside-down text or a misaligned sheet of paper ruin your printing experience - get your formatting right!
Follow these easy steps to print your Word document as a booklet. Start by using the booklet template in Microsoft Word for a hassle-free setup. Then, adjust the page setup options to best results when printing your colour booklet. It's also recommended to preview your booklet before printing to avoid any mistakes. Finally, make use of the print dialog box settings for efficient and smooth booklet printing. With these steps, you'll be able to create a professional-looking booklet without much clean-up work.
To print a booklet from Word, you'll need to set up the page layout correctly. Access the page setup options in Microsoft Word, usually found under the "Page Layout" tab. From there, choose the appropriate paper size for your booklet. You can select common sizes like A4 or Letter, or even customize the dimensions. Make sure to also select the correct page orientation to match your desired layout, whether it's portrait or landscape. If you're printing a booklet, you'll want to set up the booklet format using the book fold layout option. This will ensure that the pages are arranged in the correct order when printed and folded. Don't forget to adjust the page margins as well, so that your content doesn't get cut off during printing. With these settings in place, you'll be on your way to creating a professional-looking booklet from Word!
When it comes to printing a booklet from Word, choosing the right print settings is crucial to achieving the desired output. Customizing your print settings allows you to personalize the layout and format of your booklet. One important aspect to consider is determining the number of pages per sheet for your booklet. This setting determines how many pages will be printed on each side of a single sheet of paper. Additionally, setting the print order correctly ensures that the pages are in the correct sequence when the booklet is assembled. Another important setting is adjusting the print settings for double-sided printing. This feature enables you to print on both sides of the paper, resulting in a more professional-looking booklet. Lastly, using the correct paper type and quality is essential for getting the best results. The paper you choose should be suitable for your booklet's content and purpose, whether it's a glossy or matte finish, different weights, or various sizes. By selecting the right print settings, you can ensure that your booklet turns out just the way you envision it.
At Ex Why Zed we just need a high res pdf to print so Saves As, give the file a check through then send it over to us for a Preflight. If anything doesn't look quite right, we will let you know.
The most common issue we see is that the page size is Word does not include 3mm bleed on each edge. So for example if you are printing an A5 book, we need the 210x148mm (A5) artwork plus 3mm bleed on each edge (if any of your content should go all the way to the page edge when the pages are trimmed). SO, in Word, you should set your page up as 216x154mm which will be A5 plus 3mm extra on each edge.
Common issues during booklet printing in Word include page alignment and order problems, incorrect margins or formatting, and printing errors. Troubleshoot these issues to ensure a smooth booklet printing experience.
While printing booklets in Word, it's common to encounter a few errors. For example, misaligned pages or reversed printing can be quite frustrating. Luckily, there are solutions to these issues. Another problem you might come across is formatting or layout errors, but don't worry, there are troubleshooting steps you can take. Additionally, you may face problems with page numbering or missing content in the booklet. To avoid these common mistakes, make sure to follow some helpful tips and tricks for successful booklet printing.
Creating a book template in Microsoft Word is a breeze. Take advantage of the built-in templates or customise one to meet your specific needs. Experiment with different layouts, adjust page size and orientation using the page setup feature, and save your customised template for future use. Dive into YouTube for guides on this.
Are you tired of spending hours designing booklets from scratch? Well, fret not! Microsoft Word comes to the rescue with its collection of built-in templates. With just a few clicks, you can access a variety of pre-designed booklet templates that will surely impress your readers.
Choose from different themes and styles to match your booklet's aesthetic. Whether you're looking for a professional design or a fun and creative layout, Word has got you covered. And the best part? These templates are fully customizable. You can easily edit the text, images, and formatting to make it truly your own.
Gone are the days of manual printing and tedious setups. With the automatic printing features in Word, creating booklets has never been easier. Simply select the template you want to use, make the necessary edits, and hit print. Word will take care of the rest, saving you time and effort.
So why start from scratch when you can save time and energy by using the built-in templates in Microsoft Word? Say goodbye to the headache of designing booklets from scratch and let Word do all the clean-up work for you.
Designing your own booklet template in Microsoft Word is a great way to add a personal touch to your documents. You can create a unique design from scratch by customizing the layout, fonts, and colors to reflect your branding or personal style. To ensure your booklet prints correctly, make sure to set up the correct page size and orientation. Using the book fold layout option will make folding and binding easier. Once you've created your custom template, save it for future use. With a little creativity and some clean-up work, you'll have a beautiful and professional-looking booklet template ready to use.
To achieve the best results when printing a booklet from Word, there are a few tips you should keep in mind. First, it's important to preview your booklet before printing to ensure that everything is in the correct order. This will help you catch any errors or unexpected formatting issues. Secondly, adjust your print settings to ensure that the booklet prints correctly on both sides of the paper. You can do this by selecting the "Print on Both Sides" option in the print settings or by choosing the "Short Edge" option from the drop-down menu.
If you're using a Mac, another tip is to consider using a professional printing service for high-quality results. They have the expertise and equipment to produce crisp and well-bound booklets. Pay attention to fonts and page size as well to ensure readability. Choose fonts that are clear and legible, and make sure the page size is appropriate for your intended audience. Lastly, before printing, take the time to clean up any formatting or layout issues. This can include fixing broken lines, adjusting margins, or resizing images. Doing this clean-up work beforehand will help ensure a polished final product.
Google Docs offers limited functionality for creating and printing booklets compared to MicrosoftWord or Microsoft Publisher. To enhance booklet features in Google Docs, consider exploring add-ons or third-party tools. Converting the Google Docs document to a PDF file may also be beneficial for booklet printing. Online tutorials and forums can provide helpful tips on creating booklets in Google Docs. However, for more advanced features, it is recommended to use Microsoft Word.
Printing a booklet from Word can be a convenient and cost-effective way to create professional-looking documents. By following the step-by-step guide outlined above, you can easily format and print your booklet with ease. Remember the importance of correct formatting and choose the right print settings to ensure a seamless printing experience. If you encounter any problems along the way, there are common errors and solutions to help you troubleshoot. Additionally, consider creating a book template in Microsoft Word for future use. For those using Google Docs, there may be similar options available. For more information or assistance with printing booklets, feel free to get in touch with our team. Happy printing!
Booklets have been around for a long time, and they aren't going anywhere. You've probably read articles about how booklets are dying out in favour of digital content. They're not wrong: people are reading less printed material now than ever before. But this doesn't mean that print booklets aren't relevant anymore—in fact, there are several benefits to printing booklets near me that make them worth your time and investment!
Booklets have a charm that digital content can't quite capture, don't they? When you choose the perfect print specs and top-notch materials, these treasures last for ages and might just become family heirlooms. Plus, there's something delightful about paper. It's a breeze to share – just hand over the booklet or pop it on a shelf for the next eager reader. And the best bit? No batteries or plug-ins needed. Just pure, uninterrupted reading bliss.
Booklets are a breeze to share. Whether you're at an event, giving a talk, or reaching out to your audience, they make a lasting impression. Plus, they introduce your content to those who might have missed it online. Mailing booklets to both loyal customers and potential new ones is straightforward. Printing an A5 booklet expands your reach beyond the digital world and builds a closer bond with your audience, often leading to better sales conversions.
As a business owner, you know that capturing attention is a key part of getting people to notice your brand. This is a challenge in an increasingly digital world where all the attention is on mobile devices and social media. Printing booklets can help you stand out and get noticed in ways that other marketing materials simply cannot compete with.
Printing booklets allows you to communicate directly with customers, build trust and establish yourself as an authority on the topic at hand. They provide a tangible item that customers can hold in their hands, which makes them feel like they’re reading something valuable rather than having an experience similar to just scrolling through their Facebook feed or browsing Reddit from their phone.
Booklets also keep people engaged by offering more substance than social media posts or ads typically do—and with less clutter! Booklets give marketers more space for detail and explanation than banner ads do; this allows them to highlight important aspects of their products or services without overwhelming readers with too much information all at once.
In the contemporary digital era, there's a prevailing notion that reading predominantly occurs on screens. However, this perspective overlooks a significant portion of the population. Notably, many students continue to favour printed content, either due to its inherent advantages or a lack of technological access.
Booklets serve as an indispensable tool for individuals with visual challenges or learning disabilities, such as dyslexia, requiring enlarged text for clarity. Furthermore, the adaptability of booklets allows for translations into various languages, ensuring comprehensive information accessibility for non-English speakers.
Additionally, the feasibility of producing booklets in braille broadens their utility, catering to those with blindness or severe visual impairments. This characteristic is especially advantageous for distribution at events with diverse attendees, underscoring the inclusivity of booklets as a medium of information dissemination.
Booklets are a great way to present information to people. If you’re looking for ways to get your customers engaged and interested in what you have to offer, print booklets online cheap services or educational newsletters are a great way to do it.
A booklet is also an excellent way to get people to read what you have written. People read through their mailboxes every morning and evening, which means that if they see something that interests them, they will open it up and take a look at what’s inside. Booklets provide a good combination of visual appeal and written text so that readers can understand the information quickly without having difficulty understanding what is being said or shown in the pages of your booklet.
While digital content is convenient and easy to update, it can’t compete with a printed booklet in terms of quality. Printed booklets are more tactile and tangible than their digital counterparts, which makes them more engaging and memorable. They aren’t dependent on technology or batteries that may run out at any time—and if you need to make corrections later on, there are no worries about losing your original copy.
Ex Why Zed is the solution to your booklet printing needs because of our high-quality printing and low prices. We can print your booklets quickly and accurately, and we will work with you to make sure that your project turns out exactly as you envision it. Our team of experts is here to help you through every step of the printing process, from design creation to delivery. Contact us today via email or call to get started on your next printing project!
Printing booklets can be useful if you want to share your ideas and information with people. If you are looking for booklets in the UK, here are some frequently asked questions that might help you.
Ex Why Zed provides booklet printing in a variety of formats to meet your specific needs. We can print your booklet in standard sizes such as 5.5" x 8.5", 8.5" x 11", or customise the size to fit your specific requirements.
Additionally, we offer a variety of binding options, including saddle-stitch, perfect binding, and coil binding. Our high-quality printing will ensure that your booklet looks great and makes a positive impression on your audience. Contact us today to discuss your specific needs and we'll be happy to provide you with a quote for our services.
Yes, there are standard sizes for cheap booklet printing. The most popular size is 8.5" x 11", but you can also print on smaller or larger paper sizes. 8.5" x 11" booklets are typically saddle stitched (which means the pages are stapled in the centre), while smaller and larger sizes may be perfect bound (which means the pages are glued at the spine).
There are a few places you can go to get cheap booklet printing near me done online. One option is to use an online printing company like Ex Why Zed, which specialises in quality printing.
Alternatively, you could try contacting a local print shop and asking if they offer any discounts for online orders. Whichever route you choose, be sure to compare prices and look for coupon codes or other discounts before placing your order. With a little bit of research, you should be able to find a great deal on photography booklet printing!
At your local print shop, you can print booklets in a wide range of sizes and quantities. Booklets are composed of several pages bound together, and they can be used for a variety of purposes such as product catalogues, event programs, and corporate manuals. When printing booklets, you have several options to choose from in terms of paper stock, finishing, and binding type. Typically, booklets are printed on standard offset or digital presses. Depending on your budget and time frame, your print shop can help you decide which printing method is best for your project.
Booklet printing is a must-have for businesses of all sizes and industries. These compact, informative products offer an opportunity to showcase your brand, products, and services in a creative and engaging way. In this blog, we'll explore the importance of brand looklet printing in business, including how it enhances brand visibility and improves aesthetic appeal. We'll also dive into some design tips that will help your booklet stand out from the crowd, as well as cost-effective printing options that won't break the bank. Plus, we'll even provide you with some inspiration and software options to make the design process a breeze. So grab some popcorn and join us as we take you on a journey through the world of booklet printing!
Booklet printing is an excellent platform for businesses to enhance their brand visibility and reach a wider audience. It serves as an effective sales tool, allowing businesses to showcase their products and services to potential customers. With key details and important information included, booklet printing provides a variety of ways to engage and inform clients. Moreover, it is a cost-effective marketing strategy that can be utilised by businesses of all sizes. Booklets offer an information-rich experience that leaves a lasting impression on potential clients. So, consider incorporating brochure printing into your marketing mix and make the office reception area shine with informative and visually appealing booklet mail shots.
Booklets play a vital role in enhancing brand visibility for businesses. They create brand awareness and promote professionalism, making them an excellent platform for marketing purposes. With their visually appealing designs and variety of ways to distribute them, such as email, social media, and direct mail, brochures can reach a wider audience. These tangible marketing tools grab the attention of potential customers, allowing businesses to showcase their product offerings and communicate key information effectively. Booklets are a valuable asset in enhancing brand visibility.
Captivating design elements in well-designed booklets with attractive visuals enhance the reading experience, leaving a lasting impression on readers. The aesthetic appeal reflects the professionalism and quality of your business, elevating brand image and creating a positive perception.
The design of a booklet plays a crucial role in its effectiveness. A thoughtfully designed booklet engages readers and makes the content more accessible. It highlights important information, guides readers through the content, and aligns with business goals and target audience. Attention-grabbing visuals and an organised layout enhance readability, creating a positive user experience.
Booklet printing offers a variety of ways for businesses to effectively convey their message. For startups and small businesses, it provides an excellent platform to establish their brand and showcase their products and services. Even large businesses benefit from booklets as they serve as a valuable sales assistant, communicating important information to customers. Lookbooks and Brochures level the playing field, allowing small businesses to compete with larger competitors. Whether it's for marketing purposes or booklet mailshots in the office reception area, they are a cost-effective and engaging tool.
Alright, let's get into the nitty-gritty of crafting a booklet that's not just good, but absolutely smashing! ? Based on our expertise and insight, here are 10 winning factors that contribute to a well-designed, engaging, professional-looking booklet to promote a business or brand:
Creating a visually appealing and effective booklet design is crucial for businesses. Keep the design clean and uncluttered for easy readability. Use high-quality images and graphics to give your booklet a professional look. Choose legible fonts that are consistent throughout the booklet. Lastly, utilise headings and subheadings to guide the reader through the content. Our tips will ensure your booklet stands out and effectively conveys your message.
Remember, a booklet is more than just a collection of pages; it's a representation of the brand. So, make it count! We you need a print partner to bring your designs to life, you know where to find us at Ex Why Zed! ???
When it comes to designing booklets, you have a variety of software options to choose from. Adobe InDesign is a popular choice among professionals, offering advanced design capabilities for a polished finish. Canva, on the other hand, provides user-friendly templates and tools, making it an excellent platform for beginners. If you're on a budget, Microsoft Publisher offers a more affordable option with basic design features. For collaborative projects, Lucidpress provides collaborative design features, allowing multiple team members to work together seamlessly. And if you're an experienced designer looking for advanced capabilities, Serif Affinity Publisher has got you covered. With these best design software options, you can create stunning booklets for all your marketing purposes.
Booklet printing is a strategic business decision due to its cost-effectiveness and versatility. With booklets acting as mini-catalogs or annual reports, businesses can provide a comprehensive overview of their products and services. They also serve as valuable marketing tools for promoting brand awareness, internally communicating with stakeholders, and reaching a wider audience through distribution channels.
When it comes to cost-effectiveness, booklet printing proves to be an excellent platform for businesses. They offer a variety of ways to showcase products and services at a lower per-unit cost, especially when printed in bulk. In comparison to digital marketing, booklets provide a tangible and long-lasting marketing tool that can be distributed effectively, whether it's through sales assistants or in the office reception area. What's more, printing companies offer affordable booklet printing options, making it an attractive choice for businesses of all sizes. So why not take advantage of the cost-effectiveness of booklet printing for your marketing purposes? It's a smart investment that yields great results.
Explore Ex Why Zed's diverse portfolio and be amazed by their high-quality print work. Get inspired by the stunning designs and discover a variety of ways to create captivating business booklets. From sleek corporate brochures to eye-catching promotional materials, Ex Why Zed showcases different industries and design styles with finesse. With their range of booklet printing options, including brochure printing and booklet mail shots, you can trust them to deliver effective solutions for all your marketing purposes. Gain confidence in choosing Ex Why Zed for your business booklet printing needs.
Indulge in the ultimate visual treat with Ex Why Zed's captivating video showcases. Immerse yourself in their print production process as it unfolds before your eyes, showcasing their dedication to quality and craftsmanship. Take a sneak peek behind the scenes of their cutting-edge printing facilities, where state-of-the-art technology brings booklets to life. Be inspired by real-life examples of finished booklets and witness their undeniable impact. Grab your popcorn and get ready to feast your eyes on the magic of Ex Why Zed's video showcases.
To make your business booklet stand out, consider incorporating visual elements like images and graphics to enhance the design. Use your brand colours and logo for brand awareness. Structure the booklet in a way that guides readers through key details and information. Utilise white space for a clean and organised layout. Lastly, incorporate unforgettable imagery to leave a lasting impression.
A winning booklet design effectively showcases your products or services, capturing attention with eye-catching visuals and engaging text. It highlights important information in a clear and concise manner while maintaining a cohesive theme throughout the booklet.
Looking to create an eye-catching booklet design? Get inspired by exploring various sources! Start by examining successful booklets within your industry for fresh ideas. Dive into design websites and blogs to discover creative concepts that can make your booklet stand out. Don't limit yourself to the realm of print - draw inspiration from art, photography, and other visual mediums. Analyse popular marketing tools like brochures and newsletters to learn from their effective designs. Consider incorporating elements from your website or social media platforms for a cohesive brand experience. Get ready to unleash your creativity!
Printing a Booklet from a PDF is an excellent platform to generate professional-looking booklets for your business. The variety of ways you can showcase important information in an organised and visually appealing format makes booklet printing an effective sales tool to attract potential customers. Not only does it create a lasting impression, but it also serves as a popular marketing tool for businesses of all sizes. So why wait? Get your booklet printing done and start making waves in the market!
Exporting your artwork to PDF is an essential step in the booklet printing process. It guarantees high-quality printing and ensures that your booklet prints exactly as you designed it. The PDF format preserves the visual elements and layout of your artwork, making it an excellent platform for showcasing your creativity. Additionally, exporting to PDF allows for easy digital sharing of your booklet, whether it's through email or on your website. PDF files are our preferred file format at Ex Why Zed, and super easy for you to make from most computer programs.
Ready to place an order?
You'll need to upload the files using WeTransfer (it's super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Any questions, do give us a shout, we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
If you're looking to find a cheap brochure printing company in the UK, you've come to the right place. Finding affordable brochures printing has been a challenge for a lot of people and I'm sure it's similar for you. In today's article, we'll be going through a couple of ways you can save money on your next print order.
The first way to save money on brochure printing is by using a service that offers discounts for bulk orders. This type of service is typically used by businesses that need to print a large number of brochures at one time. However, you can also find these services online and they will usually offer a lower price per brochure when you order in bulk.
Another way to get cheaper brochures and banners printing are by using a company that specializes in this type of printing. These companies often have access to better deals on paper and ink, which means they can pass the savings on to you. In addition, these companies usually have experience with different types of brochures and can recommend the best design for your needs.
Finally, if you're willing to pay a bit more, you can always go with a full-service printing company. These companies will take care of everything from design to printing to shipping. They'll even help you create a custom brochure if you need one. However, you'll likely pay a bit more for their services.
By using one of the methods above, you should be able to find a cheap pocket brochure printing company that offers quality brochures at an affordable price.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that everyone has the potential to be creative. We don’t think that creativity is a trait that only a select few are born with. Instead, we believe that it can be learned and cultivated. And this is why we offer our services to anyone who wants to learn more about creativity and how to use it effectively.
We understand that brochure printing can be expensive, which is why we price fairly. We also specialize in brochure printing and can recommend the best design for your needs. And if you're willing to pay a bit more, we can even help you create a custom brochure.
So if you're looking for cheap brochure printing in the UK, contact us today and we'll be happy to help you save money on your next print order.
There are a few ways to do this. One way is to use an online booklet printing service like exwhyzed. There are several good ones available, and they allow you to upload your document and then print it in miniature book form.
Another way is to use a program like Adobe InDesign or Microsoft Publisher to create your booklet. These programs allow you to create a booklet format that can be printed on standard-sized paper, which you can then fold into a mini booklet form. If you're comfortable using the command-line interface, there are also free programs that will help you create mini booklets from any text file.
A small booklet is typically around 5.5-by-8.5 inches or 14-by-21.5 centimetres in size. Some booklets are smaller, but this is a common size for a small booklet.
In booklet printing, it's important to keep the spine width in mind. The spine is the binding that holds all the pages together and it usually measures about 1/8 of an inch wide. This means that if your pages are 8.5 inches wide, the total print area should be no more than 7.75 inches wide so that there's enough margin on each side of the spine for binding.
Yes, a pamphlet can be as short as one page. Many online small booklet printing firms offer small booklet printing, which is a great option for short pamphlets. Just make sure the content is concise and to the point so that readers can quickly get the information they need.
When you set up print small booklet products, you typically do it with a paper cover and saddle stitching, which is stapling along the spine. Booklets are smaller than regular books and are often used for promoting a product or service. They can also be used as an instructional guide or manual.
A book is larger than a booklet, with a cloth or paper cover and sewn pages. Books are used for reading, whereas booklets are meant to be browsed through quickly.
A small booklet is typically called a "pamphlet." There is no standard size for pamphlets, but they are generally smaller than a regular book. They may be used for catalogues and may come with spiral binding or staple binding.
The cost of spiral binding a book will depend on the length and width of the book, as well as the type and thickness of the spiral binding chosen. Generally, the thicker the spiral binding, the more expensive it will be.
Alt text: Photobook idea
A picture might be worth a thousand words, but a photo book takes that to a whole new level. It's got that special, hands-on feel that digital snaps just can't match, adding a personal touch to all your treasured memories. Whether it's the giggles from your last family holiday or the pure love in your little one's eyes, a photo book captures these moments, ready to be passed down through generations.
In this blog, we share 19 creative photo book ideas to help you retell your story and relive those precious memories. From a decade of birthdays and unforgettable trips to capturing the essence of your family's history, each idea will spark a journey down memory lane. So, grab your camera roll, dust off your favourite recipes, and get ready to celebrate friendship, love, and life in your very own cookbook personalised photo book!
Reflecting on ten years of birthday celebrations is a joyful trip down memory lane. Picture a photo book packed with smiles, fun party themes, and the ever-evolving designs of birthday cakes, each one more delicious than the last. Start with the very first birthday—capture that priceless moment when your little one first touches their cake. From there, mark each year with photos showcasing excitement, laughter, and growth.
By the time you reach your tenth birthday, you'll have a beautiful visual journey that will make you want to do a happy dance every time you flip through it! This book serves as a timeline of your child's growth–the change from a toddler to a 10-year-old–reminding you of love-filled moments and cake-smudged faces.
Alt text: Avanipok, a travel photobook by Conor McDonnell
Family vacations are etched into our hearts, bringing back images of seashells collected on the beach, breathtaking mountain vistas, and endless laughter. What better way to preserve these cherished moments than compiling and printing them into a photo book?
Let each vacation unfold like a travelogue, capturing memories in a tangible form that you can hold and share. This book is a delightful exhibition of your travels, decisions, and shared explorations. Every flip of the page is a journey back to a moment caught between laughter and adventure.
Your honeymoon is the first chapter of your married life—a time filled with bliss, bonding, and unforgettable memories as you embark on a new adventure. Creating a photo book of these moments lets you capture this special time's excitement, romance, and freshness. It's the perfect way to preserve the beginning of your shared life story, letting you relive those beautiful moments for years to come.
This book captures the sacredness of alone time after the wedding, reliving the unique bond symbolising love, compatibility, and lifelong friendship.
Alt text: New York by sixstreetunder
Impromptu weekend getaways are the perfect way to break free from the everyday routine and give us that much-needed boost of energy. Instead of putting everything on social media, isn’t creating a memorable photobook sound like a plan? Putting together a photo book of these trips creates an exciting collection of weekends, each with a unique story.
From spontaneous road trips to quiet countryside escapes you'll have a visual diary of all those refreshing adventures. It's a brilliant way to relive those moments and celebrate the joy of getting away, even for a few days. When these trips are combined, they become a collage of experiences that remind you of the priceless joy of exploration.
Alt text: Food, drinks, and a coffee table photo book
A coffee table photo book, with its visual charm and easy accessibility, is a true treasure trove of stories, memories, and conversations. It's more than just a book—it's a personalised piece of art that captures your life with elegance and style.
Perfect for guests to flip through, your coffee table photobook adds a touch of sophistication to your home while sharing your unique story in a beautifully curated way. Your coffee table photobook serves dual purposes as decor and a captivating anthology of your rich and varied explorations.
A graduation memories photo book is about more than just the degree—it's a celebration of the friendships, lessons learned, and how much you've grown along the way. It's the perfect way to reflect on those unforgettable years and everything they meant to you.
This photo journey encapsulates the springboard of life where dreams develop wings–a souvenir of stepping stones marking collegiate years.
Capturing a baby's first year in a photo album is a perfect way to preserve those precious memories. From the first smile to the first steps, each moment is a milestone worth treasuring.
Creating a beautiful photo book dedicated to the journey of the little one can serve as a special gift for the future. Documenting the first year through photos is a unique way to relive the joy and growth of the baby, making it a meaningful keepsake for the entire family.
A photo book filled with "letters to the little one" is a beautiful way to capture your hopes, dreams, and heartfelt messages for your child's future. This thoughtful idea pairs the power of words with cherished images, creating a lasting memory.
Each letter expresses your love, guidance, and treasured moments, turning the photo book into a timeless keepsake that your child can revisit as they grow. It's a unique and personal way to document your journey as a parent while creating a meaningful Valentine story for your little one to hold onto forever.
Creating a photo book dedicated to "friendship through the years" is a lovely way to celebrate those bonds that have stood the test of time. It’s a perfect excuse to fill it with snapshots of shared moments—everything from spontaneous adventures to cosy nights in. You can add depth to the story by weaving in those special memories and the new faces that have joined along the way.
Include photos that capture inside jokes, milestones you've reached together, and how your friendship has evolved over the years. It'll be a heartfelt tribute to the beautiful journey of your enduring friendship.
Celebrate the special connection with "my favourite people" by creating a personalised photo album full of moments shared with your loved ones. Gather photos from family history and your family tree, birthdays, and those unforgettable events, all in a beautifully crafted photo book. Whether it's candid snapshots or posed portraits, each page will tell the story of cherished memories.
From wedding photos to casual get-togethers, you can relive every smile and glance. This photo book will become a precious keepsake, capturing the bonds that mean the most to you.
Alt text: Love stories photo book
Embrace the romance with "Love Stories" – a photo book beautifully captures your journey. Fill it with your most cherished moments, from that first date to the unforgettable proposal. Use candid snapshots and heartfelt captions to reflect the essence of your bond.
Relive the magic of your engagement party, wedding celebrations, and those cosy date nights. Let your love story unfold across the pages, creating a timeless keepsake. It's a stunning way to celebrate your unique connection and encapsulate the depth of your affection.
Relive the magic of your first encounter with a beautiful photo book dedicated to "When We Met." Capture those early awkward glances, heartfelt conversations, and shared laughter, turning them into a cherished keepsake.
This photo album becomes a testament to your journey together, celebrating the beginning of a remarkable love story. Let the pictures talk as you revisit the moments that sparked your extraordinary bond.
Alt text: In The Dog’s House by Anne Clements
For pet lovers, creating a photo book dedicated to your furry friends is a heartwarming way to celebrate the joy they bring. Fill it with candid shots and funny moments, capturing every paw-some memory and adorable pet pics in a personalised album. Document their milestones, from their first bath to mastering new tricks, taking a trip down memory lane with wagging tails and soft purrs.
Add captions or doodles to highlight their unique personalities. This keepsake will celebrate your beloved pets and capture their incredible journey alongside you, making it a treasure to look back on.
Adorn your photo book with generations past, a tribute to family heritage. Unravel the tapestry of your roots through images capturing ancestral homes, heirlooms, and family gatherings. Each picture is a thread in the fabric of your lineage, weaving a visual narrative of where you come from.
Embrace the legacy passed down through the lens of connecting past, present, and future in a timeless gallery of memories. Let your family history blossom in this beautiful compilation, a cherished reflection of your roots.
Document your culinary journey with a personalised cookbook featuring your favourite recipes. Transform your love for cooking into a beautifully curated photo book filled with snapshots of mouthwatering dishes. Whether it's capturing the process or the final presentation, each page can showcase the essence of your cooking adventures.
Preserve the flavours of your culinary creations in a visually enticing way, making it a delightful keepsake or a thoughtful gift for fellow food enthusiasts. Let your recipes unfold in a picturesque storytelling of flavours and memories.
Turn your gardening journey into a stunning photo album that captures the seasonal beauty and growth of your green space. From the first sprout to a flourishing harvest, document every milestone in a beautifully curated photo book. Each bloom and leaf becomes a cherished memory, adding life to the pages.
Organise your favourite snapshots of flowers, fruits, and vegetables to create a vibrant garden-themed masterpiece. Let your story unfold with each page, celebrating the colours, textures, and tranquillity that make your garden a truly unique sanctuary. Embrace the joy and calm of your gardening adventure.
Delve into a world of imagination by documenting your creative projects in a personalised photo book. Capture the essence of your artistic journey through each page, showcasing your growth and inspiration.
This photo album is a visual narrative of your artistic evolution from initial sketches to final masterpieces. Preserve your artistic milestones and accomplishments in a beautiful photo book that serves as a testament to your creativity. Let your photos speak volumes about your passion and dedication to the arts.
Consider creating a photo book as a motivating tool for your fitness and wellness goals. Capture your progress, workout routines, and healthy meals to track your journey towards a healthier lifestyle.
Include snapshots of your favourite workouts, before-and-after transformation photos, and inspiring quotes to keep you focused and driven. Documenting your fitness milestones in a photo book can serve as a visual reminder of how far you've come and encourage you to push forward towards your goals.
Reflect on a year of growth and introspection with a gratitude and mindfulness photo book. Capture moments of serenity, personal achievements, and daily blessings through a lens of mindfulness.
Curate images that evoke feelings of thankfulness and peace, creating a visual journey of mindfulness practices and grateful living. Documenting these moments in a photo album allows for a tangible reminder of the beauty in simplicity and the power of gratitude. Embrace each page as a celebration of mindfulness, cultivating a sense of peace and contentment in everyday life.
Looking to create the perfect photo book? Ex Why Zed is the ideal place for all your photo book printing needs. With years of experience and countless impressive publications under our belt, we know what it takes to make your project shine. Whether you want to showcase family memories, creative projects, or travel adventures, we've got you covered.
Simply choose one of our winning options and use our printed project builder to get your bespoke quote today. Prefer a chat? Drop us an email at hello@exwhyzed.com or give us a call on 01206 766647. Start bringing your photo book to life with Ex Why Zed now! You can get a quote now.
Creating a hardcover photo book is the perfect way to preserve cherished moments and stories. Whether it's capturing your baby's first year or documenting creative projects, these ideas offer a unique way to relive your most treasured memories. Each page becomes its own visual narrative, from family history to travel adventures. Personalise it with mementoes like birthday cards or favourite recipes, crafting a tangible memory lane. A beautifully curated photo book makes for a timeless gift, celebrating the joy of special memories that will be treasured for years to come.
When it comes to creating a photo book, Shutterfly and Mixbook are popular choices known for their user-friendly interfaces and customisation options. Both platforms offer high-quality printing and a variety of templates to help you tell your story creatively.
To create a good photobook, curate photos that tell a story, organise them thematically, add captions for context, and choose a high-quality printing service for professional results. Don't forget to personalise the design to reflect your unique style and memories.
One way to enhance your photo book is by adding meaningful quotes or captions. Use quotes that resonate with the moments captured and write personalised captions to narrate the story behind each picture.
To create a visually appealing photo book, aim for 50-100 photos. Include a mix of candid, posed, and detailed shots to capture the essence of each moment.
A 12 page booklet may seem like an uncommon document type for some, but it can be a great choice for certain projects. It is a good solution for zines, fashion lookbooks, mini Final Major Projects and more. However, not every project calls for it. The document's versatility makes it ideal for multiple purposes, but not all information exchanges require this type of publication. So how do you know if it's the best choice for your project? Well, it really depends on how much content you would like to display and whether 12 pages is the ideal fit for your budget.
Full colour brochure printing involves printing using CMYK ink on our Indigo digital press or Heidelberg litho. On longer print runs which we produce on our Heidelberg litho press, there are also other spot colours that can be added to produce a more vibrant and colourful print output. When it comes to full-colour brochures, your design must be a multiple of 4 pages. You could choose to print just the front and back page in full colour while the inside pages could be in grayscale or black ink only.
It is one of the most common types of brochures that self-publishers and businesses use these days. It allows them to showcase their products and services in the best light possible.
When ordering a 12-page booklet, make sure to thoroughly check the final proof we send. If it all looks ok then send us your approval and we will go to print. On some websites, this page is also sometimes called a "payment gateway" or "order form." A checkout page is typically the last step in a customer's journey through an online service. At Ex Why Zed we operate a more friendly and customer centric process and will start a conversation on email rather than hiding behind an automated website.
In terms of booklet lamination, there are three types of finishes: matt, gloss and soft-touch. Lamination is always the best choice for book and booklet covers which have ink on the outside. Paper fibres like to remain flat and do crack when they are folded to bind a booklet. The lamination is thin, virtually invisible protective layer which protects the sheet from cracking and ensures it looks perfect on arrival with your reader.
When it comes to printing booklets, people should choose Ex Why Zed because of the company's commitment to quality and customer satisfaction. We have a team of skilled professionals who use the latest technology to produce high-quality prints. In addition, the company offers a wide range of services that are designed to meet the specific needs of its clients. Under our wing, every customer would feel quality assistance and speedy services.
Do you have other concerns about booklets? Read our FAQ section below and start learning now!
An A4 booklet is 210 x 297 millimetres or 8.27 x 11.69 inches in size.
A4 paper is a common international standard size for paper and documents. It's normally measured in millimetres at 210 millimetres wide and 297 millimetres long. There are also ISO 216 sizes that define the exact measurements of different paper sizes, including A4, A3, B5, and more. You can see a complete list on www.exwhyzed.com. We tend not to charge extra for bespoke sizes to do choose the options which et matches your idea and creativity.
There are a few ways to print an A4 page in booklet form. One way is to use the booklet printing option in your printer settings. This will print the pages out in the correct order so that they can be folded and stapled together to create a booklet.
Another way to print an A4 page as a booklet is to use a PDF editor like Adobe Acrobat Pro or Adobe Reader. This will allow you to create a "booklet" PDF file that includes all of the pages of your document placed in the correct order. You can then print this PDF file using your regular printer, and it will print out as a booklet. Experts at Ex Why Zed know how to do this and will give each client further assistance with the processes.
There are a few different terms that are commonly used for booklets, depending on their size and purpose. "Brochure" is often used for small booklets that contain information about a product or service, while "catalogue" is typically used for larger booklets that contain a more extensive collection of items.
The term "booklet" can be used generically to refer to either of these types of publications. When it comes to printing, the most common size for booklets is A4 (8.27 inches x 11.69 inches). When it comes to a4 booklet printing prices, the cost of printing a booklet will depend on various factors, including the number of pages, the paper stock, and the print quality desired.
The answer to this question depends on a number of factors, including the purpose of the booklet and the budget you have for printing. For example, if you are creating a marketing booklet to promote your business, you'll probably want a larger format that showcases your products and services in the best light possible.
On the other hand, if you're producing an informational booklet for a conference or event, a smaller size may be more practical and the cost of printing a4 booklet would be worth it. Ultimately, it's important to consider all of these factors before deciding on the size of your booklet.
Pamphlets have been around for centuries and are still commonly used today as a means of marketing and advertising. While their use may seem disputed in this day and age of digital media, there is still a place for pamphlets - especially when it comes to providing potential customers with detailed information about a product or service. One of the key benefits of pamphlets is that they can be highly customised to include whatever information you want to include. This makes them ideal for conveying specific details about your product or service that you want potential customers to know. In terms of booklet binding, there are a number of different options available, including stapling, perfect binding, and saddle stitching.
Yes, you can self-publish your booklet is an easy, fun and efficient fashion at Ex Why Zed. When you think about printing booklets, your first instinct might be to start a Word document and print it out. But is that the most effective way to do it? In this blog post, we're going to share some things you should consider before making the decision to do it yourself.
The first thing you need to think about is print quality. At Ex Why Zed why have the top of the range Indigo digital and Heidelberg litho presses to ensure your work looks as good as it possibly can. We ensure the print quality is professional. This means choosing the right printer and using high-quality paper. Otherwise, your booklet will look homemade and unprofessional.
Another thing to consider is the binding. When you print a booklet, you'll need to bind it somehow so that all the pages stay together. This can be a tricky process, and it's one that's best left to the professionals. Unless you're confident in your ability to bind your booklet correctly, it's probably not worth the risk of doing it yourself.
Finally, think about the cost. Printing your own custom bound books can be cheaper than having them professionally printed, but it's important to factor in the cost of materials and your time. If you're not confident in your ability to print and bind your booklet correctly, it might be worth spending a little extra to have it done right. We aim to deliver all short run booklets and books within 4/5 working days. They will be sent by DPD or Parcelforce to arrive in swift time.
If you want to get your booklets printed, Ex Why Zed is the printing company for you. We offer high-quality printing at an affordable price, so you can get the most out of your booklet printing project. Here are some of the reasons why you should choose Ex Why Zed for your booklet printing needs:
If you want to get your booklets printed with high quality and at an affordable price, contact Ex Why Zed today! We would be happy to discuss your booklet printing project with you and provide you with a free quote.
When it comes to printing, there always seems to be a lot of questions. Not anymore. Here, we answer some commonly asked questions about printing your own booklet to help you with any concerns or questions, and hopefully save you some time and money.
Booklet style is the an umbrella term for the size, layout and binding choices you make. All of these factors combine to give the style and aesthetic of your publication. Style can be used to describe booklets, pamphlets, and other small publications. It can also be used for larger documents, especially those that are being divided into chapters or sections. We at https://exwhyzed.com/ offer this service at affordable prices!
Booklet printing results in a document that is bound, typically consisting of several sheets of paper typewritten or printing that contains information on a specific subject. A pamphlet is a coherent collection of published materials that are generally shorter than a book. Pamphlets may be self-published or produced by an organisation as part of its communication strategy.
When you acquire custom booklet printing cheap, the final product will be printed on thin, glossy paper stock. This type of paper is known for its smooth surface and vibrant colours, making it ideal for printing high-quality images and photos. However, thin paper can be more prone to wrinkling and tearing, so you may want to consider a thicker paper stock if your booklet will be handled frequently. Glossy paper has a distinct shine so for a more tactile and muted finish, choose silk or uncoated paper.
A booklet is a small publication that is usually saddle-stitched (stapled along the fold) or perfect-bound like a magazine. They are popular for promoting products or services, as they can be filled with glossy photographs and text. Custom plastic printing booklet can also be acquired to use as sales collateral or as an educational tool.
A business booklet is a short, concise guide that covers the basics of a certain business topic. This is typically 12 page booklet, and is designed to give readers a high-level overview of the subject matter.
Printed booklets are a great way to get your content out there. They can be a cost-effective alternative to large format printing and help you put your message forward in a simple style. They are also a great way to promote an event or fundraiser. You can design them with specific needs in mind or as part of an ongoing publishing project.
When you print booklets, you have complete control over the design and content. This means that you can tailor them to your specific needs and target audience. You can also include as much or as little information as you like. If you're promoting an event, for example, you might want to include a map and directions. Or if you're raising awareness for a cause, you could include contact information for relevant organisations.
Printed booklets are also a great way to show off your brand. You can use them to showcase your company's values and mission, or to promote new products and services. And because they're so versatile, you can hand them out at events, post them through letterboxes or distribute them online.
Ex Why Zed Printing is the best place to print a promotional booklet. We provide a high-quality printing service that is reliable, fast, and affordable at affordable prices. We use the latest printing technology to ensure that your booklet is printed to the highest standard. We have a wide range of paper stocks and finishes to choose from, so you can create a booklet that is unique and stylish. We also offer a range of design services to help you create the perfect booklet for your needs. Call or email us today to find out more about our printing services or to ask for a quote.
We listed some commonly asked questions about printing one off booklet sets and tried to answer them as clearly as possible.
To print a double-sided booklet, you'll need to configure your printer settings appropriately. Many printers have a duplex printing option that you can select in the print dialog box. Alternatively, you can set your printer to print on both sides of the paper manually. Consult your printer's manual for specific instructions on how to do this.
Once you've configured your printer settings, simply open the document that you want to print in your word processor and select the option to print as a booklet. This will typically involve choosing a particular pagination setting, such as 2-up or 4-up. Again, consult your word processor's documentation for specific instructions on how to do this.
Another way to do this is to hire exwhyzed to do the printing for you. This would definitely save you lots of time and effort. When you send us your finished pdf, we will assume that page 1 is printed onto the front of page 2, page 3 the front of page 4 etc so the whole booklet will be double-sided and professional - no blank pages.
Booklet printing is a process where your document is printed on our HP Indigo digital press. This method of printing offers some distinct advantages over traditional methods like Offset Printing (or litho printing).
The first advantage is that digital booklet printing is much more efficient for small print runs including one off copies. The second advantage is that it allows for precise print quality, meaning your text and images will look better than ever before. Finally, booklet printing offers fantastic value for money, regardless if you need to print small or large quantities of booklets.
Manually creating a booklet using paper and staples takes a lot of work. You’d have to lay out the text and images properly and figure out what type of paper to use. If you want to skip the inconvenience of doing this, choosing cheap booklet printing services can print your booklet for you. Just send us the document for printing from PDF and we will print it out for you and bind it into a booklet form.
There are a few ways that you can do cheap thin paper booklet 8 page printing without staples. One way is to use a cheap, thin paper booklet almost like a newspaper. This type of booklet can have as few as eight pages and up to around 72. The sheets will be folded in half but left unbound, we call this 'nesting'. You can print your own text and illustrations on it. Send us the high res pdf ad we will do the rest.
The example below is an example of a nested booklet - the pages can all be taken apart and used as art prints.
In the bookbinding process, a hardcover is also called a case binding or a hardback. This style of binding isn't as popular as paperback or even spiral-bound books these days, but if you're looking for something sturdy and classic, it may be the perfect option. Just keep in mind that a hardcover book can get pricey depending on the type of paper you choose. For example, if you want to have glossy paper inside, it’ll cost you more.
So, how much does a custom hardcover book cost? It depends on the quantity, printer, and other specifics of your project.
Whether you're creating a one-of-a-kind family cookbook or an heirloom-quality photo album, custom hardcover books are sure to make a lasting impression. And with so many options available, there's definitely a style to fit any budget. So if you're looking for a classic way to showcase your favourite memories, don't be afraid to splurge on a custom hardcover book - it'll be worth every pound.
There are many printing service providers to choose from, but Ex Why Zed is the best. Here's why:
1) We have a wide range of products and services to choose from, including custom hardcover books.
2) We have competitive prices and fast turnaround times.
3) We use the latest printing technology and equipment.
4) We have a team of highly skilled professionals who are dedicated to providing excellent customer service.
5) We offer a 100% satisfaction guarantee on all of our products and services.
If you're looking to publish hardcover book printer, look no further than Ex Why Zed! Contact us today to get started on your project.
Here are a few frequently asked questions that can guide you in getting your custom hardcover book printed:
Yes, if you want a custom hardcover book. A custom hardcover book is worth it because it will last longer than a paperback book, and it will look nicer on your shelf.
Paperback books can get damaged over time, while a custom hardcover book will stay in good condition for many years. And unlike a paperback book, a custom hardcover book can be personalised with your name or any other text you choose. So if you want a high-quality and long-lasting book to read or display on your shelf, then a custom hardcover book is the way to go.
Check out exwhyzed.com for more details.
A book that's a product of hardback book printing can last anywhere from a few years to decades, depending on its construction and how well it’s cared for. A custom hardcover book built with high-quality materials and designed to withstand wear and tear can easily become a family heirloom that will be passed down for generations. With proper care, your hardcover book should give you years of enjoyment.
A hardcover book is more durable and can last longer than a paperback. It's also more expensive to produce, so publishers typically charge more for a hardcover book.
A custom hardcover book can add a touch of luxury and make your book look unique on a shelf full of paperbacks. If you're looking for a high-quality, long-lasting book to commemorate an important event or to give as a gift, then a hardcover is the way to go. Check hardback book printing services online and explore your options.
There are a few key differences between cloth and hardcover books. For one, hardcover books have stiff covers that can protect the pages from damage more effectively than cloth covers. Additionally, book printing hardcover a4 products usually have sewn bindings, which create a more durable book that can resist page tearing. Finally, hardcover books can be custom made to order, which means you can choose your own cover design, cover material, and other details to create a truly unique book.
Custom hardcover books are generally made with a type of 2000 micron grey board. This type of board is made up of three layers - an inner layer of kraft paper, a middle layer of corrugated fibreboard, and an outer layer of kraft paper. The corrugated fibreboard is what gives the board its strength and makes it resistant to crushing. This is ideal for all kinds of projects like workbook printing, regular book printing, and more.
Hard cover books have become more popular over the years. These types of printed books are often preferred in many situations, including school textbooks, picture books, and novels. In some cases, paperback books may be used in combination with hardcover books, but this is far from the standard. Even though a lot of people choose hardcover books, some of them aren't sure about what makes up the total cost. That's why we decided to explore everything you need to know about the subject!
The cost of hardcover books can range from about £10 to £30. The median price is generally around £20. However, there are a few things that will affect the final cost of self publishing a book. These include:
Choosing the right hardback book printing service is important, and Ex Why Zed is the best in the business. We provide high-quality printing at an affordable price, and our customer service is top-notch. We guarantee your satisfaction in every order!
Have you always wanted a hard cover book? Do you need to print a book online? Do you have ideas for a great book that you would like to put into a hard cover form? Well, look no further. Here are some frequently asked questions about hard cover books.
Short run book printing is a process of printing hardcover books in small quantities, usually between 25 and 500 copies. This type of printing is ideal for self-publishers and small businesses who need quick turnaround times and low minimums. There are a few different options for short run book printing, including digital printing, offset lithography, and print on demand (POD). Each option has its own set of benefits and drawbacks, so it’s important to choose the right one for your project.
Digital printing is the most popular choice for short run book printing because it’s the most cost-effective option. This type of printing uses lasers to transfer images onto paper, which means there are no plates or setup fees.
Offset lithography is a traditional printing method that uses metal plates to transfer images onto paper. This option is more expensive than digital printing, but it’s ideal for large print runs. Ex Why Zed has no minimum order quantity which is ideal for student final major projects which requires one-off hardcover books for a hand in. This option is more expensive than digital and offset lithography, but it doesn’t require any minimum order quantity.
If you need more information on this topic, give the Ex Why Zed team a call now.
A hardback is a type of book with a rigid cover and spine, usually made of cardboard covered with cloth, buckram, or leather. The pages are glued to the spine, rather than sewn. Hardcover books are typically more expensive than trade paperbacks. They are often used for reference works and for important or prestigious works of literature. The durability of these books made hardback book printing popular.
Hardcover books definitely have their advantages. They're generally more durable than paperbacks, so if you're looking for a book that will last, hardcovers are a good bet. They also tend to have better production values in terms of things like print quality and binding. So if you're looking for really nice-looking books or options for your short run hardback book printing pdf file, hardcovers are often the way to go. Finally, hardcover books often retain their value better than paperbacks, so if you're interested in reselling your books later on, they may be a wiser investment.
Short run book printing with hardback covers and some hardcover books have paper covers for a number of reasons. One reason is that paper is a more durable material than cloth, so it will better protect the pages of the book from damage. Paper is also less likely to fade or discolour over time than cloth, so it can help keep a book looking newer for longer.
Additionally, paper covers are generally less expensive to produce than cloth covers, which makes them more budget-friendly for publishers and consumers alike. Whether you prefer hardcover or paperback books, there's no denying that they both have their own unique benefits!
No, hardcover books do not necessarily have a larger print. The size of the print is determined by the publisher and is based on the size of the book's trim (the finished, cut edge of the book's pages).
If you intend to create a hardcover book, know that hardcover books are usually slightly taller and wider than their softcover counterparts, but this difference is due to the hardcover's binding—not the size of its print. So, if you're looking for a book with large print, you'll need to check the publisher's specifications rather than simply opting for a hardcover edition.
A hardback binding service is a company that professionally binds your books using hardback covers. Although the process used by this kind of company is slightly more complicated than binding a book with removable covers, it can be helpful if you're looking for a more durable cover that will last you longer. Using this binding service can also give your brochure or any book a professional appearance.
If you're interested in hardback thesis binding services, there are a few pieces of information you should keep in mind. First, hardback binding can be more expensive than standard bookbinding methods. This is because the process is more complicated and requires more materials. Additionally, these binding services typically have a longer turnaround time than other bookbinding methods.
Despite these potential drawbacks, hardback binding can be a great option for those who want a durable cover and a professional appearance for their book. If you're considering this option, be sure to research various binding services to find one that fits your budget and needs.
There are many reasons why people should choose Ex Why Zed. We are a company that is dedicated to helping people unleash their creativity and achieve their goals. We offer a variety of services that can help you do just that, from writing and editing services to graphic design and marketing assistance.
We also have a team of talented and experienced professionals who are passionate about helping people reach their potential. Our team is dedicated to providing top-quality service and support, and we always go the extra mile to ensure our clients are happy with the work we produce.
If you're looking for a company that can help you unleash your creativity and achieve your goals, then Ex Why Zed is the right choice for you. Contact us today to learn more about our services or to get started on your project!
Are you looking for a one-off hardback binding service and have some questions about it? I'm here to answer any questions that you may have about hardback thesis binding services.
Yes, you can print a book online. Several online printers will do it for you. One such printer is exwhyzed.com
They offer a variety of printing options, including softcover and hardcover books. They also have a wide range of sizes to choose from, so you can find the perfect fit for your project. Plus, they offer very competitive prices, so you can get your project printed without breaking the bank.
There are a few different ways to bind a hardcover book, which are commonly used by hardback book printing agencies. The most common method is to simply glue the spine of the book down the left-hand edge and then attach the cover with the help of the end papers. This is a very sturdy way to bind a book, but it can be quite time-consuming.
We have a short video here to showcase the process of hardback binding a book.
For larger budgets, we can sew the inside pages. This makes the pages very resilient and virtually impossible to pull out. The set up costs are £300+ though so it is best for longer print runs rather than hardback final major projects or short run case bound books.
Gluing the pages, using strong PUR glue is much faster than sewing.
It generally takes around 6 or 7 working days weeks to print and bind a run of up to 500 hardcover books. If you add premium features such as foiling, ribbon markers, head n tails bands then these all add extra time so do allow 2 - 3 weeks.
Most custom hardback book printing companies have a quick turnaround time of around 7 working days, so if you need your books sooner than that, be sure to specify that when you place your order.
This is not a process we do at Ex Why Zed! You might find an old school book binder locally who specialise in custom book printing and binding which might be able to carry out this procedure for you. You may have to pay a bit more for the materials and labour, but it's possible. In the UK, there are plenty of custom size hardback book print UK companies that offer this service - just do a quick Google search and you'll find lots of options.
Hard cover books are usually more expensive than their paperback counterparts, but there are a few reasons why they may be worth the investment. Firstly, hardcovers generally have a longer shelf life – they're less likely to get damaged and visually they are more impressive. Secondly, hardcovers often have better production values than paperbacks, with higher quality paper and printing. In turn, you can attract a higher cover price versus the amount a reader would pay for a soft back equivalent. Finally, hardcover books simply look nicer on your shelves! If you're a true bibliophile, then hardcover books are definitely worth the investment.
There are many benefits to hardback self publishing. Perhaps one of the main reasons why you should publish your book in hardback instead of paperback is that hardback books have a much longer lifespan. A paperback is more light weight and could be susceptible to damage, but hardback books can last for decades — especially if you use a high-quality printing service.
Another benefit of self publishing your book with Ex Why Zed is you retain so much more control over the whole process in comparison with using a publishing. Self publishing also means you get to keep far more of the profits. Win win!
Finally, hardbacks simply look and feel more professional than paperbacks, which can make all the difference when marketing your book to potential readers.
If you're considering self-publishing your book, definitely consider doing so in hardback format! It's a great way to ensure that your book will have a long life, and it can also help you transition to traditional publishing if that's something you're interested in down the road. Plus, hardbacks simply look and feel more professional — which can make a big difference when trying to attract readers.
Ex Why Zed is the perfect platform for anyone looking to start a business.
First and foremost, Ex Why Zed offers an easy-to-use platform that makes starting a business a breeze. You don't need any prior experience or technical knowledge to get started. Additionally, Ex Why Zed offers a wealth of helpful resources you need to make your business successful. From file set-up guides to support from our team of experts, we provide everything you need to get your business off the ground. Finally, Ex Why Zed is affordable and accessible to everyone. We can quote for a wide range of quantities so that you can find the perfect price point for your needs. If you're looking to start a publishing business, Ex Why Zed is the perfect platform for you!
Do also check out our hardback book portfolio for ideas and inspiration of what can be achieved. This page is full of answers to some of the most frequently asked self-publishing questions. Here, we try to answer them in the most detailed and helpful way possible! Let us know if there's anything else you'd like us to cover.
The truth is hardcover books are more expensive than their paperback counterparts. There are a few reasons for this, but the main one is that are more raw materials and processes involved .
For one, the materials used to make a hardcover book are more expensive than the materials used to make a paperback. In addition, it takes more time and effort to bind a hardcover book than it does to staple together a stack of papers. So while people are happy to pay more for the added durability and attractiveness of a hardcover book, publishers have to account for these extra costs when setting their prices. You can in turn charge your readers a higher cover price for a hardback.
If you want to have your hardcover book printed the most cost-effective way possible, try exwhyzed.com
To protect your hardcover book, you should consider a few important tips. First, you'll want to make sure that the cover is made of sturdy materials. Hardback book printing usually uses thicker paper stock for the cover, which will help you keep your book in good condition. Additionally, you should look for a book that has been properly bound. A well-bound book will have tighter stitching and will be less likely to fall apart over time. Finally, you may also want to invest in a dust jacket or protective sleeve to keep your book looking new. By following these tips, you can ensure that your hardcover book will last for years to come.
Below is an example of a recent book we produced with an accompanying book jacket. Now, while it looks great, there are a few considerations. Maybe you might feel that the material cover with the foiling looked impressive enough? It is a shame to pay for that the hide it away. The flat sheet of the dust jacket has to be a maximum of 840mm wide - that is the printable size of our widest machine. Dust jackets do work best on slightly longer print runs where the set-up cost are not such a large percentage of the total job value. Maybe consider them if you are printing 500 copies or more. The winning print spec is 170gsm Silk with matt or gloss lamination to one side.
The best way to print a hardback book you are proud of is by using Ex Why Zed. There are many online a4 hardback book printing UK firms that offer great discounts on bulk printing, so if you need to print a large number of books, this could be the most cost-effective option. At Ex Why Zd we don't even charge for shipping and books are zero rated for vat so the price we quote, is the total price. There is nothing extra to pay and no hidden charges.
There are a few things to consider when deciding how much it will cost to publish a hardcover book. The three main factor which affect the price are the size, number of pages and the quantity. With economies of scale, the more copies you print, the lower the price per book will be.
Perfect binding the inside pages is offered by a4 deluxe hardback display book printing services. This involves gluing the pages and cover together at the spine. On the other hand, case binding is done when the pages and cover are sewn together and then glued to the spine. Perfect binding is cheaper, but case binding results in a higher quality finished product.
Another consideration is the paper stock. There are different grades of paper, with some being more expensive than others. The type of paper you choose will impact both the resolution of your book and how much it will cost to print it. 115gsm Uncoated and 130gsm Silk are the 'standard' choices for the inside pages. For a more premium weighty feel you can upgrade to 170gsm in both finishes or even gloss too if you you'd like a shinier surface.
Finally, you'll need to decide how many copies you want to print. The more copies you print, the lower the cost per book will be. However, if you only need a few copies, it's often best to use a print-on-demand service so that you don't have to pay for storage or shipping for excess inventory.
The terms "hardback" and "hardcover" are often used interchangeably, but there is a subtle difference between them. Hardbacks are books that have been bound with a hardcover, usually made of cardboard or some other stiff material. Hardcover books, on the other hand, are simply books that have a hardcover - they may or may not have been bound with a hardcover binding service. This means that all hardbacks are hardcover books, but not all hardcover books are hardbacks!
If you're considering a hardback binding service for your next project, start by contacting a reputable hardback printer to ensure that you provide complete details and get the best possible results.
There are plenty of affordable book printing services available to you. If you're looking to create a book or other types of publication and want to find a high-quality yet affordable printing company, then congratulations, you ave found Ex Why Zed!
So, whether you're a self-published author or just need a few copies for friends and family, keep reading for some helpful tips!
Ex Why Zed is the perfect print partner for your next book project. We offer high-quality printing at an affordable price, and we're dedicated to providing excellent customer service. Our team of experts will work with you every step of the way to ensure that your book exceeds your expectations. We have a wide range of print options available, so you can choose the format and binding that best suit your needs. Plus, our online ordering system makes it easy to place your order quickly and easily.
If you're looking for a reliable company who just gets things done and provides awesome photo book printing services then Ex Why Zed is a perfect choice.. We offer high-quality printing at an affordable price, and we're always committed to providing excellent customer service. Contact us today to get started!
Below, I've compiled some of the most frequently asked questions on the topic of how to print book near me. I hope they'll be useful to you and can help you solve some of your problems. We're here to help you!
A hardcover book is made of three sections of thick cardboard, with a printed paper cover or book binding cloth wrapped around it. The case material is glued to the end papers and the spine of the book, and then the whole thing is laminated (if the cover is printed). The lamination protects the cover material from wear and tear, and also makes it easier to clean.
We buy all of our book binding cover materials from Winter & Company who have an extensive range of colours and finishes.
One of the best companies that offer hardback book services is exwhyzed.com. They print on high-quality materials at a fair price.
There are pros and cons to both paperback hardback book printing. Hardcover books published by a book making company are generally more expensive to produce, but they often look nicer and can last longer. Paperback books are less expensive to produce, but they don't always look as prestigious. Ultimately, it's up to the individual author to decide which format is more worth it for them.
Answer: Not all books are published in hardback first. For a time, text publishers would release a book in hardcover and then release a less expensive paperback version later on. However, with the advent of cheap premium hardback book printing, most publishers now release books in hardcover and paperback simultaneously. This way, readers can choose the format that's most affordable for them at two distinct price points.
If you're talking about the paper cover that goes over the hardcover book itself, it is called the PPC or Printed Paper Cover. Additionally we can wrap the whole book in a further dust jacket. And if you're looking to get your book jacket printed, there are a few things you should know.
First off, book jackets are generally printed on around 170-200gsm to make the flexible but also resilient. We strongly recommend laminating the outdide of the DJ to give it extra longevity.
Printing a dust jacket does push the price up since the flat size will likely be a wide sheet that might need to be printed onto either our B2 or B1 press.
Finally, it's important to remember that the book jacket is there to protect your book from wear and tear. We are not huge fans of them and if you have paid the expense of a book binding cloth with foiling then we think it is better to leave that visible rather than cover it with a jacket.
Not all hardcover books have dust jackets. Many hardback self publishing services often don't have dust jackets as part of the design because they're more expensive to produce. So, if you're looking for a unique or rare book, don't be surprised if it doesn't have a dust jacket!
Hey there, print spotter! ?♂️?♀️ Ready to dive deep into the world of hardcover photo books? Whether you're a seasoned photographer or someone looking to immortalise those heartwarming memories, we’ve got your back (and your book's back too!).
Looking to capture those golden moments in a tangible form? Well, look no further!
Pssst! Here’s the lowdown. Hardcover photo books are the bee's knees in the print world. They're durable, chic, and oozing with quality. Every page turned is another journey back in time, a tactile experience that digital just can't match. ?✨
Why do folks adore these so much? For starters, they scream elegance. Every time you hold one, it's like embracing a piece of art. Then there’s that oh-so-satisfying sound of a page flipping—music to any print lover’s ears!
Softcover’s cool, but let’s be real. Want longevity? Crave that premium feel? Hardcover's where it's at. They’re built to last, ensuring your memories do too. ?
In the age of digital media, the allure of a tangible, beautifully crafted hardback photo book remains unparalleled. Whether it's a personal memoir, a professional portfolio, or a gift for a loved one, a well-designed photo book can evoke emotions, tell stories, and become a cherished keepsake. Drawing from industry insights and best practices, here's a guide to creating a photo book that stands the test of time.
1. Prioritise Quality Imagery
Your photo book's essence lies in its images. Ensure you use high-resolution, impactful photographs that captivate the viewer. Remember, every image should tell a story, evoke an emotion, or capture a moment in time.
2. Embrace Diverse Themes
Variety is the spice of life. Incorporate a range of subjects and themes to keep the content fresh and engaging. From landscapes to portraits, from candid moments to staged shots, diversity will enrich the reader's experience.
3. Highlight Historical Significance
Every photo has a backstory. Use captions, annotations, or short narratives to provide context. This not only adds depth to the images but also helps in preserving memories and moments in history.
4. Create Limited Editions
Consider creating a limited edition version of your photo book. This can add a sense of exclusivity and make it a collector's item.
5. Artistic Presentation is Key
A unique layout, artistic design, and thoughtful sequencing can set your photo book apart. Experiment with layouts, use complementary colours, and ensure a coherent flow to guide the reader through a visual journey.
6. Delve Deep into Themes
If your hardback photo book revolves around a specific theme or subject, provide comprehensive insights. This enriches the reader's experience and offers a more profound connection to the content.
7. Celebrate Iconic Moments
Highlight and celebrate iconic moments or figures that resonate with a wide audience. This can evoke nostalgia and make the book more relatable.
8. Collaborate for Quality
Consider collaborating with professional photographers, designers, or writers. Their expertise can elevate the quality of your photo book, ensuring it's top-notch.
9. Invest in Archival Quality
A photo book is often a keepsake. Prioritise the use of high-quality materials that ensure longevity, from the paper quality to the binding and cover.
10. Narrative Flow Matters
A coherent story or theme should guide the reader. Whether it's chronological, thematic, or abstract, ensure there's a seamless flow that enhances the visual and informational journey.
Designing a hardback photo book is an art that combines creativity, storytelling, and craftsmanship. By following these best practices, you can create a timeless treasure that tells a story, resonates with emotions, and serves as a testament to the power of printed memories. Whether you're a seasoned designer or a novice, remember that every photo book is a journey – one that's worth every page turn.
Grab your popcorn and favourite drink then dive in to our showcase snippets.
Use your photography to create a concept, tell a story and narrate the design for your cost effective self-published book
By integrating these principles into the design and concept of your self-published book, you can create a compelling visual narrative that not only showcases your skills as a photographer but also tells a captivating story that resonates with readers.
Pick photos that tell a story. Maybe it's that retro summer vacation or the first steps of your little one. Whichever you choose, make sure it tugs at the heartstrings. ❤️
Enjoy spending some time looking through examples of previous photo books we have printed. Note down the print specs that you like then drop us an email for a like-for-like quote on your next project.
From the streets of Paris to the beaches of Bali, capture your adventures in a book that’s as wanderlust-filled as you.
The hustle and bustle, captured. Raw, real, and riveting. Perfect for the urban explorer in you.
For when a photo isn’t just a photo, but a statement. Let your art shine in our hardcovers
The timeless choice. Elegant, sophisticated, and always in style. Perfect for every occasion.
Your love story deserves to be told in style. Our wedding collection is the epitome of romance and elegance, making every moment relivable.
Leather, linen, or custom-designed? Whatever floats your boat, we have it. Elevate your photo book game with our top-tier covers.
Thanks for stopping by, print enthusiast! Remember, every memory is worth cherishing, and with Ex Why Zed, you’re always in good hands. Ready to transform your photos into timeless treasures? Catch us on the flip side!
A: An A4 hardback book is a great solution for a photo book, annual report or journal that is printed on high-quality paper and bound in a hardcover. It is a great way to preserve and showcase your favorite photos.
A: To make a photo book, you can use a photo book maker service online. Simply upload your photos, choose a layout and design, and customise it according to your preferences. Once you are satisfied with the design, you can place an order and have your photo book delivered to your doorstep.
A: The finish for photo books refers to the type of covering or surface applied to the book cover. It can be matte or glossy, depending on your preference. The finish adds a touch of elegance to your photo book and helps protect it from wear and tear.
A: A printed hardcover photo book provides a physical and tangible way to preserve your precious memories. Unlike digital photos that can easily be lost or deleted, a photo book allows you to relive and share your memories in a more meaningful and lasting way.
A: To select the photo book that best suits your needs, consider factors such as the size, paper type, cover design, and additional features. You can also browse through different photo book options and templates to find the one that aligns with your personal style and preferences.
A: Yes, you can create a personalized photo album with a hardcover. You can choose the cover design, layout, and theme that reflect your own style and preferences. It is a great way to showcase your favorite photos and create a unique and special keepsake.
A: Ordering photo books online is easy and convenient. Simply visit a reputable photo book printing service and follow the instructions to upload and customise your photos. You can then proceed to place your order and make the necessary payment. Your photo book will be printed and delivered to your specified address.
A: Using a photo book maker to create your photo book offers several benefits. It allows you to have full control over the design and layout of your photo book, making it a truly personalized and unique product. It also saves you time and effort compared to traditional methods of album creation.
A: Preserving your wedding photos in a hardcover photo album is a perfect way to showcase and cherish those special moments. You can create a personalised photo album by choosing a cover design and layout that reflects the theme of your wedding. It will serve as a beautiful keepsake that you can treasure for years to come.
In a world dominated by digital screens and e-books, the charm and utility of physical books remain unmatched for many. Large print hardback books, in particular, hold a special place in the hearts of readers. Here's why:
In an age of rapid technological advancement, it's essential to remember the value of traditional reading formats. Large print hardback books, such as annual reports, mental health journals and product brochures are more than just a reading medium; they're a testament to the literary world's commitment to accessibility and quality. As readers, supporting such initiatives ensures that the joy of reading is available to everyone, regardless of their visual capabilities.
Large print books offer numerous advantages across various sectors and niches. Here are some areas where they prove to be a winning solution:
By catering to the specific needs of various sectors, large print books enhance accessibility and inclusivity in the world of reading.
The primary purpose of large-print books is to make reading more accessible for those with visual impairments. Therefore, the font size is of utmost importance.
Colour contrast is another significant factor that affects legibility. The right combination of background and text colours can make a world of difference for readers, especially those with visual impairments.
When choosing or designing a large print hardback books, it's essential to prioritise legibility and accessibility. By considering the recommended font sizes and colour combinations, designers can create publications that cater to a wider audience, including those with visual impairments.
Ex Why Zed's capability to produce a printed book in A4 Landscape or A4 portrait offers a unique advantage in the world of large-print hardback books. These sizes are not just larger than the standard book sizes, but they also provide a plethora of benefits, especially when it comes to catering to readers who prefer or require large print.
Ex Why Zed's capability to print in A4 portrait and A4 landscape sizes offers a unique blend of functionality and aesthetic appeal. Whether you're a publisher looking to create a special edition, an author aiming for inclusivity, or a designer seeking a canvas that offers more creative freedom, these sizes from Ex Why Zed are the perfect choice for large print hardback books.
History of Large-Print Hardback Books
The history of large-print books is a testament to the literary world's commitment to inclusivity and accessibility. Over the years, this style of publication has evolved to cater to a growing audience, ensuring that literature remains accessible to everyone, regardless of visual capabilities.
1. Origins of Large-Print Books:
2. Iconic Versions and Milestones:
3. Design Agencies and the Niche of Large-Print Books:
4. Trends in the Marketplace:
The journey of large-print hardback books is one of evolution, adaptation, and a commitment to inclusivity. From their humble beginnings in the mid-20th century to their current status as an essential part of the literary landscape, these books have ensured that literature remains a universal joy, accessible to all.
If you're undecided about whether to print a hardback or softback book, print both! Those who prefer larger print books. They offer durability and a premium look and feel that will make them stand out on any bookshelf. Whether it's for children's books or photo books, hardcover editions provide superior strength and durability. They are available in a range of paper options and exceptional colour printing that offers limitless creative potential for your custom custom Hardcover Book.
Product ratings can be very helpful when it comes to making a decision on which large print hardback book to purchase. Many online retailers provide product ratings that give customers an idea of the quality and popularity of a book. These ratings can also help customers compare different books and find the one that best suits their needs and preferences. When looking for large print hardback books, it's important to consider the product ratings as well as the author, genre, and subject matter to ensure you get the best reading experience.
If you enjoy reading but have trouble seeing small print, large print hardback books might be just what you need. These books feature larger font sizes that make it easier to read without straining your eyes. If you're looking for new listings, there are plenty of options available online. From classic literature to the latest bestsellers, you're sure to find something that interests you in a large print hardback edition.
Yes Ian would and all individuals with visual impairments, such as those with low vision or age-related macular degeneration, would benefit from reading large print hardback books. The larger text size and higher contrast make it easier for them to read and enjoy reading without straining their eyes.
If you find it difficult to read small print, then large format books are the perfect solution for you. You can enjoy your favourite classic novels like The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde in an easy-to-read format. This Oscar Wilde book is a masterpiece of gothic fiction literature which has intrigued readers for decades. It tells the story of a young man who sells his soul to preserve his youth and beauty while his portrait ages and reflects his inner corruption. With larger print, reading this novel will be an enjoyable experience without any strain on your eyes.
The Savage Avengers By Gerry Duggan Omnibus is a great option. This book contains all the stories from the Savage Avengers comic series written by Gerry Duggan. The larger print makes it easier to read for those who struggle with smaller fonts and text. Plus, the hardcover gives it a sturdy and long-lasting feel. It's perfect for fans of Marvel comics or anyone who loves action-packed stories.
Ian Rankin's books are available in large format hardback, making it easier for those with visual impairments to enjoy his compelling mysteries. These books are printed in a larger font size that makes reading less of a strain on the eyes. Some of Ian Rankin's popular books in large print include "Tooth and Nail" and many more. With the availability of these books, readers can fully immerse themselves into the thrilling world of Ian Rankin's novels without any hindrance.
Mills & Boon Largeprint Medical is a further example of large print hardback books that offer romance novels with a medical setting, making them a popular choice for readers who enjoy this genre. These books provide an enjoyable reading experience without causing eyestrain or discomfort.
Are you an author or artist looking to showcase your portfolio in a unique and sophisticated way? Or maybe you have a special project that requires printing only one copy of a hardback book. Well, look no further! In this blog, we will dive into the world of single hardback book printing. From exploring the charm of this printing method to uncovering the endless possibilities it offers, we've got you covered. We'll also talk about the benefits of using Ex Why Zed for your small quantity hardback book printing needs and walk you through the process of bringing your vision to life. And hey, did you know that with Ex Why Zed, you can print any quantity from 1 to 1,000+? So, let's illuminate your path and create something truly one-of-a-kind together!
High-quality printing techniques bring your vision to life. With durable hardback binding, your book stands the test of time, ensuring longevity. Choose from a variety of paper types, including glossy or matte finishes, for the perfect look and feel that suits your style. Custom size options provide flexibility, allowing you to create a book that meets your unique needs. Trust professional printing services to deliver the best results, making your project shine. Printing a single hardback book has never been easier or more rewarding.
Looking for a luxurious and professional finish? Need a unique gift or keepsake? Stand out with a hardback book on your bookshelf. Showcase your work in a lasting impression. Preserve your words or artwork in a beautifully bound hardback book.
Ensure the highest quality with our professional hardback book printing services. At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of delivering impeccable results. Enjoy the flexibility of printing a small quantity of hardback books without compromising on quality. Our team is dedicated to providing personalised customer service throughout the entire printing process. Unlike online print on demand services, we offer tailored solutions that meet your specific requirements. Trust in our expertise and experience to bring your hardback book vision to life. We are committed to exceeding your expectations.
? Roll Up, Roll Up!
Why choose Ex Why Zed for your hardback printing dreams over those faceless online print-on-demand services? Let's dive into this print-tastic journey and uncover the magic behind the Ex Why Zed experience! ?
1. Personal Touch: ? With Ex Why Zed, you're not just another order number. You're a valued member of our print family. We cherish your vision, and our team is here to guide, advise, and ensure your book is nothing short of a masterpiece.
2. Quality Control: ? Say goodbye to unexpected surprises! Unlike print-on-demand services where you cross your fingers and hope for the best, with Ex Why Zed, you're in the driver's seat. We provide proofs, allowing you to review and perfect every page before the final print.
3. Expertise at Your Fingertips: ? Our team isn't just about ink and paper. We're print enthusiasts, bursting with knowledge and passion. From paper type to binding methods, we're here to share our expertise and make your book shine.
4. Bespoke Options: ? Cookie-cutter? Not our style! Ex Why Zed offers a plethora of customisation options. Whether it's a unique size, special paper, or a fancy finish, we're here to make your book truly one-of-a-kind.
5. Eco-Friendly Choices: ? We're not just about beautiful books; we care for our planet too. Ex Why Zed offers sustainable printing options, ensuring your book isn't just a treat for the eyes but also kind to Mother Earth.
6. Transparent Pricing: ? No hidden fees or nasty surprises. Our pricing is clear, competitive, and offers incredible value for the unmatched quality and service you receive.
7. Speedy Turnaround: ⏰ In the world of print, Ex Why Zed is the Usain Bolt! We understand the excitement of holding your book, and our efficient process ensures you don't have to wait an eternity.
8. Resourceful Guidance: ? From the novice to the print aficionado, we've got resources galore! Our treasure trove of guides, tips, and advice ensures your journey from idea to print is smooth sailing.
So, the next time you're pondering where to bring your hardback book to life, remember: Ex Why Zed isn't just a print company. We're your print partner, your print muse, and your ticket to a flawless hardback book. ?✨
Ready to turn the page and start your Ex Why Zed adventure? We're just a click away! ?
Pause for a moment, dear reader, and let your curiosity lead the way. Dive deep into our hardback book portfolio, a treasure trove of craftsmanship and creativity. But don't stop there! Our showcase snippet videos are waiting to whisk you away on a mesmerising journey, offering a front-row seat to the magic behind each page. Furnish your brain with a wealth of knowledge and let your eyes feast on a cascade of inspiration and ideas. It's not just a portfolio; it's an invitation to a world where print dreams come alive. So, why wait? Indulge, explore, and let Ex Why Zed be the muse to your next masterpiece! ?✨?
Present your work in a visually stunning and professional hardback book. Stand out from the crowd with a beautifully printed hardback book showcasing your portfolio. Make a lasting impression with the durability and high-quality printing of a hardback book. Create a tangible representation of your talent and expertise with a single hardback book. Capture the attention of potential clients and employers with a professionally printed hardback portfolio. Show them the vibrant colours, glossy finish, and attention to detail on each page. Your portfolio will make an impact with its matte-front cover and the ability to add a personal touch to the back cover. The bleed-free, full-colour printing ensures that every image and design pops off the page.
With our short-run printing option, you can get an instant quote and have your perfect-bound hardback book in no time. Let your creativity shine through, while our state-of-the-art printing technology brings your vision to life. So why wait? Start your print project today and showcase your work with a single hardback book that is as unique as you are.
To embark on the process of single hardback book printing, you first need to choose the specifications for your book. This includes deciding on the size and paper type that best suits your vision. Once you have your artwork or manuscript in a print-ready format, such as a PDF, you can proceed to select any additional finishing options like lamination or dust jackets. It's essential to review a proof of your book before giving it the green light for printing, ensuring that everything is correct. Once approved, the printer will then begin the production process.
Bringing your vision to life requires collaboration with a professional printer. Discuss your goals and provide necessary files/artwork. Select paper type, printing techniques, and finishing options together. Review and approve the proof before production begins.
You know, there's a little secret in the world of printing that we'd love to share with you. It's all about the magic of numbers. As you venture deeper into the print realm, you might discover that by printing just a few more copies, the cost per book can take a delightful dip. It's the charming dance of economies of scale.
Of course, the choice is entirely yours. Whether you're looking to share your creation with a select few or spread the joy a tad wider, we're here to support your vision. Just something to ponder as you embark on this exciting print journey. ?
Single hardback book printing opens up a world of customisation and personalisation options. Whether you're creating hardback photo books, yearbooks, or portfolios, the professional look and feel of a hardback book adds a touch of elegance. You can also choose graphic novel printing or art books to showcase your creative work in all its glory. Need to preserve dissertations or manuals? Opting for a durable hardback format ensures they withstand the test of time. The possibilities are truly endless when it comes to one-off hardback book printing, catering to any industry or sector.
Dive into the world of print us and let's explore the vast ocean of sectors that might just be itching to print a single hardback book. Ready? Let's set sail! ?
1. Self-Publishing Authors: ? Ah, the dreamers and storytellers! These are the brave souls who've penned down their thoughts, dreams, and tales. They might want a single copy to feel the weight of their words, to see their vision come to life, or even to proofread before the big launch.
2. Corporates & Businesses: ? Ever heard of a company's legacy captured in a single book? Many businesses print a one-off hardback to commemorate milestones, anniversaries, or to showcase their journey to potential investors. It's like a time capsule, but fancier!
3. Designers & Artists: ? For the creatives who've crafted a portfolio of their masterpieces, a hardback book is the perfect canvas. It's a tangible testament to their talent, ready to wow clients and galleries.
4. Academics & Researchers: ? Thesis, groundbreaking research, or a new theory? Sometimes, scholars need a single copy for review, submission, or to proudly display on their office shelf.
5. Families & Individuals: ???? Imagine capturing the essence of a family's history, a wedding, or a baby's first year in a hardback book. It's a keepsake, a treasure trove of memories that can be passed down generations.
6. Event Organisers: ? Special events, like conferences or seminars, might produce a commemorative book. A single copy can serve as a prototype or a memento for the main organiser.
7. Non-Profits & Charities: ❤️ To showcase their impact, tell their story, or raise awareness, these organisations might craft a singular hardback book. It's a beacon of hope and a call to action, all wrapped in one.
8. Indie Game Developers: ? Concept art, game lore, or a behind-the-scenes look? A hardback book can be the ultimate collector's item for fans.
SEO Tip: To make these sectors find you (yes, you, the print rockstar!), sprinkle your content with keywords like "one-off hardback printing", "custom book printing", and "bespoke hardback services". And remember, meta descriptions are your storefront window – make them enticing!
So, whether it's to celebrate, commemorate, or communicate, there's a world out there hungry for that one special hardback book. And who better to bring their vision to life than Ex Why Zed? The print company they've been searching for. ?
Feeling inspired? Ready to embark on your own print journey? Anchors aweigh! ?
Creating a one-of-a-kind book is a beautiful way to showcase your creativity and individuality. With single hardback book printing, you have the opportunity to design a book that is uniquely yours. Stand out from mass-produced books by personalizing every aspect, from the front cover to the back cover. Capture your story or message in a truly special and distinctive format. Single hardback book printing is the perfect way to bring your vision to life in a way that is both visually stunning and deeply meaningful.
Experience the flexibility of single hardback book printing, where you can print any quantity from 1 to 1,000+ copies. Whether you need a single book as a special gift or a small batch for a limited audience, or if you're looking to scale up for a larger distribution, single hardback book printing can meet your needs. Enjoy the convenience and versatility it offers.
Discover the endless creative opportunities that single hardback book printing offers. Experience the excitement of seeing your words or artwork come to life in a professionally printed book. Dive into this world and unleash your creativity, creating a book that showcases your unique story or message. Let single hardback book printing illuminate your path, opening doors to new possibilities. With a range of options like color, gloss, and matte finishes, you can bring your vision to life. Embrace the perfect blend of quality and customization with single hardback book printing.
In conclusion, single hardback book printing offers a unique and charming way to bring your vision to life. Whether you're a writer, artist, or photographer, this process allows you to showcase your work in a tangible and professional manner. With Ex Why Zed's expertise, you can print any quantity of hardback books, from one to a thousand or more, ensuring you have the flexibility and control over your project. This method is perfect for individuals or industries looking to create something truly one-of-a-kind. So, dive into the world of single hardback book printing and illuminate your path with creativity and originality. Let Ex Why Zed be your partner in turning your digital dreams into tangible masterpieces.